CENDANT CORP
10-K, 1999-03-29
PERSONAL SERVICES
Previous: POCAHONTAS BANKSHARES CORP, 10-K405, 1999-03-29
Next: FRANKLIN FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP /PA/, 10-K, 1999-03-29



<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                 ------------

                                   FORM 10-K
             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
                          COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-10308

                                 ------------

                              CENDANT CORPORATION
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
                  DELAWARE                          06-0918165
        (State or other jurisdiction             (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or organization)        Identification Number)

             9 WEST 57TH STREET                        10019   
                NEW YORK, NY                         (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal executive office)            
</TABLE>

                                  212-413-1800
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

                                 ------------

          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
        TITLE OF EACH CLASS             ON WHICH REGISTERED
- ----------------------------------   ------------------------
<S>                                  <C>
   Common Stock, Par Value $.01       New York Stock Exchange
         Income PRIDES(SM)            New York Stock Exchange
         Growth PRIDES(SM)            New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>

          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:

                  6.45% Trust Originated Preferred Securities
                             7 1/2% Notes due 2000
                             7 3/4% Notes due 2003
                  3% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2002


     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes [X] No [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

     The aggregate market value of the Common Stock issued and outstanding and
held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price for the
Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on March 22, 1999 was
$12,908,560,000. All executive officers and directors of the registrant have
been deemed, solely for the purpose of the foregoing calculation, to be
"affiliates" of the registrant.

     The number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of
common stock was 794,281,319 shares of Common Stock outstanding as at March 22,
1999.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement which was mailed
to stockholders in connection with the registrant's annual shareholders'
meeting which is scheduled to be held on May 27, 1999 (the "Proxy Statement")
are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.


            DOCUMENT CONSTITUTING PART OF SECTION 10(A) PROSPECTUS
                     FOR FORM S-8 REGISTRATION STATEMENTS


     This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
<PAGE>

                                     TABLE OF CONTENTS




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ITEM                                    DESCRIPTION                                     PAGE
- ------ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----
<S>    <C>                                                                             <C>
       PART I
   1   Business ......................................................................   1
   2   Properties ....................................................................  35
   3   Legal Proceedings .............................................................  36
   4   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ...........................  39
       PART II
   5   Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters ......  41
   6   Selected Financial Data .......................................................  42
   7   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
        Operations ...................................................................  43
   7A  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ....................  66
   8   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................  67
   9   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
        Disclosure ...................................................................  67
       PART III
   10  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ............................  67
   11  Executive Compensation ........................................................  67
   12  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management ................  67
   13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ................................  67
       PART IV
   14  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K ...............  68
 
 
       Signatures ....................................................................  69
       Index to Exhibits .............................................................  71
</TABLE>

      

                                       i
<PAGE>

                                    PART I


ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     Except as expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires,
the "Company", "Cendant", "we", "our", or "us" means Cendant Corporation, a
Delaware Corporation, and its subsidiaries.


GENERAL

     We are one of the foremost consumer and business services companies in the
world. We were created through the merger (the "Merger") of HFS Incorporated
("HFS") into CUC International Inc. ("CUC") in December 1997 with the resultant
corporation being renamed Cendant Corporation. We provide the fee-based
services formerly provided by each of CUC and HFS, including travel services,
real estate services and membership-based consumer services, to our customers
throughout the world.

     We operate in four principal divisions--travel related services, real
estate related services, alliance marketing related services and other consumer
and business services. Our businesses provide a wide range of complementary
consumer and business services, which together represent nine business
segments. The travel related services businesses facilitate vacation timeshare
exchanges, manage corporate and government vehicle fleets and franchise car
rental and hotel businesses; the real estate related services businesses
franchise real estate brokerage businesses, provide home buyers with mortgages
and assist in employee relocation; and the alliance marketing related services
businesses provide an array of value driven products and services. Our other
consumer and business services include our tax preparation services franchise,
information technology services, car parks and vehicle emergency support and
rescue services in the United Kingdom, credit information services, financial
products and other consumer-related services.

     As a franchisor of hotels, residential real estate brokerage offices, car
rental operations and tax preparation services, we license the owners and
operators of independent businesses to use our brand names. We do not own or
operate hotels, real estate brokerage offices, car rental operations or tax
preparation offices (except for certain company-owned Jackson Hewitt offices
which we intend to franchise). Instead, we provide our franchisee customers
with services designed to increase their revenue and profitability.


Travel Related Services

     The travel division is comprised of the travel and fleet segments. In the
travel segment, we franchise hotels primarily in the mid-priced and economy
markets. We are the world's largest hotel franchisor, operating the Days Inn
(Registered Trademark) , Ramada (Registered Trademark)  (in the United States),
Howard Johnson (Registered Trademark) , Super 8 (Registered Trademark) ,
Travelodge (Registered Trademark)  (in North America), Villager Lodge
(Registered Trademark) , Knights Inn (Registered Trademark)  and Wingate Inn
(Registered Trademark)  lodging franchise systems. We own the Avis (Registered
Trademark)  worldwide vehicle rental franchise system which, operated by its
franchisees, is the second largest car rental system in the world (based on
total revenues and volume of rental transactions). We currently own
approximately 19% of the capital stock of the largest Avis franchisee, Avis
Rent A Car, Inc. ("ARAC"). We also own Resort Condominiums International, LLC
("RCI"), the world's leading timeshare exchange organization.

     Our fleet segment is conducted primarily by our PHH Vehicle Management
Services Corporation subsidiary which operates the second largest provider in
North America of comprehensive vehicle management services and our PHH Vehicle
Management Services PLC subsidiary which is the market leader in the United
Kingdom for fuel and fleet management services.


Real Estate Related Services

     Our real estate division consists of the real estate franchise, relocation
and mortgage segments. In the real estate franchise segment, we franchise real
estate brokerage offices under the CENTURY 21 (Registered Trademark) , COLDWELL
BANKER (Registered Trademark)  and ERA (Registered Trademark)  real estate
brokerage franchise systems and are the world's largest real estate brokerage
franchisor. In the relocation segment, our Cendant Mobility Services
Corporation


                                       1
<PAGE>

subsidiary is the largest provider of corporate relocation services in the
world, offering relocation clients a variety of services in connection with the
transfer of a client's employees. In the mortgage segment, our Cendant Mortgage
Corporation ("Cendant Mortgage") subsidiary originates, sells and services
residential mortgage loans in the United States, marketing such services to
consumers through relationships with corporations, affinity groups, financial
institutions, real estate brokerage firms and mortgage banks.


Alliance Marketing Related Services

     Our alliance marketing division is divided into three segments: individual
membership; insurance/wholesale; and entertainment publications. The individual
membership segment, with approximately 32 million memberships, provides
customers with access to a variety of discounted products and services in such
areas as retail shopping, travel, auto, dining and home improvement. The
insurance/wholesale segment, with nearly 31 million customers, markets and
administers insurance products, primarily accidental death and dismemberment
insurance and term life insurance, and also provides products and services such
as checking account enhancement packages, financial products and discount
programs to customers of various financial institutions. The entertainment
publications segment provides customers with unique products and services that
are designed to enhance a customer's purchasing power. Our alliance marketing
activities are conducted principally through our Cendant Membership Services,
Inc. subsidiary and certain of the Company's other wholly-owned subsidiaries,
including FISI*Madison Financial Corporation ("FISI"), Benefit Consultants, Inc.
("BCI"), and our Entertainment Publications, Inc. ("EPub") subsidiary.


Other Consumer and Business Services

     We also provide a variety of other consumer and business services. Our
Jackson Hewitt Inc. ("Jackson Hewitt") subsidiary operates the second largest
tax preparation service system in the United States with locations in 43 states
and franchises a system of approximately 3,000 offices that specialize in
computerized preparation of federal and state individual income tax returns.
Our National Parking Corporation Limited ("NPC") subsidiary is the largest
private (non-municipally owned) car park operator in the United Kingdom and a
leader in vehicle emergency support and rescue services for approximately 3.5
million members in the United Kingdom. Our Global Refund subsidiary operates
the world's leading value-added tax refund service for travelers. We also
provide information technology services, credit information services, financial
services and other consumer services.


RECENT DEVELOPMENTS


Change in Focus; Sale of Our Cendant Software and Hebdo Mag International
Subsidiaries

     General. We recently have changed our focus from making strategic
acquisitions of new businesses to maximizing the opportunities and growth
potential of our existing businesses. In connection with this change in focus,
we intend to review and evaluate our existing businesses to determine if they
continue to meet our business objectives. As part of our ongoing evaluation of
such businesses, we intend from time to time to explore and conduct discussions
with regard to divestitures and related corporate transactions. However, we can
give no assurance with respect to the magnitude, timing, likelihood or
financial or business effect of any possible transaction. We also cannot
predict whether any divestitures or other transactions will be consummated or,
if consummated, will result in a financial or other benefit to us. We intend to
use a portion of the proceeds from any such dispositions and cash from
operations, to retire indebtedness, to repurchase our common stock as our Board
of Directors approves and for other general corporate purposes.

     As a result of our change in focus, on January 12, 1999, we completed the
sale of our consumer software division, Cendant Software and its subsidiaries,
to Paris-based Havas SA, a subsidiary of Vivendi SA, for $800 million in cash
plus future potential cash payments.

     On December 15, 1998, we completed the sale of our Hebdo Mag International
subidiary ("Hebdo Mag") to a company organized by Hebdo Mag management for
approximately $450 million, including approximately $315 million in cash and
7.1 million shares of our common stock.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     Internet Strategy. As part of the aforementioned change in focus, on
February 10, 1999, we announced our strategy for our Internet business,
following a comprehensive company-wide review. The strategy includes: (i) the
proposed sale of three of our internet companies -- RentNet, Match.com and
Bookstacks, Inc. (Books.com, MusicSpot.com and GoodMovies.com); (ii) continued
investment in our remaining internet membership business, particularly
NetMarket, which is an integral part of our overall individual membership
business; (iii) active pursuit of strategic partnerships that will leverage our
online membership assets, accelerate growth and maximize shareholder value; and
(iv) establishment of an outsourcing services business that manages fulfillment
and distribution for non-competing third party e-commerce providers.


Termination of American Bankers Acquisition and Settlement Agreement

     On March 23, 1998, we announced that we had entered into a definitive
agreement (the "ABI Merger Agreement") to acquire American Bankers Insurance
Group Inc. ("American Bankers") for $67 per share in cash and stock, for an
aggregate consideration of approximately $3.1 billion. Because of uncertainties
concerning the eventual completion of this acquisition, on October 13, 1998, we
and American Bankers entered into a settlement agreement pursuant to which we
and American Bankers terminated the ABI Merger Agreement and our then pending
tender offer for American Bankers shares. Pursuant to the settlement agreement:
 

    o  we and American Bankers released each other from any claims relating to
       the proposed acquisition of American Bankers;

    o  we paid $400 million, pre-tax, in cash to American Bankers;

    o  we agreed to withdraw any applications we had pending with insurance
       regulatory authorities in order to obtain control of American Bankers and
       to withdraw from any proceedings or hearings in connection with these
       applications; and

    o  we agreed not to take any actions or make any statements intended to
       frustrate or delay any business combination between American Bankers and
       any other party.

     In connection with the termination of the American Bankers transaction, we
recorded a $281 million after-tax charge in the fourth quarter of 1998 in
connection with our payment to American Bankers and transaction-related
expenses.


Termination of Providian Acquisition

     On December 10, 1997, we announced that we had entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire Providian Auto and Home Insurance Company and its
subsidiaries ("Providian") from a subsidiary of Aegon N.V. for approximately
$219 million in cash. On October 5, 1998, we announced that we terminated the
agreement to acquire Providian because the acquisition agreement provided that
the closing had to occur on or before September 30, 1998, and certain
representations, covenants and conditions of closing in the acquisition
agreement had not been fulfilled by that date. We did not pursue an extension
of the termination date of the agreement because Providian no longer met our
acquisition criteria.


National Parking Corporation Acquisition

     On April 27, 1998, we acquired NPC for $1.6 billion in cash, which
included our repayment of approximately $227 million of outstanding NPC debt.
NPC is the largest private (non-municipally owned) car park operator in the
United Kingdom, with a portfolio of approximately 500 owned, leased and managed
car parks in over 100 towns and city centers and major airport locations. NPC
has also developed a broad-based break-down assistance group under the brand
name of Green Flag. Green Flag offers a wide range of emergency support and
rescue services to approximately 3.5 million members in the United Kingdom.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Termination of RAC Motoring Services Acquisition


     On May 21, 1998, we announced that we reached definitive agreements with
the Board of Directors of Royal Automobile Club ("RAC") to purchase RAC
Motoring Services ("RACMS") for total consideration of pounds sterling 450
million, or approximately $735 million in cash. On February 4, 1999, the U.K.
Secretary of State for Trade and Industry cleared our proposed acquisition of
RACMS on the condition that we divest our Green Flag breakdown assistance
business. We did not regard this proposed condition as reasonably acceptable or
commercially feasible and therefore we have determined not to proceed with the
acquisition of RACMS.


MATTERS RELATING TO THE ACCOUNTING IRREGULARITIES AND ACCOUNTING POLICY CHANGE


Accounting Irregularities


     On April 15, 1998, we announced that in the course of transferring
responsibility for our accounting functions from Cendant personnel associated
with CUC prior to the Merger to Cendant personnel associated with HFS before
the Merger and preparing for the reporting of first quarter 1998 financial
results, we discovered accounting irregularities in certain CUC business units.
As a result, we, together with our counsel and assisted by auditors,
immediately began an intensive investigation (the "Company Investigation"). In
addition, our Audit Committee engaged Willkie Farr & Gallagher ("Willkie Farr")
as special legal counsel and Willkie Farr engaged Arthur Andersen LLP to
perform an independent investigation into these accounting irregularities (the
"Audit Committee Investigation," and together with the Company Investigation,
the "Investigations").


     On July 14, 1998, we announced that the accounting irregularities were
greater than those initially discovered in April and that the irregularities
affected the accounting records of the majority of the CUC business units. On
August 13, 1998, we announced that the Company Investigation was complete. On
August 27, 1998, we announced that our Audit Committee had submitted its report
(the "Report") to the Board of Directors on the Audit Committee Investigation
into the accounting irregularities and its conclusions regarding responsibility
for those actions. A copy of the Report has been filed as an exhibit to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 28, 1998.


     As a result of the findings of the Investigations, we restated our
previously reported financial results for 1997, 1996 and 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997. The 1997 restated amounts also included
certain adjustments related to the former HFS businesses which are
substantially comprised of $47.8 million in reductions to merger-related costs
and other unusual charges ("Unusual Charges") and a $14.5 million decrease in
pre-tax income excluding Unusual Charges, which on a net basis increased 1997
net income from continuing operations. The 1997 annual and six months results
have also been restated for a change in accounting, effective January 1, 1997,
related to revenue and expense recognition for memberships with a full refund
offer (see Notes 2 and 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).


                                       4
<PAGE>

     Restated consolidated results include, but are not limited to:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      --------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
                                          1998          1997             1997               1996              1995
                                      -----------   ------------   ----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>            <C>                <C>               <C>
Net Income (loss):
   As restated ....................    $ 325.9       $ (250.6)          (217.2)        $   330.0          $  229.8
   As originally reported .........      413.8           11.0             55.4             423.6             302.8
Income from continuing operations
 excluding Unusual Charges:
   As restated ....................    $ 343.2       $  252.7        $   571.0 (1)    $    383.3 (2)    $    269.2 (3)
   As originally reported .........      421.2          237.0            817.0             499.8             333.9
Per common share (diluted):
 Net income (loss):
   As restated ....................    $  0.37      $   (0.30)       $   (0.27)        $    0.41         $    0.31
   As originally reported .........       0.46           0.01             0.06              0.52              0.42
Income from continuing operations
 excluding Unusual Charges:
   As restated ....................    $  0.38      $    0.30        $    0.66(1)      $    0.47(2)      $    0.36(3)
   As originally reported .........       0.46           0.30             0.94              0.62              0.46
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   For the year ended December 31, 1997, our restated income from continuing
      operations excluding Unusual Charges, extraordinary gain and the
      cumulative effect of a change in accounting totaled $571.0 million ($0.66
      per diluted share). The original amount included $817.0 million ($0.94
      per diluted share) of income from continuing operations. The $246.0
      million ($0.28 per diluted share) decrease in income from continuing
      operations represents additional after-tax expenses of $14.6 million
      ($0.02 per diluted share) due to a change in accounting described in "--
      Matters Relating to the Accounting Irregularities and Accounting Policy
      Change" and $231.4 million ($0.26 per diluted share) of accounting errors
      and irregularities.

(2)   The $116.5 million ($0.15 per diluted share) decrease primarily
      represents accounting errors and irregularities.

(3)   The $64.7 million ($0.10 per diluted share) decrease primarily represents
      accounting errors and irregularities.



Class Action Litigation and Government Investigation

     Since our April 15, 1998 announcement of the discovery of accounting 
irregularities in the former CUC business units, and prior to the date of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, numerous lawsuits claiming to be class actions, two
lawsuits claiming to be brought derivatively on our behalf and three individual
lawsuits have been filed in various courts against us, and among others, our
predecessor, HFS, and certain current and former officers and directors of the
Company and HFS, asserting various claims under the federal securities laws and
certain state statutory and common laws. SEE "ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS".

     In addition, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") and the United States Attorney for the District of New Jersey are
conducting investigations relating to the accounting irregularities. The SEC
staff has advised us that its inquiry should not be construed as an indication
by the SEC or its staff that any violations of law have occurred. While we have
made all adjustments considered necessary as a result of the findings of the
Investigations and the restatement of our financial statements for 1997, 1996
and 1995 and the first six months of 1998, we can provide no assurances that 
additional adjustments will not be required as a result of these government 
investigations.

     Other than the PRIDES litigation discussed below, we do not believe that
it is feasible to predict or determine the final outcome or resolution of these
proceedings and investigations or to estimate the amounts or potential range of
loss with respect to the resolution of these proceedings and investigations. In
addition, the timing of the final resolution of these proceedings and
investigations is uncertain. The possible outcomes or resolutions of these
proceedings and investigations could include judgments against us or
settlements and could require substantial payments by us. Our management
believes that adverse outcomes in such proceedings and investigations or any
other resolutions (including settlements) could have a material impact on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Settlement of PRIDES Class Action Litigation

     On March 17, 1999, we announced that we reached a final settlement
agreement with plaintiff's counsel representing the class of holders of our
PRIDES securities who purchased their securities on or prior to April 15, 1998
("eligible persons") to settle their class action lawsuit against us. Under the
final settlement agreement, eligible persons will receive a new security -- a
Right -- for each PRIDES security held on April 15, 1998. Current holders of
PRIDES will not receive any Rights (unless they also held PRIDES on April 15,
1998). We had originally announced a preliminary agreement in principle to
settle such lawsuit on January 7, 1999. The final agreement maintained the
basic structure and accounting treatment as the preliminary agreement.

     Based on the settlement agreement, we recorded an after tax charge of
approximately $228 million, or $0.26 per diluted share ($351 million pre-tax),
in the fourth quarter of 1998 associated with the settlement agreement in
principle to settle the PRIDES securities class action. We recorded an increase
in additional paid-in capital of $350 million offset by a decrease in retained
earnings of $228 million resulting in a net increase in stockholders' equity of
$122 million as a result of the prospective issuance of the Rights. As a
result, the settlement should not reduce net book value. In addition, the
settlement is not expected to reduce 1999 earnings per share unless our common
stock price materially appreciates. SEE "ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS" for a more
detailed description of the settlement.


Management and Corporate Governance Changes

     On July 28, 1998, Walter A. Forbes resigned as Chairman of the Company and
as a member of the Board of Directors. Henry R. Silverman, Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, was unanimously elected by the Board of Directors to be
Chairman and continues to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and President.
Since July 28, 1998, ten members of the Board formerly associated with CUC also
resigned.

     On July 28, 1998, the Board also approved the adoption of Amended and
Restated By-Laws of the Company and voted to eliminate the governance plan
adopted as part of the Merger, resulting in the elimination of the 80%
super-majority vote requirement provisions of our By-Laws relating to the
composition of the Board and the limitations on the removal of the Chairman and
the Chief Executive Officer.

                                     * * *


FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     Financial information about our industry segments may be found in Note 26
to our consolidated financial statements presented in Item 8 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.


FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     We make statements about our future results in this Annual Report on Form
10-K that may constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on
our current expectations and the current economic environment. We caution you
that these statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve a
number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Our actual
results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the
forward-looking statements. Important assumptions and other important factors
that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the
forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to:

    o  the resolution or outcome of the pending litigation and government
       investigations relating to the previously announced accounting
       irregularities;

    o  uncertainty as to our future profitability and our ability to integrate
       and operate successfully acquired businesses and the risks associated
       with such businesses, including the merger that created Cendant and the
       NPC acquisition;


                                       6
<PAGE>

    o  Our ability to successfully divest non-core assets and implement our new
       internet strategy (described in "-- Recent Developments");

    o  our ability to develop and implement operational and financial systems to
       manage rapidly growing operations;

    o  competition in our existing and potential future lines of business;

    o  our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms to finance our growth
       strategy and for us to operate within the limitations imposed by
       financing arrangements; and

    o  our ability and our vendors', franchisees' and customers' ability to
       complete the necessary actions to achieve a year 2000 conversion for
       computer systems and applications.

     We derived the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form
10-K (including the documents incorporated by reference in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K) from the foregoing factors and from other factors and
assumptions, and the failure of such assumptions to be realized as well as
other factors may also cause actual results to differ materially from those
projected. We assume no obligation to publicly correct or update these
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or
changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements or if we
later become aware that they are not likely to be achieved.


PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES

     Our principal executive offices are located at 9 West 57th Street, New
York, New York 10019 (telephone number:(212)413-1800).


TRAVEL DIVISION


THE TRAVEL SEGMENT

     The Travel Segment consists of our lodging franchise services, timeshare
exchange, and Avis car rental franchise businesses and represented
approximately 20.1%, 22.9% and 13.2% of our revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


LODGING FRANCHISE BUSINESS

     GENERAL. The lodging industry can be divided into three broad segments
based on price and services: luxury or upscale, which typically charge room
rates above $82 per night; middle market, with room rates generally between $55
and $81 per night; and economy, where room rates generally are less than $54
per night. Of our franchised brand names, Ramada, Howard Johnson and Wingate
Inn compete principally in the middle market segment and Days Inn, Knights Inn,
Super 8, Travelodge and Villager Lodge ("Villager") compete primarily in the
economy segment, which is currently the fastest growing segment of the
industry.

     As franchisor of lodging facilities, we provide a number of services
designed to directly or indirectly increase hotel occupancy rates, revenues and
profitability, the most important of which is a centralized brand-specific
national reservations system. Similarly, brand awareness derived from
nationally recognized brand names, supported by national advertising and
marketing campaigns, can increase the desirability of a hotel property to
prospective guests. We believe that, in general, national franchise brands with
a greater number of hotels enjoy greater brand awareness among potential hotel
guests, and thus are perceived as more valuable by existing and prospective
franchisees than brands with a lesser number of properties. Franchise brands
can also increase franchisee property occupancy through national direct sales
programs to businesses, associations and affinity groups.

     In determining whether to affiliate with a national franchise brand, hotel
operators compare the costs of affiliation (including the capital expenditures
and operating costs required to meet a brand's quality and operating standards,
plus the ongoing payment of franchise royalties and assessments for the
reservations system and marketing programs) with the increase in gross room
revenue anticipated to be derived from


                                       7
<PAGE>

brand membership. Other benefits to brand affiliation include group purchasing
services, training programs, design and construction advice, and other
franchisee support services, all of which provide the benefits of a national
lodging services organization to operators of independently-owned hotels. We
believe that, in general, franchise affiliations are viewed as enhancing the
value of a hotel property by providing economic benefits to the property.

     We entered the lodging franchise business in July 1990 with the
acquisition of the Howard Johnson franchise system and the rights to operate
the U.S. Ramada franchise system. We acquired the Days Inn franchise system in
January 1992, the Super 8 franchise system in April 1993, the Villager Lodge
franchise system in November 1994, the Knights Inn franchise system in August
1995 and the Travelodge franchise system in January 1996. Each of these
acquisitions has increased our earnings per share. We continue to seek
opportunities to acquire or license additional hotel franchise systems,
including established brands in the upper end of the market, where we are not
currently represented. See "Lodging Franchise Growth" below.

     The fee and cost structure of our lodging business provides significant
opportunities for us to increase earnings by increasing the number of
franchised properties. Hotel franchisors, such as our Company, derive
substantially all of their revenue from continuing franchise fees. Continuing
franchise fees are comprised of two components, a royalty portion and a
marketing and reservations portion, both of which are normally charged by the
franchisor as a percentage of the franchisee's gross room revenue. The royalty
portion of the franchise fee is intended to cover the operating expenses of the
franchisor, such as expenses incurred in quality assurance, administrative
support and other franchise services and to provide the franchisor with
operating profits. The marketing/reservations portion of the franchise fee is
intended to reimburse the franchisor for the expenses associated with providing
such franchise services as a national reservations system, national media
advertising and certain training programs.

     Our franchisees are dispersed geographically which minimizes the exposure
to any one hotel owner or geographic region. Of the more than 6,000 properties
and 4,000 franchisees in our systems, no individual hotel owner accounts for
more than 2% of our lodging revenue.

     LODGING FRANCHISE GROWTH. Growth of the franchise systems through the sale
of long-term franchise agreements to operators of existing and newly
constructed hotels is the leading source of revenue and earnings growth in our
lodging franchise business. Franchises are terminated primarily for not paying
the required franchise fees and/or not maintaining compliance with brand
quality assurance standards required pursuant to the applicable franchise
agreement.

     LODGING FRANCHISE SALES. We market franchises principally to independent
hotel and motel owners, as well as to owners whose properties affiliation with
other hotel brands can be terminated. We believe that our existing franchisees
also represent a significant potential market because many own, or may own in
the future, other hotels which can be converted to our brand names.
Accordingly, a significant factor in our sales strategy is maintaining the
satisfaction of our existing franchisees by providing quality services.

     We employ a national franchise sales force consisting of approximately 80
salespeople and sales management personnel, which is divided into several
brandspecific sales groups, with regional offices around the country. The sales
force is compensated primarily through commissions. In order to provide broad
marketing of our brands, sales referrals are made among the sales groups and a
referring salesperson is entitled to a commission for a referral which results
in a franchise sale.

     We seek to expand our franchise systems and provide marketing and other
franchise services to franchisees on an international basis through a series of
master license agreements with internationally based developers and
franchisors. As of December 31, 1998, our franchising subsidiaries (other than
Ramada) have entered into international master licensing agreements for part or
all of 46 countries on six continents. The agreements typically include minimum
development requirements and requires payment of an initial development fee in
connection with the execution of the license agreement as well as recurring
franchise fees.


                                       8
<PAGE>

     LODGING FRANCHISE SYSTEMS. The following is a summary description of our 
lodging franchise systems. Information reflects properties which are open and 
operating and is presented as of December 31, 1998.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         PRIMARY          AVG. ROOMS         # OF          # OF          DOMESTIC
      BRAND           MARKET SERVED      PER PROPERTY     PROPERTIES      ROOMS       INTERNATIONAL*
- ----------------   ------------------   --------------   ------------   ---------   -----------------
<S>                <C>                  <C>              <C>            <C>         <C>
Days Inn              Lower Economy            90           1,830        163,999     International(1)
Howard Johnson         Mid-market             106             489         51,807     International(2)
Knights Inn           Lower Economy            82             222         18,196      International
Ramada                 Mid-market             131            1004        131,591         Domestic
Super 8                  Economy               61            1759        108,111     International(3)
Travelodge            Upper Economy            82             521         42,857      Domestic(1)(5)
Villager Lodge        Lower Economy            74              99          7,284     International(4)
Wingate             Upper Mid-market           94              54          5,051     International(4)
</TABLE>

- ----------
*     Description of rights owned or licensed.

(1)   Includes properties in Mexico, Canada, China, South Africa, India,
      Uruguay and the Philippines.

(2)   Includes Mexico, Canada, Colombia, Israel, Venezuela, Malta, U.A.E. and
      the Dominican Republic.

(3)   Includes properties in Canada and Singapore.

(4)   No international properties currently open and operating.

(5)   Rights include all of North America.


     OPERATIONS -- LODGING. Our organization is designed to provide a high
level of service to our franchisees while maintaining a controlled level of
overhead expense. In the lodging segment, expenses related to marketing and
reservations services are budgeted to match marketing and reservation fees each
year.

     NATIONAL RESERVATIONS SYSTEMS. Unlike many other franchise businesses
(such as restaurants), the lodging business is characterized by remote
purchasing through travel agencies and through use by consumers of toll-free
telephone numbers. Each of our reservation systems is independently operated,
focusing on its specific brand and franchise system, and is comprised of one or
more nationally advertised toll-free telephone numbers, reservation agents who
accept inbound calls, a computer operation that processes reservations, and
automated links which accept reservations from travel agents and other travel
providers, such as airlines, and which report reservations made through the
system to each franchisee property. Each reservation agent handles reservation
requests and inquiries for only one of our franchise systems and there is no
"cross selling" of franchise systems to consumers. We maintain seven
reservations centers that are located in Knoxville and Elizabethton, Tennessee;
Phoenix, Arizona; Winner and Aberdeen, South Dakota; Orangeburg, South Carolina
and Saint John, New Brunswick, Canada.

     LODGING FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS. Our lodging franchise agreements grant the
right to utilize one of the brand names associated our lodging franchise
systems to lodging facility owners or operators under long-term franchise
agreements. An annual average of 2.1% of our existing franchise agreements are
scheduled to expire from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2006, with no
more than 2.8% (in 2002) scheduled to expire in any one of those years.

     The current standard agreements generally are for 15-year terms for
converted properties and 20-year terms for newly constructed properties and
generally require, among other obligations, franchisees to pay a minimum
initial fee based on property size and type, as well as continuing franchise
fees comprised of royalty fees and marketing/reservation fees based on gross
room revenues.

     Under the terms of the standard franchise agreements in effect at December
31, 1998, franchisees are typically required to pay recurring fees comprised of
a royalty portion and a reservation/marketing portion, calculated as a
percentage of annual gross room revenue that range from 7.0% to 8.8%. We
discount fees from the standard rates from time to time and under certain
circumstances.

     Our typical franchise agreement is terminable by us upon the franchisee's
failure to maintain certain quality standards, to pay franchise fees or other
charges or to meet other specified obligations. In the


                                       9
<PAGE>

event of such termination, we are typically entitled to be compensated for lost
revenues in an amount equal to the franchise fees accrued during periods
specified in the respective franchise agreements which are generally between
one and five years.

     LODGING SERVICE MARKS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. The service marks
"Days Inn," "Ramada," "Howard Johnson," "Super 8," "Travelodge" and related
logos are material to our business. We, through our franchisees, actively use
these marks. All of the material marks in each franchise system are registered
(or have applications pending for registration) with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office. We own the marks relating to the Days Inn system, the
Howard Johnson system, the Knights Inn system, the Super 8 system, the
Travelodge system (in North America), the Villager Lodge system and the Wingate
Inn system through our subsidiaries.

     We franchise the service mark "Ramada" and related marks, Ramada brands
and logos (the "Ramada Marks") to lodging facility owners in the United States
pursuant to two license agreements (the "Ramada License Agreements") between an
indirect subsidiary of Marriott Corporation ("Licensor") and Ramada Franchise
Systems, Inc. ("RFS"), our wholly-owned subsidiary. The Ramada License
Agreements limit RFS's use of the Ramada Marks to the U.S. market.

     The Ramada License Agreements have initial terms terminating on March 31,
2024. At the end of the initial terms, RFS has the right either (i) to extend
the Ramada License Agreements, (ii) to purchase the Ramada Marks for their fair
market value at the date of purchase, subject to certain minimums after the
initial terms, or (iii) to terminate the Ramada License Agreements. The Ramada
License Agreements require that RFS pay license fees to the Licensor calculated
on the basis of percentages of annual gross room sales, subject to certain
minimums and maximums as specified in each Ramada License Agreement. RFS
received approximately $46 million in royalties from its Ramada franchisees in
1998 and paid the Licensor approximately $23 million in license fees.

     The Ramada License Agreements are subject to certain termination events
relating to, among other things, (i) the failure to maintain aggregate annual
gross room sales minimum amounts stated in the Ramada License Agreements, (ii)
the maintenance by us of a minimum net worth of $50 million (however, this
minimum net worth requirement may be satisfied by a guaranty of an affiliate of
ours with a net worth of at least $50 million or by an irrevocable letter of
credit (or similar form of third-party credit support)), (iii) non-payment of
royalties, (iv) failure to maintain registrations on the Ramada Marks and to
take reasonable actions to stop infringements, (v) failure to pay certain
liabilities specified by the Restructuring Agreement, dated July 15, 1991, by
and among New World Development Co., Ltd. (a predecessor to Licensor), Ramada
International Hotels and Resorts, Inc., Ramada Inc., Franchise System Holdings,
Inc., the Company and RFS and (vi) failure to maintain appropriate hotel
standards of service and quality. A termination of the Ramada License
Agreements would result in the loss of the income stream from franchising the
Ramada brand names and could result in the payment by us of liquidated damages
equal to three years of license fees. We do not believe that it will have
difficulty complying with all of the material terms of the Ramada License
Agreements.

     LODGING COMPETITION. Competition among the national lodging brand
franchisors to grow their franchise systems is intense. Our primary national
lodging brand competitors are the Holiday Inn (Registered Trademark)  and Best
Western (Registered Trademark)  brands and Choice Hotels, which franchises
seven brands, including the Comfort Inn (Registered Trademark) , Quality Inn
(Registered Trademark)  and Econo Lodge (Registered Trademark) brands. Days
Inn, Travelodge and Super 8 properties principally compete with Comfort Inn,
Red Roof Inn (Registered Trademark) , and Econo Lodge in the limited service
economy sector of the market. The chief competitor of Ramada, Howard Johnson
and Wingate Inn properties, which compete in the middle market segment of the
hotel industry, is Holiday Inn (Registered Trademark)  and Hampton Inn
(Registered Trademark) . Our Knights Inn and Travelodge brands compete with
Motel 6 (Registered Trademark)  properties. In addition, a lodging facility
owner may choose not to affiliate with a franchisor but to remain independent.

     We believe that competition for the sale of franchises in the lodging
industry is based principally upon the perceived value and quality of the brand
and services offered to franchisees, as well as the nature of those services.
We believe that prospective franchisees value a franchise based upon their view
of the relationship of conversion costs and future charges to the potential for
increased revenue and profitability.


                                       10
<PAGE>

The reputation of the franchisor among existing franchisees is also a factor
which may lead a property owner to select a particular affiliation. We also
believe that the perceived value of its brand names to prospective franchisees
is, to some extent, a function of the success of its existing franchisees.

     The ability of our lodging franchisees to compete in the lodging industry
is important to our prospects for growth, although, because franchise fees are
based on franchisee gross room revenue, our revenue is not directly dependent
on franchisee profitability.

     The ability of an individual franchisee to compete may be affected by the
location and quality of its property, the number of competing properties in the
vicinity, its affiliation with a recognized brand name, community reputation
and other factors. A franchisee's success may also be affected by general,
regional and local economic conditions. The effect of these conditions on our
results of operations is substantially reduced by virtue of the diverse
geographical locations of our franchises.

     LODGING SEASONALITY. The principal source of lodging revenue for us is
based upon the annual gross room revenue of franchised properties. As a result,
our revenue from the lodging franchise business experiences seasonal lodging
revenue patterns similar to those of the hotel industry wherein the summer
months, because of increases in leisure travel, produce higher revenues than
other periods during the year. Therefore, any occurrence that disrupts travel
patterns during the summer period could have a material adverse effort on the
franchisee's annual performance and effect our annual performance.


THE TIMESHARE EXCHANGE BUSINESS

     GENERAL. We acquired Resort Condominiums International, Inc. (now Resort
Condominiums International, LLC), on November 12, 1996. Our RCI subsidiary is
the world's largest provider of timeshare vacation exchange opportunities and
timeshare services for more than 2.5 million timeshare households from more
than 200 nations and more than 3,400 resorts in more than 90 countries around
the world. RCI's business consists primarily of the operation of an exchange
program for owners of condominium timeshares or whole units at affiliated
resorts, the publication of magazines and other periodicals related to the
vacation and timeshare industry, travel related services, resort management,
integrated software systems and service and consulting services. RCI has
significant operations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, Latin
America, Africa, Australia, and the Pacific Rim. RCI has more than 3,900
employees worldwide.

     The resort component of the leisure industry is primarily serviced by two
alternatives for overnight accommodations: commercial lodging establishments
and timeshare resorts. Commercial lodging consists principally of: a) hotels
and motels in which a room is rented on a nightly, weekly or monthly basis for
the duration of the visit and b) rentals of privately-owned condominium units
or homes. Oftentimes, this segment is designed to serve both the leisure and
business traveler. Timeshare resorts present an economical and reliable
alternative to commercial lodging for many vacationers who want to experience
the added benefits associated with ownership. Timeshare resorts are purposely
designed and operated for the needs and enjoyment of the leisure traveler.

     Resort timesharing -- also referred to as vacation ownership -- is the
shared ownership and/or periodic use of property by a number of users or owners
for a defined period of years or in perpetuity. An example of a simple form of
timeshare is a condominium unit that is owned by fifty-one persons, with each
person having the right to use the unit for one week of every year and with one
week set aside for maintenance. In the United States, industry sources estimate
that the average price of such a timeshare is about $10,000, plus a yearly
maintenance fee of approximately $350 per interval owned. Based upon
information published about the industry, we believe that 1998 sales of
timeshares exceeded $6 billion worldwide. Two principal segments make up the
timeshare exchange industry: owners of timeshare interests (consumers) and
resort properties (developers/operators). Industry sources have estimated that
the total number of owner households of timeshare interests is nearly 4.5
million worldwide, while the total number of timeshare resorts worldwide has
been estimated to be nearly 5,000. The timeshare exchange industry derives
revenue from annual subscribing membership fees paid by owners of timeshare
interests, fees paid by such owners for each exchange and fees paid by members
and resort affiliates for various other products and services.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     The "RCI Network" provides RCI members who own timeshares at
RCI-affiliated resorts the capability to exchange their timeshare vacation
accommodations in any given year for comparable value accommodations at other
RCI-affiliated resorts. Approximately 1.2 million members of the RCI Network,
representing approximately 50% of the total members of the RCI Network reside
outside of the United States. RCI's membership volume has grown at a compound
annual rate for the last five years of approximately 8%, while exchange volumes
have grown at a compound annual rate of approximately 8% for the same time
period.

     RCI provides members of the RCI Network with access to both domestic and
international timeshare resorts, publications regarding timeshare exchange
opportunities and other travel-related services, including discounted
purchasing programs. In 1998, members in the United States paid an average
annual subscribing membership fee of $66 as well as an average exchange fee of
$120 for every exchange arranged by RCI. In 1998, membership and exchange fees
totaled approximately $330 million and RCI arranged more than 1.8 million
exchanges.

     Developers of resorts affiliated with the RCI Network typically pay the
first year subscribing membership fee for new owner/members upon the sale of
the timeshare interest.

     TIMESHARE EXCHANGE BUSINESS GROWTH. The timeshare exchange industry has
experienced significant growth over the past decade. We believe that the
factors driving this growth include the demographic trend toward older, more
affluent Americans who travel more frequently; the entrance of major
hospitality and entertainment companies into timeshare development; a worldwide
acceptance of the timeshare concept; and an increasing focus on leisure
activities, family travel and a desire for value, variety and flexibility in a
vacation experience. We believe that future growth of the timeshare exchange
industry will be determined by general economic conditions both in the U.S. and
worldwide, the public image of the industry, improved approaches to marketing
and sales, a greater variety of products and price points, the broadening of
the timeshare market and a variety of other factors. Accordingly, we cannot
predict if future growth trends will continue at rates comparable to those of
the recent past.

     OPERATIONS. Our timeshare exchange business is designed to provide
high-quality, leisure travel services to its members and cost-effective,
single-source support services to its affiliated timeshare resorts. Most
members are acquired from timeshare developers who purchase an initial RCI
subscribing membership for each buyer at the time the timeshare interval is
sold. A small percentage of members are acquired through direct solicitation
activities of RCI.

     MEMBER SERVICES. International Exchange System. Members are served through
a network of call centers located in more than 20 countries throughout the
world. These call centers are staffed by approximately 1,900 people. Major
regional call and information support centers are located in Indianapolis,
Saint John (Canada), Kettering (England), Cork (Ireland), Mexico City and
Singapore. All members receive a directory that lists resorts available through
the exchange system, a periodic magazine and other information related to the
exchange system and available travel services. These materials are published in
various languages.

     TRAVEL SERVICES. In addition to exchange services, RCI's call centers also
engage in telemarketing and crossselling of other ancillary travel and
hospitality services. These services are offered to a majority of members
depending on their location. RCI provides travel services to U.S. members of
the RCI Network through its affiliate, RCI Travel, Inc. ("RCIT"). On a global
basis, RCI provides travel services through entities operating in local
jurisdictions (hereinafter, RCIT and its local entities are referred to as
"Travel Agencies"). Travel Agencies provide airline reservations and airline
ticket sales to members in conjunction with the arrangement of their timeshare
exchanges, as well as providing other types of travel services, including hotel
accommodations, car rentals, cruises and tours. Travel Agencies also from time
to time offer travel packages utilizing resort developers' unsold inventory to
generate both revenue and prospective timeshare purchasers to affiliated
resorts.

     RESORT SERVICES. Resort Affiliations. Growth of the timeshare business is
dependent on the sale of timeshare units by affiliated resorts. RCI affiliates
international brand names and independent developers, owners' associations and
vacation clubs. We believe that national lodging and hospitality companies


                                       12
<PAGE>

are attracted to the timeshare concept because of the industry's relatively low
product cost and high profit margins, and the recognition that timeshare
resorts provide an attractive alternative to the traditional hotel-based
vacation and allow the hotel companies to leverage their brands into additional
resort markets where demand exists for accommodations beyond traditional
rental-based lodging operations. Today, 7 of every 10 timeshare resorts
worldwide are affiliated with RCI. We also believe that RCI's existing
affiliates represent a significant potential market because many developers and
resort managers may become involved in additional resorts in the future which
can be affiliated with RCI. Accordingly, a significant factor in RCI's growth
strategy is maintaining the satisfaction of its existing affiliates by
providing quality support services.

     TIMESHARE CONSULTING. RCI provides worldwide timeshare consulting services
through its affiliate, RCI Consulting, Inc. ("RCIC"). These services include
comprehensive market research, site selection, strategic planning, community
economic impact studies, resort concept evaluation, financial feasibility
assessments, on-site studies of existing resort developments, and tailored
sales and marketing plans.

     RESORT MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE. RCI provides computer software systems to
timeshare resorts and developers through its affiliate, Resort Computer
Corporation ("RCC"). RCC provides software that integrates resort functions
such as sales, accounting, inventory, maintenance, dues and reservations. Our
RCC Premier information management software is believed to be the only
technology available today that can fully support timeshare club operations and
pointsbased reservation systems.

     PROPERTY MANAGEMENT. RCI provides resort property management services
through its affiliate, RCI Management, Inc. ("RCIM"). RCIM is a single source
for any and all resort management services, and offers a menu including
hospitality services, a centralized reservations service center, advanced
reservations technology, human resources expertise and owners' association
administration.

     TIMESHARE PROPERTY AFFILIATION AGREEMENTS. More than 3,400 timeshare
resorts are affiliated with the RCI Network, of which more than 1,400 resorts
are located in the United States and Canada, more than 1,260 in Europe and
Africa, more than 475 in Mexico and Latin America, and more than 320 in the
Asia-Pacific region. The terms of RCI's affiliation agreement with its
affiliates generally require that the developer enroll each new timeshare
purchaser at the resort as a subscribing member of RCI, license the affiliated
resort to use the RCI name and trademarks for certain purposes, set forth the
materials and services RCI will provide to the affiliate, and generally
describe RCI's expectations of the resort's management. The affiliation
agreement also includes stipulations for representation of the exchange
program, minimum enrollment requirements and treatment of exchange guests.
Affiliation agreements are typically for a term of five years, and
automatically renew thereafter for terms of one to five years unless either
party takes affirmative action to terminate the relationship. RCI makes
available a wide variety of goods and services to its affiliated developers,
including publications, advertising, sales and marketing materials, timeshare
consulting services, resort management software, travel packaging and property
management services.

     RCI LICENSED MARKS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. The service marks "RCI",
"Resort Condominiums International" and related trademarks and logos are
material to RCI's business. RCI and its subsidiaries actively use the marks.
All of the material marks used in RCI's business are registered (or have
applications pending for registration) with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office as well as major countries worldwide where RCI or its
subsidiaries have significant operations. We own the marks used in RCI's
business.

     COMPETITION. The global timeshare exchange industry is comprised of a
number of entities, including resort developers and owners. RCI's largest
competitor is Interval International Inc. ("Interval"), formerly our
wholly-owned subsidiary, and a few other smaller firms. Based upon industry
sources, we believe that 98% of the nearly 5,000 timeshare resorts in the world
are affiliated with either RCI or Interval. Based upon 1997 published
statistics and our information, RCI had over 2.5 million timeshare households
that are members, while Interval had approximately 850,000 timeshare households
that are members. Also, in 1997, RCI confirmed more than 1.8 million exchange
transactions while Interval confirmed approximately 480,000 transactions. As a
result, based on 1997 business volume, RCI services approximately 73% of
members and approximately 79% of exchange transactions. RCI is bound by the


                                       13
<PAGE>

terms of a Consent Order issued by the Federal Trade Commission which restricts
the right of RCI to solicit, induce, or attempt to induce clients of Interval
International Inc. to either terminate or not to renew their existing Interval
contracts. The proposed Consent Order contains certain other restrictions. The
restrictions generally expire on or before December 17, 1999.

     SEASONALITY. A principal source of timeshare revenue relates to exchange
services to members. Since members have historically shown a tendency to plan
their vacations in the first quarter of the year, revenues are generally
slightly higher in the first quarter in comparison to other quarters of the
year. The Company cannot predict whether this trend will continue in the future
as the timeshare business expands outside of the United States and Europe, and
as global travel patterns shift with the aging of the world population.


AVIS CAR RENTAL FRANCHISE BUSINESS

     GENERAL. On October 17, 1996, we completed the acquisition of all of the
outstanding capital stock of Avis, Inc. which together with its subsidiaries,
licensees and affiliates, operated the Avis Worldwide Vehicle System (the "Avis
System"). As part of its previously announced plan, on September 24, 1997, we
completed the initial public offering ("IPO") of our subsidiary, Avis Rent A
Car, Inc. ("ARAC"), which owned and operated the company-owned Avis car rental
operations. We currently own approximately 19% of the outstanding Common Stock
of ARAC. We no longer operate any car rental locations but own the Avis brand
name and the Avis System, which we license to our franchisees, including ARAC,
the largest Avis System franchisee.

     The Avis System is comprised of approximately 4,200 rental locations,
including locations at the largest airports and cities in the United States and
approximately 160 other countries and territories and a fleet of approximately
404,000 vehicles during the peak season, all of which are granted by
franchisees. Approximately 90% of the Avis System rental revenues in the United
States are received from locations operated by ARAC directly or under agency
arrangements, with the remainder being received from locations operated by
independent licensees. The Avis System in Europe, Africa, part of Asia and the
Middle East is operated under franchise by Avis Europe Ltd. ("Avis Europe").

     INDUSTRY. The car rental industry provides vehicle rentals to business and
individual customers worldwide. The industry has been composed of two principal
segments: general use (mainly at airport and downtown locations) and local
(mainly at downtown and suburban locations). The car rental industry rents
primarily from on-airport, near-airport, downtown and suburban locations to
business and leisure travelers and to individuals who have lost the use of
their vehicles through accident, theft or breakdown. In addition to revenue
from vehicle rentals, the industry derives significant revenue from the sale of
rental related products such as insurance, refueling services and loss damage
waivers (a waiver of the franchisee's right to make a renter pay for damage to
the rented car).

     Car renters generally are (i) business travelers renting under negotiated
contractual arrangements between specified rental companies and the travelers'
employers, (ii) business travelers who do not rent under negotiated contractual
arrangements (but who may receive discounts through travel, professional or
other organizations), (iii) leisure travelers and (iv) renters who have lost
the use of their own vehicles through accident, theft or breakdown. Contractual
arrangements normally are the result of negotiations between rental companies
and large corporations, based upon rates, billing and service arrangements, and
influenced by reliability and renter convenience. Business travelers who are
not parties to negotiated contractual arrangements and leisure travelers
generally are influenced by advertising, renter convenience and access to
special rates because of membership in travel, professional and other
organizations.

     AVIS SYSTEM AND WIZARD SYSTEM SERVICES. The Avis System provides Avis
System franchisees access to the benefits of a variety of services, including
(i) comprehensive safety initiatives, including the "Avis Cares" Safe Driving
Program, which offers vehicle safety information, directional assistance such
as satellite guidance, regional maps, weather reports and specialized equipment
for travelers with disabilities; (ii) standardized systemidentity for rental
location presentation and uniforms; (iii) training program and business
policies, quality of service standards and data designed to monitor service
commitment levels; (iv) marketing/advertising/public relations support for
national consumer promotions including


                                       14
<PAGE>

Frequent Flyer/Frequent Stay programs and the Avis System internet website; and
(v) brand awareness of the Avis System through the familiar "We try harder"
service announcements.

     Avis System franchisees are also provided with access to the Wizard
System, a reservations, data processing and information management system for
the vehicle rental business. The Wizard System is linked to all major travel
networks on six continents through telephone lines and satellite
communications. Direct access with other computerized reservations systems
allows realtime processing for travel agents and corporate travel departments.
Among the principal features of the Wizard System are:

    o  an advanced graphical interface reservation system;

    o  "Roving Rapid Return," which permits customers who are returning vehicles
       to obtain completed charge records from radio-connected "Roving Rapid
       Return" agents who complete and deliver the charge record at the vehicle
       as it is being returned;

    o  "Preferred Service," an expedited rental service that provides customers
       with a preferred service rental record printed prior to arrival, a
       pre-assigned vehicle and fast convenient check out;

    o  "Wizard on Wheels," which enables the Avis System locations to assign
       vehicles and complete rental agreements while customers are being
       transported to the vehicle;

    o  "Flight Arrival Notification," a flight arrival notification system that
       alerts the rental location when flights have arrived so that vehicles can
       be assigned and paperwork prepared automatically;

    o  "Avis Link," which automatically identifies the fact that a user of a
       major credit card is entitled to special rental rates and conditions, and
       therefore sharply reduces the number of instances in which the Company
       inadvertently fails to give renters the benefits of negotiated rate
       arrangements to which they are entitled;

    o  interactive interfaces through third-party computerized reservation
       systems; and

    o  sophisticated automated ready-line programs that, among other things,
       enable rental agents to ensure that a customer who rents a particular
       type of vehicle will receive the available vehicle of that type which has
       the lowest mileage.

     In 1998, the Wizard System processed approximately 30.8 million incoming
customer calls, during which customers inquired about locations, rates and
availability and placed or modified reservations. In addition, millions of
inquiries and reservations come to franchisees through travel agents and travel
industry partners, such as airlines. Regardless of where in the world a
customer may be located, the Wizard System is designed to ensure that
availability of vehicles, rates and personal profile information is accurately
delivered at the proper time to the customer's rental destination.

     AVIS LICENSED MARKS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. The service mark "Avis",
related marks incorporating the word "Avis", and related logos are material to
our business. Our subsidiaries, joint ventures and licensees, actively use
these marks. All of the material marks used in Avis's business are registered
(or have applications pending for registration) with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office. We own the marks used in Avis's business. The purposes
for which we are authorized to use the marks include use in connection with
businesses in addition to car rental and related businesses, including, but not
limited to, equipment rental and leasing, hotels, insurance and information
services.

     LICENSEES AND LICENSE AGREEMENTS. We have 68 independent licensees which
operate locations in the United States. The largest licensee, ARAC, accounts
for approximately 89% of all United States licensees' rentals. Other than ARAC,
certain licensees in the United States pay us a fee equal to 5% of their total
time and mileage charges, less all customer discounts, of which we are required
to pay 40% for corporate licensee-related programs, while 6 licensees pay 8% of
their gross revenue. Licensees outside the United States normally pay higher
fees. Other than ARAC, our United States licensees currently pay .54 cents per
rental agreement for use of certain portions of the Wizard System, and they are
charged for use of other aspects of the Wizard System.

     ARAC has entered into a Master License Agreement with the Company which
grants ARAC the right to operate the Avis vehicle rental business in certain
specified territories. Pursuant to the Master


                                       15
<PAGE>

License Agreement, ARAC has agreed to pay us a monthly base royalty of 3.0% of
ARAC's gross revenue. In addition, ARAC has agreed to pay a supplemental
royalty of 1.1 % of gross revenue payable quarterly in arrears which will
increase 0.1% per year in each of the following three years thereafter to a
maximum of 1.5% (the "Supplemental Fee"). These fees have been paid by ARAC
since January 1, 1997. Until the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the
Master License Agreement, the Supplemental Fee or a portion thereof may be
deferred by ARAC if ARAC does not attain certain financial targets.

     In 1997, Avis Europe's previously paidup license for Europe, the Middle
East and Africa was modified to provide for a paid-up license only as to Europe
and the Middle East. Avis Europe will pay us annual royalties for Africa and a
defined portion of Asia which covers the area between 60E longitude and 150E
longitude, excluding Australia, New Zealand and Papua New Guinea. The Avis
Europe license expires on November 30, 2036, unless earlier termination is
effected in accordance with the license terms. Avis Europe also entered into a
Preferred Alliance Agreement with us under which Avis Europe became a preferred
alliance provider for car rentals to RCI customers in Europe, Asia and Africa,
and for car rentals to PHH customers needing replacement vehicles for fleets
managed by PHH in Europe, Asia and Africa.

     COMPETITION. The vehicle rental industry is characterized by intense price
and service competition. In any given location, franchisees may encounter
competition from national, regional and local companies, many of which,
particularly those owned by the major automobile manufacturers, have greater
financial resources than us and Avis. However, because the Company's royalty
fees are based upon the gross revenue of Avis and the other Avis System
franchisees, our revenue is not directly dependent on franchisee profitability.
 
     The franchisees' principal competitors for commercial accounts in the
United States are the Hertz Corporation ("Hertz") and National Car Rental
System, Inc. ("National"). Principal competitors for unaffiliated business and
leisure travelers in the United States are Budget Rent A Car Corporation, Hertz
and National, and, particularly with regard to leisure travelers, Alamo
Rent-A-Car Inc. In addition, the franchisees compete with a variety of smaller
vehicle rental companies throughout the country.

     SEASONALITY. The car rental franchise business is subject to seasonal
variations in customer demand, with the third quarter of the year, which covers
the summer vacation period, representing the peak season for vehicle rentals.
Therefore, any occurrence that disrupts travel patterns during the summer
period could have a material adverse effect on the franchisee's annual
performance and affect our annual financial performance. The fourth quarter is
generally the weakest financial quarter for the Avis System because there is
limited leisure travel and a greater potential for adverse weather conditions
at such time.


FLEET SEGMENT

     GENERAL. The Fleet Segment represented approximately 7.3%, 7.6% and 9.0%
of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Through our PHH Vehicle Management Services Corporation and PHH
Management Services PLC subsidiaries, we offer a full range of fully integrated
fleet management services to corporate clients and government agencies 
comprising over 780,000 vehicles under management on a worldwide basis. These 
services include vehicle leasing, advisory services and fleet management 
services for a broad range of vehicle fleets. Advisory services include fleet 
policy analysis and recommendations, benchmarking, and vehicle recommendations 
and specifications. In addition, we provide managerial services which include 
ordering and purchasing vehicles, arranging for their delivery through 
dealerships located throughout the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, 
Germany and the Republic of Ireland, as well as capabilities throughout Europe, 
administration of the title and registration process, as well as tax and 
insurance requirements, pursuing warranty claims with vehicle manufacturers and 
remarketing used vehicles. We also offer various leasing plans for our vehicle 
leasing programs, financed primarily through the issuance of commercial paper 
and medium-term notes and through unsecured borrowings under revolving credit 
agreements, securitization financing arrangements and bank lines of credit.

     Through our PHH Vehicle Management Services and Wright Express
subsidiaries in the United States and our Harper Group Limited subsidiary in
the U.K., we also offer fuel and expense management


                                       16
<PAGE>

programs to corporations and government agencies for the effective management
and control of automotive business travel expenses. By utilizing our service
cards issued under the fuel and expense management programs, a client's
representatives are able to purchase various products and services such as
gasoline, tires, batteries, glass and maintenance services at numerous outlets.
 
     We also provide fuel and expense management programs and a centralized
billing service for companies operating truck fleets in each of the United
Kingdom, Republic of Ireland and Germany. Drivers of the clients' trucks are
furnished with courtesy cards together with a directory listing the names of
strategically located truck stops and service stations which participate in
this program. Service fees are earned for billing, collection and record
keeping services and for assuming credit risk. These fees are paid by the truck
stop or service stations and/or the fleet operator and are based upon the total
dollar amount of fuel purchased or the number of transactions processed.

     PRODUCTS. Our fleet management services are divided into two principal
products: (1) Asset Based Products, and (2) Fee Based Products.

     Asset Based Products represent the services our clients require to lease a
vehicle which includes vehicle acquisition, vehicle remarketing, financing, and
fleet management consulting. We lease in excess of 350,000 units on a worldwide
basis through both open end lease structures and closed end structures.
Open-end leases are the prevalent structure in North America representing 96%
of the total vehicles financed in North America and 86% of the total vehicles
financed worldwide. The open-end leases can be structured on either a fixed
rate or floating rate basis (where the interest component of the lease payment
changes month to month based upon an index) depending upon client preference.
The open-end leases are typically structured with a 12 month minimum lease
term, with month to month renewals thereafter. The typical unit remains under
lease for approximately 34 months. A client receives a full range of services
in exchange for a monthly rental payment which includes a management fee. The
residual risk on the value of the vehicle at the end of the lease term remains
with the lessee under an open-end lease, except for a small amount which is
retained by the lessor.

     Closed-end leases are structured with a fixed term with the lessor
retaining the vehicle residual risk. The most prevalent lease terms are 24
months, 36 months, and 48 months. The closed end structure is preferred in
Europe due to certain accounting regulations. The closed-end lease structure is
utilized by approximately 71% of the vehicles leased in Europe, but only 14% of
the vehicles leased on a worldwide basis. We utilize independent third party
valuations and internal projections to set the residuals utilized for these
leases.

     The Fee Based Products are designed to effectively manage costs and
enhance driver productivity. The three main Fee Based Products are Fuel
Services, Maintenance Services and Accident Management. Fuel Services
represents the utilization of our proprietary cards to access fuel through a
network of franchised and independent fuel stations. The cards operate as a
universal card with centralized billing designed to measure and manage costs.
In the United States, Wright Express is the leading fleet fuel cards supplier
with over 125,000 fuel facilities in its network and in excess of 1.6 million
cards issued. Wright Express distributes its fuel cards and related offerings
through three primary channels: (1) the WEX-branded Universal Card, which is
issued directly to fleets by Wright Express, (2) the Private Label Card, under
which Wright Express provides private label fuel cards and related services to
commercial fleet customers of major petroleum companies, and (3) Co-Branded
Marketing, under which Wright Express fuel cards are co-branded and issued in
conjunction with products and services of partners such as commercial vehicle
leasing companies. In the UK, our Harper Group Limited and Cendant Business
Answers PLC subsidiaries, utilizing the All Star and Dial brands, maintain the
largest independent fueling network with more than 12,000 fueling sites and
more than 1.2 million cards in circulation.

     We offer customer vehicle maintenance charge cards that are used to
facilitate repairs and maintenance payments. The vehicle maintenance cards
provide customers with benefits such as (1) negotiated discounts off full
retail prices through our convenient supplier network, (2) access to our
in-house team of certified maintenance experts that monitor each card
transaction for policy compliance, reasonability, and cost effectiveness, and
(3) inclusion of vehicle maintenance card transactions in a


                                       17
<PAGE>

consolidated information and billing database that helps evaluate overall fleet
performance and costs. We maintain an extensive network of service providers in
the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom to ensure ease of use by the
client's drivers.

     We also provide our clients with comprehensive accident management
services such as (1) providing immediate assistance after receiving the initial
accident report from the driver (i.e. facilitating emergency towing services
and car rental assistance, etc.) (2) organizing the entire vehicle appraisal
and repair process through a network of preferred repair and body shops, and
(3) coordinating and negotiating potential accident claims. Customers receive
significant benefits from our accident management services such as (1)
convenient coordinated 24-hour assistance from our call center, (2) access to
our leverage with the repair and body shops included in our preferred supplier
network (the largest in the industry), which typically provides customers with
extremely favorable repair terms and (3) expertise of our damage specialists,
who ensure that vehicle appraisals and repairs are appropriate, cost-efficient,
and in accordance with each customer's specific repair policy.

     COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS. The principal factors for competition in vehicle
management services are service quality and price. We are competitively
positioned as a fully integrated provider of fleet management services with a
broad range of product offerings. We rank second in the United States in the
number of vehicles under management and first in the number of proprietary fuel
and maintenance cards for fleet use in circulation. There are four other major
providers of fleet management service in the United States, hundreds of local
and regional competitors, and numerous niche competitors who focus on only one
or two products and do not offer the fully integrated range of products
provided by us. In the United States, it is estimated that only 45% of fleets
are leased by third party providers. The unpenetrated market and the continued
focus by corporations on cost efficiency and outsourcing will provide the
growth platform in the future.

     In the UK, we rank first in both vehicles under management and proprietary
fuel and maintenance cards. We continue to compete against numerous local and
regional competitors. The UK operation has been able to differentiate itself
through its breadth of product offerings.


REAL ESTATE DIVISION


REAL ESTATE FRANCHISE SEGMENT

     GENERAL. Our Real Estate Franchise Segment represented approximately 8.6%,
7.9% and 7.3% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively. In August 1995, we acquired Century 21 Real Estate
Corporation ("CENTURY 21"). Century 21 is the world's largest franchisor of
residential real estate brokerage offices with approximately 6,300
independently owned and operated franchised offices with approximately 102,000
active sales agents worldwide. In February 1996, we acquired the ERA franchise
system. The ERA system is a leading residential real estate brokerage franchise
system with over 2,600 independently owned and operated franchised offices and
more than 29,000 sales agents worldwide. In May 1996, we acquired Coldwell
Banker Corporation ("COLDWELL BANKER"), the owner of the world's premier brand
for the sale of million-dollar-plus homes and now the third largest residential
real estate brokerage franchise system with approximately 3,000 independently
owned and operated franchised offices and approximately 72,000 sales agents
worldwide.

     We believe that application of our franchisee focused management
strategies and techniques can significantly increase the revenues produced by
our real estate brokerage franchise systems while also increasing the quality
and quantity of services provided to franchisees. We believe that independent
real estate brokerage offices currently affiliate with national real estate
franchisors principally to gain the consumer recognition and credibility of a
nationally known and promoted brand name. Brand recognition is especially
important to real estate brokers since home buyers are generally infrequent
users of brokerage services and have often recently arrived in an area,
resulting in little ability to benefit from word-of-mouth recommendations.

     During 1996, we implemented a preferred alliance program which seeks to
capitalize on the dollar volume of home sales brokered by CENTURY 21, COLDWELL
BANKER and ERA agents and the


                                       18
<PAGE>

valuable access point these brokerage offices provide for service providers who
wish to reach these home buyers and sellers. Preferred alliance marketers
include providers of property and casualty insurance, moving and storage
services, mortgage and title insurance, environmental testing services, and
sellers of furniture, fixtures and other household goods.

     Our real estate brokerage franchisees are dispersed geographically, which
minimizes the exposure to any one broker or geographic region. During 1997, we
acquired a preferred equity interest in NRT Incorporated ("NRT"), a newly
formed corporation created to acquire residential real estate brokerage firms.
NRT acquired the assets of National Realty Trust, the largest franchisee of the
COLDWELL BANKER system, in August 1997. NRT has also acquired other independent
regional real estate brokerage businesses during 1998 and 1997 which NRT has
converted to COLDWELL BANKER, CENTURY 21 and ERA franchises. As a result, NRT
is the largest franchisee of our franchise systems, based on gross commissions,
and represents 6% of the franchised offices. Of the nearly 12,000 franchised
offices in our real estate brokerage franchise systems, no individual broker,
other than NRT, accounts for more than 1% of our real estate brokerage
revenues.

     REAL ESTATE FRANCHISE SYSTEMS. CENTURY 21. CENTURY 21 is the world's
largest residential real estate brokerage franchisor, with approximately 6,300
independently owned and operated franchise offices with more than 102,000
active sales agents located in 25 countries and territories.

     The primary component of CENTURY 21's revenue is service fees on
commissions from real estate transactions. Service fees are 6% of gross
commission income. CENTURY 21 franchisees who meet certain levels of annual
gross revenue (as defined in the franchise agreements) are eligible for the
CENTURY 21 Incentive Bonus ("CIB") Program, which results in a rebate payment
to qualifying franchisees determined in accordance with the applicable
franchise agreement (up to 2% of gross commission income in current agreements)
of such annual gross revenue. For 1998, approximately 15% of CENTURY 21
franchisees qualified for CIB payments and such payments aggregated less than
1% of gross commissions.

     CENTURY 21 franchisees generally contribute 2% (subject to specified
minimums and maximums) of their brokerage commissions each year to the CENTURY
21 National Advertising Fund (the "NAF") which in turn disburses them for
local, regional and national advertising, marketing and public relations
campaigns. In 1998, the NAF spent approximately $45 million on advertising and
marketing campaigns.

     COLDWELL BANKER. COLDWELL BANKER is the world's premier brand for the sale
of million-dollar-plus homes and the third largest residential real estate
brokerage franchisor, with approximately 3,000 independently owned and operated
franchise offices in the United States, Canada and the Caribbean, with
approximately 72,000 sales agents. The primary revenue from the COLDWELL BANKER
system is derived from service and other fees paid by franchisees, including
initial franchise fees and ongoing services. COLDWELL BANKER franchisees pay us
annual fees consisting of ongoing service and advertising fees, which are
generally 6.0% and 2.5%, respectively, of a franchisee's annual gross revenues
(subject to annual rebates to franchisees who achieve certain threshold levels
of gross commission income annually, and to minimums and maximums on
advertising fees).

     COLDWELL BANKER franchisees who meet certain levels of annual gross
revenue (as defined in the franchise agreements) are eligible for the
Performance Premium Award ("PPA") Program, which results in a rebate payment to
qualifying franchisees determined in accordance with the applicable franchise
agreement (up to 3% in current agreements) of such annual gross revenue. For
1998, approximately 28% of COLDWELL BANKER franchisees qualified for PPA
payments and such payments aggregated approximately less than 1% of gross
commissions.

     Advertising fees collected from COLDWELL BANKER franchisees are generally
expended on local, regional and national marketing activities, including media
purchases and production, direct mail and promotional activities and other
marketing efforts. In 1998, the COLDWELL BANKER National Advertising Fund
expended approximately $21 million for such purposes.

     ERA. The ERA franchise system is a leading residential real estate
brokerage franchise system, with more than 2,600 independently owned and
operated franchise offices, and more than 29,000 sales


                                       19
<PAGE>

agents located in 20 countries. The primary revenue from the ERA franchise
system results from (i) franchisees' payments of monthly membership fees
ranging from $216 to $852 per month, based on volume, plus $196 per branch and
a per transaction fee of approximately $121, and (ii) for franchise agreements
entered into after July 1997, royalty fees equal to 6% of the franchisees'
gross revenues (5.0% until December 31, 1999). For franchise agreements dated
after January 1, 1998, the Volume Incentive Program may result in a rebate
payment to qualifying franchisees determined in accordance with the applicable
franchise agreement.

     In addition to membership fees and transaction fees, franchisees of the
ERA system pay (i) a fixed amount per month, which ranges from $233 to $933,
based on volume, plus an additional $233 per month for each branch office, into
the ERA National Marketing Fund (the "ERA NMF") and (ii) for franchise
agreements entered into after July 1997, an NMF equal to 2% of the franchisees'
gross revenues, subject to minimums and maximums. The funds in the ERA NMF are
utilized for local, regional and national marketing activities, including media
purchases and production, direct mail and promotional activities and other
marketing efforts. In 1998, the ERA NMF spent approximately $10 million on
marketing campaigns.

     REAL ESTATE BROKERAGE FRANCHISE SALES. We market real estate brokerage
franchises primarily to independent, unaffiliated owners of real estate
brokerage companies as well as individuals who are interested in establishing
real estate brokerage businesses. We believe that our existing franchisee base
represents another source of potential growth, as franchisees seek to expand
their existing business to additional markets. Therefore, our sales strategy
focuses on maintaining satisfaction and enhancing the value of the relationship
between the franchisor and the franchisee.

     Our real estate brokerage franchise systems employ a national franchise
sales force consisting of approximately 125 salespersons and sales management
personnel, which is divided into separate sales organizations for the CENTURY
21, COLDWELL BANKER and ERA systems. These sales organizations are compensated
primarily through commissions on sales concluded. Members of the sales forces
are also encouraged to provide referrals to the other sales forces when
appropriate.

     OPERATIONS -- REAL ESTATE BROKERAGE. Our brand name marketing programs for
the real estate brokerage business focus on increasing brand awareness
generally, in order to increase the likelihood of potential home buyers and
home sellers engaging franchise brokers' services. Each brand has a dedicated
marketing staff in order to develop the brand's marketing strategy while
maintaining brand integrity. The corporate marketing services department
provides services related to production and implementation of the marketing
strategy developed by the brand marketing staffs.

     Each brand provides its franchisees and their sales associates with
training programs which have been developed by such brand. The training
programs include mandatory programs instructing the franchisee and/or the sales
associate on how to best utilize the methods of the particular system and
additional optional training programs which expand upon such instruction. Each
brand's training department is staffed with instructors experienced in both
real estate practice and instruction. In addition, we have established regional
support personnel who provide consulting services to the franchisees in their
respective regions.

     Each system provides a series of awards to brokers and their sales
associates who are outstanding performers in each year. These awards signify
the highest levels of achievement within each system and provide a significant
incentive for franchisees to attract and retain sales associates.

     Each system provides its franchisees with referrals of potential
customers, which referrals are developed from sources both within and outside
of the system.

     Through our Cendant Supplier Services operations, we provide our
franchisees with volume purchasing discounts for products, services,
furnishings and equipment used in real estate brokerage operations. In addition
to the preferred alliance programs described hereinafter, Cendant Supplier
Services establishes relationships with vendors and negotiates discounts for
purchases by its customers. We do not maintain inventory, directly supply any
of the products or, generally, extend credit to franchisees for purchases. See
"COMBINED OPERATIONS -- Preferred Alliance and CoMarketing Arrangements" below.
 


                                       20
<PAGE>

     REAL ESTATE BROKERAGE FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS. Our real estate brokerage
franchise agreements grant the franchises the right to utilize one of the brand
names associated with our real estate brokerage franchise systems to real
estate brokers under franchise agreements.

     Our current form of franchise agreement for all real estate brokerage
brands is terminable by us for the franchisee's failure to pay fees thereunder
or other charges or for other material default under the franchise agreement.
In the event of such termination, the Century 21 and ERA agreements generally
provide that we are entitled to be compensated for lost revenues in an amount
equal to the average monthly franchise fees calculated for the remaining term
of the agreement. Pre-1996 agreements do not provide for liquidated damages of
this sort. See "CENTURY 21," "COLDWELL BANKER" and "ERA" above for more 
information regarding the commissions and fees payable under our franchise 
agreements.

     NRT is the largest franchisee, based on gross commission income, for our
real estate franchise systems. NRT's status as a franchisee is governed by
franchise agreements (the "Franchise Agreements") with our wholly owned
subsidiaries (the "Real Estate Franchisors") pursuant to which NRT has the
non-exclusive right to operate as part of the COLDWELL BANKER, ERA and CENTURY
21 real estate franchise systems at locations specified in the Franchise
Agreements. In February 1999, NRT entered into new fifty year franchise
agreements with the Real Estate Franchisors. These agreements require NRT to
pay royalty fees and advertising fees of 6.0% and 2.0% (2.5% for its COLDWELL
BANKER offices), respectively, on its annual gross revenues. Lower royalty fees
apply in certain circumstances. The Franchise Agreements generally provide
restrictions on NRT's ability to close offices beyond certain limits.

     REAL ESTATE BROKERAGE SERVICE MARKS. The service marks "CENTURY 21,"
"COLDWELL BANKER," and "ERA" and related logos are material to our business.
Through our franchisees, we actively uses these marks. All of the material
marks in each franchise system are registered (or have applications pending for
registration) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The marks
used in the real estate brokerage systems are owned by us through our
subsidiaries.

     COMPETITION. Competition among the national real estate brokerage brand
franchisors to grow their franchise systems is intense. The chief competitors
to our real estate brokerage franchise systems are the Prudential, Better Homes
& Gardens and RE/MAX real estate brokerage brands. In addition, a real estate
broker may choose to affiliate with a regional chain or not to affiliate with a
franchisor but to remain independent.


                                       21
<PAGE>

     We believe that competition for the sale of franchises in the real estate
brokerage industry is based principally upon the perceived value and quality of
the brand and services offered to franchisees, as well as the nature of those
services. We also believe that the perceived value of its brand names to
prospective franchisees is, to some extent, a function of the success of its
existing franchisees.

     The ability of our real estate brokerage franchisees to compete in the
industry is important to our prospects for growth, although, because franchise
fees are based on franchisee gross commissions or volume, our revenue is not
directly dependent on franchisee profitability.

     The ability of an individual franchisee to compete may be affected by the
location and quality of its office, the number of competing offices in the
vicinity, its affiliation with a recognized brand name, community reputation
and other factors. A franchisee's success may also be affected by general,
regional and local economic conditions. The effect of these conditions on our
results of operations is substantially reduced by virtue of the diverse
geographical locations of our franchises. At December 31, 1998, the combined
real estate franchise systems had approximately 8,400 franchised brokerage
offices in the United States and approximately 12,000 offices worldwide. The
real estate franchise systems have offices in 31 countries and territories in
North America, Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia.

     SEASONALITY. The principal sources of our real estate segment revenue are
based upon the timing of residential real estate sales, which are lower in the
first calendar quarter each year, and relatively level the other three quarters
of the year. As a result, our revenue from the real estate brokerage segment of
its business is less in the first calendar quarter of each year.


RELOCATION SEGMENT

     GENERAL. Our Relocation Segment represented approximately 8.4%, 9.5% and
10.7% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Our Cendant Mobility Services Corporation ("Cendant Mobility")
subsidiary is the largest provider of employee relocation services in the
world. Our Cendant Mobility subsidiary assists more than 100,000 transferring
employees annually, including approximately 15,000 employees internationally
each year in 92 countries and 300 destination cities. At December 31, 1998, we
employed approximately 2,400 people in our relocation business.

     SERVICES. The employee relocation business offers a variety of services in
connection with the transfer of our clients' employees. The relocation services
provided to our customers include primarily evaluation, inspection and selling
of transferees' homes or purchasing a transferee's home which is not sold for
at least a price determined on the estimated value within a specified time
period, equity advances (generally guaranteed by the corporate customer),
certain home management services, assistance in locating a new home at the
transferee's destination, consulting services and other related services.

     Corporate clients pay a fee for the services performed. Another source of
revenue is interest on the equity advances. Substantially, all costs associated
with such services are reimbursed by the corporate client, including, if
necessary, repayment of equity advances and reimbursement of losses on the sale
of homes purchased in most cases (other than government clients and one
corporate client). As a result of the obligations of most corporate clients to
pay the losses and guarantee repayment of equity advances, our exposure on such
items is limited to the credit risk of the corporate clients of our relocation
businesses and not on the potential changes in value of residential real
estate. We believe such risk is minimal, due to the credit quality of the
corporate clients of our relocation subsidiaries. In transactions with
government clients and one corporate client, which comprise approximately 5% of 
net revenue, we assume the risk for losses on the sale of homes but we 
control all facets of the resale process, thereby limiting our exposure.

     The homesale program service is the core service for many domestic and
international programs. This program gives employees guaranteed offers for
their homes and assists clients in the management of employees' productivity
during their relocation. Cendant Mobility allows clients to outsource their
relocation programs by providing clients with professional support for planning
and administration of all elements of their relocation programs. The majority
of new proposals involve outsourcing due to corporate downsizing, cost
containment, and increased need for expense tracking.


                                       22
<PAGE>

     Our relocation accounting services supports auditing, reporting, and
disbursement of all relocation-related expense activity.

     Our group move management services provides coordination for moves
involving a number of employees. Services include planning, communications,
analysis, and assessment of the move. Policy consulting provides customized
consultation and policy review, as well as industry data, comparisons and
recommendations. Cendant Mobility also has developed and/or customized numerous
non-traditional services including outsourcing of all elements of relocation
programs, moving services, and spouse counseling.

     Our moving service, with nearly 70,000 shipments annually, provides
support for all aspects of moving an employee's household goods. We also handle
insurance and claim assistance, invoice auditing, and control the quality of
van line, driver, and overall service.

     Our marketing assistance service provides assistance to transferees in the
marketing and sale of their own home. A Cendant Mobility professional assists
in developing a custom marketing plan and monitors its implementation through
the broker. The Cendant Mobility contact also acts as an advocate, with the
local broker, for employees in negotiating offers which helps clients'
employees benefit from the highest possible price for their homes.

     Our affinity services provides value-added real estate and relocation
services to organizations with established members and/or customers.
Organizations, such as insurance and airline companies, that have established
members offer our affinity services' to their members at no cost. This service
helps the organizations attract new members and to retain current members.
Affinity services provides home buying and selling assistance, as well as
mortgage assistance and moving services to members of applicable organizations.
Personal assistance is provided to over 40,000 individuals with approximately
17,500 real estate transactions annually.

     Our international assignment service provides a full spectrum of services
for international assignees. This group coordinates the services previously
discussed; however, they also assist with immigration support, candidate
assessment, intercultural training, language training, and repatriation
coaching.

     VENDOR NETWORKS. Cendant Mobility provides relocation services through
various vendor networks that meet the superior service standards and quality
deemed necessary by Cendant Mobility to maintain its leading position in the
marketplace. We have a real estate broker network of approximately 340
principal brokers and 420 associate brokers. Our van line, insurance, appraisal
and closing networks allow us to receive deep discounts while maintaining
control over the quality of service provided to clients' transferees.

     COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS. The principal methods of competition within
relocation services are service, quality and price. In the United States, there
are two major national providers of such services. We are the market leader in
the United States and third in the United Kingdom.

     SEASONALITY. Our principal sources of relocation service revenue are based
upon the timing of transferee moves, which are lower in the first and last
quarter each year, and at the highest levels in the second quarter.


MORTGAGE SEGMENT

     GENERAL. Our Mortgage Segment represented approximately 6.7%, 4.2% and
3.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Through our Cendant Mortgage Corporation ("Cendant Mortgage")
subsidiary, we are the tenth largest originator of residential first mortgage
loans in the United States as reported by Inside Mortgage Finance in 1998, and,
on a retail basis, we are the sixth largest originator in 1998. We offer
services consisting of the origination, sale and servicing of residential first
mortgage loans. A full line of first mortgage products are marketed to
consumers through relationships with corporations, affinity groups, financial
institutions, real estate brokerage firms, including CENTURY 21, COLDWELL
BANKER and ERA franchisees, and other mortgage banks. Cendant Mortgage is a
centralized mortgage lender conducting its business in all 50 states. At
December 31, 1998, Cendant Mortgage had approximately 4,000 employees.


                                       23
<PAGE>

     Cendant Mortgage customarily sells all mortgages it originates to
investors (which include a variety of institutional investors) either as
individual loans, as mortgagebacked securities or as participation certificates
issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae Corp., the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation or the Government National Mortgage Association. Cendant Mortgage
also services mortgage loans. We earn revenue from the sale of the mortgage
loans to investors, as well as from fees earned on the servicing of the loans
for investors. Mortgage servicing consists of collecting loan payments,
remitting principal and interest payments to investors, holding escrow funds
for payment of mortgagerelated expenses such as taxes and insurance, and
otherwise administering our mortgage loan servicing portfolio.

     Cendant Mortgage offers mortgages through the following platforms:

    o  Teleservices. Mortgages are offered to consumers through an 800 number
       teleservices operation based in New Jersey under programs including Phone
       In-Move In (Registered Trademark) for real estate organizations, private
       label programs for financial institutions and for relocation clients in
       conjunction with the operations of Cendant Mobility. The teleservices
       operation provides us with retail mortgage volume which contributes to
       Cendant Mortgage ranking as the sixth largest retail originator (Inside
       Mortgage Finance) in 1998.

    o  Point of Sale. Mortgages are offered to consumers through 175 field sales
       professionals with all processing, underwriting and other origination
       activities based in New Jersey. These field sales professionals generally
       are located in real estate offices and are equipped with software to
       obtain product information, quote interest rates and prepare a mortgage
       application with the consumer. Originations from these point of sale
       offices are generally more costly than teleservices originations.

    o  Wholesale/Correspondent. We purchase closed loans from financial
       institutions and mortgage banks after underwriting the loans. Financial
       institutions include banks, thrifts and credit unions. Such institutions
       are able to sell their closed loans to a large number of mortgage lenders
       and generally base their decision to sell to Cendant Mortgage on price,
       product menu and/or underwriting. We also have wholesale/correspondent
       originations with mortgage banks affiliated with real estate brokerage
       organizations. Originations from our wholesale/correspondent platform are
       more costly than point of sale or teleservices originations.

     STRATEGY. Our strategy is to increase market share by expanding all of our
sources of business with emphasis on the Phone In-Move In (Registered
Trademark)  program. Phone In-Move In (Registered Trademark)  was developed for
real estate firms approximately 21 months ago and is currently established in
over 4,000 real estate offices at December 31, 1998. We are well positioned to
expand our relocation and financial institutions business channels as it
increases our linkage to Cendant Mobility clients and works with financial
institutions which desire to outsource their mortgage originations operations
to Cendant Mortgage. Each of these market share growth opportunities is driven
by our low cost teleservices platform which is centralized in Mt. Laurel, New
Jersey. The competitive advantages of using a centralized, efficient and high
quality teleservices platform allows us to capture a higher percentage of the
highly fragmented mortgage market more cost effectively.

     COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS. The principal methods of competition in mortgage
banking services are service, quality and price. There are an estimated 20,000
national, regional or local providers of mortgage banking services across the
United States. Cendant Mortgage has increased its mortgage origination market
share in the United States to 1.8% in 1998 from 0.9% in 1996. The market share
leader reported a 7.7% market share in the United States according to Insider
Mortgage Finance for 1998.

     SEASONALITY. The principal sources of mortgage services segment revenue
are based principally on the timing of mortgage origination activity which is
based upon the timing of residential real estate sales. Real estate sales are
lower in the first calendar quarter each year and relatively level the other
three quarters of the year. As a result, our revenue from the mortgage services
business is less in the first calendar quarter of each year.


ALLIANCE MARKETING DIVISION

     Our Alliance Marketing division is divided into three segments: individual
membership: insurance/wholesale; and entertainment publications. The individual
membership segment, with approximately

                                       24
<PAGE>

32 million memberships, provides customers with access to a variety of
discounted products and services in such areas as retail shopping, travel, auto
and home improvement. The individual membership products and services are
designed to enhance customer loyalty by delivering value to the customer. The
insurance/wholesale segment, with nearly 31 million customers, markets and
administers insurance products, primarily accidental death insurance, and also
provides products and services such as checking account enhancement packages,
financial products and discount programs to customers of various financial
institutions. The entertainment publications segment provides customers with
unique products and services that are designed to enhance a customer's
purchasing power. The Alliance Marketing activities are conducted principally
through our Cendant Membership Services, Inc. subsidiary and certain of our
other whollyowned subsidiaries, including FISI, BCI, and EPub.

     We derive our Alliance Marketing revenue principally from membership
service fees, insurance premiums and product sales. We solicit members and
customers for many of our programs by direct marketing and by using a direct
sales force to call on financial institutions, schools, community groups,
companies and associations. Some of the our individual memberships are
available online to interactive computer users via major online services and
the Internet's World Wide Web. See "-- Distribution Channels".


INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP SEGMENT

     Our Individual Membership segment represented approximately 17.6%, 18.4%
and 23% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. We affiliate with business partners such as leading financial
institutions, retailers, and oil companies to offer membership as an
enhancement to their credit card customers. Participating institutions
generally receive commissions on initial and renewal memberships, based on a
percentage of the net membership fees. Individual memberships are marketed,
primarily using direct marketing techniques, through participating institutions
with the Company generally paying for the marketing costs to solicit the
prospective members. The member pays our business partners directly for the
service and, in most instances, is billed via a credit card. Membership fees
vary depending upon the particular membership program, and annual fees
generally range from $49 to $79 per year. Most of our memberships are for
one-year renewable terms, and members are generally entitled to unlimited use
during the membership period of the service for which the members have
subscribed. Members generally may cancel their memberships and obtain a full
refund at any point during the membership term. As of November 1998, all new
online individual memberships are refundable on a pro-rata basis over the term
of the membership. The services may be accessed either through the internet
(online) or through the mail or by telephone (off-line).

OFFLINE PRODUCTS

     Individual membership programs offer consumers discounts on over 500,000
products and services by providing shop at home convenience in areas such as
retail shopping, travel, automotive, dining and home improvement. Membership
programs include among others Shoppers Advantage (Registered Trademark) ,
Travelers Advantage (Registered Trademark) , AutoVantage (Registered
Trademark) , Credit Card Guardian (Registered Trademark) , and PrivacyGuard
(Registered Trademark) , and other membership programs. A brief description of
the different types of membership programs are as follows:

     Shopping. Shoppers Advantage (Registered Trademark)  is a discount
shopping program whereby we provide product price information and home shopping
services to our members. Our merchandise database contains information on over
100,000 brand name products, including a written description of the product,
the manufacturer's suggested retail price, the vendor's price, features and
availability. All of these products may be purchased through our independent
vendor network. Vendors include manufacturers, distributors and retailers
nationwide. Individual members are entitled to an unlimited number of tollfree
calls seven days a week to our shopping consultants, who access the merchandise
database to obtain the lowest available fully delivered cost from participating
vendors for the product requested and accept any orders that the member may
place. We inform the vendor providing the lowest price of the member's order
and that vendor then delivers the requested product directly to the member. We
act as a conduit between our members and the vendors; accordingly, we do not
maintain an inventory of products.


                                       25
<PAGE>

     As part of our individual member Shoppers Advantage (Registered
Trademark)  program, we distribute catalogs four to ten times per year to
certain members. In addition, we automatically extend the manufacturer's
warranty on all products purchased through the Shoppers Advantage (Registered
Trademark)  program and offer a low price guarantee.

     Travel. Travelers Advantage (Registered Trademark)  is a discount travel
service program whereby our Cendant Travel, Inc. ("Cendant Travel") subsidiary
(one of the ten largest fullservice travel agencies in the U.S.), obtains
information on schedules and rates for major scheduled airlines, hotel chains
and car rental agencies from the American Airlines Sabre (Registered
Trademark)  Reservation System. In addition, we maintain our own database
containing information on tours, travel packages and shortnotice travel
arrangements. Members book their reservations through Cendant Travel, which
earns commissions (ranging from 5%-25%) on all travel sales from the providers
of the travel services. Certain Travelers Advantage (Registered Trademark)
members can earn cash awards from the Company equal to a specified percentage
(generally 5%) of the price of travel arrangements purchased by the member
through Cendant Travel. Travel members may book their reservations by making
toll-free telephone calls seven days a week, generally twenty-four hours a day
to agents at Cendant Travel. Cendant Travel provides its members with special
negotiated rates on many air, car and hotel bookings. Cendant Travel's agents
reserve the lowest air, hotel and car rental fares available for the members'
travel requests and offers a low price guarantee on such fares.

     Auto. Our auto service, AutoVantage (Registered Trademark) , offers
members comprehensive new car summaries and preferred prices on new domestic
and foreign cars purchased through our independent dealer network (which
includes over 1,800 dealer franchises); discounts on maintenance, tires and
parts at more than 25,000 locations, including over 35 chains, including
nationally known names, such as Goodyear (Registered Trademark) and Firestone
(Registered Trademark) , plus regional chains and independent locations; and
used car valuations. AutoVantage Gold (Registered Trademark)  offers members
additional services including road and tow emergency assistance 24 hours a day
in the United States and trip routing.

     Credit Card Registration. Our Credit Card Guardian (Registered Trademark)
and "Hot-Line" services enable consumers to register their credit and debit
cards with us so that the account numbers of these cards may be kept securely
in one place. If the member notifies us that any of these credit or debit cards
are lost or stolen, we will notify the issuers of these cards, arrange for them
to be replaced and reimburse the member for any amount for which the card
issuer may hold the member liable.

     PrivacyGuard Service. The PrivacyGuard (Registered Trademark)  and
Credentials (Registered Trademark)  services provide members with a
comprehensive and understandable means of monitoring key personal information.
The service offers a member access to information in certain key areas
including: credit history and monitoring, driving records maintained by state
motor vehicle authorities, and medical files maintained by third parties. This
service is designed to assist members in obtaining and monitoring information
concerning themselves that is used by third parties in making decisions such as
granting or denying credit or setting insurance rates.

     Buyers Advantage. The Buyers Advantage (Registered Trademark)  service
extends the manufacturer's warranty on products purchased by the member. This
service also rebates 20% of repair costs and offers members price protection by
refunding any difference between the price the member paid for an item and its
reduced price, should the item be sold at a lower price within sixty days after
purchase. In addition, the service offers return guarantee protection by
refunding the purchase price of an item that the member wishes to return.

     CompleteHome. The CompleteHome (Registered Trademark)  service is designed
to save members time and money in maintaining and improving their homes.
Members can order do-it-yourself "How-To Guides" or call the service for a
tradesperson referral. Tradespersons are available in all 50 states through a
toll-free phone line. Members also receive discounts ranging from 10% to 50%
off on a full range of home-related products and services.

     Family FunSaver Club. The Family FunSaver Club (Registered Trademark)
provides its members with a variety of benefits, including the opportunity to
inquire about and purchase family travel services and family related products,
the opportunity to buy new cars at a discount, a discounted family dining
program and a Family Values Guide offering coupon savings on family related
products such as movie tickets, casual restaurants, and theme parks.


                                       26
<PAGE>

     The Family Software Club. The Family Software Club(SM) has no membership
fee and offers members a way to purchase educational and entertainment CD-ROM
titles, often at an introductory price with a small commitment to buy titles at
regular club prices over a specified time period. Approximately every six to
eight weeks, members receive information on CD-ROM titles and other related
products and have the opportunity to purchase their featured selection,
alternate titles or no selections at that time. The club also provides its
members with special offers and discounts on software and other related
products from time to time.

     Health Services. The HealthSaver(SM) membership provides discounts ranging
from 10% to 60% off retail prices on prescription drugs, eyewear, eyecare,
dental care, selected health-related services and fitness equipment, including
sporting goods. Members may also purchase prescription and over-the-counter
drugs through the mail.

     Other Clubs. Our North American Outdoor Group, Inc. subsidiary ("NAOG")
owns and operates the North American Hunting Club (Registered Trademark) , the
North American Fishing Club (Registered Trademark) , the Handyman Club of
America (Registered Trademark) , the National Home Gardening Club (Registered
Trademark)  and the PGA Tour Partners Club (Registered Trademark) , among
others. Members of these clubs receive fulfillment kits, discounts on related
goods and services, magazines and other benefits.

ONLINE PRODUCTS

     We operate Netmarket (www.netmarket.com), our flagship online,
membership-based, value-oriented consumer site which offers discounts on over
800,000 products and services. Netmarket offers discounted shopping and other
benefits to both members and non-members, with members receiving preferred
pricing, access to specials, cash back benefits, low price guarantees and
extended warranties on certain items. In addition, we also offer the following
online products and services: Autovantage (Registered Trademark) , Travelers
Advantage (Registered Trademark)  and PrivacyGuard (Registered Trademark)
membership programs and Haggle Zone (Trade Mark)  and Fair Agent (Trade Mark)
consumer services.

     We also currently operate other online consumer offerings such as
Books.com (www.books.com), one of the largest online booksellers in the world
with more than four million titles available in its database with discounts of
up to 20 to 40 percent below retail prices; Musicspot (www.musicspot.com) an
online music store with more than 145,000 titles discounted up to 20 percent
below retail prices; and GoodMovies (www.goodmovies.com) an online movie store
offering more than 30,000 movie titles up to 20 to 40 percent below retail
cost. Through our Match.com, Inc. ("Match") subsidiary, we are the leading
matchmaking service on the Internet, servicing over 100,000 consumers.
Subscriptions to the Match service range from approximately $10 per month to
just under $60 for one year.

     Through our Rent Net operation (www.rent.net) subsidiary, we are the
leading apartment information and rental service on the Internet, with listings
in more than 2,000 North American cities. Rent Net's clients include many of
the top 50 property management companies across North America, and its
apartment and relocation information has been seen by more than one million
users monthly. The RentNet operation principally derives revenues from
advertising or listing fees of products and service providers.

     As part of our new internet strategy which we developed following a
comprehensive company-wide review, we intend to: (i) sell RentNet, Match and
Bookstacks, Inc. (Books.com, MusicSpot.com and GoodMovies.com); (ii) continue
to invest in our remaining Internet membership business, particularly
NetMarket, which is an integral part of our overall individual membership
business; (iii) actively pursue strategic partnerships that will leverage our
online membership assets, accelerate growth and maximize shareholder value; and
(iv) establish an outsourcing services business that manages fulfillment and
distribution for non-competing third party e-commerce providers.


INSURANCE/WHOLESALE SEGMENT

     Our Insurance/Wholesale segment represented approximately 10.3%, 11.4% and
13.8% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. We affiliate with financial institutions, including credit unions
and banks, to offer their respective customer base competitively


                                       27
<PAGE>

priced insurance products, primarily accidental death and dismemberment
insurance and term life insurance, as well as an array of services associated
with the Individual Membership division segment.

     ENHANCEMENT PACKAGE SERVICE. Primarily through our FISI subsidiary, we
sell enhancement packages for financial institution consumer and business
checking and deposit account holders. FISI's financial institution clients
select a customized package of our products and services and then usually adds
its own services (such as unlimited check writing privileges, personalized
checks, cashiers' or travelers' checks without issue charge, or discounts on
safe deposit box charges or installment loan interest rates). With our
marketing and promotional assistance, the financial institution then offers the
complete package of account enhancements to its checking account holders as a
special program for a monthly fee. Most of these financial institutions choose
a standard enhancement package, which generally includes $10,000 of accidental
death insurance, travel discounts and a nationwide check cashing service.
Others may our shopping and credit card registration services, a financial
newsletter or pharmacy, eyewear or entertainment discounts as enhancements. The
accidental death coverage is underwritten under group insurance policies with
independent insurers. We continuously seek to develop new enhancement features
which may be added to any package at an additional cost to the financial
institution. We generally charge a financial institution client an initial fee
to implement this program and monthly fees thereafter based on the number of
customer accounts participating in that financial institution's program. Our
enhancement packages are designed to enable a financial institution to generate
additional fee income, because the institution should be able to charge
participating accounts more than the combined costs of the services it provides
and the payments it makes to us.

     Primarily through our National Card Control Inc. ("NCCI") subsidiary, we
also sell enhancement services to credit card issuers who make these services
available to their credit card holders to foster increased product usage and
loyalty. NCCI's clients create a customized package of our products and
services. These enhancements include loyalty products, such as frequent
flyer/buyer programs, as well as shopping, travel, concierge, insurance and
credit card registration services. Like FISI, NCCI generally charges its credit
card issuer clients an initial fee to implement the program and monthly fees
thereafter, based on the number of accounts participating in that institution's
program.

     INSURANCE PRODUCTS. Through our BCI subsidiary, we serve as a third party
administrator for marketing accidental death insurance throughout the country
to the customers of BCI's financial institution clients. This accidental death
insurance is often combined with our other services to enhance their value.
These products are generally marketed through direct mail solicitations, which
generally offer $1,000 of accidental death insurance at no cost to the
customers and the opportunity to choose additional coverage of up to $300,000.
The annual premium generally ranges from $10 to $250. BCI also acts as an
administrator for term life, graded term life and hospital accident insurance.
BCI's insurance products and other services are offered through banks and
credit unions to their account holders.


ENTERTAINMENT PUBLICATIONS SEGMENT

     Our Entertainment Publications Segment represented approximately 3.7%,
4.4%, and 5.4% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively. The Entertainment Publications Segment includes numerous
businesses established to provide unique products and services that are
designed to enhance a customer's purchasing power.

     Products. Primarily through our EPub subsidiary, we offer discount
programs in specific markets throughout North America and certain international
markets and enhances other of our Individual and Insurance/Wholesale segment
products. We believe that EPub is the largest marketer of discount program
books of this type in the United States. EPub has a sales force of
approximately 1,100 people with approximately 800 people soliciting schools and
approximately 300 people soliciting merchants.

     EPub solicits restaurants, hotels, theaters, sporting events, retailers
and other businesses which agree to offer services and/or merchandise at
discount prices (primarily on a two-for-the-price-of-one or 50% discount
basis). EPub sells discount programs, under its Entertainment (Registered
Trademark) , Entertainment (Registered Trademark)  Values, Gold C (Registered
Trademark)  and other trademarks, which typically provides discount offers to
individuals in the form of local discount coupon books. These books typically
contain coupons and/or a card entitling individuals to


                                       28
<PAGE>

hundreds of discount offers from participating establishments. Targeting middle
to upper income consumers, many of EPub's products also contain selected
discount travel offers, including offers for hotels, car rentals, airfare,
cruises and tourist attractions. More than 70,000 merchants with over 275,000
locations participate in these programs. EPub also uses this national base of
merchants to develop other products, most notably, customized discount programs
for major corporations. These programs also may contain additional discount
offers, specifically designed for customized discount programs.

     EPub's discount coupon books are sold annually by geographic area.
Customers are solicited primarily through schools and community groups that
distribute the discount coupon books and retain a portion of the proceeds for
their nonprofit causes. To a lesser extent, distribution occurs through
corporations as an employee benefit or customer incentive, as well as through
retailers and directly to the public. The discount coupon books are generally
provided to schools and community groups on a consignment basis. Customized
discount programs are distributed primarily by major corporations as loyalty
incentives for their current customers and/or as premiums to attract new
customers.

     While prices of local discount coupon books vary, the customary price for
Entertainment (Registered Trademark) , Entertainment (Registered Trademark)
Values and Gold C (Registered Trademark)  coupon books range between $10 and
$45. Customized discount programs are generally sold at significantly lower
prices. In 1998, over nine million Entertainment (Registered Trademark) ,
Entertainment (Registered Trademark)  Values, Gold C (Registered Trademark)
and other trademarked local discount coupon books were published in North
America.

     Sally Foster, Inc., a subsidiary of EPub, provides elementary and middle
schools and selected youth community groups with gift wrap and other seasonal
products for sale in their fund-raising efforts. EPub uses the same sales force
that sells the discount coupon books to schools, attempting to combine the sale
of gift wrap with the sale of discount coupon books. In addition, EPub has a
specialized Sally Foster sales force.


ALLIANCE MARKETING DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS

     We market our Individual Membership, Insurance/Wholesale and Entertainment
Publications products through a variety of distribution channels. The consumer
is ultimately reached in the following ways: 1) at financial institutions or
other associations through direct marketing; 2) at financial institutions or
other associations through a direct sales force, participating merchants or
general advertising; and 3) through schools, community groups and companies.
Some of our individual memberships, such as shopping, travel, privacy guard and
auto services, are available to computer users via online services and the
internet's World Wide Web. These users are solicited primarily through major
online services such as America Online, traditional offline direct marketing
channels, major destination sites on the World Wide Web, such as portals, and
through our affinity partners. We believe that our interactive members account
for approximately 4% of our total Individual Membership Segment members.
Strategic alliances have been formed with online services and various other
companies, including the major internet portals.


ALLIANCE MARKETING INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     Individual Membership and Insurance/Wholesale. Our Cendant International
Membership Services subsidiary has developed the international distribution of
Enhancement Package Service and Insurance Products together with certain
Individual Memberships including Shopping, Auto and Payment Card Protection.

     As of December 31, 1998, Cendant International Membership Services had
expanded its international membership and customer base to almost four million
individuals. This base is driven by retail and wholesale membership through
over 35 major banks in Europe and Asia, as well as through other distribution
channels. We also have exclusive licensing agreements covering the use of our
merchandising systems in Canada, Australia, Japan and certain other Asian
countries under which licensees paid initial license fees and agree to pay
royalties to us on membership fees, access fees and merchandise service fees
paid to them. Royalties to us from these licenses were less than 1% of our
Alliance Marketing revenues and profits in the yearsended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                       29
<PAGE>

     EPub. In 1998, in addition to Canadian discount coupon books,
Entertainment (Registered Trademark)  discount coupon books were distributed in
Australia. The Canadian discount coupon books are published independently by a
Canadian subsidiary of EPub and the European discount books are published by
our European subsidiaries. The Australian discount coupon books are published
by an Australian joint venture in which EPub has a controlling interest. United
States and Canadian discount coupon books are also made available to foreign
travelers. With publication of these overseas discount programs, the Company
has created additional customized discount programs for international use.

     The economic impact of currency exchange rate movements on the Company is
complex because it is linked to variability in real growth, inflation, interest
rates and other factors. Because we operate in a mix of services and numerous
countries, management believes currency exposures are fairly well diversified.
See Item 7A: "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk".


ALLIANCE MARKETING SEASONALITY

     Except principally for the sale of discount coupon books and gift wrap,
our Alliance Marketing businesses are not seasonal. Publication of
Entertainment (Registered Trademark) , Entertainment (Registered Trademark)
Values and Gold (Registered Trademark)  discount coupon books is substantially
completed by the end of August of each year with significant solicitations
beginning immediately thereafter. Most cash receipts from these discount coupon
books are received in the fourth quarter and, to a lesser extent, in the first
and third quarters of each fiscal year. 


ALLIANCE MARKETING COMPETITION

     Individual Membership. We believe that there are competitors which offer
membership programs similar to ours and some of these entities, which include
large retailers, travel agencies, insurance companies and financial service
institutions, have financial resources, product availability, technological
capabilities or customer bases greater than ours. To date, we have been able to
compete effectively with such competitors. However, there can be no assurances
that we will continue to be able to do so. In addition, we compete with
traditional methods of merchandising that enjoy widespread consumer acceptance,
such as catalog and instore retail shopping and shopping clubs (with respect to
its discount shopping service), and travel agents (with respect to its discount
travel service). Our systems are, for the most part, not protected by patent.

     Insurance/Wholesale. Each of our account enhancement services competes
with similar services offered by other companies, including insurance
companies. Many of the competitors are large and more established, with greater
resources and financial capabilities than ours. Finally, in attempting to
attract any relatively large financial institution as a client, we also compete
with that institution's in-house marketing staff and the institution's
perception that it could establish programs with comparable features and
customer appeal without paying for the services of an outside provider.

     Entertainment Publications. We believe that there are a number of
competitors in most markets throughout North America which offer similar
discount book products. The majority of these competitors are relatively small,
with discount coupon books in only a few markets. To date, we have been able to
compete effectively in markets that include these competitors, primarily on the
basis of price and product performance. We do not anticipate that these
competitors will significantly affect our ability to expand our product
offerings.


OTHER CONSUMER AND BUSINESS SERVICES DIVISION

     Our Other Consumer and Business Services Division represented
approximately 17.2%, 13.7% and 13.5% of our revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     TAX PREPARATION BUSINESS. In January 1998, we acquired Jackson Hewitt, the
second largest tax preparation service in the United States. The Jackson Hewitt
franchise system is comprised of a 43-state network (plus the District of
Columbia) with approximately 3,000 offices operating under the trade name


                                       30
<PAGE>

"Jackson Hewitt Tax Service". We believe that the application of our focused
management strategies and techniques for franchise systems to the Jackson
Hewitt network can significantly increase revenues produced by the Jackson
Hewitt franchise system while also increasing the quality and quantity of
services provided to franchisees.

     Office locations range from stand-alone store front offices to offices
within Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Montgomery Ward & Co., Inc. locations. Through
the use of proprietary interactive tax preparation software, we are engaged in
the preparation and electronic filing of federal and state individual income
tax returns (collectively referred to as "tax returns"). During 1998, Jackson
Hewitt prepared approximately 1.2 million tax returns, which represented an
increase of 37% from the approximately 875,000 tax returns it prepared during
1997. To complement our tax preparation services, we also offer accelerated
check refunds and refund anticipation loans to our tax preparation customers.

     NATIONAL CAR PARKS. Our National Car Parks ("NCP") subsidiary is the
largest single, commercial car park operating company in the UK and Europe,
with over 60 years experience of owning and/or managing a portfolio of nearly
500 car parks, mostly located in city and town centers and at airports.

     NCP owns or operates nearly 500 car parks across the UK and has
approximately 2,800 full and part-time employees. NCP provides a high-quality,
professional service, developing a total solution for its customers and for
organizations such as town and city administrations that wish to develop modern
and professionally managed parking and traffic management facilities, tailored
towards local business.

     NCP owns and operates car parks in over 100 city and town centers
throughout the UK, most of which are regularly patrolled and many of which have
closed-circuit television surveillance. NCP is the only car park manager that
can provide the motorist with such a comprehensive geographical coverage and
such levels of investment in security facilities. In addition, NCP is a leader
in on-airport car parking at UK airports, with over 35,000 car parking spaces
in facilities close to passenger terminals at ten airports across the UK.
Booking facilities are available through NCP's telesales service for convenient
car parking reservation at these airports, with free courtesy coach transfers
to and from airport terminals at most locations.

     The brand names of NCP and Flightpath (NCP's airport brand) are registered
in the UK as trademarks. Furthermore, the NCP trademark is in the process of
being registered in the rest of the European Community.

     NCP's business has a distinct seasonal trend with revenue from parking in
city and town centers being closely associated with levels of retail business.
Therefore, peaks in revenue are experienced particularly around the Christmas
period. In respect of the airport parking side of the business, seasonal peaks
are experienced in line with summer vacations.

     NCP's main competition is from non-commercial, local government
authorities who usually choose to operate car parking facilities themselves in
their respective cities and towns.

     There is increasing government regulation over all aspects of transport
within the UK. Therefore, an objective of NCP is to work together with its
customers, local and national government and other service organizations in
order to maintain the mutually beneficial partnership between motorists and
city center environment.

     GREEN FLAG. Green Flag is the third largest assistance group in the UK
providing a wide range of emergency, support and rescue services to millions of
drivers and home owners in the UK through its Green Flag Motor, Green Flag
Truck and Green Flag Home services. Green Flag has approximately 900 full and
part-time employees.

     Using a well established network of 6,000 mechanics and 1,500 fully
equipped garages, Green Flag Motor provides roadside recovery and assistance
services to over 3.5 million members who can choose from five levels of cover.
A distinctive feature of the Green Flag Motor service is its partnership with
independent operators who provide emergency assistance to motorists throughout
the UK and Europe. Using a network of specialists allows Green Flag to offer
its customers a fast service in emergency situations. Through regular
inspections and strictly enforced performance measures, Green Flag's teams of
operators are able to delivery reassurance to the customer, as well as a highly
reliable service.


                                       31
<PAGE>

     In the truck assistance sector, the Green Flag Truck service has developed
to include pay-on-use services in the UK and Europe and a service in the UK
suited to operators who run local delivery businesses. Service is provided
using the same network of independent operators that provide fast and efficient
expertise for businesses who cannot afford to be off the road.

     A network of specialists is also available to provide Green Flag's
Emergency Home Assistance and Property Repair Services. Reassurance is key for
home owners who take an insured assistance service or choose a pay-on-use
option. Two levels of coverage are available to insure against a wide range of
problems, including central heating, roofing, gas and electrical appliances.
Through its specially selected network of operators, 75% of Green Flag's calls
for assistance are completed within one hour, 90% within two hours.

     Green Flag operates in a number of principal markets. Direct services to
the consumer is one route to market, but also through insurance companies, car
manufacturers and dealers and a large number of businesses that sell on Green
Flag assistance services as an optional or a mandatory product linked to their
own service, i.e. with car insurance or via a bank or building society account.
 

     The brand name of `Green Flag' (together with the LOGO) is registered in
the United Kingdom. There is also a pending registration for a European Union
Community Mark. In addition, we have registered or pending marks for other key
brands used within the business. These include names such as:
Fleetcall/Truckcall/Dialassist/React/ Locator/Home-call and Home Assistance
Services. Also registered is the CHEQUERED SIDE STRIPE used in connection with
the MOTOR Roadside Assistance and Recovery service. (This is a safety device
for use on vehicles which attend at the roadside.)

     Green Flag's operations are seasonally influenced in that the purchase of
motoring assistance follows holiday patterns and used car purchase, as well as
by weather conditions. This has a great impact on call volumes especially in
the winter.

     INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES. Our WizCom International, Ltd ("WizCom")
subsidiary owns and operates the Wizard System more fully described under
"TRAVEL SERVICES -- Avis Car Rental Franchise Business -- Avis System and
Wizard System" above. In 1995, Budget Rent A Car Corporation ("Budget") entered
into a computer services agreement with WizCom that provides Budget with
certain reservation system computer services that are substantially similar to
computer services provided to the Avis System. WizCom has also entered into
agreements with hotel and other rental car companies to provide travel related
reservation and distribution system services.

     CREDIT INFORMATION BUSINESS. In 1995, we acquired Central Credit Inc.
("CCI"), a gambling patron credit information business. CCI maintains a
database of information provided by casinos regarding the credit records of
casino gaming patrons, and provides, for a fee, such information and related
services to its customers, which primarily consist of casinos.

     FINANCIAL PRODUCTS.  Our former Essex Corporation ("Essex") subsidiary is
a third-party marketer of financial products for banks, primarily marketing
annuities, mutual funds and insurance products through financial institutions.
Essex generally markets annuities issued by insurance companies or their
affiliates, mutual funds issued by mutual fund companies or their affiliates,
and proprietary mutual funds of banks. Essex's contracts with the insurance
companies whose financial products it distributes generally entitle Essex to a
commission of slightly less than 1% on the premiums generated through Essex's
sale of annuities for these insurance companies. In January 1999, Essex was
sold to John Hancock Subsidiaries, Inc.

     MUTUAL FUNDS. In August 1997, we formed an alliance with Frederick R.
Kobrick, a longtime mutual fund manager, to form a mutual fund company known as
Kobrick-Cendant Funds, Inc. (Kobrick which was subsequently renamed the Kobrick 
Funds). Kobrick currently offers three no-load funds, Kobrick Capital Fund, 
Kobrick Emerging Growth Fund and Kobrick Growth Fund.

     TAX REFUND BUSINESS. Through our Global Refund subsidiary, we assist
travelers to receive valuedadded tax ("VAT") refunds in 22 European countries,
Canada and Singapore. Global Refund is the world's leading VAT refund service,
with over 125,000 affiliated retailers and seven million transactions


                                       32
<PAGE>

per year. Global Refund operates over 400 cash refund offices at international
airports and other major points of departure and arrival worldwide. We plan to
expand the services Global Refund provides to travelers to include
Entertainment (Registered Trademark)  coupon book memberships and the Travelers
Advantage (Registered Trademark)  service product.

     OTHER SERVICES. Spark Services, Inc. ("Spark") provides database-driven
dating services to over 300 radio stations throughout the United States and
Canada. Spark is the leading provider of dating and personals services to the
radio industry. Spark has also begun to test television distribution of its
services through infomercials, as well as through short form advertising and
affiliation deals with various programs. Consumers pay for Spark's services on
a per minute of usage transaction basis.

     Our Numa Corporation subsidiary publishes personalized heritage
publications, including publications under the Halbert's name, and markets and
sells personalized merchandise.

     Operating under the trade name "Welcome Wagon", we distribute
complimentary welcoming packages which provide new homeowners and other
consumers throughout the United States and Canada with discounts for local
merchants. These activities are conducted through our Welcome Wagon
International Inc. and Getko Group, Inc. subsidiaries. We are exploring
opportunities to leverage the assets and the distribution channels of such
subsidiaries.


COMBINED OPERATIONS

     PREFERRED ALLIANCE AND CO-MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS. We believe that there are
significant opportunities to capitalize on the significant and increasing amount
of aggregate purchasing power and marketing outlets represented by the 
businesses in our business units. We initially tapped the potential of these 
synergies within the lodging franchise systems in 1993 when we launched our 
Preferred Alliance Program, under which hotel industry vendors provide 
significant discounts, commissions and co-marketing revenue to hotel franchisees
plus preferred alliance fees to us in exchange for being designated as the 
preferred provider of goods or services to the owners of our franchised hotels 
or the preferred marketer of goods and services to the millions of hotel guests 
who stay in the hotels and customers of our real estate brokerage franchisees
each year.

     We currently participate in preferred alliance relationships with more than
95 companies, including some of the largest corporations in the United States.
The operating profit generated by most new preferred alliance arrangements
closely approximates the incremental revenue produced by such arrangements since
the costs of the existing infrastructure required to negotiate and operate these
programs are largely fixed.


DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     On August 12, 1998, we announced that our Executive Committee of the Board
of Directors committed to discontinue our consumer software and classified
advertising businesses by disposing of our wholly-owned subsidiaries Cendant
Software Corporation ("Software") and Hebdo Mag, respectively. On December 15,
1998, we completed the sale of Hebdo Mag to a company organized by Hebdo Mag
management for approximately $450 million, including approximately $315 million
in cash and 7.1 million shares of our common stock. On January 12, 1999, we
completed the sale of Software to Paris based Havas SA, a subsidiary of Vivendi
SA, for $800 million in cash plus future potential cash payments.

     SOFTWARE. Our Software subsidiary offered consumer software in various
multimedia forms, predominately on CD-ROM for personal computers. The Software
unit was one of the largest personal computer consumer software groups in the
world, and a leader in entertainment, educational and personal productivity
software. It included Sierra On-Line, Inc., Blizzard Entertainment and
Knowledge Adventure, Inc., and offered such titles as Diablo, Starcraft, You
Don't Know Jack, King's Quest, JumpStart, Math Blaster, Reading Blaster and
many others. These products were offered through a variety of distribution
channels, including specialty retailers, mass merchandisers, discounters and
schools.


                                       33
<PAGE>

     The entertainment, education and productivity software industry is
competitive. Software competed primarily with other developers of multimedia PC
based software. Products in the market compete primarily on the basis of
subjective factors such as entertainment value and objective factors such as
price, graphics and sound quality. Large diversified entertainment, cable and
telecommunications companies, in addition to large software companies, are
increasing their focus on the interactive entertainment and education software
market, which will result in greater competition.

     The software segment had seasonal elements. Revenues were typically
highest during the third and fourth quarters and lowest during the first and
second quarters. This seasonal pattern was due primarily to the increased
demand for software products during the holiday season.

     CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING BUSINESS. Hebdo Mag is an international publisher
of over 180 titles and distributor of classified advertising information with
operations in fifteen countries including Canada, France, Sweden, Hungary,
Taiwan, the United States, Italy, Russia, the Netherlands, Australia, Argentina
and Spain. Hebdo Mag is involved in the publication, printing and distribution,
via print and electronic media, of branded classified advertising information
products. Hebdo Mag has also expanded into other related business activities,
including the distribution of third-party services and classified advertising
web sites.

     Hebdo Mag publishes over 11 million advertisements per year in over 180
publications. With a total annual circulation of over 85 million, management
estimates Hebdo Mag publications are read by over 200 million people. Unlike
newspapers which contain significant editorial content, Hebdo Mag publications
contain primarily classified and display advertisements. These advertisements
target buyers and sellers of goods and services in the markets for used and new
cars, trucks, boats, real estate, computers, second-hand general merchandise
and employment as well as personals.

     Hebdo Mag owns leading local classified advertising publishing franchises
in most of the regional markets where it has a presence. In addition to its
print titles, Hebdo Mag generates revenues by distributing third-party services
related to its classified business such as vehicle financing, vehicle and life
insurance and warranty protection.

     The classified advertising information industry is highly fragmented, with
a large number of small, independent companies publishing local or regional
titles. Hebdo Mag is the only major company focused exclusively on this
industry on an international basis. In most of its major markets, Hebdo Mag
owns leading classified advertising franchises which have long standing,
recognized reputations with readers and advertisers. Among Hebdo Mag's leading
titles, many of which have been in existence for over 15 years, are: La
Centrale des Particuliers (France), Expressz (Hungary), The Trader
(Indianapolis), Traders Post (Nashville), Car News (Taiwan), Secondamano
(Italy), Auto Trader, Renters News, The Computer Paper (Canada), Iz Ruk v Ruki
(Russia), Gula Tidningen (Sweden), Segundamano (Argentina) and The Melbourne
Trading Post (Australia).


REGULATION

     ALLIANCE MARKETING REGULATION. We market our products and services through
a number of distribution channels including telemarketing, direct mail and
on-line. These channels are regulated on the state and federal level and we
believe that these activities will increasingly be subject to such regulation.
Such regulation may limit our ability to solicit new members or to offer one or
more products or services to existing members.

     A number of our products and services (such as Travelers Advantage
(Registered Trademark)  and certain insurance products) are also subject to
state and local regulations. We believe that such regulations do not have a
material impact on our business or revenues.

     FRANCHISE REGULATION. The sale of franchises is regulated by various state
laws, as well as by the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"). The FTC requires
that franchisors make extensive disclosure to prospective franchisees but does
not require registration. A number of states require registration or disclosure
in connection with franchise offers and sales. In addition, several states have
"franchise relationship laws" or "business opportunity laws" that limit the
ability of the franchisor to terminate


                                       34
<PAGE>

franchise agreements or to withhold consent to the renewal or transfer of these
agreements. While our franchising operations have not been materially adversely
affected by such existing regulation, we cannot predict the effect of any
future legislation or regulation.

     REAL ESTATE REGULATION. The federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act
and state real estate brokerage laws restrict payments which real estate
brokers and mortgage brokers and other parties may receive or pay in connection
with the sales of residences and referral of settlement services (e.g.,
mortgages, homeowners insurance, title insurance). Such laws may to some extent
restrict preferred alliance arrangements involving our real estate brokerage
franchisees, mortgage business and relocation business. Our mortgage banking
services business is also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and
regulations, including those relating to real estate settlement procedures,
fair lending, fair credit reporting, truth in lending, federal and state
disclosure, and licensing.

     TIMESHARE EXCHANGE REGULATION. Our timeshare exchange business is subject
to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations including those
relating to taxes, consumer credit, environmental protection and labor matters.
In addition, we are subject to state statutes in those states regulating
timeshare exchange services, and must prepare and file annually, with
regulators in states which require it, the "RCI Disclosure Guide to Vacation
Exchange". We are not subject to those state statutes governing the development
of timeshare condominium units and the sale of timeshare interests, but such
statutes directly affect the members and resorts that participate in the RCI
Network. Therefore, the statutes indirectly impact our timeshare exchange
business.


EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1998, we employed approximately 35,000 persons full
time. Management considers our employee relations to be satisfactory.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     Our principal executive offices are located in leased space and located at
9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019. Many of our general corporate functions
are conducted at a building owned by us and located at 6 Sylvan Way,
Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 and at a building leased by us and located at 1
Sylvan Way, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 with a lease term expiring in 2008.

     Our Travel Division has two properties which we own, a  166,000 square
foot facility in Virginia Beach, Virginia which serves as a satellite
administrative and reservations facility for Wizcom and ARAC, and a property
located in Kettering, UK which is the European office for RCI. The Travel
Division also leases space for its reservations centers and data warehouse in
Winner and Aberdeen, South Dakota; Phoenix, Arizona; Knoxville and
Elizabethtown, Tennessee; Tulsa and Drumright, Oklahoma; Indianapolis, Indiana;
Orangeburg, South Carolina and St. John, New Brunswick, Canada pursuant to
leases that expire in 2000, 2003, 2007, 2004, 1999, 2001, 2000, 2001, 2008,
2001 and 2008, respectively. The Tulsa and Drumwright, Oklahoma location serves
as an Avis car rental reservations center. In addition, the Travel Division has
18 leased offices spaces located within the United States and an additional 30
leased spaces in various countries outside the United States.

     The Real Estate Division shares approximately six leases with the Travel
Division in various locations that function as sales offices.

     The Individual Membership Segment has its principal offices located in
Stamford and Trumbull, Connecticut. The Individual Membership Segment leases
space for several of its call centers in Aurora, Colorado; Westerville, Ohio;
Brentwood, Tennessee; Houston and Arlington, Texas; Woburn, Massachusetts and
Great Falls, Montana pursuant to leases that expire in 2000, 2005, 2002, 2000,
2000, 2001 and 1999, respectively. We also own one building located in
Cheyenne, Wyoming which serves as a call center. In addition, the Individual
Membership Segment has leased smaller space in various locations for business
unit and ancillary needs. Internationally, the Individual Membership Segment
has approximately seven leased offices spaces located in various countries.


                                       35
<PAGE>

     The main offices for the Fleet Segment are located in two leased spaces;
one in Hunt Valley, Maryland (200,000 square feet) and three in South Portland,
Maine (91,000 square feet) pursuant to leases that expire in 2003, 2008, 2004
and 2007, respectively. In addition, there are nine smaller leased spaces that
function as sales/distribution locations.

     The Relocation Segment has their main corporate operations located in a
leased building in Danbury, Connecticut with a lease term expiring in 2008.
There are also five regional offices located in Walnut Creek, California;
Oakbrook and Schaumburg, Illinois; Irving, Texas and Mission Viejo, California
which provide operation support services for the region pursuant to leases that
expire in 2004, 2003, 2001 and 2003, respectively. We own the office in Mission
Viejo.

     The Mortgage Segment has centralized its operations to one main area
occupying various leased offices in Mt. Laurel, New Jersey for a total of
approximately 600,000 square feet. The lease terms expire over the next ten
years.

     The Insurance/Wholesale Segment leases domestic space in Nashville,
Tennessee; San Carlos, California; and Crozier, Virginia with lease terms
ending in 2002, 2003 and 1999, respectively. In addition, there are 11 leased
locations internationally that function as sales and administrative offices for
international membership with the main office located in Portsmouth, UK.

     The primary office for the Entertainment Publication Segment is located in
Troy, Michigan (75,000 square feet) with a lease term expiring in 2004. EPub
also leases approximately 100 small office locations throughout the United
States and 10 internationally to conduct distribution activities.

     We own properties in Virginia Beach, Virginia and Westbury, New York and
lease space in Garden City, New York that supports the Other Consumer and
Business Services Segment. The Garden City location is the main operation and
administrative center for Wizcom. In addition, there are approximately six
leased office locations in the United States. Internationally, we lease office
space in London, UK (18,000 square feet) and own two buildings in Leeds, UK
(86,000 square feet) and one building in Bradford, England (25,000 square feet)
to support this segment.

     We believe that such properties are sufficient to meet our present needs
and we do not anticipate any difficulty in securing additional space, as
needed, on acceptable terms.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


Class Action Litigation

     Since our April 15, 1998 announcement of the discovery of accounting
irregularities in the former CUC business units, and prior to the date of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, more than 70 lawsuits claiming to be class actions,
two lawsuits claiming to be brought derivatively on our behalf and three
individual lawsuits have been filed in various courts against us and other
defendants. With the exception of an action pending in the Delaware Chancery
Court and an action filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey that has been
dismissed, these actions were all filed in or transferred to the United States
District Court for the District of New Jersey, where they are pending before
Judge William H. Walls and Magistrate Judge Joel A. Pisano. The Court has
ordered consolidation of many of the actions.

     In re: Cendant Corporation Litigation, Master File No. 98-1664 (WHW)
(D.N.J.) (the "Calpers Action"), is a consolidated action consisting of over
sixty constituent class action lawsuits, and one individual lawsuit, that were
originally filed in the District of New Jersey, the District of Connecticut,
and the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The Calpers Action is brought on
behalf of all persons who acquired securities of the Company and CUC, except
our PRIDES securities, between May 31, 1995 and August 28, 1998. The Court
granted the plaintiffs' unopposed motion for class certification on January 27,
1999. Named as defendants are the Company; twenty-eight current and former
officers and directors of the Company, CUC and HFS Incorporated ("HFS"); and
Ernst & Young LLP, CUC's former independent accounting firm.

     The Amended and Consolidated Class Action Complaint in the Calpers Action
alleges that, among other things, the plaintiffs were damaged when they
acquired securities of the Company and CUC


                                       36
<PAGE>

because, as a result of accounting irregularities, the Company's and CUC's
previously issued financial statements were materially false and misleading,
and the allegedly false and misleading financial statements caused the prices
of the Company's and CUC's securities to be inflated artificially. The Amended
and Consolidated Complaint alleges violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15
of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and Sections 10(b), 14(a),
20(a), and 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). The
Calpers Action seeks damages in unspecified amounts.

     On December 14, 1998, the plaintiffs in the Calpers Action moved for
partial summary judgment, on liability only, against the Company on the claims
under Section 11 of the Securities Act. The plaintiffs adjourned this motion
sine die, however, without prejudice to the plaintiffs' right to re-notice the
motion. In connection with the plaintiffs' agreement to withdraw their summary
judgment motion, the Company agreed not to assert any automatic stay of
discovery that would otherwise apply to the Calpers Action if any defendant
were to file a motion to dismiss the Calpers Action.

     On January 25, 1999, the Company answered the Amended Consolidated
Complaint and asserted Cross-Claims against Ernst & Young LLP ("Ernst &
Young"). The Company's Cross-Claims allege that Ernst & Young failed to follow
professional standards to discover, and recklessly disregarded, the accounting
irregularities, and is therefore liable to the Company for damages. The
Cross-Claims assert breaches of Ernst & Young's audit agreements with the
Company, negligence, breaches of fiduciary duty, fraud, and contribution.

     Welch & Forbes, Inc. v. Cendant Corp., et al., No. 98-2819 (WHW) (the
"PRIDES Action") is a class action brought on behalf of purchasers of the
Company's PRIDES securities between February 24 and July 15, 1998. Named as
defendants are the Company; Cendant Capital I, a statutory business trust
formed by the Company to participate in the offering of PRIDES securities;
seventeen current and former officers and directors of the company, CUC and
HFS; Ernst & Young; and the underwriters for the PRIDES offering, Merrill Lynch
& Co.; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; and Chase Securities
Inc. A substantially similar action filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey,
entitled First Trust Corp. IRA of Gloria Rosenberg v. Cendant Corp., et al.,
No. L-1406-98 (Law Div.), was dismissed on August 7, 1998, without prejudice to
the plaintiff's right to re-file the case in the United States District Court
for the District of New Jersey.

     The allegations in the Amended Consolidated Complaint in the PRIDES Action
are substantially similar to those in the Calpers Action, and violations of
Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act and Sections 10(b) and 20(a)
of the Exchange Act are asserted. Damages in unspecified amounts are sought.

     On November 11, 1998, the plaintiffs in the PRIDES Action brought motions
for (i) certification of a proposed class of PRIDES purchasers; (ii) summary
judgment against the Company under Section 11 of the Securities Act; and (iii)
an injunction requiring the Company to place $300 million in a trust account
for the benefit of the PRIDES investors pending final resolution of their
claims. These motions were withdrawn in connection with a partial settlement of
the PRIDES Action (see Note 6) .

     On April 27, 1998, a purported shareholder derivative action, Deutch v.
Silverman, et al., No. 98-1998 (WHW), was filed in the District of New Jersey
against certain of the Company's current or former directors and officers; The
Bear Stearns Companies, Inc.; Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.; and, as a nominal
party, the Company. The complaint in the Deutch action, as amended on December
7, 1998, alleges that certain individual officers and directors of the Company
breached their fiduciary duties by selling shares of the Company's stock while
in possession of non-public material information concerning the accounting
irregularities. The complaint also alleges various other breaches of fiduciary
duty and gross negligence in connection with, among other things, the
accounting irregularities discussed above. Damages are sought on behalf of
Cendant in unspecified amounts.

     Semerenko v. Cendant Corp., et al., Civ. Action No. 98-5384 (D. N.J.) and
P. Schoenfeld Asset Management LLC v. Cendant Corp., et al., (Civ. Action No.
98-4734) (D. N.J) (the "ABI Actions") were initially commenced in October and
November of 1998, respectively, on behalf of a putative class of persons who
purchased securities of American Bankers Insurance Group, Inc. ("ABI") between


                                       37
<PAGE>

March 23, 1998 and October 13, 1998. Named as defendants are the Company, four
former CUC officers and directors, and Ernst & Young. The complaints in the ABI
Actions, as amended on February 8, 1999, assert violations of Sections 10(b),
14(e) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder,
relating to the accounting irregularities discussed above. Plaintiffs allege,
among other things, that the Company made misrepresentations and omissions
regarding its ability and intent to complete a tender offer and subsequent
merger with ABI. Plaintiffs allege that such misrepresentations and omissions
caused the price of ABI securities to be artificially inflated. Plaintiffs
seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages. The Company filed a
motion to dismiss the ABI Actions on March 10, 1999. The other defendants have
also moved to dismiss.

     Kennilworth Partners, L.P., et al. v. Cendant Corp., et al., 98 Civ. 8939
(DC) (the "Kennilworth Action") was filed on December 18, 1998 in the Southern
District of New York on behalf of three investment companies. Named as
defendants are the Company; thirty of its present and former officers and
directors; HFS; and Ernst & Young. The complaint in the Kennilworth Action, as
amended on January 26, 1999, alleges that the plaintiffs purchased convertible
notes issued by HFS pursuant to an indenture dated February 28, 1996 and were
damaged because they converted their notes into shares of common stock in the
Company in the weeks prior to the Company's April 15, 1998 announcement. The
amended complaint also alleges that plaintiffs were damaged by purchasing in
March 1998 additional notes issued by the Company, whose market value declined
as a result of the April 15, 1998 announcement and the subsequent events
described above. The amended complaint asserts violations of Sections 11, 12
and 15 of the Securities Act and Sections 10(b) and 20 of the Exchange Act; a
common-law breach of contract claim is also asserted. Damages are sought in an
amount estimated to be in excess of $13.6 million. On February 4, 1999, the
Court ordered the Kennilworth Action transferred to the District of New Jersey,
with the consent of the plaintiff and the Company.

     Another action, entitled Corwin v. Silverman, et al., No. 16347-NC (the
"Corwin Action"), was filed on April 29, 1998 in the Court of Chancery for the
State of Delaware. The Corwin Action is purportedly brought derivatively, on
behalf of the Company, and as a class action, on behalf of all shareholders of
HFS who exchanged their HFS shares for CUC shares in connection with the
Merger. The Corwin Action names as defendants HFS and twenty-eight individuals
who are or were directors of the Company and HFS. The complaint in the Corwin
Action, as amended on July 28, 1998, alleges that HFS and its directors
breached their fiduciary duties of loyalty, good faith, care and candor in
connection with the Cendant Merger, in that they failed to properly investigate
the operations and financial statements of CUC before approving the Merger at
an allegedly inadequate price. The amended complaint also alleges that the
Company's directors breached their fiduciary duties by entering into an
employment agreement with our former Chairman, Walter A. Forbes, in connection
with the Merger that purportedly amounted to corporate waste. The Corwin Action
seeks, among other things, recission of the Merger and compensation for all
losses and damages allegedly suffered in connection therewith. On October 7,
1998, Cendant filed a motion to dismiss the Corwin Action or, in the
alternative, for a stay of the Corwin Action pending determination of the
Calpers Action and the Deutch Action. The plaintiffs in the Corwin Action have
moved for leave to file a second amended complaint.

     The SEC and the United States Attorney for the District of New Jersey are
conducting investigations relating to the matters referenced above. The SEC has
advised us that its inquiry should not be construed as an indication by the SEC
or its staff that any violations of law have occurred. While our management has
made all adjustments considered necessary as a result of the findings of the
Investigations and the restatement of our financial statements for 1997, 1996
and 1995, and the first six months of 1998, we can provide no assurances that
additional adjustments will not be necessary as a result of these government
investigations.

     In connection with the Merger, certain officers and directors of HFS
exchanged their shares of HFS common stock and options exercisable for HFS
common stock for shares of the Company's Common Stock and options exercisable
for the Company's Common Stock, respectively. As a result of the aforementioned
accounting irregularities, such officers and directors have advised the Company
that they believe they have claims against the Company in connection with such
exchange. In addition, certain


                                       38
<PAGE>

current and former officers and directors of the Company would consider
themselves to be members of any class ultimately certified in the Federal
Securities Actions now pending in which the Company is named as a defendant by
virtue of their having been HFS stockholders at the time of the Merger.

     Other than with respect to the PRIDES class action litigation described
below, we do not believe it is feasible to predict or determine the final
outcome or resolution of these proceedings or to estimate the amounts or
potential range of loss with respect to these proceedings and investigations.
In addition, the timing of the final resolution of these proceedings and
investigations is uncertain. The possible outcomes or resolutions of these
proceedings and investigations could include judgements against us or
settlements and could require substantial payments by us. Our management
believes that adverse outcomes with respect to such proceedings and
investigations could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.


Settlement of PRIDES Class Action Litigation

     On March 17, 1999, we announced that we reached a final settlement
agreement with plaintiff's counsel representing the class of holders of our
PRIDES securities who purchased their securities on or prior to April 15, 1998
("eligible persons") to settle their class action lawsuit against us. Under the
final settlement agreement, eligible persons will receive a new security -- a
Right -- for each PRIDES security held on April 15, 1998. Current holders of
PRIDES will not receive any Rights (unless they also held PRIDES on April 15,
1998). We had originally announced a preliminary agreement in principle to
settle such lawsuit on January 7, 1999. The final agreement maintained the
basic structure and accounting treatment as the preliminary agreement.

     Based on the settlement agreement, we recorded an after tax charge of
approximately $228 million, or $0.26 per share ($351 million pre-tax), in the
fourth quarter of 1998 associated with the settlement agreement in principle to
settle the PRIDES securities class action. We recorded an increase in
additional paid-in capital of $350 million offset by a decrease in retained
earnings of $228 million resulting in a net increase in stockholders' equity of
$122 million as a result of the prospective issuance of the Rights. As a
result, the settlement should not reduce net book value. In addition the
settlement is not expected to reduce 1999 earnings per share unless our common
stock price materially appreciates.

     At any time during the life of the Rights, holders may (a) sell them or
(b) exercise them by delivering to us three Rights together with two PRIDES in
exchange for two new PRIDES (the "New PRIDES"). The terms of the New PRIDES
will be the same as the currently outstanding PRIDES, except that the
conversion rate will be revised so that, at the time the Rights are
distributed, each New PRIDES will have a value equal to $17.57 more than each
original PRIDES, based upon a generally accepted valuation model. Based upon
the closing price per share of $16.6875 of our Common Stock on March 17, 1999,
the effect of the issuance of the New PRIDES will be to distribute
approximately 19 million more shares of our common stock when the mandatory
purchase of our common stock associated with the PRIDES occurs in February of
2001. This represents approximately 2% more shares of common stock than are
currently outstanding.

     The settlement agreement also requires us to offer to sell 4 million
additional PRIDES (having identical terms to currently outstanding PRIDES) (the
"Additional PRIDES") at "theoretical value" to holders of Rights for cash.
Theoretical value will be based on the same valuation model utilized to set the
conversion rate of the New PRIDES. Based on that valuation model, the currently
outstanding PRIDES have a theoretical value of $28.07 based on the closing
price for our common stock on March 17, 1999, which is less than their current
trading price. The offering of Additional PRIDES will be made only pursuant to
a prospectus filed with the SEC. We currently expect to use the proceeds of
such an offering to repurchase our common stock and for other general corporate
purposes. The arrangement to offer Additional PRIDES is designed to enhance the
trading value of the Rights by removing up to 6 million Rights from circulation
via exchanges associated with the offering and to enhance the open market
liquidity of New PRIDES by creating 4 million New PRIDES via exchanges
associated with the offering. If holders of Rights do not acquire all such
PRIDES, they will be offered to the public.


                                       39
<PAGE>

     Under the settlement agreement, we have also agreed to file a shelf
registration statement for an additional 15 million PRIDES, which could be
issued by us at any time for cash. However, during the last 30 days prior to
the expiration of the Rights in February 2001, we will be required to make
these additional PRIDES available to holders of Rights at a price in cash equal
to 105% of the theoretical value of the additional PRIDES as of a specified
date. The PRIDES, if issued, would have the same terms as the currently
outstanding PRIDES and could be used to exercise Rights.


     The Rights will be distributed following final court approval of the
settlement and after the effectiveness of the registration statement filed with
the SEC covering the New PRIDES.
It is presently expected that if the court approves the settlement and such
conditions are fulfilled, the Rights will be distributed in August or September
1999. This summary of the settlement does not constitute an offer to sell any
securities, which will only be made by means of a prospectus after a
registration statement is filed with the SEC. There can be no assurance that
the court will approve the agreement or that the conditions contained in the
agreement will be fulfilled.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS


     We held an annual meeting of its shareholders on October 30, 1998,
pursuant to a Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement dated September 28,
1998, a copy of which has been filed previously with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, at which our shareholders considered and approved the
election of six directors for a term of three years, the Company's 1998
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and ratification of Deloitte & Touche LLP as
auditors. The results of such matters are as follows:


Proposal 1: To elect six directors for a three year term and until their
successors are duly elected and qualified.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>           <C>            <C>    <C>
  Results:         For           Against
               729,374,048     21,047,428
</TABLE>

Proposal 2: To approve the Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>           <C>           <C>
  Results:         For          Against     Abstain
               714,345,354    33,516,760   1,938,144
</TABLE>

Proposal 3: To ratify and approve the appointment of Deliotte & Touche LLP as
the Company's Independent Auditors for the year ending December 31, 1998.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>           <C>            <C>
  Results:         For           Against      Abstain
               744,191,719      5,471,312     758,445
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>

                                    PART II


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCK
        HOLDER MATTERS


MARKET PRICE ON COMMON STOCK


     Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under
the symbol "CD". At March 22, 1999 the number of stockholders of record was
approximately 10,841. The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low
sales prices per share as reported by the NYSE for 1998 and 1997 based on a
year ended December 31.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997                                    HIGH       LOW
- -----------------------------------   -------   --------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>
  First Quarter ...................   26 7/8     22 1/2
  Second Quarter ..................   26 3/4     20
  Third Quarter ...................   31 3/4     23 11/16
  Fourth Quarter ..................   31 3/8     26 15/16
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998                                    HIGH       LOW
- -----------------------------------   --------   -------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>
  First Quarter ...................   41          32 7/16
  Second Quarter ..................   41 3/8      18 9/16
  Third Quarter ...................   22 7/16     10 7/16
  Fourth Quarter ..................   20 5/8       7 1/2
 
</TABLE>

     On March 22, 1999, the last sale price of our Common Stock on the NYSE was
$16 5/16 per share.


     All stock price information has been restated to reflect a three-for-two
stock split effected in the form of a dividend to stockholders of record on
October 7, 1996, payable on October 21, 1996.


DIVIDEND POLICY


     We expect to retain our earnings for the development and expansion of its
business and the repayment of indebtedness and does not anticipate paying
dividends on Common Stock in the foreseeable future.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                    ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (1) (2)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1998               1997               1996               1995
                                                ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
(In millions, except per share amounts)
<S>                                             <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
OPERATIONS
NET REVENUES                                      $   5,283.8        $   4,240.0        $   3,237.7         $  2,616.1
                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------         ----------
Operating expense                                     1,869.1 (3)        1,322.3            1,183.2            1,024.9
Marketing and reservation expense                     1,158.5            1,031.8              910.8              743.6
General and administrative expense                      666.3              636.2              341.0              283.3
Depreciation and amortization expense                   322.7              237.7              145.5              100.4
Other charges                                           838.3 (4)          704.1 (5)          109.4 (6)           97.0 (7)
Interest expense, net                                   113.9               50.6               14.3               16.6
Provision for income taxes                              104.5              191.0              220.2              143.2
Minority interest, net                                   50.6                 --                 --                 --
                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------         ----------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS                 $     159.9        $      66.3        $     313.3         $    207.1
                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------         ----------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS PER SHARE:
Basic                                             $      0.19        $      0.08        $      0.41         $     0.30
Diluted                                                  0.18               0.08               0.39               0.28

FINANCIAL POSITION
Total assets                                      $  20,216.5        $  14,073.4        $  12,762.5         $  8,519.5
Long-term debt                                        3,362.9            1,246.0              780.8              336.0
Assets under management and mortgage programs         7,511.9            6,443.7            5,729.2            4,955.6
Debt under management and mortgage programs           6,896.8            5,602.6            5,089.9            4,427.9
Mandatorily redeemable securities issued by
 subsidiary                                           1,472.1                 --                 --                 --
Shareholders' equity                                  4,835.6            3,921.4            3,955.7            1,898.2

OTHER INFORMATION (8)
ADJUSTED EBITDA (9)                               $   1,589.9        $   1,249.7        $     802.7         $    564.3
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities                                    808.0            1,213.0            1,525.6            1,144.3
Investing activities                                 (4,351.8)          (2,328.6)          (3,090.8)          (1,789.0)
Financing activities                                  4,689.6              900.1            1,780.8              661.2
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Selected financial data is presented for four years. Financial data
      subsequent to December 31, 1994 had been restated as a result of findings
      from investigations into accounting irregularities discovered at the
      former business units of CUC International, Inc. ("CUC"). Financial data
      for periods prior to December 31, 1994 was not restated and therefore
      should not be relied on (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial
      statements).

(2)   Selected financial data includes the operating results of acquisitions
      accounted for under the purchase method of accounting since the
      respective dates of acquisition, including: (i) National Parking
      Corporation in April 1998; (ii) Harpur Group in January 1998; (iii)
      Jackson Hewitt, Inc. in January 1998; (iv) Resort Condominiums
      International, Inc. in November 1996; (v) Avis, Inc. in October 1996;
      (vi) Coldwell Banker Corporation in May 1996; and (vii) Century 21 Real
      Estate Corporation in August 1995.

(3)   Includes a non-cash charge of $50.0 million ($32.2 million, after tax or
      $0.04 per diluted share) related to the write off of certain equity
      investments in interactive membership businesses and impaired goodwill
      associated with the National Library of Poetry, a Company subsidiary.

(4)   Represents charges of: (i) $433.5 million ($281.7 million, after tax or
      $0.32 per diluted share) for the costs of terminating the proposed
      acquisitions of American Bankers Insurance Group, Inc. and Providian Auto
      and Home Insurance Company; (ii) $351.0 million ($228.2 million, after
      tax or $0.26 per diluted share) associated with the final agreement to
      settle the PRIDES securities class action suit; and (iii) $121.0 million
      ($78.7 million, after tax or $0.09 per diluted share) comprised of the
      costs of the investigations into previously discovered accounting
      irregularities at the former CUC business units, including


                                       42
<PAGE>

      incremental financing costs and separation payments, principally to the
      Company's former chairman. The aforementioned charges were partially
      offset by a credit of $67.2 million ($43.7 million, after tax or $0.05 per
      diluted share) associated with changes in the original estimate of 1997
      merger-related costs and other unusual charges.

(5)   Represents merger-related costs and other unusual charges related to
      continuing operations of $704.1 million ($504.7 million, after tax or
      $0.58 per diluted share) primarily associated with the Cendant merger in
      December 1997 and merger with PHH Corporation ("PHH") in April 1997.

(6)   Represents merger-related costs and other unusual charges related to
      continuing operations of $109.4 million ($70.0 million, after tax or
      $0.09 per diluted share) substantially related to the Company's August
      1996 merger with Ideon Group, Inc. ("Ideon").

(7)   Represents a provision for costs related to the abandonment of certain
      Ideon development efforts and the restructuring of certain Ideon
      operations. The charges aggregated $97.0 million ($62.1 million, after
      tax or $0.08 per diluted share).

(8)   There were no dividends declared during the periods presented above
      except for PHH and Ideon, which declared and paid dividends to their
      shareholders prior to their respective mergers with the Company.

(9)   Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, income taxes,
      depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude other charges which
      are of a non-recurring or unusual nature. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of
      performance which is not recognized under generally accepted accounting
      principles and should not replace income from continuing operations or
      cash flows in measuring operating results or liquidity. However,
      management believes such measure is an informative representation of how
      management evaluates the operating performance of the Company and its
      underlying business segments (see Note 26 to the consolidated financial
      statements).


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW

We are one of the foremost consumer and business services companies in the
world. We were created through the December 1997 merger (the "Cendant Merger")
of HFS Incorporated ("HFS") and CUC International Inc. ("CUC"). We provide
business services to our customers, many of which are consumer services
companies, and also provide fee-based services directly to consumers, generally
without owning the assets or sharing the risks associated with the underlying
businesses of our customers or collaborative partners.

We operate in four principal divisions -- travel related services, real estate
related services, alliance marketing related services and other consumer and
business services. Our businesses provide a wide range of complementary
consumer and business services, which together represent nine business
segments. The travel related services businesses facilitate vacation timeshare
exchanges, manage corporate and government vehicle fleets and franchise car
rental and hotel businesses; the real estate related services businesses
franchise real estate brokerage businesses, provide home buyers with mortgages
and assist in employee relocation; and the alliance marketing related services
businesses, provide an array of value driven products and services. Our other
consumer and business services include our tax preparation services franchise,
information technology services, car parking facility services, vehicle
emergency support and rescue services, credit information services, financial
products and other consumer-related services.

As a franchisor of hotels, real estate brokerage offices, car rental operations
and tax preparation services, we license the owners and operators of
independent businesses to use our brand names. We do not own or operate hotels,
real estate brokerage offices, car rental operations or tax preparation offices
(except for certain company-owned Jackson Hewitt offices, which we intend to
franchise). Instead, we provide our franchisee customers with services designed
to increase their revenue and profitability.

We have recently changed our focus from making strategic acquisitions of new
businesses to maximizing the opportunities and growth potential of our existing
businesses. In connection with this change in focus, we intend to review and
evaluate our existing businesses to determine whether certain businesses
continue to meet our business objectives. As part of our ongoing evaluation of
such businesses, we intend from time to time to explore and conduct discussions
with regard to divestitures and related corporate transactions. However, we can
give no assurance with respect to the magnitude, timing, likelihood or business
effect of any possible transaction. We also cannot predict whether any
divestiture or other transactions will be consummated or, if consummated, will
result in a financial or other benefit to us. We


                                       43
<PAGE>

intend to use a portion of the proceeds from future dispositions, if any,
together with the proceeds of potential future debt issues and bank borrowings
and cash from operations, to retire indebtedness, to repurchase our common
stock commensurate with approvals from our Board of Directors and for other
general corporate purposes. As a result of our aforementioned change in focus,
we completed the sale of two of our business segments and divested a separate
subsidiary (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Divestitures").


Prior to the Cendant Merger, both HFS and CUC had grown significantly through
mergers and acquisitions accounted for under both the pooling of interests
method, the most significant being the merger of HFS with PHH Corporation
("PHH") in April 1997 (the "PHH Merger"), and purchase method of accounting.
The underlying Results of Operations discussions are presented as if all
businesses acquired in mergers and acquisitions accounted for as poolings of
interests have operated as one entity since inception.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


This discussion should be read in conjunction with the information contained in
our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Our operating results and the operating results of certain of our underlying
business segments are comprised of business combinations accounted for under
the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of operations of
such acquired companies have been included in our consolidated operating
results and our applicable business segments from the respective dates of
acquisition. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of our
purchase method acquisitions.


The underlying discussions of each segment's operating results focuses on
Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before interest, income taxes,
depreciation and amortization, adjusted for Other charges which are of a
non-recurring or unusual nature, and are not included in assessing segment
performance or are not segment-specific. Our management believes such
discussion is the most informative representation of how management evaluates
performance. We have determined that we have nine reportable operating segments
based primarily on the types of services we provide, the consumer base to which
marketing efforts are directed and the methods we use to sell services. For
additional information, including a description of the services provided in
each of our reportable operating segments, see Note 26 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.


                                       44
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS -- 1998 VS. 1997



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                                   1998             1997         % CHANGE
(Dollars in millions)                                         --------------   --------------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>              <C>
Net revenues                                                   $   5,283.8       $  4,240.0       25%
Operating expenses (1)                                             3,693.9          2,990.3       24%
                                                               -----------       ----------
Adjusted EBITDA                                                    1,589.9          1,249.7       27%
Other charges
 Litigation settlement                                               351.0               --        *
 Termination of proposed acquisitions                                433.5               --        *
 Executive terminations                                               52.5               --        *
 Investigation-related costs                                          33.4               --        *
 Merger-related costs and other unusual charges (credits)            (67.2)           704.1        *
 Financing costs                                                      35.1               --        *
Depreciation and amortization expense                                322.7            237.7       36%
Interest expense, net                                                113.9             50.6      125%
                                                               -----------       ----------
Pre-tax income from continuing operations before minority
 interest, extraordinary gain and cumulative effect of
 accounting change                                                   315.0            257.3       22%
Provision for income taxes                                           104.5            191.0      (45%)
Minority interest, net of tax                                         50.6               --        *
                                                               -----------       ----------
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
 gain and cumulative effect of accounting change                     159.9             66.3      141%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax                        (25.0)           (26.8)       *
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax                  404.7               --        *
Extraordinary gain, net of tax                                          --             26.4        *
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax                      --           (283.1)       *
                                                               -----------       ----------
Net income (loss)                                              $     539.6      $    (217.2)       *
                                                               ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Exclusive of Other charges and depreciation and amortization expense.

*     Not meaningful.


REVENUES AND ADJUSTED EBITDA

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $1.0 billion (25%) and $340.2 million
(27%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997, which reflected growth in substantially
all of our reportable operating segments. Significant contributing factors
which gave rise to such increases included substantial growth in the volume of
mortgage services provided and an increase in the amount of royalty fees
received from our franchised brands, principally within the real estate
franchise segment. In addition, revenues and Adjusted EBITDA in 1998 included
the operating results of 1998 acquisitions, including National Parking
Corporation ("NPC") and Jackson Hewitt Inc. ("Jackson Hewitt"). A detailed
discussion of revenues and Adjusted EBITDA trends from 1997 to 1998 is included
in the section entitled "Results of Reportable Operating Segments -- 1998 vs.
1997."


1998 OTHER CHARGES

LITIGATION SETTLEMENT. We recorded a non-cash charge of $351.0 million in the
fourth quarter of 1998 in connection with an agreement to settle a class action
lawsuit that was brought on behalf of the holders of our Income or Growth
FELINE PRIDES securities who purchased their securities on or prior to April
15, 1998, the date on which we announced the discovery of accounting
irregularities in the former business units of CUC (see "Liquidity and Capital
Resources -- FELINE PRIDES and Trust Preferred Securities").


                                       45
<PAGE>

TERMINATION OF PROPOSED ACQUISITIONS. We incurred $433.5 million of costs,
which included a $400.0 million cash payment to American Bankers Insurance
Group, Inc. ("American Bankers"), in connection with terminating the proposed
acquisitions of American Bankers and Providian Auto and Home Insurance Company
("Providian") (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Termination of Proposed
Acquisitions").

EXECUTIVE TERMINATIONS. We incurred $52.5 million of costs in 1998 related to
the termination of certain of our former executives, principally Walter A.
Forbes, who resigned as our Chairman and as a member of our Board of Directors
in July 1998. The severance agreement reached with Mr. Forbes entitled him to
the benefits required by his employment contract relating to a termination of
Mr. Forbes' employment with us for reasons other than for cause. Aggregate
benefits given to Mr. Forbes resulted in a charge of $50.9 million comprised of
$38.4 million in cash payments and 1.3 million of immediately vested Company
stock options, with a Black-Scholes value of $12.5 million.

INVESTIGATION-RELATED COSTS. We incurred $33.4 million of professional fees,
public relations costs and other miscellaneous expenses in connection with our
discovery of accounting irregularities in the former business units of CUC and
the resulting investigations into such matters.

FINANCING COSTS. In connection with our discovery and announcement of
accounting irregularities and the corresponding lack of audited financial
statements, we were temporarily disrupted in accessing public debt markets. As
a result, we paid $27.9 million in fees associated with waivers and various
financing arrangements. Additionally, during 1998, we exercised our option to
redeem our 4 3/4% Convertible Senior Notes (the "4 3/4% Notes"). At such time,
we anticipated that all holders of the 4 3/4% Notes would elect to convert the
4 3/4% Notes to our common stock. However, at the time of redemption, holders of
the 4 3/4% Notes elected not to convert the 4 3/4% Notes to our common stock and
as a result, we redeemed such notes at a premium. Accordingly, we recorded a
$7.2 million loss on early extinguishment of debt.


1997 MERGER-RELATED COSTS AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES

We incurred merger-related costs and other unusual charges ("Unusual Charges")
in 1997 related to continuing operations of $704.1 million primarily associated
with the Cendant Merger (the "Fourth Quarter 1997 Charge") and the PHH Merger
(the "Second Quarter 1997 Charge").



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NET               REDUCTIONS              BALANCE AT
                                                   UNUSUAL     ---------------------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                   CHARGES         1997           1998            1998
(In millions)                                    -----------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Fourth Quarter 1997 Charge                        $  454.9       $ (257.5)      $ (130.2)       $  67.2
Second Quarter 1997 Charge                           283.1         (207.0)        ( 59.7)          16.4
                                                  --------       --------       --------        -------
Total                                                738.0         (464.5)        (189.9)          83.6
Reclassification for discontinued operations        ( 33.9)          33.9             --             --
                                                  --------       --------       --------        -------
Total Unusual Charges related to continuing
 operations                                       $  704.1       $ (430.6)      $ (189.9)       $  83.6
                                                  ========       ========       ========        =======
</TABLE>

FOURTH QUARTER 1997 CHARGE. We incurred Unusual Charges in the fourth quarter
of 1997 totaling $454.9 million substantially associated with the Cendant
Merger and our merger in October 1997 with Hebdo Mag International, Inc.
("Hebdo Mag"), a classified advertising business. Reorganization plans were
formulated prior to and implemented as a result of the mergers. We determined
to streamline our corporate organization functions and eliminate several office
locations in overlapping markets. Our management's plan included the
consolidation of European call centers in Cork, Ireland and terminations of
franchised hotel properties.

Unusual Charges included $93.0 million of professional fees primarily
consisting of investment banking, legal and accounting fees incurred in
connection with the aforementioned mergers. We also incurred $170.7 million of
personnel-related costs including $73.3 million of retirement and employee
benefit plan costs, $23.7 million of restricted stock compensation, $61.4
million of severance resulting from consolidations of European call centers and
certain corporate functions and $12.3 million of other personnel--


                                       46
<PAGE>

related costs. Unusual Charges included $78.3 million of business termination
costs which consisted of a $48.3 million non-cash impairment write-down of
hotel franchise agreement assets associated with a quality upgrade program and
$30.0 million of costs incurred to terminate a contract which may have
restricted us from maximizing opportunities afforded by the Cendant Merger. We
also provided for facility-related and other costs of $112.9 million including
$70.0 million of irrevocable contributions made to independent technology
trusts for the direct benefit of lodging and real estate franchisees, $16.4
million of building lease termination costs and a $22.0 million reduction in
intangible assets associated with our wholesale annuity business for which
impairment was determined in 1997. During the year ended December 31, 1998, we
recorded a net credit of $28.1 million to Unusual Charges with a corresponding
reduction to liabilities primarily as a result of a change in the original
estimate of costs to be incurred. We made cash payments of $102.6 million and
$152.2 million during 1998 and 1997, respectively, related to the Fourth
Quarter 1997 Charge. Liabilities of $67.2 million remained at December 31, 1998
which were primarily attributable to future severance costs and executive
termination benefits.

SECOND QUARTER 1997 CHARGE. We incurred $295.4 million of Unusual Charges in
the second quarter of 1997 primarily associated with the PHH Merger. During the
fourth quarter of 1997, as a result of changes in estimate, we adjusted certain
merger-related liabilities, which resulted in a $12.3 million credit to Unusual
Charges. Reorganization plans were formulated in connection with the PHH Merger
and were implemented upon consummation. The PHH Merger afforded us, at such
time, an opportunity to rationalize our combined corporate, real estate and
travel-related businesses, and enabled our corresponding support and service
functions to gain organizational efficiencies and maximize profits. We
initiated a plan just prior to the PHH Merger to close hotel reservation call
centers, combine travel agency operations and continue the downsizing of fleet
operations by reducing headcount and eliminating unprofitable products. In
addition, we initiated plans to integrate our relocation, real estate franchise
and mortgage origination businesses to capture additional revenues through the
referral of one business unit's customers to another. We also formalized a plan
to centralize the management and headquarters functions of our corporate
relocation business unit subsidiaries. Such initiatives resulted in write-offs
of abandoned systems and leasehold assets commencing in the second quarter of
1997. The aforementioned reorganization plans included the elimination of PHH
corporate functions and facilities in Hunt Valley, Maryland.

Unusual Charges included $154.1 million of personnel-related costs associated
with employee reductions necessitated by the planned and announced
consolidation of our corporate relocation service businesses worldwide as well
as the consolidation of our corporate activities. Personnel-related charges
also included termination benefits such as severance, medical and other
benefits and provided for retirement benefits pursuant to pre-existing
contracts resulting from a change in control. Unusual Charges also included
professional fees of $30.3 million, primarily comprised of investment banking,
accounting and legal fees incurred in connection with the PHH Merger. We
incurred business termination charges of $55.6 million, which were comprised of
$38.8 million of costs to exit certain activities primarily within our fleet
business (including $35.7 million of asset write-offs associated with
discontinued activities), a $7.3 million termination fee associated with a
joint venture that competed with our PHH Mortgage Services business (now known
as Cendant Mortgage Corporation) and $9.6 million of costs to terminate a
marketing agreement with a third party in order to replace the function with
internal resources. We also incurred facility-related and other charges
totaling $43.1 million including costs associated with contract and lease
terminations, asset disposals and other expenses related to the consolidation
and closure of excess office space. During the year ended December 31, 1998, we
recorded a net credit of $39.6 million to Unusual Charges with a corresponding
reduction to liabilities primarily as a result of a change in the original
estimate of costs to be incurred. We made cash payments of $27.8 million and
$150.2 million during 1998 and 1997, respectively, related to the Second
Quarter 1997 Charge. Liabilities of $16.4 million remained at December 31, 1998
which were attributable to future severance and lease termination payments.


DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $85.0 million (36%) in 1998
over 1997 as a result of incremental amortization of goodwill and other
intangible assets from 1998 acquisitions and increased capital spending
primarily to accommodate growth in our businesses.


                                       47
<PAGE>

INTEREST EXPENSE AND MINORITY INTEREST, NET


Interest expense, net, increased $63.3 million (125%) in 1998 over 1997
primarily as a result of incremental average borrowings during 1998 and a
nominal increase in the cost of funds. We primarily used debt to finance $2.9
billion of acquisitions and investments during 1998, which resulted in an
increase in the average debt balance outstanding as compared to 1997. The
weighted average interest rate on long-term debt increased from 6.0% in 1997 to
6.2% in 1998. In addition to interest expense on long-term debt, we also
incurred $50.6 million of minority interest, net of tax, primarily related to
the preferred dividends payable in cash on our FELINE PRIDES and trust
preferred securities issued in March 1998 (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -- Financing Exclusive of Management and Mortgage Financing -- FELINE PRIDES
and Trust Preferred Securities").


PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES


Our effective tax rate was reduced from 74.3% in 1997 to 33.2% in 1998 due to
the non-deductibility of a significant amount of Unusual Charges recorded
during 1997 and the favorable impact in 1998 of reduced rates in international
tax jurisdictions in which we commenced business operations during 1998. The
1997 effective income tax rate included a tax benefit on 1997 Unusual Charges,
which were deductible at an effective rate of only 29.1%. Excluding Unusual
Charges, the effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations in
1997 was 40.6%.


DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS


We recorded a $404.7 million gain, net of tax, on the sale of discontinued
operations in 1998, related to the dispositions of our classified advertising
and consumer software businesses. Pursuant to a program to divest non-core
businesses and assets, in August 1998 (the "Measurement Date"), we committed to
discontinue such businesses (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources --
Divestitures -- Discontinued Operations"). Loss from discontinued operations,
net of tax, was $25.0 million in 1998 and $26.8 million in 1997. Loss from
discontinued operations in 1998 includes operating results through the
Measurement Date. The operating results of discontinued operations in 1997
included $24.4 million of Unusual Charges and $15.2 million of extraordinary
losses, net of tax. Unusual Charges, net of tax, in 1997 primarily consisted of
$19.4 million of severance associated with terminated consumer software company
executives and $5.0 million of compensation related to a stock appreciation
rights plan which was paid in connection with our merger with Hebdo Mag in
October 1997. Such merger also resulted in a $15.2 million extraordinary loss,
net of tax, associated with the early extinguishment of debt.


EXTRAORDINARY GAIN, NET


In 1997, we recorded a $26.4 million extraordinary gain, after tax, on the sale
of Interval International, Inc. ("Interval") in December 1997. The Federal
Trade Commission requested that we sell Interval in connection with the Cendant
Merger as a result of their anti-trust concerns within the timeshare industry.


CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE, NET


In 1997, we recorded a non-cash after-tax charge of $283.1 million to account
for the cumulative effect of an accounting change. In August 1998, the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requested that we change our
accounting policies with respect to revenue and expense recognition for our
membership businesses, effective January 1, 1997. Although we believed that our
accounting for memberships had been appropriate and consistent with industry
practice, we complied with the SEC's request and adopted new accounting
policies for our individual membership businesses.


                                       48
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF REPORTABLE OPERATING SEGMENTS -- 1998 VS. 1997




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         ADJUSTED EBITDA
                                       REVENUES                            ADJUSTED EBITDA                   MARGIN
                        -------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- -----------------
                             1998          1997      % CHANGE      1998 (1)       1997 (2)    % CHANGE     1998     1997
                        ------------- ------------- ---------- ---------------- ------------ ---------- --------- -------
(Dollars in millions)
<S>                     <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>              <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Travel                   $  1,063.3    $    971.6        9%       $   542.5      $   467.3        16%       51%      48%
Individual Membership         929.1         778.7       19%          (57.8)            5.3         *        (6%)      1%
Insurance/ Wholesale          544.0         482.7       13%          137.8           111.0        24%       25%      23%
Real Estate Franchise         455.8         334.6       36%          348.6           226.9        54%       76%      68%
Relocation                    444.0         401.6       11%          124.5            92.6        34%       28%      23%
Fleet                         387.4         324.1       20%          173.8           120.5        44%       45%      37%
Mortgage                      353.4         179.2       97%          187.6            74.8       151%       53%      42%
Entertainment
 Publications                 197.2         188.1        5%           32.1            36.8       (13%)      16%      20%
Other                         909.6         579.4       57%          100.8 (3)       114.5       (12%)      11%      20%
                         ----------    ----------                 -----------    ---------
Total                    $  5,283.8    $  4,240.0       25%     $  1,589.9       $ 1,249.7        27%       30%      29%
                         ==========    ==========               =============    =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Excludes the following Other charges or credits: (i) $433.5 million for
      the costs of terminating the proposed acquisitions of American Bankers
      and Providian; (ii) $351.0 million of costs associated with an agreement
      to settle the PRIDES securities class action suit; (iii) $121.0 million
      comprised of the costs of the investigations into previously discovered
      accounting irregularities at the former CUC business units, including
      incremental financing costs and separation payments, principally to our
      former chairman; and (iv) $67.2 million of net credits associated with
      changes to the original estimate of costs to be incurred in connection
      with 1997 Unusual Charges.

(2)   Excludes Unusual Charges of $704.1 million primarily associated with the
      Cendant Merger and the PHH Merger.

(3)   Includes a $50.0 million non-cash write-off of certain equity investments
      in interactive membership businesses and impaired goodwill associated
      with our National Library of Poetry subsidiary.

*     Not meaningful.


TRAVEL

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $91.7 million (9%) and $75.2 million
(16%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997. Contributing to the revenue and
Adjusted EBITDA increase was a $35.4 million (7%) increase in franchise fees,
consisting of increases of $23.5 million (6%) and $11.9 million (8%) in lodging
and car rental franchise fees, respectively. Our franchise businesses
experienced increases during 1998 in worldwide available rooms (29,800
incremental rooms, domestically), revenue per available room, car rental days
and average car rental rates per day. Timeshare subscription and exchange
revenue increased $27.1 million (9%) as a result of a 7% increase in average
membership volume and a 4% increase in the number of exchanges. Also
contributing to the revenue and Adjusted EBITDA increase was $16.4 million of
incremental fees received from preferred alliance partners seeking access to
our franchisees and their customers, $12.7 million of fees generated from the
execution of international master license agreements and a $17.7 million gain
on our sale of one million shares of Avis common stock in 1998. The
aforementioned drivers supporting increases in revenues and Adjusted EBITDA
were partially offset by a $37.8 million reduction in the equity in earnings of
our investment in the car rental operations of Avis, Inc. ("ARAC") as a result
of reductions in our ownership percentage in such investment during 1997 and
1998 (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources -- 1996 Purchase Acquisitions and
Investments -- Avis"). A $16.7 million (7%) increase in marketing and
reservation costs resulted in a $16.5 million increase in total expenses while
other operating expenses were relatively flat due to leveraging our corporate
infrastructure among more businesses, which contributed to an improvement in
the Adjusted EBITDA margin from 48% in 1997 to 51% in 1998.


INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP

Revenues increased $150.4 million (19%) in 1998 over 1997 while Adjusted EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased $63.1 million and 7 percentage points,
respectively, for the same period. The


                                       49
<PAGE>

revenue growth was primarily attributable to an incremental $27.9 million
associated with an increase in the average price of a membership, $25.8 million
of increased billings as a result of incremental marketing arrangements,
primarily with telephone and mortgage companies, and $35.9 million from the
acquisition of a company in April 1998 that, among other services, provides
members access to their personal credit information. Also contributing to the
revenue growth are increased product sales and service fees which are offered
and provided to individual members. The reduction in Adjusted EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA margin is a direct result of a $104.3 million (25%) increase in
membership solicitation costs. We increased our marketing efforts during 1998
to solicit new members and as a result increased our gross average annual
membership base by approximately 3.3 million members (11%) at December 31,
1998, compared to the prior year. The growth in members during 1998 resulted in
increased servicing costs during 1998 of approximately $33.2 million (13%).
While the costs of soliciting and acquiring new members were expensed in 1998,
the revenue associated with these new members will not begin to be recognized
until 1999, upon expiration of the membership period.


INSURANCE/WHOLESALE

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $61.3 million (13%) and $26.8 million
(24%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997, primarily due to customer growth. This
growth generally resulted from increases in affiliations with financial
institutions. Domestic operations, which comprised 77% of segment revenues in
1998, generated higher Adjusted EBITDA margins than the international
businesses as a result of continued expansion costs incurred internationally to
penetrate new markets.

Domestic revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $25.4 million (6%) and $23.6
million (22%), respectively. Revenue growth, which resulted from an increase in
customers, also contributed to an improvement in the overall Adjusted EBITDA
margin from 23% in 1997 to 25% in 1998, as a result of the absorption of such
increased volume by the existing domestic infrastructure. International
revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $35.9 million (41%) and $3.2 million
(54%), respectively, due primarily to a 42% increase in customers while the
Adjusted EBITDA margin remained relatively flat at 7%.


REAL ESTATE FRANCHISE

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $121.2 million (36%) and $121.7 million
(54%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997. Royalty fees collectively increased for
our CENTURY 21, COLDWELL BANKER and ERA franchise brands by $102.0 million
(35%) as a result of a 20% increase in home sales by franchisees and a 13%
increase in the average price of homes sold. Home sales by franchisees
benefited from existing home sales in the United States reaching a record 4.8
million units in 1998, according to data from the National Association of
Realtors, as well as from expansion of our franchise systems. Because many
costs associated with the real estate franchise business, such as franchise
support and information technology, do not vary directly with home sales
volumes or royalty revenues, the increase in royalty revenues contributed to an
improvement in the Adjusted EBITDA margin from 68% to 76%.


RELOCATION

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $42.4 million (11%) and $31.9 million
(34%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997. The Adjusted EBITDA margin improved
from 23% to 28%. The primary source of revenue growth was a $29.3 million
increase in revenues from the relocation of government employees. We also
experienced growth in the number of relocation-related services provided to
client corporations and in the number of household goods moves handled,
partially offset by lower home sale volumes. The divestiture of certain
niche-market property management operations accounted for other revenue of $8.2
million. Expenses associated with government relocations increased in
conjunction with the volume and revenue growth, but economies of scale and a
reduction in overhead and administrative expenses permitted the reported
improvement in Adjusted EBITDA margin.


FLEET

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $63.3 million (20%) and $53.3 million
(44%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997, contributing to an improvement in the
Adjusted EBITDA margin from 37% to 45%. We


                                       50
<PAGE>

acquired The Harpur Group Ltd. ("Harpur"), a leading fuel card and vehicle
management company in the United Kingdom ("UK"), on January 20, 1998. Harpur
contributed incremental revenues and Adjusted EBITDA in 1998 of $31.8 million
and $20.8 million, respectively. The revenue increase is further attributable
to a 12% increase in fleet leasing fees and a 31% increase in service fee
revenue. The fleet leasing revenue increase is due to a 5% increase in pricing
and a 7% increase in the number of vehicles leased, while the service fee
revenue increase is the result of a 40% increase in number of fuel cards and
vehicle maintenance cards partially offset by a 7% decline in pricing. The
Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement reflects streamlining of costs at newly
acquired Harpur and a leveraging of our corporate infrastructure among more
businesses.


MORTGAGE

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $174.2 million (97%) and $112.8 million
(151%), respectively, in 1998 over 1997, primarily due to strong mortgage
origination growth and average fee improvement. The Adjusted EBITDA margin
improved from 42% to 53%. Mortgage origination grew across all lines of
business, including increased refinancing activity and a shift to more
profitable sale and processing channels and was responsible for substantially
all of the segment's revenue growth. Mortgage closings increased $14.3 billion
(122%) to $26.0 billion and average origination fees increased 12 basis points,
resulting in a $180.3 million increase in origination revenues. Although the
servicing portfolio grew $9.6 billion (36%), net servicing revenue was
negatively impacted by average servicing fees declining 7 basis points due to
the increased refinancing levels in the 1998 mortgage market, which shortened
the servicing asset life and increased amortization charges. Consequently, net
servicing revenues decreased $9.1 million, partially offset by a $5.7 million
increase in the sale of servicing rights. Operating expenses increased in all
areas, reflecting increased hiring and expansion of capacity in order to
support continued growth; however, revenue growth marginally exceeded such
infrastructure enhancements.


ENTERTAINMENT PUBLICATIONS

Revenues increased $9.1 million (5%) and Adjusted EBITDA decreased $4.7
million, in 1998 when compared to 1997. Revenue growth was primarily driven by
a $4.0 million (2%) increase in coupon book sales, a $3.4 million (29%)
increase in related advertising revenues and a $3.4 million (11%) increase in
gift wrap sales. The decline in Adjusted EBITDA is directly attributable to an
increased absorption of corporate infrastructure costs in 1998 as compared to
1997.


OTHER SERVICES

Revenues increased $330.2 million (57%), while Adjusted EBITDA decreased $13.7
million (12%). Revenues increased primarily from acquired NPC and Jackson
Hewitt operations, which contributed $409.8 million and $53.7 million to 1998
revenues, respectively. The revenue increase attributable to 1998 acquisitions
was partially offset by a $140.0 million reduction in revenues associated with
the operations of certain of our ancillary businesses which were sold during
1997, including Interval, which contributed $121.0 million to 1997 revenues. We
sold Interval in December 1997 coincident to the proposed Cendant Merger, in
consideration of Federal Trade Commission anti-trust concerns within the
timeshare industry.


The revenue increase did not translate into increases in Adjusted EBITDA
primarily due to asset write-offs, dispositions of certain ancillary business
operations and approximately $8.0 million of incremental operating costs
associated with establishing a consolidated worldwide data center. We wrote-off
$37.0 million of impaired goodwill associated with our National Library of
Poetry subsidiary, and $13.0 million of certain of our equity investments in
interactive membership businesses. Adjusted EBITDA in 1997 associated with
aforementioned disposed ancillary operations included $27.2 million from
Interval and $18.0 million related to services formerly provided to the casino
industry. Our NPC and Jackson Hewitt subsidiaries contributed $92.7 million and
$27.0 million to 1998 Adjusted EBITDA, respectively.


                                       51
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS -- 1997 VS. 1996




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           -----------------------------
                                                                1997            1996        % CHANGE
(Dollars in millions)                                      -------------   -------------   ---------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
Net revenues                                                 $ 4,240.0      $  3,237.7       31%
Operating expenses(1)                                          2,990.3         2,435.0       23%
                                                             ---------      ----------
Adjusted EBITDA                                                1,249.7           802.7       56%
Merger-related costs and other unusual charges                   704.1           109.4      544%
Depreciation and amortization expense                            237.7           145.5       63%
Interest expense, net                                             50.6            14.3      254%
                                                             ---------      ----------
Pre-tax income from continuing operations before
 extraordinary gain and cumulative effect of accounting
 change                                                          257.3           533.5      (52%)
Provision for income taxes                                       191.0           220.2      (13%)
                                                             ---------      ----------
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
 gain and cumulative effect of accounting change                  66.3           313.3      (79%)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax           (26.8)           16.7        *
Extraordinary gain, net of tax                                    26.4              --        *
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax              (283.1)             --        *
                                                             ---------      ----------
Net income (loss)                                           $   (217.2)     $    330.0        *
                                                            ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Exclusive of merger-related costs, unusual charges and depreciation and
      amortization expense

*     Not meaningful.


REVENUES AND ADJUSTED EBITDA


Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $1.0 billion (31%) and $447.0 million
(56%), respectively, in 1997 over 1996, and were supported by growth in
substantially all of our reportable operating segments. Revenues and Adjusted
EBITDA in 1997 included a full year of operations from companies acquired
during 1996, including Coldwell Banker Corporation ("Coldwell Banker") in May
1996, Avis, Inc. ("Avis") in October 1996 and Resort Condominiums
International, Inc. ("RCI") in November 1996 (see "Liquidity and Capital
Resources -- 1996 Purchase Acquisitions and Investments"). A detailed
discussion of fluctuations in revenues and Adjusted EBITDA from 1996 to 1997 is
included in the section entitled "Results of Reportable Operating Segments --
1997 vs. 1996."


MERGER-RELATED COSTS AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES


1997. We incurred merger-related costs and other unusual charges ("Unusual
Charges ") in 1997 related to continuing operations of $704.1 million primarily
associated with the Cendant Merger and the PHH Merger. See "Results of
Operations -- Consolidated Results 1998 vs. 1997 -- Merger-Related Costs and
Other Unusual Charges" for a detailed discussion of such charges.


1996. We incurred Unusual Charges in 1996 related to continuing operations of
$109.4 million substantially related to our merger with Ideon Group, Inc.
("Ideon"). Unusual Charges primarily included $80.4 million of
litigation-related liabilities associated with our determination to settle
acquired Ideon litigation which existed at the August 1996 merger date. We have
since settled all outstanding litigation matters pursuant to which the primary
resulting obligation consisted of a settlement made in June 1997 with the
cofounder of SafeCard Services, Inc. which was acquired by Ideon in 1995. The
settlement required us to make $70.5 million of payments in annual installments
through 2003. We made cash payments of $27.8 million and $56.3 million in 1998
and 1997, respectively, associated with 1996 Unusual Charges.


                                       52
<PAGE>

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $92.2 million (63%) in 1997
over 1996, primarily as a result of incremental amortization of goodwill and
other intangible assets from 1996 acquisitions and increased capital spending.


INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

Interest expense, net, increased $36.3 million in 1997 over 1996 primarily as a
result of the February 1997 issuance of $550 million 3% Convertible
Subordinated Notes and interest income earned in 1996 on approximately $420
million of excess proceeds generated from the $1.2 billion public offering of
46.6 million shares of our common stock in May 1996. The increase in interest,
net, was partially offset by a reduction in the weighted average interest rate
from 7.5% in 1996 to 6.0% in 1997 as a result of a greater proportion of fixed
rate debt, carrying lower interest rates, to total debt.


PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

Our effective tax rate increased from 41.2% in 1996 to 74.3% in 1997. The 1997
effective income tax rate included a 29.1% effective tax rate on the tax
benefit related to Unusual Charges due to the significant non-deductibility of
such costs. The effective income tax rate on 1997 income from continuing
operations excluding Unusual Charges was 40.6%.


DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

We recorded a $26.8 million net loss from discontinued operations in 1997
compared to net income of $16.7 million in 1996. The operating results of
discontinued operations included $15.2 million of extraordinary losses, net of
tax, in 1997 and $24.4 million and $24.9 million of Unusual Charges, net of
tax, in 1997 and 1996, respectively. The extraordinary losses and Unusual
Charges incurred in 1997 have been previously discussed in the section entitled
"Results of Operations -- Consolidated Results -- 1998 vs. 1997." Unusual
Charges in 1996 consisted primarily of professional fees incurred in connection
with our mergers with certain software businesses acquired in 1996. Excluding
Unusual Charges and extraordinary items, income from discontinued operations
decreased $28.8 million (69%) from $41.6 million in 1996 to $12.8 million in
1997. Net income from the classified advertising business remained relatively
unchanged from 1996 while net income from the consumer software businesses
decreased $28.5 million (72%) to $11.1 million in 1997. In 1997 revenues
increased $49.2 million (13%) which were offset by increased operating expenses
of $93.2 million (29%). The disproportionate increase in operating expenses
resulted from accelerating development and marketing costs incurred on titles
without a corresponding revenue increase because titles were not released to
the marketplace as planned in December 1997.


RESULTS OF REPORTABLE OPERATING SEGMENTS -- 1997 VS. 1996



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   ADJUSTED EBITDA
                                          REVENUES                       ADJUSTED EBITDA               MARGIN
                             ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- --------------
                                 1997        1996     % CHANGE    1997 (1)    1996 (2)   % CHANGE   1997    1996
                             ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------ -------
(Dollars in millions)
<S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>
Travel                       $   971.6   $   429.2       126%    $   467.3    $  189.5      147%     48%     44%
Individual Membership            778.7       745.9         4%          5.3        43.2      (88%)     1%      6%
Insurance/Wholesale              482.7       448.0         8%        111.0        99.0       12%     23%     22%
Real Estate Franchise            334.6       236.3        42%        226.9       137.8       65%     68%     58%
Relocation                       401.6       344.9        16%         92.6        65.5       41%     23%     19%
Fleet                            324.1       293.5        10%        120.5        99.0       22%     37%     34%
Mortgage                         179.2       127.7        40%         74.8        45.7       64%     42%     36%
Entertainment Publications       188.1       174.6         8%         36.8        22.0       67%     20%     13%
Other                            579.4       437.6        32%        114.5       101.0       13%     20%     23%
                             ---------   ---------               ---------    --------
Total                        $ 4,240.0   $ 3,237.7        31%    $ 1,249.7    $  802.7       56%     29%     25%
                             =========   =========               =========    ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Excludes Unusual Charges of $704.1 million primarily associated with the
      Cendant Merger and the PHH Merger.

(2)   Excludes Unusual Charges of $109.4 million incurred in connection with
      the Ideon merger.


                                       53
<PAGE>

TRAVEL

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $542.4 million (126%) and $277.8 million
(147%), respectively, while the Adjusted EBITDA margin improved from 44% to
48%. The acquisitions of Avis and RCI in October 1996 and November 1996,
respectively, contributed incremental revenues and Adjusted EBITDA of $503.9
million and $248.2 million, respectively. Excluding the 1996 acquisitions,
revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $38.5 million (9%) and $29.6 million
(16%), respectively, primarily as a result of an increase in lodging franchise
fees which was driven by a 4% increase in franchised rooms and a 2% increase in
revenue per available room. Expense increases were minimized due to the
significant operating leverage associated with mature franchise operations and
a leveraging of the corporate infrastructure among more businesses.


INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP

Revenues increased $32.8 million (4%) while Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
margin decreased $37.9 million (88%) and 5 percentage points, respectively. The
revenue increase in 1997 was primarily due to $25.4 million of increased
product sales and service fees, which are offered and provided to individual
members. The increase in revenues also included $7.1 million of incremental
monthly billings from new marketing arrangements made during 1996 with
telephone and mortgage companies. The reduction in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA margin from 1996 to 1997 was principally due to increased membership
solicitation costs incurred during 1997, higher call center and servicing
expenses and start-up costs incurred to introduce new membership clubs. The
accounting policies for membership revenue and expense recognition were changed
effective January 1, 1997. Therefore, results of operations for 1997 and 1996
were accounted for using different accounting policies. The pro forma effect of
the accounting change, as if such a change had been applied retroactively to
1996, would have resulted in a reduction in 1996 revenues and Adjusted EBITDA
of $16.6 million and $11.3 million, respectively.


INSURANCE/WHOLESALE

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $34.7 million (8%) and $12.0 million
(12%), respectively, primarily due to an overall growth in customer base during
1997. Domestic operations, which comprised 82% and 84% of segment revenues in
1997 and 1996, respectively, generated higher Adjusted EBITDA margins than the
international businesses as a result of expansion costs incurred
internationally to penetrate new markets. Domestic revenues and Adjusted EBITDA
increased $18.7 million (5%) and $10.2 million (11%), respectively, in 1997
over 1996 while international revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $16.0
million (22%) and $1.8 million (45%), respectively, for the comparable periods.
 


REAL ESTATE FRANCHISE

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $98.3 million (42%) and $89.1 million
(65%), respectively, in 1997 over 1996 while the Adjusted EBITDA margin
improved from 58% to 68%. The acquisitions of ERA and Coldwell Banker
franchised brands in February 1996 and May 1996, respectively, contributed
incremental revenues and Adjusted EBITDA of $73.8 million and $74.6 million,
respectively, in 1997. Excluding the 1996 acquisitions, revenues and Adjusted
EBITDA increased $24.5 million (17%) and $14.5 million (17%) which was
principally driven by increased royalty fees generated from the Century 21
franchised brand. Royalty fees from Century 21 franchisees increased as a
result of a 5% increase in home sales by franchisees and an 11% increase in the
average price of homes sold. Existing home sales in the United States increased
3% from 1996 to 1997 according to data from the National Association of
Realtors. Operating expenses, which did not change proportionately with home
sale volume, increased a minimal $9.3 million (9%) to support the significant
growth of the business. In addition, the corporate infrastructure was leveraged
among more businesses.


RELOCATION

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $56.7 million (16%) and $27.1 million
(41%), respectively, primarily as a result of the acquisition of Coldwell
Banker in May 1996. Coldwell Banker was a leading


                                       54
<PAGE>

provider of corporate relocation services and contributed incremental revenues
and Adjusted EBITDA of $47.2 million and $18.6 million, respectively. The
Adjusted EBITDA margin improved from 19% to 23% as a result of economic
efficiencies realized from the consolidation of our relocation businesses.


FLEET

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $30.6 million (10%) and $21.5 million
(22%), respectively, in 1997 over 1996. The Adjusted EBITDA margin improved
from 34% to 37%. Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth in 1997 was primarily
attributable to a 24% increase in service fee revenues, supported by a 20%
increase in number of cards and an 8% increase in fleet leasing revenues,
principally resulting from a 5% increase in pricing. The Adjusted EBITDA margin
improvement reflected a leveraging of the corporate infrastructure among more
businesses.


MORTGAGE

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $51.5 million (40%) and $29.1 million
(64%), respectively, which was primarily driven by mortgage origination growth
and gain on sale of servicing rights. The Adjusted EBITDA margin improved from
36% to 42%. Mortgage originations increased 40% to $11.7 billion contributing
$35.3 million additional revenue while servicing revenue was relatively flat.
The loan servicing portfolio grew 18% to $26.7 billion while gain on sale of
servicing rights increased $12.6 million to $14.1 million. Operating expenses
increased to support volume growth and to prepare for continued expansion as
the annual loan origination run rate approached $18.0 billion. However, revenue
growth marginally exceeded increases in operating expenses.

ENTERTAINMENT PUBLICATIONS

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $13.5 million (8%) and $14.8 million
(67%), respectively, in 1997 over 1996. The Adjusted EBITDA margin improved
from 13% to 20%. Revenue growth was primarily driven by an increase in coupon
book sales. New sales channels were added in 1997, which accounted for a
majority of the revenue increase. The Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement in
1997 reflected economic benefits realized from the consolidation of two
independent sales force.


OTHER SERVICES

Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA increased $141.8 million (32%) and $13.5 million
(13%), respectively, in 1997 over 1996. Such increases were primarily supported
by the operating results of an information technology business ("WizCom") which
was acquired in October 1996 as part of the Avis acquisition. Our WizCom
subsidiary operates the telecommunications and computer system that facilitates
reservations and agreement processing for lodging and car rental operations.
The acquisition of WizCom accounted for incremental revenues and Adjusted
EBITDA in 1997 of $90.3 million and $30.6 million, respectively.

Our other ancillary businesses collectively contributed to the additional
revenue growth, although Adjusted EBITDA margins declined, primarily within
certain business units which were sold during 1997.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


DIVESTITURES

Discontinued Operations. During 1998, we implemented a program to divest
non-core businesses and assets in order to focus on our core businesses, repay
debt and repurchase our common stock (see "Overview"). Pursuant to such
program, on August 12, 1998, we announced that our Board of Directors committed
to discontinue our classified advertising and consumer software businesses by
disposing of Hebdo Mag and Cendant Software Corporation ("CDS"), respectively.
On December 15, 1998, we completed the sale of Hebdo Mag to its former 50%
owners for $449.7 million. We received $314.8 million in cash and 7.1 million
shares of our common stock valued at $134.9 million on the date of sale. We
recognized a $206.9 million gain on the sale of Hebdo Mag, which included a tax
benefit of $52.1 million.

On November 20, 1998, we announced the execution of a definitive agreement to
sell CDS for $800.0 million in cash plus potential future contingent payments
pursuant to the contract. The sale was


                                       55
<PAGE>

completed on January 12, 1999. We estimate that we will realize a gain of
approximately $380.0 million based upon the finalization of the closing balance
sheet as of the sale date. We recognized $197.8 million of such gain in 1998
substantially in the form of a tax benefit and corresponding deferred tax
asset.

Other. On January 12, 1999, we completed the sale of our Essex Corporation
("Essex) subsidiary for $8.0 million. Essex is a third-party marketer of
financial products for banks, primarily marketing annuities, mutual funds and
insurance products through financial institutions.


TERMINATION OF PROPOSED ACQUISITIONS

RAC Motoring Services. On February 4, 1999, we announced our intention to not
proceed with the acquisition of RAC Motoring Services ("RACMS") due to certain
conditions imposed by the UK Secretary of State for Trade and Industry that we
determined to be not commercially feasible and, therefore, unacceptable. We
originally announced on May 21, 1998 a definitive agreement with the Board of
Directors of Royal Automobile Club Limited to acquire RACMS for approximately
$735.0 million in cash. We wrote-off $7.0 million of deferred acquisition costs
in the first quarter of 1999 in connection with the termination of the proposed
acquisition of RACMS.

American Bankers Insurance Group, Inc. On October 13, 1998, we and American
Bankers entered into a settlement agreement (the "ABI Settlement Agreement"),
pursuant to which we and American Bankers terminated a definitive agreement
dated March 23, 1998, which provided for our acquisition of American Bankers
for $3.1 billion. Accordingly, our pending tender offer for American Bankers
shares was also terminated. Pursuant to the ABI Settlement Agreement and in
connection with the termination of our proposed acquisition of American
Bankers, we made a $400.0 million cash payment to American Bankers and wrote
off $32.3 million of costs, primarily professional fees. In addition, we
terminated a bank commitment to provide a $650.0 million, 364-day revolving
credit facility, which was made available to partially fund the acquisition.

Providian Auto and Home Insurance Company. On October 5, 1998, we announced the
termination of an agreement to acquire Providian, for $219.0 million in cash.
Certain representations and covenants in such agreement had not been fulfilled
and the conditions to closing had not been met. We did not pursue an extension
of the termination date of the agreement because Providian no longer met our
acquisition criteria. In connection with the termination of our proposed
acquisition of Providian, we wrote off $1.2 million of costs.


1998 PURCHASE ACQUISITIONS

National Parking Corporation. On April 27, 1998, we acquired NPC for $1.6
billion, substantially in cash, which included the repayment of approximately
$227.0 million of outstanding NPC debt. NPC was substantially comprised of two
operating subsidiaries: National Car Parks and Green Flag. National Car Parks
is the largest private (non-municipal) car park operator in the UK and Green
Flag operates the third largest roadside assistance group in the UK and offers
a wide-range of emergency support and rescue services. We funded the NPC
acquisition with borrowings under our revolving credit facilities.

Harpur Group. On January 20, 1998, we completed the acquisition of Harpur, a
leading fuel card and vehicle management company in the UK, for $206.1 million
in cash plus contingent payments of up to $20.0 million over two years.

Jackson Hewitt. On January 7, 1998, we completed the acquisition of Jackson
Hewitt for approximately $476.3 million in cash. Jackson Hewitt operates the
second largest tax preparation service franchise system in the United States.
The Jackson Hewitt franchise system specializes in computerized preparation of
federal and state individual income tax returns.

Other 1998 Acquisitions and Acquisition-Related Payments. We acquired certain
other entities for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $463.9 million
in cash during 1998. Additionally, we made a $100.0 million cash payment to the
seller of RCI in satisfaction of a contingent purchase liability.

1997 PURCHASE ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS

Investment in NRT. In 1997, we executed agreements with NRT Incorporated
("NRT"), a corporation created to acquire residential real estate brokerage
firms. Under these agreements, we acquired


                                       56
<PAGE>

$182.0 million of NRT preferred stock (and may be required to acquire up to an
additional $81.3 million of NRT preferred stock). We received preferred
dividend payments of $15.4 million and $5.2 million during the years ended 1998
and 1997, respectively. On February 9, 1999, we executed new agreements with
NRT, which among other things, increased the term of each of the three
franchise agreements under which NRT operates from 40 years to 50 years.

In connection with the aforementioned agreements, at our election, we will
participate in NRT's acquisitions by acquiring up to an aggregate $946.3
million (plus an additional $500.0 million if certain conditions are met) of
intangible assets, and in some cases mortgage operations, of real estate
brokerage firms acquired by NRT. Through December 31, 1998, we acquired $445.7
million of such mortgage operations and intangible assets, (primarily franchise
agreements) associated with real estate brokerage companies acquired by NRT,
which brokerage companies will become subject to the NRT 50-year franchise
agreements. In February 1999, NRT entered into an agreement with us whereby we
made an upfront payment of $30.0 million to NRT for services to be provided by
NRT to us related to the identification of potential acquisition candidates,
the negotiation of agreements and other services in connection with future
brokerage acquisitions by NRT. Such fee is refundable in the event the services
are not provided.

Other. We acquired certain entities in 1997 for an aggregate purchase price of
$289.5 million, comprised of $267.9 million in cash and $21.6 million in our
common stock (0.9 million shares).


1996 PURCHASE ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS

RCI. In November 1996, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding
capital stock of RCI for $487.1 million comprised of $412.1 million in cash and
$75.0 million (approximately 2.4 million shares) in our common stock plus
contingent payments of up to $200.0 million over a five year period. (We made a
contingent payment of $100.0 million during the first quarter of 1998). RCI is
the world's largest provider of timeshare exchange.

Avis. In October 1996, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding
capital stock of Avis, including payments under certain employee stock plans of
Avis and the redemption of a certain series of preferred stock of Avis for
$806.5 million. The purchase price was comprised of approximately $367.2
million in cash, $100.9 million in indebtedness and $338.4 million
(approximately 11.1 million shares) in our common stock. Subsequently, we made
contingent cash payments of $26.0 million in 1996 and $60.8 million in 1997.
The contingent payments made in 1997 represented the incremental amount of
value attributable to our common stock as of the stock purchase agreement date
in excess of the proceeds realized upon subsequent sale of our common stock.

Upon entering into a definitive merger agreement to acquire Avis, we announced
our strategy to dilute our interest in the Avis car rental operations while
retaining assets associated with the franchise, including trademarks,
reservation system assets and franchise agreements with ARAC and other
licensees. In September 1997, ARAC (the company which operated the rental car
operations of Avis) completed an initial public offering ("IPO") which resulted
in a 72.5% dilution of our equity interest in ARAC. Net proceeds from the IPO
of $359.3 million were retained by ARAC. In March 1998, we sold one million
shares of Avis common stock and recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately
$17.7 million. At December 31, 1998, our interest in ARAC was approximately
22.6%. In January 1999, our equity interest was further diluted to 19.4% as a
result of our sale of an additional 1.3 million shares of Avis common stock.

Coldwell Banker. In May 1996, we acquired by merger Coldwell Banker, the
largest gross revenue producing residential real estate company in North
America and a leading provider of corporate relocation services. We paid $640.0
million in cash for all of the outstanding capital stock of Coldwell Banker and
repaid $105.0 million of Coldwell Banker indebtedness. The aggregate purchase
price for the transaction was financed through the May 1996 sale of an
aggregate 46.6 million shares of our common stock generating $1.2 billion of
proceeds pursuant to a public offering.

Other. During 1996, we acquired certain other entities for an aggregate
purchase price of $281.5 million comprised of $224.0 million in cash, $52.5
million of our common stock (2.5 million shares) and $5.0 million of notes.


                                       57
<PAGE>

FINANCING (EXCLUSIVE OF MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE PROGRAM FINANCING)

We believe that we have sufficient liquidity and access to liquidity through
various sources, including our ability to access public equity and debt markets
and financial institutions. We currently have a $1.25 billion term loan
facility in place as well as committed back-up facilities totaling $1.75
billion, of which $1.705 billion is currently undrawn and available. Long-term
debt increased $2.1 billion to $3.4 billion at December 31, 1998 when compared
to amounts outstanding at December 31, 1997, primarily as a result of
borrowings in 1998 to finance acquisitions and the repurchase of our common
stock under a share repurchase program. Our long-term debt, including current
portion at December 31, 1998 substantially consisted of $2.1 billion of
publicly issued fixed rate debt and $1.25 billion of borrowings under a term
facility.


TERM LOAN FACILITIES

On May 29, 1998, we entered into a 364 day term loan agreement with a syndicate
of financial institutions which provided for borrowings of $3.25 billion (the
"Term Loan Facility"). The Term Loan Facility, as amended, incurred interest
based on the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin of
approximately 87.5 basis points. At December 31, 1998, borrowings under the
Term Loan Facility of $1.25 billion were classified as long-term based on our
proven intent and ability to refinance such borrowings on a long-term basis.

On February 9, 1999, we replaced the Term Loan Facility with a new two year
term loan facility (the "New Facility") which provides for borrowings of $1.25
billion. The New Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of
approximately 100 basis points and is payable in five consecutive quarterly
installments beginning on the first anniversary of the closing date. The New
Facility contains certain restrictive covenants, which are substantially
similar to and consistent with the covenants in effect for our existing
revolving credit agreements. We used $1.25 billion of the proceeds from the New
Facility to refinance the majority of the outstanding borrowings under the Term
Loan Facility.


CREDIT FACILITIES

Our primary credit facility, as amended, consists of (i) a $750.0 million, five
year revolving credit facility (the "Five Year Revolving Credit Facility") and
(ii) a $1.0 billion, 364 day revolving credit facility (the "364 Day Revolving
Credit Facility") (collectively the "Revolving Credit Facilities"). The 364 Day
Revolving Credit Facility will mature on October 29, 1999 but may be renewed on
an annual basis for an additional 364 days upon receiving lender approval. The
Five Year Revolving Credit Facility will mature on October 1, 2001. Borrowings
under the Revolving Credit Facilities, at our option, bear interest based on
competitive bids of lenders participating in the facilities, at prime rates or
at LIBOR, plus a margin of approximately 75 basis points. We are required to
pay a per annum facility fee of .175% and .15% of the average daily unused
commitments under the Five Year Revolving Credit Facility and 364 Day Revolving
Credit Facility, respectively. The interest rates and facility fees are subject
to change based upon credit ratings on our senior unsecured long-term debt by
nationally recognized debt rating agencies. The Revolving Credit Facilities
contain certain restrictive covenants including restrictions on indebtedness,
mergers, liquidations and sale and leaseback transactions and requires the
maintenance of certain financial ratios, including a 3:1 minimum interest
coverage ratio and a maximum debt-to-capitalization ratio of 0.5:1. At December
31, 1998, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Facilities.


7 1/2% AND 7 3/4% SENIOR NOTES

On November 17, 1998, we filed an amended shelf registration statement with the
SEC for the aggregate issuance of up to $3.0 billion of debt and equity
securities. On November 24, 1998, we priced a total of $1.55 billion of Senior
Notes (the "Notes") in a two-part issue. The first issue, $400.0 million
principal amount of 7 1/2% Senior Notes due December 1, 2000, was priced to
yield 7.545%. The second issue, $1.15 billion principal amount of 7 3/4% Senior
Notes due December 1, 2003, was priced to yield 7.792%. Interest on the Notes
will be payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1,
1999. The


                                       58
<PAGE>

Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time, at our option at a
redemption price plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. The
redemption price is equal to the greater of (i) the face value of the Notes or
(ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments
discounted at the treasury rate plus a spread as defined in the indenture. The
offering was a component of a plan designed to refinance an aggregate of $3.25
billion of borrowings under our former Term Loan Facility, based on provisions
contained in the indenture. Net proceeds from the offering were used to repay
$1.3 billion of borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and for general
corporate purposes, which included the purchase of our common stock.


FELINE PRIDES AND TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

On March 2, 1998, Cendant Capital I (the "Trust"), a statutory business Trust
formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and our wholly-owned
consolidated subsidiary, issued 29.9 million FELINE PRIDES and 2.3 million
trust preferred securities and received approximately $1.5 billion in gross
proceeds therefrom. The Trust invested the proceeds in our 6.45% Senior
Debentures due 2003 (the "Debentures), which represents the sole asset of the
Trust. The obligations of the Trust related to the FELINE PRIDES and trust
preferred securities are unconditionally guaranteed by us to the extent we
makes payments pursuant to the Debentures. The issuance of the FELINE PRIDES
and trust preferred securities, resulted in the utilization of approximately
$3.0 billion of availability under a $4.0 billion shelf registration statement.
Upon issuance, the FELINE PRIDES consisted of 27.6 million Income PRIDES and
2.3 million Growth PRIDES (Income PRIDES and Growth PRIDES hereinafter referred
to as "PRIDES"), each with a face amount of $50 per PRIDE. The Income PRIDES
consist of trust preferred securities and forward purchase contracts under
which the holders are required to purchase our common stock in February 2001.
The Growth PRIDES consist of zero coupon U.S. Treasury securities and forward
purchase contracts under which the holders are required to purchase our common
stock in February 2001. The stand-alone trust preferred securities and the
trust preferred securities forming a part of the Income PRIDES, each with a
face amount of $50, bear interest, in the form of preferred stock dividends, at
the annual rate of 6.45%, payable in cash. Payments under the forward purchase
contract forming a part of the Income PRIDES will be made by us in the form of
a contract adjustment payment at an annual rate of 1.05%. Payments under the
forward purchase contract forming a part of the Growth PRIDES will be made by
us in the form of a contract adjustment payment at an annual rate of 1.30%. The
forward purchase contracts require the holder to purchase a minimum of 1.0395
shares and a maximum of 1.3514 shares of our common stock per PRIDES security,
depending upon the average of the closing price per share of our common stock
for a 20 consecutive day period ending in mid-February of 2001. We have the
right to defer the contract adjustment payments and the payment of interest on
its Debentures to the Trust. Such election will subject us to certain
restrictions, including restrictions on making dividend payments on our common
stock until all such payments in arrears are settled.

On March 17, 1999, we reached a final agreement to settle a class action
lawsuit that was brought on behalf of the holders of PRIDES securities who
purchased their securities on or prior to April 15, 1998. We originally
announced a preliminary agreement in principle to settle such lawsuit on
January 7, 1999. The final agreement maintained the basic structure and
accounting treatment as the preliminary agreement. Under the terms of the final
agreement, only holders who owned PRIDES at the close of business on April 15,
1998 will be eligible to receive a new additional "Right" for each PRIDES
security held. At any time during the life of the Rights (expires February
2001), holders may (i) sell them or (ii) exercise them by delivering to us
three Rights together with two PRIDES in exchange for two new PRIDES (the "New
PRIDES"). The terms of the New PRIDES will be the same as the original PRIDES
except that the conversion rate will be revised so that, at the time the Rights
are distributed, each New PRIDES will have a value equal to $17.57 more than
each original PRIDES, or, in the aggregate, approximately $351.0 million. The
settlement resulted in a net increase to shareholders' equity of $121.8
million. The final agreement also requires us to offer to sell four million
additional PRIDES (having identical terms to currently outstanding PRIDES)
("Additional PRIDES") to holders of Rights for cash, at a value which will be
based on the valuation model that was utilized to set the conversion rate of
the New PRIDES. Based on that valuation model, the currently outstanding PRIDES
have a theoretical value of $28.07, based on the closing price of our common
stock of $16.6875 per share on


                                       59
<PAGE>

March 17, 1999. The offering of Additional PRIDES will be made only pursuant to
a prospectus filed with the SEC. We currently expect to use the proceeds of
such an offering to repurchase our common stock and for other general corporate
purposes. The arrangement to offer Additional PRIDES is designed to enhance the
trading value of the Rights by removing up to six million Rights from
circulation via exchanges associated with the offering and to enhance the open
market liquidity of New PRIDES by creating four million New PRIDES via
exchanges associated with the offering. If holders of Rights do not acquire all
such PRIDES, they will be offered to the public. Under the settlement
agreement, we also agreed to file a shelf registration statement for an
additional 15 million PRIDES, which could be issued by us at any time for cash.
However, during the last 30 days prior to the expiration of the Rights in
February 2001, we will be required to make these additional PRIDES available to
holders of Rights at a price in cash equal to 105% of the theoretical value of
the Additional PRIDES as of a specified date. The PRIDES, if issued, would have
the same terms as the currently outstanding PRIDES and could be used to
exercise Rights. Based on a market price of $16.6875 per share of our common
stock on March 17, 1999, the effect of the issuance of the New PRIDES will be
to distribute approximately 19 million more shares of our common stock when the
mandatory purchase of our common stock associated with the PRIDES occurs in
February 2001. This represents approximately 2% more shares of our common stock
than are currently outstanding.

The Rights will be distributed following final court approval of the settlement
and after the effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC
covering the New PRIDES. It is presently expected that if the court approves
the settlement and such conditions are fulfilled, the Rights will be
distributed in August or September 1999. This summary of the settlement does
not constitute an offer to sell any securities, which will only be made by
means of a prospectus after a registration statement is filed with the SEC.
There can be no assurance that the court will approve the agreement or that the
conditions contained in the agreement will be fulfilled.


DEBT RETIREMENTS

On December 15, 1998, we repaid the $150.0 million principal amount of our
5 7/8% Senior Notes outstanding in accordance with the provisions of the
indenture agreement.

On May 4, 1998, we redeemed all of our outstanding ($144.5 million principal
amount) 4 3/4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2003 at a price of 103.393% of the
principal amount, together with interest accrued to the redemption date. Prior
to the redemption date, during 1998, $95.5 million of such notes were exchanged
for 3.4 million shares of our common stock.

    On April 8, 1998, we exercised our option to call our 6 1/2% Convertible
Subordinated Notes (the "6 1/2% Notes") for redemption on May 11, 1998, in
accordance with the provisions of the indenture relating to the 6 1/2% Notes.
Prior to the redemption date, during 1998, all of the outstanding 6 1/2% Notes
were converted into 2.1 million shares of our common stock.


FINANCING RELATED TO MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS

Our PHH subsidiary operates our mortgage, fleet and relocation services
businesses as a separate public reporting entity and supports purchases of
leased vehicles, originated mortgages and advances under relocation
contracts primarily by issuing commercial paper and medium term notes and
maintaining securitized obligations. Such financing is not classified based on
contractual maturities, but rather is included in liabilities under management
and mortgage programs rather than long-term debt since such debt corresponds
directly with high quality related assets. PHH continues to pursue
opportunities to reduce its borrowing requirements by securitizing increasing
amounts of its high quality assets. Additionally, we entered into a three year
agreement effective May 1998 and expanded in December 1998 under which an
unaffiliated Buyer (the "Buyer") committed to purchase, at our option, mortgage
loans originated by us on a daily basis, up to the Buyer's asset limit of $2.4
billion. Under the terms of this sale agreement, we retain the servicing rights
on the mortgage loans sold to the Buyer and provide the Buyer with options to
sell or securitize the mortgage loans into the secondary market. At December
31, 1998, we were servicing approximately $2.0 billion of mortgage loans owned
by the Buyer.

PHH debt is issued without recourse to the parent company. PHH subsidiary
expects to continue to maximize its access to global capital markets by
maintaining the quality of its assets under management.


                                       60
<PAGE>

This is achieved by establishing credit standards to minimize credit risk and
the potential for losses. Depending upon asset growth and financial market
conditions, our PHH subsidiary utilizes the United States, European and
Canadian commercial paper markets, as well as other cost-effective short-term
instruments. In addition, our PHH subsidiary will continue to utilize the
public and private debt markets as sources of financing. Augmenting these
sources, our PHH subsidiary will continue to manage outstanding debt with the
potential sale or transfer of managed assets to third parties while retaining
fee-related servicing responsibility. PHH's aggregate borrowings at December
31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1998       1997
(In billions)                 --------   --------
<S>                           <C>        <C>
  Commercial paper              $2.5       $2.6
  Medium-term notes              2.3        2.7
  Securitized obligations        1.9         --
  Other                          0.2        0.3
                               -----       ----
                              $  6.9      $ 5.6
                              ======      =====
</TABLE>

PHH filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC, effective March 2, 1998,
for the aggregate issuance of up to $3.0 billion of medium-term note debt
securities. These securities may be offered from time to time, together or
separately, based on terms to be determined at the time of sale. The proceeds
will be used to finance assets PHH manages for its clients and for general
corporate purposes. As of December 31, 1998, PHH had approximately $1.6 billion
of medium-term notes outstanding under this shelf registration statement.


SECURITIZED OBLIGATIONS

Our PHH subsidiary maintains four separate financing facilities, the
outstanding borrowings of which are securitized by corresponding assets under
management and mortgage programs. The collective weighted average interest rate
on such facilities was 5.8% at December 31, 1998. Such securitized obligations
are described below.

Mortgage Facility. In December 1998, our PHH subsidiary entered into a 364 day
financing agreement to sell mortgage loans under an agreement to repurchase
(the "Agreement") such mortgages. The Agreement is collateralized by the
underlying mortgage loans held in safekeeping by the custodian to the
Agreement. The total commitment under this Agreement is $500.0 million.
Mortgage loans financed under this Agreement at December 31, 1998 totaled
$378.0 million.

Relocation Facilities. Our PHH subsidiary entered into a 364 day asset
securitization agreement effective December 1998 under which an unaffiliated
buyer has committed to purchase an interest in the rights to payment related to
certain relocation receivables of PHH. The revolving purchase commitment
provides for funding up to a limit of $325.0 million. Under the terms of this
agreement, our PHH subsidiary retains the servicing rights related to the
relocation receivables. At December 31, 1998, our PHH subsidiary was servicing
$248.0 million of assets which were funded under this agreement.

Our PHH subsidiary also maintains an asset securitization agreement, with a
separate unaffiliated buyer, which has a purchase commitment up to a limit of
$350.0 million. The terms of this agreement are similar to the aforementioned
facility, with PHH retaining the servicing rights on the right of payment. At
December 31, 1998, our PHH subsidiary was servicing $171.0 million of assets
eligible for purchase under this agreement.

Fleet Facilities. In December 1998, our PHH subsidiary entered into two secured
financing transactions each expiring five years from the effective agreement
date through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, TRAC Funding and TRAC Funding
II. Secured leased assets (specified beneficial interests in a trust which owns
the leased vehicles and the leases) totaling $600.0 million and $725.3 million,
respectively, were contributed to the subsidiaries by PHH. Loans to TRAC
Funding and TRAC Funding II, were funded by commercial paper conduits in the
amounts of $500.0 million and $604.0 million, respectively, and were secured by
the specified beneficial interests. Monthly loan repayments conform to the


                                       61
<PAGE>

amortization of the leased vehicles with the repayment of the outstanding loan
balance required at time of disposition of the vehicles. Interest on the loans
is based upon the conduit commercial paper issuance cost and committed bank
lines priced on a LIBOR basis. Repayments of loans are limited to the cash
flows generated from the leases represented by the specified beneficial
interests.


OTHER

To provide additional financial flexibility, PHH's current policy is to ensure
that minimum committed facilities aggregate 100 percent of the average amount
of outstanding commercial paper. PHH maintains $2.65 billion of unsecured
committed credit facilities, which are backed by domestic and foreign banks.
The facilities are comprised of $1.25 billion of syndicated lines of credit
maturing in March 2000 and $1.25 billion of syndicated lines of credit maturing
in the year 2002. In addition, PHH has a $150.0 million revolving credit
facility, which matures in December 1999, and other uncommitted lines of credit
with various financial institutions, which were unused at December 31, 1998.
Management closely evaluates not only the credit of the banks but also the
terms of the various agreements to ensure ongoing availability. The full amount
of PHH's committed facilities at December 31, 1998 was undrawn and available.
Our management believes that our current policy provides adequate protection
should volatility in the financial markets limit PHH's access to commercial
paper or medium-term notes funding. PHH continuously seeks additional sources
of liquidity to accommodate PHH asset growth and to provide further protection
from volatility in the financial markets.

In the event that the public debt market is unable to meet PHH's funding needs,
we believe that PHH has appropriate alternative sources to provide adequate
liquidity, including current and potential future securitized obligations and
its $2.65 billion of revolving credit facilities.

PHH minimizes its exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk by effectively
matching floating and fixed interest rate and maturity characteristics of
funding to related assets, varying short and long-term domestic and
international funding sources, and securing available credit under committed
banking facilities.

On July 10, 1998, PHH entered into a Supplemental Indenture No. 1 (the
"Supplemental Indenture") with The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee,
under the Senior Indenture dated as of June 5, 1997, which formalizes PHH's
policy of limiting the payment of dividends and the outstanding principal
balance of loans to us to 40% of consolidated net income (as defined in the
Supplemental Indenture) for each fiscal year. The Supplemental Indenture
prohibits PHH from paying dividends or making loans to us if upon giving effect
to such dividends and/or loan, PHH's debt to equity ratio exceeds 8 to 1, at
the time of the dividend or loan, as the case may be.


LITIGATION

On April 15, 1998, we publicly announced that we discovered accounting
irregularities in the former business units of CUC. Such discovery prompted
investigations into such matters by us and the Audit Committee of our Board of
Directors. As a result of the findings from the investigations, we restated our
previously reported financial results for 1997, 1996 and 1995. Since such
announcement, more than 70 lawsuits claiming to be class actions, two lawsuits
claiming to be brought derivatively on our behalf and three individual lawsuits
have been filed in various courts against us and other defendants. With the
exception of an action pending in the Delaware Chancery Court and an action
filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey that has been dismissed, these
actions were all filed in or transferred to the United States District Court
for the District of New Jersey, where they are pending before Judge William H.
Walls and Magistrate Judge Joel A. Pisano. The Court has ordered consolidation
of many of the actions.

The SEC and the United States Attorney for the District of New Jersey are
conducting investigations relating to the matters referenced above. The SEC
advised us that its inquiry should not be construed as an indication by the SEC
or its staff that any violations of law have occurred. While we made all
adjustments considered necessary as a result of the findings from the
Investigations in restating our financial statements, we can provide no
assurances that additional adjustments will not be necessary as a result of
these government investigations.


                                       62
<PAGE>

On October 14, 1998, an action claiming to be a class action was filed against
us and four of our former officers and directors. The complaint claims that we
made false and misleading public announcements and filings with the SEC in
connection with our proposed acquisition of American Bankers allegedly in
violation of Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and that the plaintiff and the alleged class members purchased
American Bankers' securities in reliance on these public announcements and
filings at inflated prices.

As previously disclosed, we reached an agreement with plaintiffs' counsel
representing the class of holders of our PRIDES securities who purchased their
securities on or prior to April 15, 1998 to settle their class action lawsuit
against us through the issuance of a new "Right" for each PRIDES security held.
See "Liquidity and Capital Resources -- FELINE PRIDES and Trust Preferred
Securities" for a more detailed description of the settlement.

Other than the PRIDES class action litigation, we do not believe that it is
feasible to predict or determine the final outcome of these proceedings or
investigations or to estimate the amounts or potential range of loss with
respect to these proceedings or investigations. The possible outcomes or
resolutions of the proceedings could include a judgment against us or
settlements and could require substantial payments by us. In addition, the
timing of the final resolution of the proceedings or investigations is
uncertain. We believe that material adverse outcomes with respect to such
proceedings or investigations could have a material impact on our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.


CREDIT RATINGS

In October 1998, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("DCR"), Standard & Poor's
Corporation ("S&P"), and Moody's Investors Service Inc. ("Moody's") reduced our
long-term debt credit rating to A- from A, BBB from A, and Baa1 from A3,
respectively. In October 1998, Moody's and S&P reduced PHH's long-term and
short-term debt ratings to A3/P2 and A-/A2 from A2/P1 and A+/A1, respectively.
PHH's long-term and short-term credit ratings remain A+/F1 and A+/D1 with Fitch
IBCA and DCR, respectively. While the recent downgrading caused us to incur an
increase in cost of funds, we believe our sources of liquidity continue to be
adequate. (A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and is subject to revision or withdrawal at any time.)


REPRICING OF STOCK OPTIONS

On September 23, 1998, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors
approved a program to effectively reprice certain Company stock options granted
to our middle management during December 1997 and the first quarter of 1998.
Such options were effectively repriced on October 14, 1998 at $9.8125 per share
(the "New Price"), which was the fair market value (as defined in the option
plans) on the date of such repricing. On September 23, 1998, the Compensation
Committee also modified the terms of certain options held by certain of our
executive officers and senior managers subject to certain conditions including
revocation of a portion of existing options. Additionally, a management equity
ownership program was adopted that requires these executive officers and senior
managers to acquire our common stock at various levels commensurate with their
respective compensation levels. The option modifications were accomplished by
canceling existing options and issuing a lesser amount of new options at the
New Price and, with respect to certain options of executive officers and senior
managers, at prices above the New Price.


SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

We have completed the repurchase of our common stock pursuant to a $1.0 billion
repurchase program, authorized by our Board of Directors in October 1998.
During the first quarter of 1999, our Board of Directors authorized an
additional $400.0 million to be repurchased under such program. We continue to
execute this program through open-market purchases or privately negotiated
transactions, subject to bank credit facility covenants and certain rating
agency constraints. As of March 11, 1999, we had repurchased a total of $1.3
billion of our common stock, reducing our outstanding shares by 64.2 million
shares. As of December 31, 1998, we had repurchased a total of 13.4 million
shares costing $257.7 million.


                                       63
<PAGE>

CASH FLOWS (1998 VS. 1997)

We generated $808.0 million of cash flows from operations in 1998 representing
a $405.0 million decrease from 1997. The decrease in cash flows from operations
was primarily due to a $391.7 million net increase in mortgage loans held for
sale due to increased mortgage loan origination volume.

We used $4.4 billion of cash flows for investing activities in 1998,
principally consisting of a $1.5 billion net investment in assets under
management and mortgage programs and $2.9 billion of acquisitions and
acquisition related payments, which included the acquisitions of NPC and
Jackson Hewitt. In 1997, we used $2.3 billion for investing activities
including a $1.5 billion net investment in assets under management and mortgage
programs and $568.2 million of acquisitions and acquisition related payments.
In 1998, cash flows from financing activities of approximately $4.7 billion
included $1.55 billion of proceeds from public offerings of senior debt, $3.25
billion of term loan borrowings and $1.4 billion of proceeds from the issuance
of FELINE PRIDES and Trust Preferred Securities. Gross cash flows from
financing activities were partially offset by $2.0 billion of term loan
repayments, $257.7 million of our common stock purchases, and principal
repayments of $150.0 million and $144.5 million pertaining to the outstanding
5 7/8% Senior Notes and the 4 3/4% Notes, respectively. Additionally, in 1998
management and mortgage program financing consisted of $1.1 billion of net
borrowings which funded our investments in assets under management and mortgage
programs. In 1997, cash flows from financing activities of $900.1 million
primarily consisted of net borrowings totaling $435.9 million including net
proceeds of $543.2 million from the issuance of the 3% Convertible Subordinated
Notes in February 1997 and $509.9 million of net borrowings which funded
purchases of assets under management and mortgage programs.


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

In 1998, $355.2 million was invested in property and equipment to support
operational growth and enhance marketing opportunities. In addition,
technological improvements were made to improve operating efficiencies. Capital
spending in 1998 included the development of integrated business systems within
the Relocation segment as well as investments in systems and office expansion
to support growth in the Mortgage segment. We expect to reduce our level of
capital spending by approximately 25% in 1999.


YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

The following disclosure also constitutes a Year 2000 readiness disclosure
statement pursuant to the Year 2000 Readiness and Disclosure Act.

The Year 2000 presents the risk that information systems will be unable to
recognize and process date-sensitive information properly from and after
January 1, 2000. To minimize or eliminate the effect of the Year 2000 risk on
our business systems and applications, we are continually identifying,
evaluating, implementing and testing changes to our computer systems,
applications and software necessary to achieve Year 2000 compliance. We
implemented a Year 2000 initiative in March 1996 that has now been adopted by
all of our business units. As part of such initiative, we have selected a team
of managers to identify, evaluate and implement a plan to bring all of our
critical business systems and applications into Year 2000 compliance prior to
December 31, 1999. The Year 2000 initiative consists of four phases: (i)
identification of all critical business systems subject to Year 2000 risk (the
"Identification Phase"); (ii) assessment of such business systems and
applications to determine the method of correcting any Year 2000 problems (the
"Assessment Phase"); (iii) implementing the corrective measures (the
"Implementation Phase"); and (iv) testing and maintaining system compliance
(the "Testing Phase"). We have substantially completed the Identification and
Assessment Phases and have identified and assessed five areas of risk: (i)
internally developed business applications; (ii) third party vendor software,
such as business applications, operating systems and special function software;
(iii) computer hardware components; (iv) electronic data transfer systems
between us and our customers; and (v) embedded systems, such as phone switches,
check writers and alarm systems. Although no assurances can be made, we believe
that we have identified substantially all of our systems, applications and
related software that are subject to Year 2000 compliance risk and have either
implemented or initiated the implementation of a plan to correct such systems
that are not Year 2000 compliant. In addition, as part of our assessment
process we


                                       64
<PAGE>

are developing contingency plans as necessary. Substantially all of our mission
critical systems have been remediated during 1998. However, we cannot directly
control the timing of certain vendor products and in certain situations,
exceptions have been authorized. We are closely monitoring those situations and
intend to complete testing efforts and any contingency implementation efforts
prior to December 31, 1999. Although we have begun the Testing Phase, we do not
anticipate completion of the Testing Phase until sometime prior to December
1999.

We rely on third party service providers for services such as
telecommunications, internet service, utilities, components for our embedded
and other systems and other key services. Interruption of those services due to
Year 2000 issues could have a material adverse impact on our operations. We
have initiated an evaluation of the status of such third party service
providers' efforts to determine alternative and contingency requirements.
While approaches to reducing risks of interruption of business operations vary
by business unit, options include identification of alternative service
providers available to provide such services if a service provider fails to
become Year 2000 compliant within an acceptable timeframe prior to December 31,
1999.

The total cost of our Year 2000 compliance plan is anticipated to be $55.0
million. Approximately $30.0 million of these costs had been incurred through
December 31, 1998, and we expect to incur the balance of such costs to complete
the compliance plan. We have been expensing and capitalizing the costs to
complete the compliance plan in accordance with appropriate accounting
policies. Variations from anticipated expenditures and the effect on our future
results of operations are not anticipated to be material in any given year.
However, if Year 2000 modifications and conversions are not made including
modifications by our third party service providers, or are not completed in
time, the Year 2000 problem could have a material impact on our operations,
cash flows and financial condition. At this time we believe the most likely
"worst case" scenario involves potential disruptions in our operations as a
result of the failure of services provided by third parties.

The estimates and conclusions herein are forward-looking statements and are
based on our best estimates of future events. Risks of completing the plan
include the availability of resources, the ability to discover and correct the
potential Year 2000 sensitive problems which could have a serious impact on
certain operations and the ability of our service providers to bring their
systems into Year 2000 compliance.


IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133 "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". We will adopt SFAS No. 133
effective January 1, 2000. SFAS No. 133 requires us to record all derivatives
in the consolidated balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at
fair value. If the derivative does not qualify as a hedging instrument, the
change in the derivative fair values will be immediately recognized as gain or
loss in earnings. If the derivative does qualify as a hedging instrument, the
gain or loss on the change in the derivative fair values will either be
recognized (i) in earnings as offsets to the changes in the fair value of the
related item being hedged or (ii) be deferred and recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the same period
during which the hedged transactions occur. We have not yet determined what
impact the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will have on our financial statements.

In October 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 134 "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed
Securities Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by
a Mortgage Banking Enterprise", effective for the first fiscal quarter after
December 15, 1998. We will adopt SFAS No. 134 effective January 1, 1999. SFAS
No. 134 requires that after the securitization of mortgage loans, an entity
engaged in mortgage banking activities classify the resulting mortgage-backed
securities or other interests based on its ability and intent to sell or hold
those investments. On the date SFAS No. 134 is initially applied, we will
reclassify mortgage-backed securities and other interests retained after the
securitization of mortgage loans from the trading to the available for sale
category. Subsequent accounting that results from implementing SFAS No. 134
shall be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities".


                                       65
<PAGE>

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements about our future results in this Annual Report that may
constitute "forward-looking" statements within the meaning of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on our
current expectations and the current economic environment. We caution you that
these statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve a
number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Our actual
results could differ materially from those expressed our implied in the
forward-looking statements. Important assumptions and other important factors
that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the
forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to:

 o the resolution or outcome of the pending litigation and government
   investigations relating to the previously announced accounting
   irregularities;

 o uncertainty as to our future profitability and our ability to integrate and
   operate successfully acquired businesses and the risks associated with such
   businesses, including the merger that created Cendant and the National
   Parking Corporation acquisition;

 o our ability to successfully divest non-core assets and implement our new
   internet strategy;

 o our ability to develop and implement operational and financial systems to
   manage rapidly growing operations;

 o competition in our existing and potential future lines of business;

 o our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms to finance our growth
   strategy and for us to operate within the limitations imposed by financing
   arrangements; and

 o our ability and our vendors; franchisees' and customers' ability to complete
   the necessary actions to achieve a Year 2000 conversion for computer systems
   and applications.

We derived the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report from the
foregoing factors and from other factors and assumptions, and the failure of
such assumptions to be realized as well as other factors may also cause actual
results to differ materially from those projected. We assume no obligation to
publicly correct or update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual
results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such
forward-looking statements or if we later become aware that they are not likely
to be achieved.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In recurring operations, we must deal with effects of changes in interest rates
and currency exchange rates. The following discussion presents an overview of
how such changes are managed and a view of their potential effects.

We use various financial instruments, particularly interest rate and currency
swaps and currency forwards, to manage our respective interest rate and
currency risks. We are exclusively an end user of these instruments, which are
commonly referred to as derivatives. We do not engage in trading, market-making
or other speculative activities in the derivatives markets. Established
practices require that derivative financial instruments relate to specific
asset, liability or equity transactions or to currency exposures. More detailed
information about these financial instruments, as well as the strategies and
policies for their use, is provided in Notes 15 and 16 to the financial
statements.

The SEC requires that registrants include information about potential effects
of changes in interest rates and currency exchange in their financial
statements. Although the rules offer alternatives for presenting this
information, none of the alternatives is without limitations. The following
discussion is based on so-called "shock tests," which model effects of interest
rate and currency shifts on the reporting company. Shock tests, while probably
the most meaningful analysis permitted, are constrained by several factors,
including the necessity to conduct the analysis based on a single point in time
and by their inability to include the extraordinarily complex market reactions
that normally would arise from the market shifts modeled. While the following
results of shock tests for interest rate and currencies may have some limited
use as benchmarks, they should not be viewed as forecasts.


                                       66
<PAGE>

 o One means of assessing exposure to interest rate changes is a duration-based
   analysis that measures the potential loss in net earnings resulting from a
   hypothetical 10% change (decrease) in interest rates across all maturities
   (sometimes referred to as a "parallel shift in the yield curve"). Under
   this model, it is estimated that, all else constant, such a decrease would
   not adversely impact our 1999 net earnings based on year-end 1998
   positions.

 o One means of assessing exposure to changes in currency exchange rates is to
   model effects on future earnings using a sensitivity analysis. Year-end
   1998 consolidated currency exposures, including financial instruments
   designated and effective as hedges, were analyzed to identify our assets
   and liabilities denominated in other than their relevant functional
   currency. Net unhedged exposures in each currency were then remeasured
   assuming a 10% change (decrease) in currency exchange rates compared with
   the U.S. dollar. Under this model, it is estimated that, all else constant,
   such a decrease would not adversely impact our 1999 net earnings based on
   year-end 1998 positions.

The categories of primary market risk exposure to us are: (i) long-term U.S.
interest rates due to mortgage loan origination commitments and an investment
in mortgage loans held for resale; (ii) short-term interest rates as they
impact vehicle and relocation receivables; and (iii) LIBOR and commercial paper
interest rates due to their impact on variable rate borrowings.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     See Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule Index commencing
on page F-1 hereof.


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     The information required herein has been previously reported on our Form
10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 1997.


                                   PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information contained in the Company's Proxy Statement under the
sections titled "Proposal 1: Election of Directors" and "Executive Officers" is
incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information contained in the Company's Proxy Statement under the
section titled "Executive Compensation and Other Information" is incorporated
herein by reference in response to this item, except that the information
contained in the Proxy Statement under the sub-headings "Pre-Merger
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" and "Performance
Graph" is not incorporated herein by reference and is not to be deemed "filed"
as part of this filing.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
         MANAGEMENT

     The information contained in the Company's Proxy Statement under the
section titled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management"
is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information contained in the Company's Proxy Statement under the
section titled "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" is incorporated
herein by reference in response to this item.


                                       67
<PAGE>

                                    PART IV


ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


ITEM 14(A)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


     See Financial Statements and Financial Statements Index commencing on page
F-1 hereof.


ITEM 14(A)(3) EXHIBITS


     See Exhibit Index commencing on page E-1 hereof.


ITEM 14(B) REPORTS ON FORM 8K


     On October 5, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to report under
Item 5 the termination of our agreement to purchase Providian Auto and Home
Insurance Company.


     On October 14, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to report under
Item 5 its intention to file financial statements of NPC.


     On October 14, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to report under
Item 5 the termination of its agreement to purchase American Bankers Insurance
Group, Inc. and its intention to repurchase up to $1 billion of common stock.


     On October 21, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to report under
Item 5 the filing of financial schedules summarizing restated revenue and
EDITDA by business segment for all four quarters of 1997 and the first and
second quarters of 1998.


     On November 4, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to report the
unaudited pro forma financial statements of the Company giving effect to the
acquisition of NPC for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the six months
ended June 30, 1998. We also filed the consolidated financial statements of NPC
for the 52-week period ended March 27, 1998.


     On November 6, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to report its
third quarter results for the quarter ending September 30, 1998. The Company
also reported the execution of certain amendments to its credit facilities.


     On November 16, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to file the
unaudited pro forma financial statements of the Company giving effect to the
acquisition of NPC for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months
ended September 30, 1998.


     On November 24, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K announcing the
execution of a definitive agreement to sell the Company's consumer software
division for $800 million in cash plus potential future cash payments of up to
approximately $200 million.


     On December 4, 1998, we filed a current report on Form 8-K to file certain
required opinions and consents in connection with the sale of the Company's
7 1/2% Notes due 2000 and its 7 3/4% Notes due 2003.


                                       68
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                        CENDANT CORPORATION



                                        By: /S/ James E. Buckman 
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            James E. Buckman
                                            Vice Chairman and General Counsel
                                            Date: March 29, 1999


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
SIGNATURE
- -----------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>                                   <C>
/s/ Henry R. Silverman        Chairman of the Board, President,     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------     Chief Executive Officer and
(Henry R. Silverman)          Director

/s/ James E. Buckman          Vice Chairman, General Counsel        March 29, 1999
- -------------------------     and Director
(James E. Buckman)

/s/ Stephen P. Homes          Vice Chairman and Director            March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Stephen P. Holmes)

/s/ Robert D. Kunisch         Vice Chairman and Director            March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Robert D. Kunisch)

/s/ Michael P. Monaco         Vice Chairman and Director            March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Michael P. Monaco)

/s/ David M. Johnson          Senior Executive Vice President       March 29, 1999
- -------------------------     and Chief Financial Officer
(David M. Johnson)            (Principal Financial Officer)
                              
/s/ Tobia Ippolito            Senior Vice President and Corporate   March 29, 1999
- -------------------------     Controller (Principal Accounting
                              Officer)

                              Director                              March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(John D. Snodgrass)

/s/ Leonard S. Coleman        Director                              March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Leonard S. Coleman)

                              Director                              March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Martin L. Edelman)
</TABLE>




                                       69
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE                        TITLE              DATE
- ------------------------------   ----------   ---------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>
/s/ Carole G. Hankin             Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
Dr. Carole G. Hankin)

/s/ Brian Mulroney               Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(The Rt. Hon. Brian Mulroney,
P.C., LL.D)

/s/ Robert W. Pittman            Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Robert W. Pittman)

/s/ E. John Rosenwald, Jr.       Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(E. John Rosenwald, Jr.)

/s/ (Robert P. Rittereiser       Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Robert P. Rittereiser)

/s/ Leonard Schutzman            Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Leonard Schutzman)

/s/ Robert F. Smith              Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Robert F. Smith)

/s/ Craig R. Stapleton           Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Craig R. Stapleton)

/s/ Robert E. Nederlander        Director     March 29, 1999
- -------------------------
(Robert E. Nederlander)
</TABLE>

      

                                       70
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
- ---------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>
        2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated March 23, 1998 among the Company, Season
                 Acquisition Corp. and American Bankers Insurance Group, Inc. (incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit C2 to the Schedule 14D-1 (Amendment 31), dated March 23, 1998,
                 filed by the Company and Season Acquisition Corp.)*
        3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's PostEffective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-8
                 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-34517, dated December 17, 1997)*
        3.2      Amended and Restated ByLaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 4, 1998)*
        4.1      Form of Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement,
                 No. 33-44453, on Form S-4 dated December 19, 1991)*
        4.2      Indenture dated as of February 11, 1997, between CUC International Inc. and Marine
                 Midland Bank, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Report on Form 8-K
                 filed February 13, 1997)*
        4.3      Indenture between HFS Incorporated and Continental Bank, National Association, as
                 trustee (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on
                 Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-71736), Exhibit No. 4.1)*
        4.4      Indenture dated as of February 28, 1996 between HFS Incorporated and First Trust of
                 Illinois, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to HFS
                 Incorporated's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 1996, Exhibit 4.01)*
        4.5      Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of February 28, 1996 between HFS Incorporated
                 and First Trust of Illinois, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to
                 HFS Incorporated's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 1996, Exhibit 4.02)*
        4.6      Indenture, dated as of February 24, 1998, between the Company and The Bank of Novia
                 Scotia Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4
                 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 6, 1998)*
        4.7      First Supplemental Indenture dated February 24, 1998, between the Company and The
                 Bank of Novia Scotia Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 6,
                 1998)*
        4.8      Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Cendant Capital I. (incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 6,
                 1998)*
        4.9      Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement dated March 2, 1998, between by Cendant
                 Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
                 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 6, 1998)*
        4.10     Purchase Contract Agreement (including as Exhibit A the form of the Income PRIDES
                 and as Exhibit B the form of the Growth PRIDES), dated March 2, 1998, between
                 Cendant Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 6,
                 1998)*
  10.1-10.38     Material Contracts, Management Contracts, Compensatory Plans and Arrangements
</TABLE>

                                       71
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION
- ---------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>
     10.1 (a)    Agreement with Henry R. Silverman, dated June 30, 1996 and as amended through
                 December 17, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration Statement on
                 Form S-4, Registration No. 333-34571)*
     10.1 (b)    Amendment to Agreement with Henry R. Silverman, dated December 31, 1998.
     10.2 (a)    Agreement with Stephen P. Holmes, dated September 12, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to
                 the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-34571)*
     10.2 (b)    Amendment to Agreement with Stephen P. Holmes, dated January 11, 1999.
     10.3 (a)    Agreement with Michael P. Monaco, dated September 12, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to
                 the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-34571)*
     10.3 (b)    Amendment to Agreement with Michael Monaco, dated December 23, 1998.
     10.4 (a)    Agreement with James E. Buckman, dated September 12, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to
                 the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-34571)*
     10.4 (b)    Amendment to Agreement with James E. Buckman, dated January 11, 1999.
     10.5        1987 Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Form 10-Q
                 for the period ended October 31, 1996)*
     10.6        1990 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's
                 Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 1996)*
     10.7        1992 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's
                 Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 1996)*
     10.8        1994 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's
                 Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 1996)*
     10.9        1997 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
                 period ended April 30, 1997)*
     10.10       1997 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix E to the Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus
                 included as part of the Company's Registration Statement, No. 333-34517, on Form S-4
                 dated August 28, 1997)*
     10.11       HFS Incorporated's Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by
                 reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration
                 No. 33-83956), Exhibit 4.1)*
     10.12(a)    First Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated May 5,
                 1995. (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form
                 S-8 (Registration No. 33-094756), Exhibit 4.1)*
     10.12(b)    Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated
                 January 22, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to the HFS Incorporated's Annual Report
                 on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, Exhibit 10.21(b))*
     10.12(c)    Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated
                 January 22, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to the HFS Incorporated's Annual Report
                 on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, Exhibit 10.21(c))*
     10.12(d)    Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated
                 May 20, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement
                 on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-06733), Exhibit 4.5)*
</TABLE>

                                       72
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION
- ----------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>
    10.12(e)      Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated July 24,
                  1996 (Incorporated by reference to the HFS Incorporated's Annual Report on Form
                  10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, Exhibit 10.21(e))*
    10.12(f)      Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated
                  September 24, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to the HFS Incorporated's Annual
                  Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, Exhibit 10.21(e))*
    10.12(g)      Seventh Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated as of
                  April 30, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                  10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, Exhibit 10.17(g))*
    10.12(h)      Eighth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan dated as of
                  May 27, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                  10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, Exhibit 10.17(h))*
    10.13         HFS Incorporated's 1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option
                  Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on
                  Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-51422), Exhibit No. 10.6)*
    10.14         Cendant Corporation 1992 Employee Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  4.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated January 29, 1998
                  (Registration No. 333-45183))*
    10.15         Cendant Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
    10.16         Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among HFS Incorporated, HJ Acquisition Corp.
                  and Jackson Hewitt, Inc., dated as of November 19, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.1 to HFS Incorporated's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 1997,
                  File No. 111402)*
    10.17         Form of Underwriting Agreement for Debt Securities (Incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 1.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration
                  No. 333-45227)*
    10.18         Underwriting Agreement dated February 24, 1998 among the Company, Cendant Capital
                  I, Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Chase
                  Securities Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated March 6,
                  1998, Exhibit 1.1)*
    10.19         Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 11, 1997, between CUC
                  International Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (for itself and on behalf of the other
                  purchasers party thereto)(filed as Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Report on Form 8-K
                  filed February 13, 1997)*
    10.20         Agreement and Plan of Merger between CUC International Inc. and HFS Incorporated,
                  dated as of May 27, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K
                  filed on May 29, 1997)*
    10.21(a)      $750,000,000 Five Year Revolving Credit and Competitive Advance Facility Agreement,
                  dated as of October 2, 1996, among the Company, the several banks and other financial
                  institutions from time to time parties thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
                  Administrative Agent and CAF Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(1) to
                  the Schedule 14-D1 filed by the Company on January 27, 1998, File No. 531838)*
</TABLE>

                                       73
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT NO.                                           DESCRIPTION
- ----------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>
    10.21(b)      Amendment, dated as of October 30, 1998, to the Five Year Competitive Advance and
                  Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 1998, by and among the Company,
                  the general institutions, parties thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
                  Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form
                  8-K dated February 10, 1999)*
    10.22(a)      $1,250,000 364-Day Revolving Credit and Competitive Advance Facility Agreement,
                  dated October 2, 1996, as amended and restated through October 30, 1998, among the
                  Company, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties
                  thereto, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent and as Lead Manager
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated November
                  5, 1998)*.
    10.22(b)      Amendment, dated as of February 4, 1999, to the Five-Year Competitive Advance and
                  Revolving Credit Agreement and the 364-Day Competitive Advance and Revolving
                  Credit Agreement among the Company, the lenders therein and The Chase Manhattan
                  Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the
                  Company's Form 8-K dated February 16, 1999)*.
    10.23         Distribution Agreement, dated March 5, 1998, among the Company, Bear, Stearns &
                  Co., Inc., Chase Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill
                  Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the
                  Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 10, 1998)*
    10.24(a)      364-Day Credit Agreement Among PHH Corporation, PHH Vehicle Management
                  Services, Inc., the Lenders, the Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent and the
                  Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent, Dated March 5, 1999.
    10.24(b)      Five-year Credit Agreement ("PHH Five-year Credit Agreement") among PHH
                  Corporation, the Lenders, and Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, dated
                  March 4, 1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Registration Statement
                  333-27715)*
    10.24(c)      Second Amendment to PHH Credit Agreements (Incorporated by reference to PHH
                  Incorporated's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
                  September 30, 1997, Exhibit 10.1)*
    10.24(d)      Third Amendment to PHH Credit Agreements (Incorporated by reference to PHH
                  Incorporated's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
                  September 30, 1997, Exhibit 10.1)*
    10.24(e)      Fourth Amendment, dated as of November 2, 1998, to PHH Five-Year Credit
                  Agreement.
    10.25         Indenture between the Company and Bank of New York, Trustee, dated as of May 1,
                  1992 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(a)(iii) to Registration Statement
                  33-48125)*
    10.26         Indenture between the Company and First National Bank of Chicago, Trustee, dated as
                  of March 1, 1993 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(a)(i) to Registration
                  Statement 33-59376)*
    10.27         Indenture between the Company and First National Bank of Chicago, Trustee, dated as
                  of June 5, 1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement
                  333-27715)*
</TABLE>

                                       74
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION
- ------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
   10.28      Indenture between the Company and Bank of New York, Trustee dated as of June 5,
              1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(a)(11) to Registration Statement
              333-27715)*
   10.29      Distribution Agreement between the Company and CS First Boston Corporation;
              Goldman, Sachs & Co.; Merrill Lynch & Co.; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith,
              Incorporated; and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. dated November 9, 1995 (Incorporated by
              reference from Exhibit 1 to Registration Statement 33-63627)*
   10.30      Distribution Agreement between the Company and Credit Suisse; First Boston
              Corporation; Goldman Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch & Co., dated June 5, 1997 filed as
              Exhibit 1 to Registration Statement 333-27715*
   10.31      Distribution Agreement, dated March 2, 1998, among PHH Corporation, Credit Suisse
              First Boston Corporation, Goldman Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch,
              Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., filed as Exhibit 1
              to Form 8-K dated March 3, 1998, File No. 107797*
   10.32      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 12, 1996, by and between HFS
              Incorporated and Ms. Christel DeHaan (Incorporated by reference to HFS
              Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-17371),
              Exhibit 2.2)*
   10.33      License Agreement dated as of September 18, 1989 amended and restated as of July 15,
              1991 between Franchise System Holdings, Inc. and Ramada Franchise Systems, Inc.
              (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-1
              (Registration No. 33-51422), Exhibit No. 10.2)*
   10.34      Restructuring Agreement dated as of July 15, 1991 by and among New World
              Development Co., Ltd., Ramada International Hotels & Resorts, Inc. Ramada Inc.,
              Franchise System Holdings, Inc., HFS Incorporated and Ramada Franchise Systems, Inc.
              (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-1
              (Registration No. 33-51422), Exhibit No. 10.3)*
   10.35      License Agreement dated as of November 1, 1991 between Franchise Systems Holdings,
              Inc. and Ramada Franchise Systems, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to HFS
              Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-51422),
              Exhibit No. 10.4)*
   10.36      Amendment to License Agreement, Restructuring Agreement and Certain Other
              Restructuring Documents dated as of November 1, 1991 by and among New World
              Development Co., Ltd., Ramada International Hotels & Resorts, Inc., Ramada Inc.,
              Franchise System Holdings, Inc., HFS Incorporated and Ramada Franchise Systems, Inc.
              (Incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-1
              (Registration No. 33-51422), Exhibit No. 10.5)*
   10.37      Master License Agreement dated July 30, 1997, among HFS Car Rental, Inc., Avis Rent
              A Car System, Inc. and Wizard Co. (incorporated by reference to HFS Incorporated
              Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, Exhibit 10.1)*
</TABLE>

                                       75
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                                         DESCRIPTION
- ------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
   10.38      Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 9, 1999, among Cendant Corporation, as
              Borrower, the Lenders referred therein, Bank of America NT & SA, as Syndication
              Agent, Barclays Bank PLC, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Credit Lyonnais New York
              Branch, as CoDocumentation Agents, First Union National Bank, and The Industrial
              Bank of Japan, Limited, New York Branch, as Managing Agents, Credit Suisse First
              Boston, The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch, Banque Paribas, as CoAgents
              and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to
              Cendant Corporation's Form 8-K dated February 16, 1999 (File No. 110308))*.
   12         Statement Re: Computation of Consolidated Ratio to Earnings to Combined Fixed
              Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
   16.1       Letter re: change in certifying accountant (Incorporated by reference to the Company's
              Form 8-K dated January 27, 1998)*
   16.2       Letter re: change in certifying accountant of a significant subsidiary (Incorporated by
              reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated May 18, 1998)*
   21         Subsidiaries of Registrant
   23.1       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP related to the financial statements of Cendant
              Corporation
   23.2       Consent of KPMG LLP relating to the financial statements of PHH Corporation
   27         Financial data schedule
</TABLE>

- ----------
*     Incorporated by reference



                                       76
<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PAGE
                                                                                           -----
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Independent Auditors' Reports............................................................. F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 
  1996 ................................................................................... F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 ............................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1998,
 1997 and 1996 ........................................................................... F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................... F-12
</TABLE>

 

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Cendant Corporation


We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Cendant Corporation and
subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated
financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the statements of
income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows of PHH Corporation (a consolidated
subsidiary of Cendant Corporation) for the year ended December 31, 1996 which
statements reflect net income of $87.7 million. Those statements were audited
by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion,
insofar as it relates to the amounts included for PHH Corporation, is based
solely on the report of such other auditors.


We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other
auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the
consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Cendant Corporation and
subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


As discussed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
is involved in certain litigation related to the discovery of accounting
irregularities in certain former CUC International Inc. business units.
Additionally, as discussed in Note 2, effective January 1, 1997 the Company
changed its method of recognizing revenue and membership solicitation costs for
its individual membership business.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
March 17, 1999


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Board of Directors
PHH Corporation


We have audited the consolidated statement of income, shareholder's equity and
cash flows of PHH Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") for the year
ended December 31, 1996, before the restatement related to the merger of
Cendant Corporation's relocation business with the Company and
reclassifications to conform to the presentation used by Cendant Corporation,
not presented separately herein. These consolidated financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audit.


We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements (before restatement and
reclassifications) referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the results of operations of PHH Corporation and subsidiaries and their cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.



/s/ KPMG LLP
Baltimore, Maryland
April 30, 1997


                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                                                      1998            1997            1996
                                                                 -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
REVENUES
 Membership and service fees, net                                 $ 5,080.7       $ 4,083.4       $ 3,147.0
 Fleet leasing (net of depreciation and interest costs of
  $1,279.4, $1,205.2 and $1,132.4)                                     88.7            59.5            56.7
 Other                                                                114.4            97.1            34.0
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
Net revenues                                                        5,283.8         4,240.0         3,237.7
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
EXPENSES
 Operating                                                          1,869.1         1,322.3         1,183.2
 Marketing and reservation                                          1,158.5         1,031.8           910.8
 General and administrative                                           666.3           636.2           341.0
 Depreciation and amortization                                        322.7           237.7           145.5
 Other charges:
  Litigation settlement                                               351.0              --              --
  Termination of proposed acquisitions                                433.5              --              --
  Executive terminations                                               52.5              --              --
  Investigation-related costs                                          33.4              --              --
  Merger-related costs and other unusual charges (credits)            (67.2)          704.1           109.4
  Financing costs                                                      35.1              --              --
 Interest, net                                                        113.9            50.6            14.3
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
Total expenses                                                      4,968.8         3,982.7         2,704.2
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES,
 MINORITY INTEREST, EXTRAORDINARY GAIN AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT
 OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE                                                 315.0           257.3           533.5
 Provision for income taxes                                           104.5           191.0           220.2
 Minority interest, net of tax                                         50.6              --              --
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY GAIN
 AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE                           159.9            66.3           313.3
 Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax               (25.0)          (26.8)           16.7
 Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax                  404.7              --              --
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY GAIN AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
 ACCOUNTING CHANGE                                                    539.6            39.5           330.0
 Extraordinary gain, net of tax                                          --            26.4              --
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
INCOME BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE                  539.6            65.9           330.0
 Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax                      --          (283.1)             --
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                 $   539.6       $  (217.2)      $   330.0
                                                                  =========       =========       =========
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 BASIC
  Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
   gain and cumulative effect of accounting change                $    0.19       $    0.08       $    0.41
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations                          (0.03)          (0.03)           0.03
  Gain on sale of discontinued operations                              0.48              --              --
  Extraordinary gain                                                     --            0.03              --
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                 --           (0.35)             --
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)                                               $    0.64       $   (0.27)      $    0.44
                                                                  =========       =========       =========
 DILUTED
  Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
   gain and cumulative effect of accounting change                $    0.18       $    0.08       $    0.39
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations                          (0.03)          (0.03)           0.02
  Gain on sale of discontinued operations                              0.46              --              --
  Extraordinary gain                                                     --            0.03              --
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                 --           (0.35)             --
                                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)                                               $    0.61       $   (0.27)      $    0.41
                                                                  =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>

 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                           -----------------------------
                                                                1998            1997
                                                           -------------   -------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
 Cash and cash equivalents                                  $  1,008.7      $     67.0
 Receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
  $123.3 and $61.5)                                            1,536.4         1,170.7
 Deferred membership commission costs                            253.0           169.5
 Deferred income taxes                                           466.6           311.9
 Other current assets                                            908.6           641.2
 Net assets of discontinued operations                           373.6           273.3
                                                            ----------      ----------
Total current assets                                           4,546.9         2,633.6
                                                            ----------      ----------
Property and equipment, net                                    1,432.8           544.7
Franchise agreements, net                                      1,363.2         1,079.6
Goodwill, net                                                  3,923.1         2,148.2
Other intangibles, net                                           757.1           624.3
Other assets                                                     681.5           599.3
                                                            ----------      ----------
Total assets exclusive of assets under programs               12,704.6         7,629.7
                                                            ----------      ----------
Assets under management and mortgage programs
 Net investment in leases and leased vehicles                  3,801.1         3,659.1
 Relocation receivables                                          659.1           775.3
 Mortgage loans held for sale                                  2,416.0         1,636.3
 Mortgage servicing rights                                       635.7           373.0
                                                            ----------      ----------
                                                               7,511.9         6,443.7
                                                            ----------      ----------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                $ 20,216.5      $ 14,073.4
                                                            ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                          1998            1997
                                                                     -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
 Accounts payable and other current liabilities                       $  1,517.5      $  1,492.4
 Deferred income                                                         1,354.2         1,042.0
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Total current liabilities                                                2,871.7         2,534.4
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Deferred income                                                            233.9           292.1
Long-term debt                                                           3,362.9         1,246.0
Deferred income taxes                                                       77.2            70.9
Other non-current liabilities                                              125.3           110.3
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Total liabilities exclusive of liabilities under programs                6,671.0         4,253.7
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Liabilities under management and mortgage programs
 Debt                                                                    6,896.8         5,602.6
                                                                      ----------      ----------
 Deferred income taxes                                                     341.0           295.7
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred securities issued by subsidiary         1,472.1              --
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Shareholders' equity
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value -- authorized 10 million shares;
  none issued and outstanding                                                 --              --
 Common stock, $.01 par value -- authorized 2 billion shares;
  issued 860,551,783 and 838,333,800 shares                                  8.6             8.4
 Additional paid-in capital                                              3,863.4         3,085.0
 Retained earnings                                                       1,480.2           940.6
 Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                      (49.4)          (38.2)
 Treasury stock, at cost, 27,270,708 and 6,545,362 shares                 (467.2)          (74.4)
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Total shareholders' equity                                               4,835.6         3,921.4
                                                                      ----------      ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                            $ 20,216.5      $ 14,073.4
                                                                      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN MILLIONS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ACCUMULATED
                                       COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                     OTHER                        TOTAL
                                   -------------------    PAID-IN      RETAINED    COMPREHENSIVE    TREASURY    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                     SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS    INCOME (LOSS)      STOCK        EQUITY
                                   ---------- -------- ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996               725.2  $  7.3   $  1,041.9    $    905.1      $  (25.1)     $   (31.0)   $  1,898.2
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
 Net income                              --       --           --         330.0            --             --
 Currency translation
 adjustment                              --       --           --            --          12.2             --
 Net unrealized gain on
 marketable securities                   --       --           --            --           6.5             --
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME               --       --           --            --            --             --         348.7
Issuance of common stock                63.3      .6      1,627.9            --            --             --       1,628.5
Exercise of stock options by
 payment of cash and common
 stock                                  14.0      .1         74.6            --            --          (25.5)         49.2
Restricted stock issuance                1.4      --           --            --            --             --            --
Amortization of restricted stock         --       --          2.3            --            --             --           2.3
Tax benefit from exercise of
 stock options                           --       --         78.9            --            --             --          78.9
Cash dividends declared and
 other equity distributions              --       --           --         (41.3)           --             --         (41.3)
Adjustment to reflect change in
 fiscal years of pooled entities         --       --          (.6)         (7.1)           --             --          (7.7)
Conversion of convertible notes          3.8      .1         18.0            --            --             --          18.1
Purchase of common stock                 --       --           --            --            --          (19.2)        (19.2)
                                       -----  ------   ----------    ----------      --------      ---------    ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996             807.7  $  8.1   $  2,843.0    $  1,186.7      $   (6.4)     $   (75.7)   $  3,955.7
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ACCUMULATED
                                       COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                     OTHER                        TOTAL
                                   -------------------    PAID-IN      RETAINED    COMPREHENSIVE    TREASURY    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                     SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS         LOSS          STOCK        EQUITY
                                   ---------- -------- ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1997               807.7  $  8.1   $  2,843.0    $  1,186.7     $    (6.4)     $   (75.7)   $  3,955.7
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:
 Net loss                                --       --           --        (217.2)           --             --
 Currency translation
 adjustment                              --       --           --            --         (27.6)            --
 Net unrealized loss on
 marketable securities                   --       --           --            --          (4.2)            --
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS                 --       --           --            --            --             --        (249.0)
Issuance of common stock                 6.2      --         46.3            --            --             --          46.3
Exercise of stock options by
 payment of cash and common
 stock                                  11.4      .1        132.8            --            --          (17.8)        115.1
Restricted stock issuance                 .2      --           --            --            --             --            --
Amortization of restricted stock         --       --         28.5            --            --             --          28.5
Tax benefit from exercise of
 stock options                           --       --         93.5            --            --             --          93.5
Cash dividends declared                  --       --           --          (6.6)           --             --          (6.6)
Adjustment to reflect change in
 fiscal year from Cendant
 Merger                                  --       --           --         (22.3)           --             --         (22.3)
Conversion of convertible notes         20.2      .2        150.9            --            --             --         151.1
Purchase of common stock                 --       --           --            --            --         (171.3)       (171.3)
Retirement of treasury stock            (7.4)     --       (190.4)           --            --          190.4            --
Other                                    --       --        (19.6)           --            --             --         (19.6)
                                      ------  ------   ----------    ----------     ---------      ---------    ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997             838.3  $  8.4   $  3,085.0    $    940.6     $   (38.2)     $   (74.4)   $  3,921.4
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   ACCUMULATED
                                       COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                    OTHER                        TOTAL
                                   -------------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED    COMPREHENSIVE    TREASURY    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                     SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL     EARNINGS         LOSS          STOCK        EQUITY
                                   ---------- -------- ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1998               838.3   $  8.4   $  3,085.0   $   940.6       $ (38.2)      $  (74.4)    $  3,921.4
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
 Net income                              --        --           --       539.6            --             --
 Currency translation
 adjustment                              --        --           --          --         (11.2)            --
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME               --        --           --          --            --             --          528.4
Exercise of stock options by
 payment of cash and common
 stock                                  16.4       .1        168.4          --            --            (.2)         168.3
Amortization of restricted stock         --        --           .7          --            --             --             .7
Tax benefit from exercise of
 stock options                           --        --        147.3          --            --             --          147.3
Conversion of convertible notes          5.9       .1        113.7          --            --             --          113.8
Purchase of common stock                 --        --           --          --            --         (257.7)        (257.7)
Mandatorily redeemable
 preferred securities issued by
 subsidiary                              --        --        (65.7)         --            --             --          (65.7)
Common stock received as
 consideration in sale
 of discontinued
 operations                              --        --           --          --            --         (134.9)        (134.9)
Rights issuable                          --        --        350.0          --            --             --          350.0
Other                                    --        --         64.0          --            --             --           64.0
                                       -----   ------   ----------   ---------       -------       --------     ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998             860.6   $  8.6   $  3,863.4   $ 1,480.2       $ (49.4)      $ (467.2)    $  4,835.6
                                       =====   ======   ==========   =========       =======       ========     ==========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                                1998             1997             1996
                                                           --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)                                           $     539.6      $    (217.2)     $    330.0
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
 provided by operating activities from continuing
 operations:
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax             25.0             26.8           (16.7)
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax              (404.7)              --              --
Non cash charges:
 Litigation settlement                                            351.0               --              --
 Extraordinary gain on sale of subsidiary, net of tax                --            (26.4)             --
 Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax                  --            283.1              --
 Asset impairments and termination benefits                        62.5               --              --
 Merger-related costs and other unusual charges
 (credits)                                                        (67.2)           704.1           109.4
Payments of merger-related costs and other unusual
 charge liabilities                                              (158.2)          (317.7)          (61.3)
Depreciation and amortization                                     322.7            237.7           145.5
Membership acquisition costs                                         --               --          (512.1)
Amortization of membership costs                                     --               --           492.3
Proceeds from sales of trading securities                         136.1               --              --
Purchases of trading securities                                  (181.6)              --              --
Deferred income taxes                                            (110.8)           (23.8)           68.8
Net change in assets and liabilities from continuing
 operations:
 Receivables                                                     (126.0)           (95.6)         (122.1)
 Deferred membership commission costs                             (86.8)              --              --
 Income taxes receivable                                          (97.9)           (84.0)          (18.3)
 Accounts payable and other current liabilities                    95.9            (87.0)           14.3
 Deferred income                                                   82.3            134.0            43.9
 Other, net                                                       (54.1)           (54.9)          103.4
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUSIVE OF
 MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS                                 327.8            479.1           577.1
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
Management and mortgage programs:
 Depreciation and amortization                                  1,259.9          1,121.9         1,021.8
 Origination of mortgage loans                                (26,571.6)       (12,216.5)       (8,292.6)
 Proceeds on sale and payments from mortgage loans
 held for sale                                                 25,791.9         11,828.5         8,219.3
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
                                                                  480.2            733.9           948.5
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS                                                       808.0          1,213.0         1,525.6
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Property and equipment additions                                 (355.2)          (154.5)         (101.2)
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities                         --            506.1            72.4
Purchases of marketable securities                                   --           (458.1)         (125.6)
Investments                                                       (24.4)          (272.5)          (12.7)
Net assets acquired (net of cash acquired) and
 acquisition-related payments                                  (2,852.0)          (568.2)       (1,608.6)
Net proceeds from sale of subsidiary                              314.8            224.0              --
Other, net                                                        106.5           (108.7)          (56.2)
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS EXCLUSIVE OF MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE
 PROGRAMS                                                     $(2,810.3)      $   (831.9)      $(1,831.9)
                                                              ---------       ----------       ---------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                      CENDANT CORPORATIONAND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                                1998             1997             1996
                                                           --------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
Management and mortgage programs:
 Investment in leases and leased vehicles                   $  (2,446.6)      $ (2,068.8)      $ (1,901.2)
 Payments received on investment in leases and leased
 vehicles                                                         987.0            589.0            595.9
 Proceeds from sales and transfers of leases and leased
 vehicles to third parties                                        182.7            186.4            162.8
 Equity advances on homes under management                     (6,484.1)        (6,844.5)        (4,308.0)
 Repayment on advances on homes under
 management                                                     6,624.9          6,862.6          4,348.9
 Additions to mortgage servicing rights                          (524.4)          (270.4)          (164.4)
 Proceeds from sales of mortgage servicing rights                 119.0             49.0              7.1
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
                                                               (1,541.5)        (1,496.7)        (1,258.9)
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS                                                    (4,351.8)        (2,328.6)        (3,090.8)
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
Financing Activities
Proceeds from borrowings                                        4,808.3             66.7            459.1
Principal payments on borrowings                               (2,595.9)          (174.0)            (3.5)
Issuance of convertible debt                                         --            543.2               --
Issuance of common stock                                          171.0            132.2          1,223.8
Purchases of common stock                                        (257.7)          (171.3)           (19.2)
Proceeds from mandatorily redeemable preferred
 securities issued by subsidiary, net                           1,446.7               --               --
Other, net                                                           --             (6.6)          (121.3)
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS EXCLUSIVE OF MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE
 PROGRAMS                                                       3,572.4            390.2          1,538.9
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
Management and mortgage programs:
 Proceeds from debt issuance or borrowings                      4,300.0          2,816.3          1,656.0
 Principal payments on borrowings                              (3,089.7)        (1,692.9)        (1,645.9)
 Net change in short-term borrowings                              (93.1)          (613.5)           231.8
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
                                                                1,117.2            509.9            241.9
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS                                                     4,689.6            900.1          1,780.8
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash
 equivalents                                                      (16.4)            15.4            (46.2)
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations               (187.7)          (181.0)            53.6
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents              941.7           (381.1)           223.0
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                     67.0            448.1            225.1
                                                            -----------       ----------       ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD                    $   1,008.7       $     67.0            448.1
                                                            ===========       ==========       ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 Interest payments                                          $     623.6       $    374.9       $    291.7
 Income tax payments, net                                         (23.0)           264.5             89.4
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                     CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.  BACKGROUND

   Cendant Corporation, together with its subsidiaries (the "Company"), is one
   of the foremost consumer and business services companies in the world. The
   Company was created through the merger (the "Cendant Merger") of HFS
   Incorporated ("HFS") and CUC International Inc. ("CUC") in December 1997,
   which was accounted for as a pooling of interests. Prior to the Cendant
   Merger, both HFS and CUC had grown significantly through mergers and
   acquisitions accounted for under both the pooling of interests method (the
   most significant being the merger of HFS with PHH Corporation ("PHH") in
   April 1997 (the "PHH Merger")) and purchase method of accounting (See Note
   4). The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes hereto are
   presented as if all mergers and acquisitions accounted for as poolings of
   interests have operated as one entity since inception.



2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
   The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and
   transactions of the Company together with its wholly owned subsidiaries.
   All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
   consolidation.

   USE OF ESTIMATES
   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
   accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
   assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. Actual
   results could differ from those estimates.

   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
   The Company considers highly liquid investments purchased with an original
   maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

   MARKETABLE SECURITIES
   The Company determines the appropriate classification of marketable
   securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such determination as
   of each balance sheet date. Marketable securities classified as available
   for sale are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses
   included in the determination of comprehensive income and reported as a
   component of shareholders' equity. Marketable securities classified as
   trading securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and
   losses recognized in earnings. Securities that are bought and held
   principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified
   as trading securities. During 1998, unrealized holding gains on trading
   securities of approximately $16.0 million were included in other revenue in
   the consolidated statements of operations. Marketable securities consist
   principally of mutual funds, corporate bonds and other debt securities. The
   cost of marketable securities sold is determined on the specific
   identification method.

   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
   Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
   amortization. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the
   estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold
   improvements is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated
   useful lives of the related assets or the lease term, if shorter.

   FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
   Franchise agreements are recorded at their acquired fair values and are
   amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated periods to be
   benefited, ranging from 12 to 40 years. At December 31, 1998 and 1997,
   accumulated amortization amounted to $169.1 million and $126.4 million,
   respectively.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

   GOODWILL
   Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets
   acquired, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
   lives, substantially ranging from 25 to 40 years. At December 31, 1998 and
   1997, accumulated amortization amounted to $248.3 million and $177.2
   million, respectively.

   ASSET IMPAIRMENTS
   The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of its investments,
   intangible assets and long-lived assets, comparing the respective carrying
   values to the current and expected future cash flows, on an undiscounted
   basis, to be generated from such assets. Property and equipment is
   evaluated separately within each business. The recoverability of goodwill
   and franchise agreements are evaluated on a separate basis for each
   acquisition and franchise brand, respectively.

   Based on an evaluation of its intangible assets and in connection with the
   Company's regular forecasting processes, the Company determined that $37.0
   million of goodwill associated with a Company subsidiary, National Library
   of Poetry, was permanently impaired. In addition, the Company had equity
   investments in interactive businesses, which were generating negative cash
   flows and were unable to access sufficient liquidity through equity or debt
   offerings. As a result, the Company wrote off $13.0 million of such
   investments. The aforementioned impairments impacted the Company's Other
   services segment and are classified as operating expenses in the
   consolidated statements of operations.

   REVENUE RECOGNITION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
   Franchising. Franchise revenue principally consists of royalties as well as
   marketing and reservation fees, which are based on a percentage of
   franchisee revenue. Royalty, marketing and reservation fees are accrued as
   the underlying franchisee revenue is earned. Franchise revenue also
   includes initial franchise fees, which are recognized as revenue when all
   material services or conditions relating to the sale have been
   substantially performed which is generally when a franchised unit is
   opened.

   Timeshare. Timeshare revenue principally consists of exchange fees and
   subscription revenue. Exchange fees are recognized as revenue when the
   exchange request has been confirmed to the subscriber. Subscription
   revenue, net of related procurement costs, is deferred upon receipt and
   recognized as revenue over the subscription period during which delivery of
   publications and other services are provided to subscribers.

   Individual Membership. Membership revenue is generally recognized upon the
   expiration of the membership period. Memberships are generally cancelable
   for a full refund of the membership fee during the entire membership
   period, generally one year.

   In August 1998, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requested
   that the Company change its accounting policies with respect to revenue and
   expense recognition for its membership businesses, effective January 1,
   1997. Although the Company believed that its accounting for memberships had
   been appropriate and consistent with industry practice, the Company
   complied with the SEC's request and adopted new accounting policies for its
   membership businesses.

   Prior to such adoption, the Company recorded deferred membership income,
   net of estimated cancellations, at the time members were billed (upon
   expiration of the free trial period), which was recognized as revenue
   ratably over the membership term and modified periodically based on actual
   cancellation experience. In addition, membership acquisition and renewal
   costs, which related primarily to membership solicitations were capitalized
   as direct response advertising costs due to the Company's ability to
   demonstrate that the direct response advertising resulted in future
   economic benefits. Such costs were amortized on a straight-line basis as
   revenues were recognized (over the average membership period).

   The SEC's conclusion was that when membership fees are fully refundable
   during the entire membership period, membership revenue should be
   recognized at the end of the membership period upon the expiration of the
   refund offer. The SEC further concluded that non-refundable solicitation
   costs should be expensed as incurred since such costs are not recoverable
   if membership fees are


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

   refunded. The Company agreed to adopt such accounting policies effective
   January 1, 1997 and accordingly, recorded a non-cash after-tax charge on
   such date of $283.1 million to account for the cumulative effect of the
   accounting change.

   Insurance/Wholesale. Commissions received from the sale of third party
   accidental death and dismemberment insurance are recognized over the
   underlying policy period. The Company also receives a profit commission
   based on premiums less claims and certain other expenses (including the
   above commissions). Such profit commissions are accrued based on claims
   experience to date, including an estimate of claims incurred but not
   reported.

   Relocation. Relocation services provided by the Company include
   facilitating the purchase and resale of the transferee's residence,
   providing equity advances on the transferee's residence and home management
   services. The home is purchased under a contract of sale and the Company
   obtains a deed to the property; however, it does not generally record the
   deed or transfer title. Transferring employees are provided equity advances
   on their home based on an appraised value generally determined by
   independent appraisers, after deducting any outstanding mortgages. The
   mortgage is generally retired concurrently with the advance of the equity
   and the purchase of the home. Based on its client agreements, the Company
   is given parameters under which it negotiates for the ultimate sale of the
   home. The gain or loss on resale is generally borne by the client
   corporation. In certain transactions, the Company will assume the risk of
   loss on the sale of homes; however, in such transactions, the Company will
   control all facets of the resale process, thereby, limiting its exposure.

   While homes are held for resale, the amount funded for such homes carry an
   interest charge computed at a floating rate based on various indices.
   Direct costs of managing the home during the period the home is held for
   resale, including property taxes and repairs and maintenance, are generally
   borne by the client corporation. The client corporation normally advances
   funds to cover a portion of such carrying costs. When the home is sold, a
   settlement is made with the client corporation netting actual costs with
   any advanced funding.

   Revenues and related costs associated with the purchase and resale of a
   residence are recognized over the period in which services are provided.
   Relocation services revenue is recorded net of costs reimbursed by client
   corporations and interest expenses incurred to fund the purchase of a
   transferee's residence. Under the terms of contracts with client
   corporations, the Company is generally protected against losses from
   changes in real estate market conditions. The Company also offers fee-based
   programs such as home marketing assistance, household goods moves and
   destination services. Revenues from these fee-based services are taken into
   income over the periods in which the services are provided and the related
   expenses are incurred.

   Fleet.  The Company primarily leases its vehicles under three standard
   arrangements: open-end operating leases, closed-end operating leases or
   open-end finance leases (direct financing leases). See Note 10 -- Net
   Investment in Leases and Leased Vehicles. Each lease is either classified
   as an operating lease or direct financing lease, as defined. Lease revenues
   are recognized based on rentals. Revenues from fleet management services
   other than leasing are recognized over the period in which services are
   provided and the related expenses are incurred.

   Mortgage.  Loan origination fees, commitment fees paid in connection with
   the sale of loans, and direct loan origination costs associated with loans
   are deferred until such loans are sold. Mortgage loans are recorded at the
   lower of cost or market value on an aggregate basis. Sales of mortgage
   loans are generally recorded on the date a loan is delivered to an
   investor. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized based
   upon the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the
   related mortgage loans sold. See Note 11 -- Mortgage Loans Held For Sale.

   Fees received for servicing loans owned by investors are based on the
   difference between the weighted average yield received on the mortgages and
   the amount paid to the investor, or on a stipulated percentage of the
   outstanding monthly principal balance on such loans. Servicing fees are
   credited to income when received. Costs associated with loan servicing are
   charged to expense as incurred.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

   The Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage
   loans for others by allocating total costs incurred between the loan and
   the servicing rights retained based on their relative fair values. The
   carrying value of mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") is amortized over the
   estimated life of the related loan portfolio in proportion to projected net
   servicing revenues. Such amortization is recorded as a reduction of loan
   servicing fees in the consolidated statements of operations. Projected net
   servicing income is in turn determined on the basis of the estimated future
   balance of the underlying mortgage loan portfolio, which declines over time
   from prepayments and scheduled loan amortization. The Company estimates
   future prepayment rates based on current interest rate levels, other
   economic conditions and market forecasts, as well as relevant
   characteristics of the servicing portfolio, such as loan types, interest
   rate stratification and recent prepayment experience. MSRs are periodically
   assessed for impairment, which is recognized in the consolidated statements
   of operations during the period in which impairment occurs as an adjustment
   to the corresponding valuation allowance. Gains or losses on the sale of
   MSRs are recognized when title and all risks and rewards have irrevocably
   passed to the buyer and there are no significant unresolved contingencies.
   See Note 12 -- Mortgage Servicing Rights.

   Entertainment Publications. Product revenue primarily represents the sale
   of coupon books, gift wrap and other products to schools, community groups
   and other organizations. Under the terms of typical sales arrangements,
   coupon books are given on consignment and, if unsold, may be returned for
   full credit against the purchase price. Revenue is recognized when the
   consignee generates a sale to the ultimate consumer. Gift wrap and other
   product revenue is recognized on the accrual basis. Customized books are
   sold on a specific order basis. Revenues are recognized on such orders at
   the time the Company fulfills its obligations under the terms of the
   customer purchase order.

   ADVERTISING EXPENSES
   Advertising costs, including direct response advertising (subsequent to
   January 1, 1997), are generally expensed in the period incurred.
   Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
   were $684.7 million, $574.4 million and $503.8 million, respectively.

   INCOME TAXES
   The provision for income taxes includes deferred income taxes resulting
   from items reported in different periods for income tax and financial
   statement purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the
   expected future tax consequences of the differences between the financial
   statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
   respective tax bases. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax
   assets and liabilities are recognized in the period that includes the
   enactment date. No provision has been made for U.S. income taxes on
   approximately $312.3 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of
   foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 since it is the present intention
   of management to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in
   foreign operations. The determination of unrecognized deferred U.S. tax
   liability for unremitted earnings is not practicable.

   TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES
   Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the
   exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet dates. Equity accounts are
   translated at historical exchange rates and revenues, expenses and cash
   flows are translated at the average exchange rates for the periods
   presented. Translation gains and losses are included as a component of
   comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of shareholders'
   equity.

   NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD
   In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133 "Accounting
   for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". The Company will adopt
   SFAS No. 133 effective January 1, 2000. SFAS No. 133 requires the Company
   to record all derivatives in the consolidated balance sheet as either
   assets or liabilities measured at fair value. If the derivative does not
   qualify as a hedging instrument, the change in the derivative fair values
   will be immediately recognized as a gain or loss in earnings. If the
   derivative does qualify as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss on the
   change in the derivative fair values will


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

   either be recognized (i) in earnings as offsets to the changes in the fair
   value of the related item being hedged or (ii) be deferred and recorded as
   a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in
   the same period during which the hedged transactions occur. The Company has
   not yet determined what impact the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will have on
   its financial statements.

   RECLASSIFICATIONS
   Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' financial
   statements to conform to the presentation used in 1998.


3.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

   Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed based solely on the weighted
   average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS
   reflects all potential dilution of common stock, including the assumed
   exercise of stock options using the treasury method and convertible debt.
   At December 31, 1998, 38.0 million stock options outstanding with a
   weighted average exercise price of $29.58 per option were excluded from the
   computation of diluted EPS because the options' exercise prices were
   greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock. In
   addition, at December 31, 1998, the Company's 3% Convertible Subordinated
   Notes, convertible into 18.0 million shares of Company common stock were
   antidilutitive and, therefore, excluded from the computation of diluted
   EPS. Basic and diluted EPS from continuing operations is calculated as
   follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                                 1998         1997          1996
(In millions, except per share amounts)                      -----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>          <C>
   Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
     gain and cumulative effect of accounting change          $ 159.9       $ 66.3       $ 313.3
   Convertible debt interest -- net of tax                         --           --           5.8
                                                              -------       ------       ------
   Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
     gain and cumulative effect of accounting change, as
     adjusted                                                 $ 159.9       $ 66.3       $ 319.1
                                                              =======       ======       =======
   Weighted average shares
    Basic                                                       848.4        811.2         757.4
    Potential dilution of common stock:
     Stock options                                               32.0         40.5          40.1
     Convertible debt                                              --           --          24.1
                                                              -------       ------       -------
    Diluted                                                     880.4        851.7         821.6
                                                              =======       ======       =======
   EPS -- continuing operations before extraordinary gain
     and cumulative effect of accounting change
    Basic                                                     $   .19       $  .08       $   .41
                                                              =======       ======       =======
    Diluted                                                   $   .18       $  .08       $   .39
                                                              =======       ======       =======
</TABLE>

4.   PURCHASE METHOD BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

   The acquisitions discussed below were accounted for using the purchase
   method of accounting. Accordingly, assets acquired and liabilities assumed
   were recorded at their estimated fair values. The excess of purchase price
   over the fair value of the underlying net assets acquired is allocated to
   goodwill. The operating results of such acquired companies are included in
   the Company's consolidated statements of operations since the respective
   dates of acquisition.

   The following tables present information about the Company's acquisitions
   consummated and other acquisition-related payments made during each of the
   years in the three year period ended December 31, 1998.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1998
                                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          JACKSON
                                                               NPC           HARPUR        HEWITT        OTHER
(In millions)                                             -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
   Cash paid                                               $  1,637.7      $  206.1      $  476.3     $ 563.9
   Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired (1)           590.2          51.3          99.2       218.4
                                                           ----------      --------      --------     -------
   Goodwill                                                $  1,047.5      $  154.8      $  377.1     $ 345.5
                                                           ==========      ========      ========     =======
   Goodwill benefit period (years)                                 40            40            40     25 to 40
                                                           ==========      ========      ========     =========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1996
                                                          -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        COLDWELL
                                                1997          RCI           AVIS         BANKER        OTHER
(In millions)                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   Cash paid                                $ 267.9        $  412.1      $  367.2      $  745.0     $ 224.0
   Common stock issued                         21.6            75.0         338.4            --        52.5
   Notes issued                                                  --         100.9            --         5.0
                                                           --------      --------      --------     -------
   Total consideration                        289.5           487.1         806.5         745.0       281.5
   Fair value of identifiable net assets
     acquired (1)                             116.9             9.4         472.5         393.2        42.8
                                            -------        --------      --------      --------     -------
   Goodwill                                 $ 172.6        $  477.7      $  334.0      $  351.8     $ 238.7
                                            =======        ========      ========      ========     =======
   Goodwill benefit period (years)          25 to 40             40            40            40     25 to 40
                                            =========      ========      ========      ========     =========
   Number of shares issued as
     consideration                              0.9             2.4          11.1            --        2.5
                                            =======        ========      ========      ========     =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (1)  Cash acquired in connection with acquisitions during 1998, 1997 and 1996
       was $57.6 million, $2.6 million, and $135.0 million, respectively.


   1998 ACQUISITIONS
   National Parking Corporation.  On April 27, 1998, the Company completed
   the acquisition of National Parking Corporation Limited ("NPC") for $1.6
   billion, substantially in cash, which included the repayment of
   approximately $227.0 million of outstanding NPC debt. NPC was substantially
   comprised of two operating subsidiaries: National Car Parks and Green Flag.
   National Car Parks is the largest private (non-municipal) car park operator
   in the United Kingdom ("UK") and Green Flag operates the third largest
   roadside assistance group in the UK and offers a wide-range of emergency
   support and rescue services.

   Harpur Group.  On January 20, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition
   of The Harpur Group Ltd. ("Harpur"), a leading fuel card and vehicle
   management company in the UK, for approximately $206.1 million in cash plus
   contingent payments of up to $20.0 million over two years.

   Jackson Hewitt.  On January 7, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition
   of Jackson Hewitt Inc. ("Jackson Hewitt"), for approximately $476.3 million
   in cash. Jackson Hewitt operates the second largest tax preparation service
   franchise system in the United States. The Jackson Hewitt franchise system
   specializes in computerized preparation of federal and state individual
   income tax returns.

   Other 1998 Acquisitions and Acquisition-Related Payments.   The Company
   acquired certain other entities for an aggregate purchase price of
   approximately $463.9 million in cash during the year ended December 31,
   1998. Additionally, the Company made a $100.0 million cash payment to the
   seller of Resort Condominiums International, Inc. ("RCI") in satisfaction
   of a contingent purchase liability, which was accounted for as additional
   goodwill.

   PRO FORMA INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
   The following table reflects the operating results of the Company for the
   years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 on a pro forma basis, which gives
   effect to the acquisition of NPC. The remaining acquisitions completed
   during 1998 and 1997 are not significant on a pro forma basis and are
   therefore


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

   not included. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the
   operating results that would have occurred had the NPC acquisition been
   consummated on January 1, 1997, nor are they intended to be indicative of
   results that may occur in the future. The underlying pro forma information
   includes the amortization expense associated with the assets acquired, the
   Company's financing arrangements, certain purchase accounting adjustments
   and related income tax effects.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ----------------------------------
                                                                       1998              1997
(In millions, except per share amounts)                           -------------   ------------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>
   Net revenues                                                    $ 5,485.3         $ 4,837.4
   Income from continuing operations before extraordinary gain
     and cumulative effect of accounting change                        157.3              57.7
   Net income (loss) (1)                                               537.0            (225.8)(2)

   Per share information:
   Basic
   Income from continuing operations before extraordinary gain
     and cumulative effect of accounting change                    $    0.19         $     0.07
   Net income (loss) (1)                                           $    0.63         $    (0.28)
   Weighted average shares                                             848.4              811.2

   Diluted
   Income from continuing operations before extraordinary gain
     and cumulative effect of accounting change                    $    0.18         $     0.07
   Net income (loss) (1)                                           $    0.61         $    (0.28)
   Weighted average shares                                             880.4              851.7
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (1)  Includes gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax, of $404.7
       million ($0.46 per diluted share) in 1998 and loss from discontinued
       operations, net of tax, of $25.0 million ($0.03 per diluted share) and
       $26.8 million ($0.03 per diluted share), in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  (2)  Includes an extraordinary gain, net of tax, of $26.4 million ($0.03 per
       diluted share) and a cumulative effect charge for a change in
       accounting, net of tax, of $283.1 million ($0.35 per diluted share).


   1996 ACQUISITIONS
   Resort Condominiums International, Inc.  In November 1996, the Company
   completed the acquisition of all the outstanding capital stock of RCI for
   $487.1 million. The purchase agreement provided for contingent payments of
   up to $200.0 million over a five year period which are based on components
   which measure RCI's future performance, including EBITDA, net revenues and
   number of members, as defined.

   Avis, Inc.  In October 1996, the Company completed the acquisition of all of
   the outstanding capital stock of Avis, Inc. ("Avis"), including payments
   under certain employee stock plans of Avis and the redemption of certain
   series of preferred stock of Avis for an aggregate $806.5 million.
   Subsequently, the Company made contingent cash payments of $26.0 million in
   1996 and $60.8 million in 1997. The contingent payments made in 1997
   represented the incremental amount of value attributable to Company common
   stock as of the stock purchase agreement date in excess of the proceeds
   realized upon the subsequent sale of such Company common stock. See Note 23
   -- Related Party Transactions-Avis-for a discussion of the Company's
   executed business plan regarding Avis.

   Coldwell Banker Corporation.  In May 1996, the Company acquired by merger
   Coldwell Banker Corporation ("Coldwell Banker"), the largest gross revenue
   producing residential real estate company in North America and a leading
   provider of corporate relocation services. The Company paid $640.0 million
   in cash for all of the outstanding capital stock of Coldwell Banker and
   repaid $105.0 million of Coldwell Banker indebtedness. The aggregate
   purchase price for the transaction was financed through the May 1996 sale
   of an aggregate 46.6 million shares of Company common stock pursuant to a
   public offering.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

5.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS


   On August 12, 1998, the Company announced that the Executive Committee of
   its Board of Directors committed to discontinue the Company's classified
   advertising and consumer software businesses by disposing of Hebdo Mag
   International, Inc. ("Hebdo Mag") and Cendant Software Corporation ("CDS"),
   two wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. Hebdo Mag is a publisher and
   distributor of classified advertising information and CDS is a developer,
   publisher and distributor of educational and entertainment software.

   On December 15, 1998, the Company completed the sale of Hebdo Mag to its
   former 50% owners for $449.7 million. The Company received $314.8 million
   in cash and 7.1 million shares of Company common stock valued at $134.9
   million on the date of sale. The Company recognized a gain on the sale of
   Hebdo Mag of $206.9 million, including a tax benefit of $52.1 million,
   which is included in the gain on sale of discontinued operations in the
   consolidated statements of operations.

   On January 12, 1999, the Company completed the sale of CDS for $800.0
   million in cash plus potential future contingent cash payments pursuant to
   the contract. The Company estimates it will realize a gain of approximately
   $380.0 million based upon the finalization of the closing balance sheet at
   the sale date. The Company recognized $197.8 million of such gain in 1998
   substantially in the form of a tax benefit and corresponding deferred tax
   asset. The Company recognized this deferred tax asset upon executing the
   definitive agreement to sell CDS, which was when it became apparent to the
   Company that the deferred tax asset would be realized. The recognized gain
   is included in the gain on sale of discontinued operations in the
   consolidated statements of operations.


   Summarized financial data of discontinued operations are as follows:

   STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            CONSUMER SOFTWARE
                                                 ---------------------------------------
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------------
                                                     1998          1997          1996
(In millions)                                    -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>
   Net revenues                                    $ 345.8       $ 433.7      $  384.5
                                                   -------       -------      --------
   Income (loss) before income taxes                 (57.3)         (5.9)         42.0
   Provision for (benefit from) income taxes         (22.9)          2.4          27.3
   Net income (loss)                              $  (34.4)     $   (8.3)     $   14.7
                                                  ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING
                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(In millions)                                                   ---------------------------------------
                                                                    1998          1997          1996
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
   Net revenues                                                  $  202.4       $ 208.5      $  126.4
                                                                 --------       -------      --------
   Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary loss          16.9          (4.5)          3.7
   Provision for (benefit from) income taxes                          7.5          (1.2)          1.7
   Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt, net
     of a $4.9 million tax benefit                                     --         (15.2)           --
                                                                 --------       -------      --------
   Net income (loss)                                             $    9.4      $  (18.5)     $    2.0
                                                                 ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>



   The Company allocated $19.9 million and $5.0 million of interest expense to
   discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
   respectively. Such interest expense represents the cost of funds associated
   with businesses acquired by the discontinued business segments at an
   interest rate consistent with the Company's consolidated effective
   borrowing rate.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

BALANCE SHEET DATA:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CLASSIFIED
                                                 CONSUMER SOFTWARE           ADVERTISING
                                             -------------------------   ------------------
                                                   DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31, 
                                             -------------------------   ------------------
                                                 1998          1997             1997
(In millions)                                -----------   -----------       ----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
   Current assets                             $  284.9      $  209.1          $   58.6
   Goodwill                                      105.7          42.2             181.5
   Other assets                                   88.2          49.2              33.2
   Total liabilities                            (105.2)       (127.0)           (173.5)
                                              --------      --------          --------
   Net assets of discontinued operations      $  373.6      $  173.5          $   99.8
                                              ========      ========          ========
</TABLE>

6.  OTHER CHARGES

   LITIGATION SETTLEMENT 
   On March 17, 1999, the Company reached a final agreement to settle the
   class action lawsuit that was brought on behalf of the holders of Income
   or Growth FELINE PRIDES ("PRIDES") securities who purchased their
   securities on or prior to April 15, 1998, the date on which the Company
   announced the discovery of accounting irregularities in the former
   business units of CUC (see Note 17 -- Mandatorily Redeemable Trust
   Preferred Securities Issued by Subsidiary). We originally announced a
   preliminary agreement in principle to settle such lawsuit on January 7,
   1999. The final agreement maintained the basic structure and accounting
   treatment as the preliminary agreement. Under the terms of the agreement
   only holders who owned PRIDES at the close of business on April 15, 1998
   will be eligible to receive a new additional "Right" for each PRIDES
   security held. Right holders may (i) sell them or (ii) exercise them by
   delivering to the Company, three Rights together with two PRIDES in
   exchange for two New PRIDES (the "New PRIDES"), for a period beginning
   upon distribution of the Rights and concluding upon expiration of the
   Rights (February 2001).

   The terms of the New PRIDES will be the same as the original PRIDES except
   that the conversion rate will be revised so that, at the time the Rights
   are distributed, each New PRIDES will have a value equal to $17.57 more
   than each original PRIDES, or, in the aggregate, approximately $351.0
   million. Accordingly, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $351.0
   million in the fourth quarter of 1998 with an increase in additional
   paid-in capital and accrued liabilities of $350.0 million and $1.0 million,
   respectively, based on the prospective issuance of the Rights. The
   agreement also requires the Company to offer to sell four million
   additional PRIDES (having identical terms to currently outstanding PRIDES)
   to holders of Rights for cash, at a value which will be based on the
   valuation model that was utilized to set the conversion rate of the New
   PRIDES. Based on that valuation model, the currently outstanding PRIDES
   have a theoretical value of $28.07 based on the closing price of the
   Company's common stock of $16.6875 on March 17, 1999. The offering of
   additional PRIDES will be made only pursuant to a prospectus filed with the
   SEC. The Company currently expect to use the proceeds of such an offering
   to repurchase our common stock and for other general corporate purposes.
   The arrangement to offer additional PRIDES is designed to enhance the
   trading value of the Rights by removing up to six million Rights from
   circulation via exchanges associated with the offering and to enhance the
   open market liquidity of New PRIDES by creating four million New PRIDES via
   exchanges associated with the offering. If holders of Rights do not acquire
   all such PRIDES, they will be offered to the public. Under the settlement
   agreement, the Company also agreed to file a shelf registration statement
   for an additional 15 million PRIDES, which could be issued by the Company
   at any time for cash. However, during the last 30 days prior to the
   expiration of the Rights in February 2001, the Company will be required to
   make these additional PRIDES available to holders of Rights at a price in
   cash equal to 105% of the theoretical value of the additional PRIDES as of
   a specified date. The PRIDES, if issued, would have the same terms as the
   currently outstanding PRIDES and could be used to exercise Rights. Based on
   a market price of $16.6875, the closing price per share of the Company's
   common stock on March 17, 1999, the effect of the issuance of the New
   PRIDES will be to distribute approximately 19 million more shares of
   Company common stock when the mandatory purchase of Company common stock
   associated with the PRIDES occurs


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

   in February 2001. This represents approximately 2% more shares of Company
   common stock than are currently outstanding. The Rights will be distributed
   following final court approval of the settlement and after the
   effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC covering the
   New PRIDES. It is presently expected that if the court approves the
   settlement and such conditions are fulfilled, the Rights will be
   distributed in August or September 1999. This summary of the settlement
   does not constitute an offer to sell any securities, which will only be
   made by means of a prospectus after a registration statement is filed with
   the SEC. There can be no assurance that the court will approve the
   agreement or that the conditions contained in the agreement will be
   fulfilled.

   TERMINATION OF PROPOSED ACQUISITIONS 
   On October 13, 1998, the Company and American Bankers Insurance Group, Inc.
   ("American Bankers") entered into a settlement agreement (the "Settlement
   Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company and American Bankers terminated a
   definitive agreement dated March 23, 1998 which provided for the Company's
   acquisition of American Bankers for $3.1 billion. Accordingly, the Company's
   pending tender offer for American Bankers shares was also terminated.
   Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement and in connection with termination of
   the Company's proposed acquisition of American Bankers, the Company made a
   $400.0 million cash payment to American Bankers and wrote off $32.3 million
   of costs, primarily professional fees.

   On October 5, 1998, the Company announced the termination of an agreement
   to acquire, for $219.0 million in cash, Providian Auto and Home Insurance
   Company ("Providian"). Certain representations and covenants in such
   agreement had not been fulfilled and the conditions to closing had not been
   met. The Company did not pursue an extension of the termination date of the
   agreement because Providian no longer met the Company's acquisition
   criteria. In connection with the termination of the Company's proposed
   acquisition of Providian, the Company wrote off $1.2 million of costs.

   EXECUTIVE TERMINATIONS 
   The Company incurred $52.5 million of costs in 1998 related to the
   termination of certain former executives of the Company, principally Walter
   A. Forbes, who resigned as Chairman of the Company and as a member of the
   Board of Directors. The severance agreement reached with Mr. Forbes entitled
   him to the benefits required by his employment contract relating to a
   termination of Mr. Forbes' employment with the Company for reasons other
   than for cause. Aggregate benefits given to Mr. Forbes resulted in a charge
   of $50.9 million comprised of $38.4 million in cash payments and 1.3 million
   Company stock options, with a Black-Scholes value of $12.5 million. Such
   options were immediately vested and expire on July 28, 2008.

   INVESTIGATION-RELATED COSTS 
   The Company incurred $33.4 million of professional fees, public relations
   costs and other miscellaneous expenses in connection with accounting
   irregularities and resulting investigations into such matters.

   FINANCING COSTS 
   In connection with the Company's discovery and announcement of accounting
   irregularities on April 15, 1998 and the corresponding lack of audited
   financial statements, the Company was temporarily prohibited from accessing
   public debt markets. As a result, the Company paid $27.9 million in fees
   associated with waivers and various financing arrangements. Additionally,
   during 1998, the Company exercised its option to redeem its 4% Convertible
   Senior Notes (the "4 3/4% Notes") (see Note 13 -- Long-Term Debt -- 4 3/4%
   Convertible Senior Notes). At such time, the Company anticipated that all
   holders of the 4 3/4% Notes would elect to convert the 4 3/4% Notes to
   Company common stock. However, at the time of redemption, holders of the 4
   3/4% Notes elected not to convert the 4 3/4% Notes to Company common stock
   and as a result, the Company redeemed such notes at a premium. Accordingly,
   the Company recorded a $7.2 million loss on early extinguishment of debt.

   1997 MERGER-RELATED COSTS AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES (CREDITS)  
   The Company incurred merger-related costs and other unusual charges
   ("Unusual Charges") in 1997 related to continuing operations of $704.1
   million primarily associated with the Cendant Merger (the "Fourth Quarter
   1997 Charge") and the PHH Merger (the "Second Quarter 1997 Charge").
   Liabilities associated with Unusual Charges are classified as a component of
   accounts payable and other current liabilities. The reduction of such
   liabilities from inception is summarized by category of expenditure and by
   charge as follows:


                                      F-21
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1998 ACTIVITY
                             NET 1997                 BALANCE AT   -----------------------------------   BALANCE AT
                              UNUSUAL      1997      DECEMBER 31,      CASH        NON                  DECEMBER 31,
                              CHARGES   REDUCTIONS       1997        PAYMENTS     CASH    ADJUSTMENTS       1998
(In millions)               ---------- ------------ -------------- ------------ -------- ------------- -------------
<S>                         <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>
   Professional fees         $  123.3    $  (72.6)     $  50.7     $    (38.2)    $ --      $ (10.9)      $  1.6
   Personnel related            324.8      (156.3)       168.5          (75.3)      --        (23.0)        70.2
   Business terminations        133.9      (130.0)         3.9           (1.2)     6.1         (7.1)         1.7
   Facility related and
     other                      156.0      (105.6)        50.4          (15.7)     2.1        (26.7)        10.1
                             --------    --------      -------     ----------     ----      -------       ------
   Total Unusual Charges     $  738.0    $ (464.5)     $ 273.5     $   (130.4)   $ 8.2      $ (67.7)      $ 83.6
   Reclassification for
     discontinued
     operations                 (33.9)       33.9           --             --       --           --           --
                             --------    --------      -------     ----------    -----      -------       ------
   Total Unusual Charges
     related to continuing
     operations              $  704.1    $  430.6      $ 273.5     $   (130.4)   $ 8.2      $ (67.7)      $ 83.6
                             ========    ========      =======     ==========    =====      =======       ======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1998 ACTIVITY
                             NET 1997                 BALANCE AT   -------------------------------------   BALANCE AT
                              UNUSUAL      1997      DECEMBER 31,       CASH        NON                   DECEMBER 31,
                              CHARGES   REDUCTIONS       1997         PAYMENTS      CASH    ADJUSTMENTS       1998
(In millions)               ---------- ------------ -------------- ------------- --------- ------------- -------------
<S>                         <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>
   Fourth Quarter 1997
     Charge                  $  454.9  $   (257.5)     $  197.4     $   (102.6)   $  0.5      $ (28.1)      $  67.2
   Second Quarter 1997
     Charge                     283.1      (207.0)         76.1          (27.8)      7.7        (39.6)         16.4
                             --------  ----------      --------     ----------    ------      -------       -------
   Total Unusual Charges     $  738.0  $   (464.5)     $  273.5     $   (130.4)   $  8.2      $ (67.7)      $  83.6
   Reclassification for
     discontinued
     operations                 (33.9)       33.9            --             --        --           --            --
                             --------  ----------      --------     ----------    ------      -------       -------
   Total Unusual Charges
     related to continuing
     operations              $  704.1  $   (430.6)     $  273.5     $   (130.4)   $  8.2      $ (67.7)      $  83.6
                             ========  ==========      ========     ==========    ======      =======       =======
</TABLE>

   Fourth Quarter 1997 Charge. The Company incurred Unusual Charges in the
   fourth quarter of 1997 totaling $454.9 million substantially associated
   with the Cendant Merger and the merger in October 1997 with Hebdo Mag.
   Reorganization plans were formulated prior to and implemented as a result
   of the mergers. The Company determined to streamline its corporate
   organization functions and eliminate several office locations in
   overlapping markets. Management's plan included the consolidation of
   European call centers in Cork, Ireland and terminations of franchised hotel
   properties.

   Unusual Charges included $93.0 million of professional fees primarily
   consisting of investment banking, legal and accounting fees incurred in
   connection with the mergers. The Company also incurred $170.7 million of
   personnel-related costs including $73.3 million of retirement and employee
   benefit plan costs, $23.7 million of restricted stock compensation, $61.4
   million of severance resulting from consolidations of European call centers
   and certain corporate functions and $12.3 million of other
   personnel-related costs. The Company provided for 474 employees to be
   terminated, the majority of which have been severed as of December 31,
   1998. Unusual Charges included $78.3 million of business termination costs
   which consisted of a $48.3 million impairment write down of hotel franchise
   agreement assets associated with a quality upgrade program and $30.0
   million of costs incurred to terminate a contract which may have restricted
   the Company from maximizing opportunities afforded by the Cendant Merger.
   Facility-related and other unusual charges of $112.9 million included $70.0
   million of irrevocable contributions to independent technology trusts for
   the direct benefit of lodging and real estate franchisees, $16.4 million of
   building lease termination costs and a $22.0 million reduction in
   intangible assets associated with the Company's wholesale annuity business
   for which impairment was determined in 1997. During the year ended December
   31,


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

   1998, the Company recorded a net credit of $28.1 million to Unusual Charges
   with a corresponding reduction to liabilities primarily as a result of a
   change in the original estimate of costs to be incurred. 

   Second Quarter 1997 Charge. The Company incurred $295.4 million of Unusual
   Charges in the second quarter of 1997 primarily associated with the PHH
   Merger. During the fourth quarter of 1997, as a result of changes in
   estimates, the Company adjusted certain merger-related liabilities, which
   resulted in a $12.3 million credit to Unusual Charges. Reorganization plans
   were formulated in connection with the PHH Merger and were implemented upon
   consummation. The PHH Merger afforded the combined company, at such time, an
   opportunity to rationalize its combined corporate, real estate and travel
   related businesses, and enabled the corresponding support and service
   functions to gain organizational efficiencies and maximize profits.
   Management initiated a plan just prior to the PHH Merger to close hotel
   reservation call centers, combine travel agency operations and continue the
   downsizing of fleet operations by reducing headcount and eliminating
   unprofitable products. In addition, management initiated plans to integrate
   its relocation, real estate franchise and mortgage origination businesses to
   capture additional revenue through the referral of one business unit's
   customers to another. Management also formalized a plan to centralize the
   management and headquarters functions of the world's largest, second largest
   and other company-owned corporate relocation business unit subsidiaries. Such
   initiatives resulted in write-offs of abandoned systems and leasehold assets
   commencing in the second quarter 1997. The aforementioned reorganization
   plans provided for 560 job reductions which included the elimination of PHH
   Corporate functions and facilities in Hunt Valley, Maryland.

   Unusual Charges included $154.1 million of personnel-related costs
   associated with employee reductions necessitated by the planned and
   announced consolidation of the Company's corporate relocation service
   businesses worldwide as well as the consolidation of corporate activities.
   Personnel-related charges also included termination benefits such as
   severance, medical and other benefits and provided for retirement benefits
   pursuant to pre-existing contracts resulting from a change in control.
   Unusual Charges also included professional fees of $30.3 million, primarily
   comprised of investment banking, accounting and legal fees incurred in
   connection with the PHH Merger. The Company incurred business termination
   charges of $55.6 million, which were comprised of $38.8 million of costs to
   exit certain activities primarily within the Company's fleet management
   business (including $35.7 million of asset write-offs associated with
   exiting certain activities), a $7.3 million termination fee associated with
   a joint venture that competed with the PHH Mortgage Services business (now
   Cendant Mortgage Corporation) and $9.6 million of costs to terminate a
   marketing agreement with a third party in order to replace the function
   with internal resources. Facility-related and other charges totaling $43.1
   million included costs associated with contract and lease terminations,
   asset disposals and other charges incurred in connection with the
   consolidation and closure of excess office space.

   The Company had substantially completed the aforementioned restructuring
   activities at December 31, 1998. During the year ended December 31, 1998,
   the Company recorded a net credit of $39.6 million to Unusual Charges with
   a corresponding reduction to liabilities primarily as a result of a change
   in the original estimate of costs to be incurred.

   1996 MERGER-RELATED COSTS AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES 
   In connection with and coincident to Company mergers accounted for as
   poolings of interests during 1996, the Company incurred Unusual Charges of
   approximately $134.3 million in 1996, of which $109.4 million was related to
   continuing operations (substantially related to the Company's merger with
   Ideon Group, Inc. ("Ideon")) and $24.9 million was associated with consumer
   software businesses that are discontinued. The collective Unusual Charges
   recorded during 1996 related to Company mergers and the utilization of such
   liabilities is summarized below:


                                      F-23
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996                  BALANCE AT                  BALANCE AT
                                                   UNUSUAL      1997      DECEMBER 31,      1998      DECEMBER 31,
                                                   CHARGES   REDUCTIONS       1997       REDUCTIONS       1998
(In millions)                                     --------- ------------ -------------- ------------ -------------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
   Professional fees                               $  27.5    $ (27.5)       $  --        $    --        $  --
   Personnel related                                   7.5       (7.5)          --             --           --
   Facility related                                   12.4      (10.4)         2.0           (2.0)          --
   Litigation related                                 80.4      (14.4)        66.0          (25.0)        41.0
   Other                                               6.5       (6.2)          .3           (0.3)          --
                                                   -------    -------        -----        -------        -----
   Total Unusual Charges                             134.3      (66.0)        68.3          (27.3)        41.0
   Reclassification for discontinued operations      (24.9)      24.9           --             --           --
                                                   -------    -------        -----        -------        -----
   Total Unusual Charges related to continuing
     operations                                    $ 109.4    $ (41.1)      $ 68.3        $ (27.3)      $ 41.0
                                                   =======    =======       ======        =======       ======
</TABLE>

   Costs associated with the discontinued operations were comprised primarily
   of professional fees incurred in connection with the Company's mergers with
   consumer software businesses. Costs associated with the Company's merger
   with Ideon were non-recurring and included transaction and exit costs as
   well as a provision relating to certain litigation matters giving
   consideration to the Company's intended approach to these matters. The
   Company has since settled all outstanding litigation matters. The remaining
   $41.0 million of litigation-related liabilities at December 31, 1998
   consists of the present value of settlement payments to be made in annual
   installments to the co-founder of SafeCard Services, Inc., which was
   acquired by Ideon in 1995. 1998 reductions include $27.8 million of cash
   payments and a $0.5 million charge to Unusual Charges as a result of a
   change in the original estimate of costs to be incurred.

   The 1996 Unusual Charges also provided for costs to be incurred in
   connection with the Company's consolidation efforts, including severance
   costs to be accrued resulting from the Ideon merger and costs relating to
   the expected obligations for certain third-party contracts (existing leases
   and vendor agreements) to which Ideon is a party and which are neither
   terminable at will nor automatically terminate upon a change-in-control of
   Ideon. In addition, the Company incurred certain exit costs in transferring
   and consolidating Ideon's credit card registration and enhancement services
   into the Company's credit card registration and enhancement services
   business. As a result of the Ideon merger, 120 employees were terminated.



7.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET


     Property and equipment, net consisted of:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        ESTIMATED           DECEMBER 31,
                                                       USEFUL LIVES   -------------------------
                                                         IN YEARS          1998          1997
(In millions)                                         -------------   -------------   ---------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
   Land                                               --               $    153.4     $   8.4
   Building and leasehold improvements                   5 - 50             751.9       224.4
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment                     3 - 10           1,018.1       632.1
                                                                       ----------     -------
                                                                          1,923.4       864.9
   Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                           490.6       320.2
                                                                       ----------     -------
                                                                       $  1,432.8     $ 544.7
                                                                       ==========     =======
</TABLE>




                                      F-24
<PAGE>

8.  OTHER INTANGIBLES, NET

     Other intangibles, net consisted of:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       ESTIMATED           DECEMBER 31,
                                      USEFUL LIVES   -------------------------
                                        IN YEARS         1998          1997
(In millions)                        -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
   Avis trademark                         40          $  402.0      $  402.0
   Other trademarks                       40             170.9          72.5
   Customer lists                        3-10            162.7         116.8
   Other                                 2-16            138.6         123.6
                                                      --------      --------
                                                         874.2         714.9
   Less accumulated amortization                         117.1          90.6
                                                      --------      --------
                                                      $  757.1      $  624.3
                                                      ========      ========
</TABLE>

   Other intangibles are recorded at their estimated fair values at the dates
   acquired and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods to be
   benefited.


9.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

     Accounts payable and other current liabilities consisted of:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                          -------------------------
                                              1998          1997
(In millions)                             -----------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>
   Accounts payable                       $   456.0     $   479.5
   Merger and acquisition obligations         152.7         359.0
   Accrued payroll and related                208.0         187.3
   Advances from relocation clients            60.3          57.2
   Other                                      640.5         409.4
                                          ---------     ---------
                                          $ 1,517.5     $ 1,492.4
                                          =========     =========
</TABLE>

10. NET INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED VEHICLES

     Net investment in leases and leased vehicles consisted of:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                       1998            1997
(In millions)                                     -------------   -------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>
   Vehicles under open-end operating leases        $  2,725.6      $  2,640.1
   Vehicles under closed-end operating leases           822.1           577.2
   Direct financing leases                              252.4           440.8
   Accrued interest on leases                             1.0             1.0
                                                   ----------      ----------
                                                   $  3,801.1      $  3,659.1
                                                   ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   The Company records the cost of leased vehicles as "net investment in
   leases and leased vehicles." The vehicles are leased primarily to corporate
   fleet users for initial periods of twelve months or more under either
   operating or direct financing lease agreements. Vehicles under operating
   leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected lease
   term. The Company's experience indicates that the full term of the leases
   may vary considerably due to extensions beyond the minimum lease term.
   Lessee repayments of investment in leases and leased vehicles were $1.9
   billion and $1.6 billion in 1998 and 1997, respectively, and the ratio of
   such repayments to the average net investment in leases and leased vehicles
   was 50.7% and 46.8% in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

   The Company has two types of operating leases. Under one type, open-end
   operating leases, resale of the vehicles upon termination of the lease is
   generally for the account of the lessee except for a minimum residual value
   which the Company has guaranteed. The Company's experience has been

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

   that vehicles under this type of lease agreement have generally been sold
   for amounts exceeding the residual value guarantees. Maintenance and
   repairs of vehicles under these agreements are the responsibility of the
   lessee. The original cost and accumulated depreciation of vehicles under
   this type of operating lease was $5.3 billion and $2.6 billion,
   respectively, at December 31, 1998 and $5.0 billion and $2.4 billion,
   respectively, at December 31, 1997.

   Under the second type of operating lease, closed-end operating leases,
   resale of the vehicles on termination of the lease is for the account of
   the Company. The lessee generally pays for or provides maintenance, vehicle
   licenses and servicing. The original cost and accumulated depreciation of
   vehicles under these agreements were $1.0 billion and $190.5 million,
   respectively, at December 31, 1998 and $754.4 million and $177.2 million,
   respectively, at December 31, 1997. The Company, based on historical
   experience and a current assessment of the used vehicle market, established
   an allowance in the amount of $14.2 million and $11.7 million for potential
   losses on residual values on vehicles under these leases at December 31,
   1998 and 1997, respectively.

   Under the direct financing lease agreements, the minimum lease term is 12
   months with a month to month renewal thereafter. In addition, resale of the
   vehicles upon termination of the lease is for the account for the lessee.
   Maintenance and repairs of these vehicles are the responsibility of the
   lessee. 

   Open-end operating leases and direct financing leases generally have a
   minimum lease term of 12 months with monthly renewal options thereafter.
   Closed-end operating leases typically have a longer term, usually 24 months
   or more, but are cancelable under certain conditions.

   Gross leasing revenues, which are included in fleet leasing in the
   consolidated statements of operations, consist of:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                        1998            1997            1996
(In millions)                                      -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
   Operating leases                                 $  1,330.3      $  1,222.9      $  1,145.8
   Direct financing leases, primarily interest            37.8            41.8            43.3
                                                    ----------      ----------      ----------
                                                    $  1,368.1      $  1,264.7      $  1,189.1
                                                    ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   In June 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with an independent
   third party to sell and leaseback vehicles subject to operating leases. The
   net carrying value of the vehicles sold was $100.6 million. Since the net
   carrying value of these vehicles was equal to their sales price, there was
   no gain or loss recognized on the sale. The lease agreement entered into
   between the Company and the counterparty was for a minimum lease term of 12
   months with three one-year renewal options. For the year ended December 31,
   1998, the total rental expense incurred by the Company under this lease was
   $17.7 million.

   The Company has transferred existing managed vehicles and related leases to
   unrelated investors and has retained servicing responsibility. Credit risk
   for such agreements is retained by the Company to a maximum extent in one
   of two forms: excess assets transferred, which were $9.4 million and $7.6
   million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively; or guarantees to a
   maximum extent. There were no guarantees to a maximum extent at December
   31, 1998 or 1997. All such credit risk has been included in the Company's
   consideration of related allowances. The outstanding balances under such
   agreements aggregated $259.1 million and $224.6 million at December 31,
   1998 and 1997, respectively. 

   Other managed vehicles with balances aggregating $221.8 million and $157.9
   million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, are included in special
   purpose entities which are not owned by the Company. These entities do not
   require consolidation as they are not controlled by the Company and all risks
   and rewards rest with the owners. Additionally, managed vehicles totaling
   approximately $81.9 million and $69.6 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
   respectively, are owned by special purpose entities which are owned by the
   Company. However, such assets and related liabilities have been netted in the
   consolidated balance sheet since there is a two-party agreement with
   determinable accounts, a legal right of offset exists and the Company
   exercises its right of offset in settlement with client corporations.


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

11. MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE

   Mortgage loans held for sale represent mortgage loans originated by the
   Company and held pending sale to permanent investors. The Company sells
   loans insured or guaranteed by various government sponsored entities and
   private insurance agencies. The insurance or guaranty is provided primarily
   on a non-recourse basis to the Company, except where limited by the Federal
   Housing Administration and Veterans Administration and their respective
   loan programs. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, mortgage loans sold with
   recourse amounted to approximately $58.3 million and $58.5 million,
   respectively. The Company believes adequate allowances are maintained to
   cover any potential losses.

   The Company entered into a three year agreement effective May 1998 and
   expanded in December 1998 under which an unaffiliated Buyer (the "Buyer")
   committed to purchase, at the Company's option, mortgage loans originated
   by the Company on a daily basis, up to the Buyer's asset limit of $2.4
   billion. Under the terms of this sale agreement, the Company retains the
   servicing rights on the mortgage loans sold to the Buyer and provides the
   Buyer with opportunities to sell or securitize the mortgage loans into the
   secondary market. At December 31, 1998, the Company was servicing
   approximately $2.0 billion of mortgage loans owned by the Buyer.


12. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

     Capitalized mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") activity was as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      IMPAIRMENT
                                                           MSRS       ALLOWANCE       TOTAL
(In millions)                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
   BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                             $  192.8       $ (1.4)      $  191.4
   Less: PHH activity for January 1996 to reflect
     change in PHH fiscal year                             (14.0)          .2          (13.8)
   Additions to MSRs                                       164.4           --          164.4
   Amortization                                            (51.8)          --          (51.8)
   Write-down/provision                                       --           .6             .6
   Sales                                                    (1.9)          --           (1.9)
                                                        --------       ------       --------
   BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                              289.5          (.6)         288.9
   Additions to MSRs                                       251.8           --          251.8
   Amortization                                            (95.6)          --          (95.6)
   Write-down/provision                                       --         (4.1)          (4.1)
   Sales                                                   (33.1)          --          (33.1)
   Deferred hedge, net                                      18.6           --           18.6
   Reclassification of mortgage-related securities         (53.5)          --          (53.5)
                                                        --------       ------       --------
   BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997                              377.7         (4.7)         373.0
   Additions to MSRs                                       475.2           --          475.2
   Additions to hedge                                       49.2           --           49.2
   Amortization                                            (82.5)          --          (82.5)
   Write-down/provision                                       --          4.7            4.7
   Sales                                                   (99.1)          --          (99.1)
   Deferred hedge, net                                     (84.8)          --          (84.8)
                                                        --------       ------       --------
   BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                           $  635.7       $   --       $  635.7
                                                        ========       ======       ========
</TABLE>

   The value of the Company's MSRs is sensitive to changes in interest rates.
   The Company uses a hedge program to manage the associated financial risks
   of loan prepayments. Commencing in 1997, the Company used certain
   derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate floors, interest
   rate swaps, principal only swaps, futures and options on futures to
   administer its hedge program. Premiums paid/received on the acquired
   derivatives instruments are capitalized and amortized over the life of the
   contracts. Gains and losses associated with the hedge instruments are
   deferred and


                                      F-27
<PAGE>

   recorded as adjustments to the basis of the MSRs. In the event the
   performance of the hedge instruments do not meet the requirements of the
   hedge program, changes in the fair value of the hedge instruments will be
   reflected in the income statement in the current period. Deferrals under
   the hedge programs are allocated to each applicable stratum of MSRs based
   upon its original designation and included in the impairment measurement.

   For purposes of performing its impairment evaluation, the Company
   stratifies its portfolio on the basis of interest rates of the underlying
   mortgage loans. The Company measures impairment for each stratum by
   comparing estimated fair value to the recorded book value. The Company
   records amortization expense in proportion to and over the period of the
   projected net servicing income. Temporary impairment is recorded through a
   valuation allowance in the period of occurrence.


13. LONG-TERM DEBT

  Long-term debt consisted of:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                         ----------------------------
                                              1998           1997
(In millions)                            -------------   ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>
   Term Loan Facility                     $  1,250.0       $     --
   Revolving Credit Facilities                    --          276.0
   7 1/2% Senior Notes                         399.7             --
   7 3/4% Senior Notes                       1,148.0             --
   3% Convertible Subordinated Notes           545.4          543.2
   5 7/8% Senior Notes                            --          149.9
   4 3/4% Convertible Senior Notes                --          240.0
   Other                                        24.9           39.2
                                          ----------       --------
                                             3,368.0        1,248.3
   Less current portion                          5.1            2.3
                                          ----------       --------
                                          $  3,362.9      $ 1,246.0
                                          ==========      =========
</TABLE>

   TERM LOAN FACILITIES
   On May 29, 1998, the Company entered into a 364 day term loan agreement
   with a syndicate of financial institutions which provided for borrowings of
   $3.25 billion (the "Term Loan Facility"). The Term Loan Facility, as
   amended, incurred interest based on the London Interbank Offered Rate
   ("LIBOR") plus a margin of approximately 87.5 basis points. The weighted
   average interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 6.2% at December 31,
   1998.

   At December 31, 1998, borrowings under the Term Loan Facility of $1.25
   billion were classified as long-term based on the Company's intent and
   ability to refinance such borrowings on a long-term basis. On February 9,
   1999, the Company replaced the Term Loan Facility with a new two year term
   loan facility (the "New Facility") which provides for borrowings of $1.25
   billion. The Company used $1.25 billion of the proceeds from the New
   Facility to refinance the majority of the outstanding borrowings under the
   Term Loan Facility. The New Facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus
   a margin of approximately 100 basis points and is payable in five
   consecutive quarterly installments beginning on the first anniversary of
   the closing date. The New Facility contains certain restrictive covenants,
   which are substantially similar to and consistent with the covenants in
   effect for the Company's existing revolving credit agreements.

   CREDIT FACILITIES
   The Company's primary credit facility, as amended, consists of (i) a $750.0
   million, five year revolving credit facility (the "Five Year Revolving
   Credit Facility") and (ii) a $1.0 billion, 364 day revolving credit
   facility (the "364 Day Revolving Credit Facility") (collectively the
   "Revolving Credit Facilities"). The 364 Day Revolving Credit Facility will
   mature on October 29, 1999 but may be renewed on an annual basis for an
   additional 364 days upon receiving lender approval. The Five Year Revolving
   Credit Facility will mature on October 1, 2001. Borrowings under the
   Revolving Credit Facilities, at the option of the Company, bear interest
   based on competitive bids of lenders


                                      F-28
<PAGE>

   participating in the facilities, at prime rates or at LIBOR, plus a margin
   of approximately 75 basis points. The Company is required to pay a per
   annum facility fee of .175% and .15% of the average daily unused
   commitments under the Five Year Revolving Credit Facility and 364 Day
   Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. The interest rates and facility
   fees are subject to change based upon credit ratings on the Company's
   senior unsecured long-term debt by nationally recognized debt rating
   agencies. Letters of credit of $45.0 million were outstanding under the
   Five Year Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 1998. The Revolving
   Credit Facilities contain certain restrictive covenants including
   restrictions on indebtedness, mergers, liquidations and sale and leaseback
   transactions and requires the maintenance of certain financial ratios,
   including a 3:1 minimum interest coverage ratio and a 0.5:1 maximum
   debt-to-capitalization ratio.


   7 1/2% AND 7 3/4% SENIOR NOTES
   On November 17, 1998, the Company filed an amended shelf registration
   statement with the SEC for the aggregate issuance of up to $3.0 billion of
   debt and equity securities. On November 24, 1998, the Company priced a
   total of $1.55 billion of Senior Notes (the "Notes") in a two-part issue.
   The first issue, $400.0 million principal amount of 7 1/2% Senior Notes due
   December 1, 2000, was priced to yield 7.545%. The second issue, $1.15
   billion principal amount of 7 3/4% Senior Notes due December 1, 2003, was
   priced to yield 7.792%. Interest on the Notes will be payable on June 1 and
   December 1 each year, beginning on June 1, 1999. The Notes may be redeemed,
   in whole or in part, at any time at the option of the Company at a
   redemption price plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. The
   redemption price is equal to the greater of (i) the face value of the notes
   or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments
   discounted at the treasury rate plus a spread defined in the indenture. Net
   proceeds from the offering were used to repay a portion of the Company's
   Term Loan Facility and for general corporate purposes, which included the
   repurchase of Company common stock.


   3% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES
   In February 1997, the Company completed a public offering of $550.0 million
   3% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the "3% Notes") due 2002. Each $1,000
   principal amount of 3% Notes is convertible into 32.6531 shares of Company
   common stock subject to adjustment in certain events. The 3% Notes may be
   redeemed at the option of the Company at any time on or after February 15,
   2000, in whole or in part, at the appropriate redemption prices (as defined
   in the indenture governing the 3% Notes) plus accrued interest to the
   redemption date. The 3% Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to
   all existing and future Senior Debt (as defined in the indenture governing
   the 3% Notes) of the Company.


   5 7/8% SENIOR NOTES
   On December 15, 1998, the Company repaid the $150.0 million principal
   amount of 5 7/8% Senior Notes outstanding in accordance with the provisions
   of the indenture agreement.


     4 3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES
   In February 1996, the Company completed a public offering of $240.0 million
   unsecured 4 3/4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2003, which were convertible
   at the option of the holder at any time prior to maturity into 36.030
   shares of Company common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 4 3/4%
   Notes, representing a conversion price of $27.76 per share. On May 4, 1998,
   the Company redeemed all of the outstanding ($144.5 million principal
   amount) 4 3/4% Notes at a price of 103.393% of the principal amount,
   together with interest accrued to the redemption date (see Note 6 -- Other
   Charges -- Financing Costs). Prior to the redemption date, during 1998,
   holders of such notes exchanged $95.5 million of the 4 3/4% Notes for 3.4
   million shares of Company common stock.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>

   DEBT MATURITIES
     Aggregate maturities of debt for each of the next five years commencing in
1999 are as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In milloins)
YEAR                 AMOUNT
- ---------------   -----------
<S>               <C>
  1999            $     5.1
  2000                403.3
  2001              1,250.3
  2002                545.4
  2003              1,148.0
  Thereafter           15.9
                  ---------
                  $ 3,368.0
                  =========
</TABLE>

14. LIABILITIES UNDER MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS

     Borrowings to fund assets under management and mortgage programs consisted
of:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       DECEMBER 31,
                               -----------------------------
                                    1998            1997
(In millions)                  -------------   -------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>
   Commercial paper             $  2,484.4      $  2,577.5
   Medium-term notes               2,337.9         2,747.8
   Securitized obligations         1,901.5              --
   Other                             173.0           277.3
                                ----------      ----------
                                $  6,896.8      $  5,602.6
                                ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   COMMERCIAL PAPER
   Commercial paper, which matures within 180 days, is supported by committed
   revolving credit agreements described below and short-term lines of credit.
   The weighted average interest rates on the Company's outstanding commercial
   paper were 6.1% and 5.9% at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

   MEDIUM-TERM NOTES
   Medium-term notes of $2.3 billion primarily represent unsecured loans which
   mature through 2002. The weighted average interest rates on such
   medium-term notes were 5.6% and 5.9% at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
   respectively.

   SECURITIZED OBLIGATIONS
   The Company maintains four separate financing facilities, the outstanding
   borrowings under which are securitized by corresponding assets under
   management and mortgage programs. The collective weighted average interest
   rate on such facilities was 5.8% at December 31, 1998. Such securitized
   obligations are described below.

   Mortgage Facility. In December 1998, the Company entered into a 364 day
   financing agreement to sell mortgage loans under an agreement to repurchase
   such mortgages (the "Agreement"). The Agreement is collateralized by the
   underlying mortgage loans held in safekeeping by the custodian to the
   Agreement. The total commitment under this Agreement is $500.0 million and
   is renewable on an annual basis at the discretion of the lender in
   accordance with the securitization agreement. Mortgage loans financed under
   this Agreement at December 31, 1998 totaled $378.0 million and are included
   in mortgage loans held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet.

   Relocation Facilities. The Company entered into a 364-day asset
   securitization agreement effective December 1998 under which an
   unaffiliated buyer has committed to purchase an interest in the right to
   payments related to certain Company relocation receivables. The revolving
   purchase commitment provides for funding up to a limit of $325.0 million
   and is renewable on an annual basis at the discretion of the lender in
   accordance with the securitization agreement. Under the terms of this


                                      F-30
<PAGE>

   agreement, the Company retains the servicing rights related to the
   relocation receivables. At December 31, 1998, the Company was servicing
   $248.0 million of assets, which were funded under this agreement.

   The Company also maintains an asset securitization agreement with a
   separate unaffiliated buyer, which has a purchase commitment up to a limit
   of $350.0 million. The terms of this agreement are similar to the
   aforementioned facility with the Company retaining the servicing rights on
   the right of payment. At December 31, 1998, the Company was servicing
   $171.0 million of assets eligible for purchase under this agreement.

   Fleet Facilities. In December 1998, the Company entered into two secured
   financing transactions each expiring five years from the effective
   agreement date through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, TRAC Funding and
   TRAC Funding II. Secured leased assets (specified beneficial interests in a
   trust which owns the leased vehicles and the leases) totaling $600.0
   million and $725.3 million, respectively, were contributed to the
   subsidiaries by the Company. Loans to TRAC Funding and TRAC Funding II were
   funded by commercial paper conduits in the amounts of $500.0 million and
   $604.0 million, respectively, and were secured by the specified beneficial
   interests. Monthly loan repayments conform to the amortization of the
   leased vehicles with the repayment of the outstanding loan balance required
   at time of disposition of the vehicles. Interest on the loans is based upon
   the conduit commercial paper issuance cost and committed bank lines priced
   on a LIBOR basis. Repayments of loans are limited to the cash flows
   generated from the leases represented by the specified beneficial
   interests.

   Other. Other liabilities under management and mortgage programs are
   principally comprised of unsecured borrowings under uncommitted short-term
   lines of credit and other bank facilities, all of which matures in 1999.
   The weighted average interest rate on such debt was 5.5% and 6.7% at
   December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

   Interest expense is incurred on indebtedness, which is used to finance
   fleet leasing, relocation and mortgage servicing activities. Interest
   incurred on borrowings used to finance fleet leasing activities was $177.3
   million, $177.0 million and $161.8 million for the years ended December 31,
   1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively, and is included net within fleet
   leasing revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. Interest
   related to equity advances on homes was $26.9 million, $32.0 million and
   $35.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
   respectively. Interest related to origination and mortgage servicing
   activities was $138.9 million, $77.6 million and $63.4 million for the
   years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Interest
   expense incurred on borrowings used to finance both equity advances on
   homes and mortgage servicing activities are recorded net within membership
   and service fee revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

   To provide additional financial flexibility, the Company's current policy
   is to ensure that minimum committed facilities aggregate 100 percent of the
   average amount of outstanding commercial paper. As of December 31, 1998,
   the Company maintained $2.75 billion in committed and unsecured credit
   facilities, which were backed by a consortium of domestic and foreign
   banks. The facilities were comprised of $1.25 billion in 364 day credit
   lines maturing in March 1999, a $250.0 million (changed to $150.0 million
   in March 1999) revolving credit facility maturing December 1999 and a five
   year $1.25 billion credit line maturing in the year 2002. Under such credit
   facilities, the Company paid annual commitment fees of $1.9 million, $1.7
   million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
   1996, respectively. In March 1999, the Company extended the $1.25 billion
   in 364 day credit lines to March 2000. In addition, the Company has other
   uncommitted lines of credit with various banks of which $5.1 million was
   unused at December 31, 1998. The full amount of the Company's committed
   facility was undrawn and available at December 31, 1998 and 1997.

   Although the period of service for a vehicle is at the lessee's option, and
   the period a home is held for resale varies, management estimates, by using
   historical information, the rate at which vehicles will be disposed and the
   rate at which homes will be resold. Projections of estimated liquidations
   of assets under management and mortgage programs and the related estimated
   repayments of liabilities under management and mortgage programs as of
   December 31, 1998, are set forth as follows:


                                      F-31
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)
                  ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT     LIABILITIES UNDER MANAGEMENT
YEARS              AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS       AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS (1)
- --------------   -------------------------   -----------------------------
<S>              <C>                         <C>
  1999                  $  4,882.0                    $  4,451.7
  2000                     1,355.9                       1,342.2
  2001                       668.6                         659.0
  2002                       289.0                         263.1
  2003                       168.3                         142.0
  2004-2008                  148.1                          38.8
                        ----------                    ----------
                        $  7,511.9                    $  6,896.8
                        ==========                    ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (1)  The projected repayments of liabilities under management and mortgage
       programs are different than required by contractual maturities.



15. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

   The Company uses derivative financial instruments as part of its overall
   strategy to manage its exposure to market risks associated with
   fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, prices of
   mortgage loans held for sale and anticipated mortgage loan closings arising
   from commitments issued. The Company performs analyses on an ongoing basis
   to determine that a high correlation exists between the characteristics of
   derivative instruments and the assets or transactions being hedged. As a
   matter of policy, the Company does not engage in derivative activities for
   trading or speculative purposes. The Company is exposed to credit-related
   losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to certain
   derivative financial instruments. The Company manages such risk by
   periodically evaluating the financial position of counterparties and
   spreading its positions among multiple counterparties. The Company
   presently does not expect non-performance by any of the counterparties.

   INTEREST RATE SWAPS
   The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to match the interest
   characteristics of the assets being funded and to modify the contractual
   costs of debt financing. The swap agreements correlate the terms of the
   assets to the maturity and rollover of the debt by effectively matching a
   fixed or floating interest rate with the stipulated revenue stream
   generated from the portfolio of assets being funded. Amounts to be paid or
   received under interest rate swap agreements are accrued as interest rates
   change and are recognized over the life of the swap agreements as an
   adjustment to interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
   and 1996, the Company's hedging activities increased interest expense $2.1
   million, $4.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, and had no effect on
   its weighted average borrowing rate. The fair value of the swap agreements
   is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements since they are
   accounted for as matched swaps.

   The following table summarizes the maturity and weighted average rates of
   the Company's interest rate swaps at December 31, 1998 and 1997.


   1998




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NOTIONAL      WEIGHTED AVERAGE     WEIGHTED AVERAGE        SWAP
                                    AMOUNT         RECEIVE RATE           PAY RATE         MATURITIES
(Dollars in millions)            ------------   ------------------   ------------------   -----------
<S>                              <C>            <C>                  <C>                  <C>
   Commercial paper               $   355.2             4.92%                5.84%         1999-2006
   Medium-term notes                  931.0             5.27%                5.04%         1999-2000
   Canada Commercial Paper             89.8             5.52%                5.27%         1999-2002
   Sterling liabilities               662.3             6.26%                6.62%         1999-2002
   Deutsche mark liabilities           31.9             3.24%                4.28%         1999-2001
                                  ---------
                                  $ 2,070.2
                                  =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-32
<PAGE>

                                     1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NOTIONAL      WEIGHTED AVERAGE     WEIGHTED AVERAGE        SWAP
                                    AMOUNT         RECEIVE RATE           PAY RATE         MATURITIES
(Dollars in millions)            ------------   ------------------   ------------------   -----------
<S>                              <C>            <C>                  <C>                  <C>
   Commercial paper               $   355.7             5.68%                6.26%        1999-2004
   Medium-term notes                1,551.0             5.93%                5.73%        1999-2000
   Canada Commercial Paper            142.8             4.93%                4.95%        1999-2002
   Sterling liabilities               491.5             7.21%                7.69%        1999-2002
   Deutsche mark liabilities            9.1             3.76%                5.34%        1999-2001
                                  ---------
                                  $ 2,550.1
                                  =========
</TABLE>

   FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
   In order to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency
   exchange rates, on a selective basis, the Company enters into foreign
   exchange contracts. Such contracts are primarily utilized to hedge
   intercompany loans to foreign subsidiaries and certain monetary assets and
   liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The
   Company may also hedge currency exposures that are directly related to
   anticipated, but not yet committed transactions expected to be denominated
   in foreign currencies. The principal currencies hedged are the British
   pound and the German mark. Market value gains and losses on foreign
   currency hedges related to intercompany loans are deferred and recognized
   upon maturity of the underlying loan. Market value gains and losses on
   foreign currency hedges of anticipated transactions are recognized in the
   statement of operations as exchange rates change. However, fluctuations in
   exchange rates are generally offset by the anticipated exposures being
   hedged. Historically, foreign exchange contracts have been short-term in
   nature.

   OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
   With respect to both mortgage loans held for sale and anticipated mortgage
   loan closings arising from commitments issued, the Company is exposed to
   the risk of adverse price fluctuations primarily due to changes in interest
   rates. The Company uses forward delivery contracts, financial futures and
   option contracts to reduce such risk. Market value gains and losses on such
   positions used as hedges are deferred and considered in the valuation of
   cost or market value of mortgage loans held for sale.

   With respect to the mortgage servicing portfolio, the Company acquired
   certain derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate floors,
   interest rate swaps, principal only swaps, futures and options on futures
   to manage the associated financial impact of interest rate movements.


16. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND SERVICING RIGHTS

   The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
   estimating its fair value disclosures for material financial instruments.
   The fair values of the financial instruments presented may not be
   indicative of their future values.

   MARKETABLE SECURITIES
   Fair value is based upon quoted market prices or investment advisor
   estimates.

   MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE
   Fair value is estimated using the quoted market prices for securities
   backed by similar types of loans and current dealer commitments to purchase
   loans net of mortgage-related positions. The value of embedded MSRs has
   been considered in determining fair value.

   MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
   Fair value is estimated by discounting future net servicing cash flows
   associated with the underlying securities using discount rates that
   approximate current market rates and externally published prepayment rates,
   adjusted, if appropriate, for individual portfolio characteristics.

   DEBT
   The fair values of the Company's Senior Notes, Convertible Notes and
   Medium-term Notes are estimated based on quoted market prices or market
   comparables.


                                      F-33
<PAGE>

   MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SECURITIES ISSUED BY SUBSIDIARY
   Fair value is estimated based on quoted market prices and incorporates the
   settlement of litigation and the resulting modification of terms (see Note
   6 -- Other Charges -- Litigation Settlement).

   INTEREST RATE SWAPS, FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS, OTHER MORTGAGE-RELATED
   POSITIONS
   The fair values of these instruments are estimated, using dealer quotes, as
   the amount that the Company would receive or pay to execute a new
   agreement with terms identical to those remaining on the current
   agreement, considering interest rates at the reporting date.

   The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments
   at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1998                                     1997
                                     --------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                      NOTIONAL/                  ESTIMATED     NOTIONAL/                   ESTIMATED
                                       CONTRACT     CARRYING        FAIR        CONTRACT     CARRYING        FAIR
                                        AMOUNT       AMOUNT        VALUE         AMOUNT       AMOUNT         VALUE
(In millions)                        -----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
   ASSETS
    Marketable securities             $     --      $  220.8     $   220.8     $     --      $   65.2     $    65.2
    Investment in mortgage
     securities                             --          46.2          46.2           --          48.0          48.0
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT
    AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS
     Relocation receivables                 --         659.1         659.1           --         775.3         775.3
     Mortgage loans held for
       sale                                 --       2,416.0       2,462.7           --       1,636.3       1,668.1
     Mortgage servicing rights              --         635.7         787.7           --         373.0         394.6
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   LONG-TERM DEBT                           --       3,362.9       3,351.1           --       1,246.0       1,468.3
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   OFF BALANCE SHEET DERIVATIVES
   RELATING TO LONG-TERM DEBT
    Foreign exchange forwards              1.1            --            --          5.5            --            --
   OTHER OFF BALANCE SHEET
   DERIVATIVES
    Foreign exchange forwards             47.6            --            --        102.7            --            --
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   LIABILITIES UNDER MANAGEMENT
   AND MORTGAGE PROGRAMS
    Debt                                    --       6,896.8       6,895.0           --       5,602.6       5,604.2
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE
   PREFERRED SECURITIES ISSUED BY
   SUBSIDIARY                               --       1,472.1       1,333.2           --            --            --
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   OFF BALANCE SHEET DERIVATIVES
    RELATING TO LIABILITIES UNDER
    MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE
    PROGRAMS
    Interest rate swaps                2,070.2            --            --      2,550.1           --            --
     in a gain position                     --            --           7.8           --           --           5.6
     in a loss position                     --            --         (11.5)          --           --          (3.9)
    Foreign exchange forwards            349.3            --           0.1        409.8           --           2.5
- ----------------------------------    --------      --------     ---------     --------      --------     ---------
   MORTGAGE-RELATED POSITIONS
    Forward delivery
     commitments (a)                   5,057.0           2.9          (3.5)     2,582.5         19.4         (16.2)
    Option contracts to sell (a)         700.8           8.5           3.7        290.0           .5            --
    Option contracts to buy (a)          948.0           5.0           1.0        705.0          1.1           4.4
    Commitments to fund
     mortgages                         3,154.6            --          35.0      1,861.7           --          19.7
    Constant maturity treasury
     floors (b)                        3,670.0          43.8          84.0        825.0         12.5          17.1
    Interest rate swaps (b)              775.0                                    175.0
    in a gain position                      --            --          34.6           --           --           1.3
    in a loss position                      --            --          (1.2)          --           --            --
    Treasury futures (b)                 151.0            --          (0.7)       331.5           --           4.8
    Principal only swaps (b)              66.3            --           3.1           --           --            --
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (a)  Carrying amounts and gains (losses) on these mortgage-related positions
       are already included in the determination of respective carrying amounts
       and fair values of mortgage loans held for sale. Forward delivery
       commitments are used to manage price risk on sale of all mortgage loans
       to end investors including loans held by an unaffiliated buyer as
       described in Note 11.

  (b)  Carrying amounts on these mortgage-related positions are capitalized and
       recorded as a component of MSRs. Gains (losses) on such positions are
       included in the determination of the respective carrying amounts and
       fair value of MSRs.


                                      F-34
<PAGE>

17.  MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES ISSUED BY SUBSIDIARY

   On March 2, 1998, Cendant Capital I (the "Trust"), a statutory business
   Trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and a wholly-owned
   consolidated subsidiary of the Company, issued 29.9 million FELINE PRIDES
   and 2.3 million trust preferred securities and received approximately $1.5
   billion in gross proceeds therefrom. The Trust invested the proceeds in
   6.45% Senior Debentures due 2003 (the "Debentures") issued by the Company,
   which represents the sole asset of the Trust. The obligations of the Trust
   related to the FELINE PRIDES and trust preferred securities are
   unconditionally guaranteed by the Company to the extent the Company makes
   payments pursuant to the Debentures. Upon the issuance of the FELINE PRIDES
   and trust preferred securities, the Company recorded a liability of $43.3
   million with a corresponding reduction to shareholders' equity equal to the
   present value of the total future contract adjustment payments to be made
   under the FELINE PRIDES. The FELINE PRIDES, upon issuance, consisted of
   27.6 million Income PRIDES and 2.3 million Growth PRIDES (Income PRIDES and
   Growth PRIDES hereinafter referred to as "PRIDES"), each with a face amount
   of $50 per PRIDE. The Income PRIDES consist of trust preferred securities
   and forward purchase contracts under which the holders are required to
   purchase common stock from the Company in February 2001. The Growth PRIDES
   consist of zero coupon U.S. Treasury securities and forward purchase
   contracts under which the holders are required to purchase common stock
   from the Company in February 2001. The stand alone trust preferred
   securities and the trust preferred securities forming a part of the Income
   PRIDES, each with a face amount of $50, bear interest, in the form of
   preferred stock dividends, at the annual rate of 6.45% payable in cash.
   Such preferred stock dividends are presented as minority interest, net of
   tax in the consolidated statements of operations. Payments under the
   forward purchase contract forming a part of the Income PRIDES will be made
   by the Company in the form of a contract adjustment payment at an annual
   rate of 1.05%. Payments under the forward purchase contract forming a part
   of the Growth PRIDES will be made by the Company in the form of a contract
   adjustment payment at an annual rate of 1.30%. The forward purchase
   contracts require the holder to purchase a minimum of 1.0395 shares and a
   maximum of 1.3514 shares of Company common stock per PRIDES security
   depending upon the average of the closing price per share of the Company's
   common stock for a 20 consecutive day period ending in mid-February of
   2001. The Company has the right to defer the contract adjustment payments
   and the payment of interest on the Debentures to the Trust. Such election
   will subject the Company to certain restrictions, including restrictions on
   making dividend payments on its common stock until all such payments in
   arrears are settled.

   The Company has reached an agreement to settle a class action lawsuit that
   was brought on behalf of holders of PRIDES securities who purchased their
   securities on or prior to April 15, 1998 (see Note 6 -- Other Charges --
   Litigation Settlement).


18.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   LEASES
   The Company has noncancelable operating leases covering various facilities
   and equipment, which primarily expire through the year 2004. Rental expense
   for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $177.9 million,
   $91.3 million and $75.3 million, respectively. The Company incurred
   contingent rental expenses in 1998 of $44.1 million, which is included in
   total rental expense, principally based on rental volume or profitability
   at certain NPC parking facilities. The Company has been granted rent
   abatements for varying periods on certain of its facilities. Deferred rent
   relating to those abatements is being amortized on a straight-line basis
   over the applicable lease terms. Commitments under capital leases are not
   significant.


                                      F-35
<PAGE>

   Future minimum lease payments required under noncancelable operating leases
   as of December 31, 1998 are as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)
Year                     Amount
- -------------------   -----------
<S>                   <C>
  1999                 $  122.9
  2000                    109.3
  2001                     93.6
  2002                     69.5
  2003                     55.5
  Thereafter              139.4
                       --------
                       $  590.2
                       ========
 
</TABLE>

   LITIGATION
   Accounting Irregularities. On April 15, 1998, the Company publicly
   announced that it discovered accounting irregularities in the former
   business units of CUC. Such discovery prompted investigations into such
   matters by the Company and the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of
   Directors. As a result of the findings from the investigations, the Company
   restated its previously reported financial results for 1997, 1996 and 1995.
   Since the April 15, 1998 announcement more than 70 lawsuits claiming to be
   class actions, two lawsuits claiming to be brought derivatively on the
   Company's behalf and three individual lawsuits have been filed in various
   courts against the Company and other defendants. With the exception of an
   action pending in the Delaware Chancery Court and an action filed in the
   Superior Court of New Jersey that has been dismissed, these actions were
   all filed in or transferred to the United States District Court for the
   District of New Jersey, where they are pending before Judge William H.
   Walls and Magistrate Judge Joel A. Pisano. The Court has ordered
   consolidation of many of the actions.

   The SEC and the United States Attorney for the District of New Jersey are
   conducting investigations relating to the matters referenced above. The SEC
   advised the Company that its inquiry should not be construed as an
   indication by the SEC or its staff that any violations of law have
   occurred. While the Company made all adjustments considered necessary as a
   result of the findings from the Investigations, in restating its financial
   statements, the Company can provide no assurances that additional
   adjustments will not be necessary as a result of these government
   investigations.

   On October 14, 1998, an action claiming to be a class action was filed
   against the Company and four of the Company's former officers and
   directors. The complaint claims that the Company made false and misleading
   public announcements and filings with the SEC in connection with the
   Company's proposed acquisition of American Bankers allegedly in violation
   of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) on the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
   amended and that the plaintiff and the alleged class members purchased
   American Bankers' securities in reliance on these public announcements and
   filings at inflated prices.

   As previously disclosed, the Company reached a final agreement with
   plaintiff's counsel representing the class of holders of its PRIDES
   securities who purchased their securities on or prior to April 15, 1998 to
   settle their class action lawsuit against the Company through the issuance
   of a new "Right" for each PRIDES security held. (see Note 6 -- Other
   Charges for a more detailed description of the settlement).

   Other than with respect to the PRIDES class action litigation, the Company
   does not believe it is feasible to predict or determine the final outcome
   or resolution of these proceedings or to estimate the amounts or potential
   range of loss with respect to these proceedings and investigations. In
   addition, the timing of the final resolution of these proceedings and
   investigations is uncertain. The possible outcomes or resolutions of these
   proceedings and investigations could include judgements against the Company
   or settlements and could require substantial payments by the Company.
   Management believes that material adverse outcomes with respect to such
   proceedings and


                                      F-36
<PAGE>

   investigations could have a material adverse impact on the Company's
   financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

   Other pending litigation. The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in
   pending litigation in the usual course of business. In the opinion of
   management, such other litigation will not have a material adverse effect
   on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or
   cash flows.


19. INCOME TAXES


   The income tax provision consists of:


 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  ----------------------------------------
                                      1998           1997          1996
(In millions)                     ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>
   Current
    Federal                         $ (159.4)     $  155.1      $  101.1
    State                                0.7          24.4          13.3
    Foreign                             56.5          28.5          18.1
                                    --------      --------      --------
                                      (102.2)        208.0         132.5
                                    --------      --------      --------
   Deferred
    Federal                            176.1         (16.8)         70.4
    State                               29.5          (3.4)         16.5
    Foreign                              1.1           3.2            .8
                                    --------      --------      --------
                                       206.7         (17.0)         87.7
   Provision for income taxes       $  104.5      $  191.0      $  220.2
                                    ========      ========      ========
 
</TABLE>

   Net deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the
    following:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ------------------------
                                                      1998          1997
(In millions)                                      ----------   -----------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>
   CURRENT NET DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    Merger and acquisition-related liabilities      $  52.8      $  102.9
    Accrued liabilities and deferred income           323.1         225.8
    Excess tax basis on assets held for sale          190.0            --
    Insurance retention refund                        (21.2)        (19.3)
    Provision for doubtful accounts                    13.8           4.0
    Franchise acquisition costs                        (6.9)         (2.6)
    Deferred membership acquisition costs               2.6           8.6
    Other                                             (87.6)         (7.5)
                                                    -------      --------
   Current net deferred tax asset                   $ 466.6      $  311.9
                                                    =======      ========
 
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                        1998           1997
(In millions)                                      -------------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>
   NON-CURRENT NET DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    Depreciation and amortization                   $   (296.7)      $ (277.1)
    Deductible goodwill -- taxable poolings               49.3           44.2
    Merger and acquisition-related liabilities            25.8           35.0
    Accrued liabilities and deferred income               63.9           66.9
    Acquired net operating loss carryforward              83.5           59.9
    Other                                                 (3.0)           0.2
                                                    ----------       --------
   Non-current net deferred tax liability           $    (77.2)      $  (70.9)
                                                    ==========       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-37
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ---------------------------
                                                                     1998           1997
(In millions)                                                    ------------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
   MANAGEMENT AND MORTGAGE PROGRAM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
     Depreciation                                                  $ (121.3)      $ (233.1)
     Unamortized mortgage servicing rights                           (248.0)         (74.6)
     Accrued liabilities                                               25.8            9.5
     Alternative minimum tax carryforwards                              2.5            2.5
                                                                   --------       --------
   Net deferred tax liabilities under management and mortgage
     programs                                                      $ (341.0)      $ (295.7)
                                                                   ========       ========
 
</TABLE>

   Net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 1998 acquired in connection
   with the acquisition of Avis expire as follows: 2001, $8.2 million; 2002,
   $89.6 million; 2005, $7.2 million; 2009, $17.7 million; and 2010, $116.0
   million. Certain state net operating loss carryforwards of $43.9 million
   are not expected to be realized; therefore, a valuation allowance of $43.9
   million was established in 1998.

   The Company's effective income tax rate for continuing operations differs
   from the federal statutory rate as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                                                               ------------------------------------
                                                                  1998         1997         1996
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>
   Federal statutory rate                                         35.0%         35.0%        35.0%
   State income taxes net of federal benefit                       6.2%          5.3%         3.6%
   Non-deductible merger-related costs                              --          29.1%          --
   Amortization of non-deductible goodwill                         5.9%          4.3%         1.5%
   Foreign taxes differential                                     (8.0%)          .3%          .5%
   Recognition of excess tax basis on assets held for sale        (2.7%)          --           --
   Other                                                          (3.2%)          .3%          .6%
                                                                  ----          ----         ----
                                                                  33.2%         74.3%        41.2%
                                                                  ====          ====         ====
 
</TABLE>

20. STOCK OPTION PLANS

   On December 12, 1998, the Company adopted the 1999 Broad-Based Employee
   Stock Option Plan (the "Broad-Based Plan"). The Broad-Based Plan
   authorizes the granting of up to 16 million shares of Company common stock
   through awards of nonqualified stock options (stock options which do not
   qualify as incentive stock options as defined under the Internal Revenue
   Service Code). Certain officers and all employees and independent
   contractors of the Company are eligible to receive awards under the
   Broad-Based Plan. Options granted under the plan generally have a ten year
   term and are exercisable at 20% per year commencing one year from the date
   of grant.

   In connection with the Cendant Merger, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock
   Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The Incentive Plan authorizes the
   granting of up to 25 million shares of Company common stock through awards
   of stock options (which may include incentive stock options and/or
   nonqualified stock options), stock appreciation rights and shares of
   restricted Company common stock. All directors, officers and employees of
   the Company and its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the
   Incentive Plan. Options granted under the Incentive Plan generally have a
   ten year term and are exercisable at 20% per year commencing one year from
   the date of grant. During 1997, the Company also adopted two other stock
   plans: the 1997 Employee Stock Plan (the "1997 Employee Plan") and the 1997
   Stock Option Plan (the "1997 SOP"). The 1997 Employee Plan authorizes the
   granting of up to 25 million shares of Company common stock through awards
   of nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and shares of
   restricted Company common stock to employees of the Company and its
   affiliates. The 1997 SOP provides for the granting of up to 10 million
   shares of Company common stock to key employees (including employees who
   are directors and officers) of the Company and its subsidiaries through
   awards of incentive and/or nonqualified stock options. Options granted
   under the 1997 Employee Plan and the 1997 SOP


                                      F-38
<PAGE>

   generally have ten year terms and are exercisable at 20% per year
   commencing one year from the date of grant.

   The Company also grants options to employees pursuant to three additional
   stock option plans under which the Company may grant options to purchase in
   the aggregate up to 70.8 million shares of Company common stock. Annual
   vesting periods under these plans range from 20% to 33%, all commencing one
   year from the respective grant dates. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there
   were 38.6 million and 49.3 million shares available for grant under the
   Company's stock option plans.

   On September 23, 1998, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
   approved a program to effectively reprice certain Company stock options
   granted to middle management employees during December 1997 and the first
   quarter of 1998. Such options were effectively repriced on October 14, 1998
   at $9.8125 per share (the "New Price"), which was the fair market value (as
   defined in the option plans) on the date of such repricing. On September
   23, 1998, the Compensation Committee also modified the terms of certain
   options held by certain executive officers and senior managers of the
   Company subject to certain conditions including revocation of a portion of
   existing options. Additionally, a management equity ownership program was
   adopted that requires these executive officers and senior managers to
   acquire Company common stock at various levels commensurate with their
   respective compensation levels. The option modifications were accomplished
   by canceling existing options and issuing a lesser amount of new options at
   the New Price and, with respect to certain options of executive officers
   and senior managers, at prices above the New Price.

   The table below summarizes the annual activity of the Company's stock
   option plans:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           WEIGHTED
                                           OPTIONS       AVG. EXERCISE
                                         OUTSTANDING         PRICE
(Shares in millions)                    -------------   --------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>
   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995               98.7         $  7.21
     Granted                                  36.1           22.14
     Canceled                                 (2.8)          18.48
     Exercised                               (14.0)           5.77
                                            ------
 
   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996              118.0           11.68
     Granted                                  78.8           27.94
     Canceled                                 (6.4)          27.29
     Exercised                               (14.0)           7.20
     PHH conversion (1)                       (4.4)             --
                                            ------
 
   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997              172.0           18.66
   Granted
     Equal to fair market value               83.8           19.16
     Greater than fair market value           20.8           17.13
   Canceled                                  (81.8)          29.36
   Exercised                                 (17.0)          10.01
                                            ------
 
   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998              177.8           14.64
                                            ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (1)  In connection with the PHH Merger, all unexercised PHH stock options
       were canceled and converted into 1.8 million shares of Company common
       stock.


                                      F-39
<PAGE>

   The Company utilizes the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123
   "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" and applies Accounting
   Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in
   accounting for its stock option plans. Under APB No. 25, because the
   exercise prices of the Company's employee stock options are equal to or
   greater than the market prices of the underlying Company stock on the date
   of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

   Had the Company elected to recognize compensation cost for its stock option
   plans based on the calculated fair value at the grant dates for awards
   under such plans, consistent with the method prescribed by SFAS No. 123,
   net income (loss) per share would have reflected the pro forma amounts
   indicated below:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         -----------------------------------------------
                                             1998              1997              1996
(In millions, except per share data)     -----------   -------------------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>                   <C>
   Net income (loss)
    as reported                           $ 539.6         $    (217.2)        $ 330.0
    pro forma                               392.9              (663.9) (2)      245.1
   Net income (loss) per share:
   Basic
    as reported                           $   .64         $      (.27)        $   .44
    pro forma (1)                             .46                (.82) (2)        .32
   Diluted
    as reported                               .61                (.27)            .41
    pro forma (1)                             .46                (.82) (2)        .31
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   The effect of applying SFAS No. 123 on the pro forma net income per share
      disclosures is not indicative of future amounts because it does not take
      into consideration option grants made prior to 1995 or in future years.

(2)   Includes incremental compensation expense of $335.4 million ($204.9
      million, after tax) or $.25 per basic and diluted share as a result of
      the immediate vesting of HFS options upon consummation of the Cendant
      Merger.


  The fair values of the stock options are estimated on the dates of grant
  using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted
  average assumptions for options granted in 1998, 1997 and 1996:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               CUC           HFS           PHH
                                                              PLANS         PLANS         PLANS
                                                           -----------   -----------   ----------
                                   1998          1997                       1996
                               -----------   -----------   --------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 
   Dividend yield                     --            --            --            --           2.8%
   Expected volatility              55.0%         32.5%         28.0%         37.5%         21.5%
   Risk-free interest rate           4.9%          5.6%          6.3%          6.4%          6.5%
   Expected holding period      6.3 years     7.8 years     5.0 years     9.1 years     7.5 years
 
</TABLE>

   The weighted average fair values of Company stock options granted during the
   year ended December 31, 1998, which were repriced with exercise prices
   equal to and greater than the underlying stock price at the date of grant,
   were 19.69 and 18.10, respectively. The weighted average fair value of the
   stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 1998, which were
   not repriced was $10.16. The weighted average fair value of stock options
   granted during the year ended December 31, 1997 was $13.71. The weighted
   average fair value of stock options granted under the former CUC plans
   (inclusive of plans acquired) during the year ended December 31, 1996 was
   $7.51. The weighted average fair value of stock options granted under the
   former HFS plans (inclusive of the PHH plans) during the year ended
   December 31, 1996 was $10.96.

   The table below summarizes information regarding Company stock options
   outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 1998:


                                      F-40
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       OPTIONS OUTSTANDING             OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                             ---------------------------------------   --------------------
                                         WEIGHTED AVG.     WEIGHTED                WEIGHTED
                                           REMAINING        AVERAGE                AVERAGE
                                          CONTRACTUAL      EXERCISE                EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES      SHARES          LIFE           PRICE      SHARES      PRICE
- --------------------------   --------   ---------------   ----------   --------   ---------
<S>                          <C>        <C>               <C>          <C>        <C>
   $.01 to $10.00               89.6           6.8         $  7.40        50.5     $  5.56
   $10.01 to $20.00             38.6           7.5           15.44        17.3       14.52
   $20.01 to $30.00             27.3           7.9           23.02        20.8       23.09
   $30.01 to $40.00             22.3           8.8           32.03        14.8       31.83
                               -----                                     -----            
                               177.8           7.4           14.64       103.4       14.34
                               =====                                     =====            
 
</TABLE>

21.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


   On December 1, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors amended and restated
   the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"). The Company reserved
   2.5 million shares of Company common stock in connection with the Plan,
   which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock from
   the Company at 85% of the fair market value on the first business day of
   each calendar quarter (the "Offering Date"). Eligible employees may
   authorize the Company to withhold up to 10% of their compensation from
   each paycheck during any calendar quarter, in an amount not to exceed a
   total of $25,000 of Company common stock (at fair market value as of the
   Offering Date) during any calendar year.

   In November 1998, the Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion common
   share repurchase program. As of December 31, 1998, the Company had
   repurchased 13.4 million shares costing $257.7 million. During the first
   quarter of 1999, the Company's Board of Directors authorized an additional
   $400.0 million to be repurchased under such program pursuant to which the
   Company continues to execute this program through open market purchases or
   privately negotiated transactions, subject to bank credit facility
   covenants and certain rating agency constraints. As of March 11, 1999, the
   Company repurchased $1.3 billion of its common stock, reducing its
   outstanding shares by 64.2 million shares under this share repurchase
   program.


22.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS


   The Company sponsors several defined contribution plans that provide certain
   eligible employees of the Company an opportunity to accumulate funds for
   their retirement. The Company matches the contributions of participating
   employees on the basis of the percentages specified in the plans. The
   Company's cost for contributions to these plans was $23.6 million, $15.9
   million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
   1996, respectively.

   The Company's PHH subsidiary has a domestic non-contributory defined
   benefit pension plan covering substantially all domestic employees of PHH
   and its subsidiaries employed prior to July 1, 1997. Additionally, the
   Company has contributory defined benefit pension plans in certain United
   Kingdom subsidiaries with participation in the plans at the employees'
   option. Under both the domestic and foreign plans, benefits are based on an
   employee's years of credited service and a percentage of final average
   compensation.

   The Company's policy for all plans is to contribute amounts sufficient to
   meet the minimum requirements plus other amounts as deemed appropriate. The
   projected benefit obligations of the funded plans were $196.3 million and
   $108.1 million and funded assets, at fair value, were $162.2 million and
   $102.7 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The net pension
   cost and the recorded liability were not material to the accompanying
   consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-41
<PAGE>

23. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   NRT
   During 1997, the Company executed agreements with NRT Incorporated ("NRT"),
   a corporation created to acquire residential real estate brokerage firms.
   In 1997, NRT acquired the real estate brokerage business and operations of
   National Realty Trust ("the Trust"). The Trust was an independent trust to
   which the Company contributed the brokerage offices, which were owned by
   Coldwell Banker at the time of the Company's acquisition of Coldwell Banker
   in 1996. Since inception, NRT acquired other local and regional real estate
   brokerage businesses. NRT is the largest residential brokerage firm in the
   United States. Certain officers of the Company serve on the Board of
   Directors of NRT. NRT is party to various agreements and arrangements with
   the Company and its subsidiaries. Under these agreements, the Company
   acquired $182.0 million of NRT preferred stock (and may be required to
   acquire up to an additional $81.3 million of NRT preferred stock). The
   Company received preferred dividend payments of $15.4 million and $5.2
   million during the years ended 1998 and 1997, respectively which are
   included in other revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. NRT
   is the largest franchisee, based on gross commission income, of the
   Company's three real estate franchise systems. During 1998, 1997 and 1996,
   NRT and its predecessors paid an aggregate $121.5 million, $60.5 million
   and $24.0 million, respectively, in franchise royalties to the Company. On
   February 9, 1999, the Company executed new agreements with NRT, which among
   other things, increased the term of each of the three franchise agreements
   under which NRT operates from 40 years to 50 years.

   In connection with the aforementioned agreements, the Company at its
   election, will participate in NRT's acquisitions by acquiring up to an
   aggregate $946.3 million (plus an additional $500.0 million if certain
   conditions are met) of intangible assets, and in some cases mortgage
   operations, of real estate brokerage firms acquired by NRT. Through
   December 31, 1998, the Company acquired $445.7 million of such mortgage
   operations and intangible assets, primarily franchise agreements associated
   with real estate brokerage companies acquired by NRT, which brokerage
   companies will become subject to the NRT 50-year franchise agreements. In
   February 1999, NRT and the Company entered into an agreement whereby the
   Company made an upfront payment of $30.0 million to NRT for services to be
   provided by NRT to the Company related to the identification of potential
   acquisition candidates, the negotiation of agreements and other services in
   connection with future brokerage acquisitions by NRT. Such fee is
   refundable in the event the services are not provided.

   AVIS, INC.
   Upon entering into the definitive merger agreement to acquire Avis, the
   Company announced its strategy to dilute its interest in the subsidiary of
   Avis which controlled the car rental operations of Avis ("ARAC") while
   retaining assets associated with the franchise business, including
   trademarks, reservation system assets and franchise agreements with ARAC
   and other licensees. Since the Company's control was planned to be
   temporary, the Company accounted for its 100% investment in ARAC under the
   equity method. The Company's equity interest was diluted to 27.5% pursuant
   to an Initial Public Offering ("IPO") by ARAC in September 1997. Net
   proceeds from the IPO of $359.3 million were retained by ARAC. In March
   1998, the Company sold one million shares of Avis common stock and
   recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $17.7 million, which is included
   in other revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. At December
   31, 1998, the Company's interest in ARAC was approximately 22.6%. The
   Company recorded its equity in the earnings of ARAC, which amounted to
   $13.5 million, $51.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December
   31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, as a component of other revenue in
   the consolidated statements of operations. In January 1999, the Company's
   equity interest was further diluted to 19.4% as a result of the Company's
   sale of 1.3 million shares of Avis common stock.

   The Company licenses the Avis trademark to ARAC pursuant to a 50-year
   master license agreement and receives royalty fees based upon 4% of ARAC
   revenue, escalating to 4.5% of ARAC revenue over a 5-year period. During
   1998 and 1997, total franchise royalties paid to the Company from ARAC were
   $91.9 million and $81.7 million, respectively. In addition, the Company
   operates the telecommunications and computer processing system, which
   services ARAC for reservations, rental


                                      F-42
<PAGE>

   agreement processing, accounting and fleet control for which the Company
   charges ARAC at cost. Certain officers of the Company serve on the Board of
   Directors of ARAC.


24.  DIVESTITURE

   On December 17, 1997, as directed by the Federal Trade Commission in
   connection with the Cendant Merger, CUC sold immediately preceding the
   Cendant Merger all of the outstanding shares of its timeshare exchange
   businesses, Interval International Inc. ("Interval"), for net proceeds of
   $240.0 million less transaction related costs amortized as services are
   provided. The Company recognized a gain on the sale of Interval of $76.6
   million ($26.4 million, after tax), which has been reflected as an
   extraordinary gain in the consolidated statements of operations.


25.  FRANCHISING AND MARKETING/RESERVATION ACTIVITIES

   Revenue from franchising activities includes initial franchise fees charged
   to lodging properties, car rental locations, tax preparation offices and
   real estate brokerage offices upon execution of a franchise contract.
   Initial franchise fees amounted to $44.7 million, $26.0 million and $24.2
   million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
   respectively.

   Franchising information at December 31 is as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998 (1)     1997      1996
                                                         ----------  --------  -------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>       <C>
   Franchised Units in Operation                           22,471     18,876   18,535
   Backlog (Franchised units sold but not yet opened)       2,063      1,547    1,061
</TABLE>

     ----------
  (1) 1,998 franchised units were acquired in connection with the acquisition of
      Jackson Hewitt.


   The Company receives marketing and reservation fees from several of its
   lodging and real estate franchisees. Marketing and reservation fees related
   to the Company's lodging brands' franchisees are calculated based on a
   specified percentage of gross room revenues. Marketing fees received from
   the Company's real estate brands' franchisees are based on a specified
   percentage of gross closed commissions earned on the sale of real estate.
   As provided in the franchise agreements, at the Company's discretion, all
   of these fees are to be expended for marketing purposes and the operation
   of a centralized brand-specific reservation system for the respective
   franchisees and are controlled by the Company until disbursement.
   Membership and service fee revenues included marketing and reservation fees
   of $222.4 million, $215.4 million and $157.6 million for the years ended
   December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


26.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

   Effective December 31, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures
   about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information". The provisions
   of SFAS No. 131 established revised standards for public companies
   relating to reporting information about operating segments in annual
   financial statements and requires selected information about operating
   segments in interim financial reports. It also established standards for
   related disclosures about products and services, and geographic areas. The
   adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect the Company's primary financial
   statements, but did affect the disclosure of segment information. The
   segment information for 1997 and 1996 has been restated from the prior
   years' presentation in order to conform to the requirements of SFAS No.
   131.

   Management evaluates each segment's performance on a stand-alone basis
   based on a modification of earnings before interest, income taxes,
   depreciation and amortization. For this purpose, Adjusted EBITDA is defined
   as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization,
   adjusted for other charges which are of a non-recurring or unusual nature,
   which are not measured in assessing segment performance or are not segment
   specific. The Company determined that it has nine reportable operating
   segments based primarily on the types of services it provides, the consumer
   base to which marketing efforts are directed and the methods used to sell
   services. Inter-segment net


                                      F-43
<PAGE>

   revenues were not significant to the net revenues of any one segment or the
   consolidated net revenues of the Company. A description of the services
   provided within each of the Company's reportable operating segments is as
   follows:

   TRAVEL
   Travel services include the franchising of lodging properties and car
   rental locations, as well as vacation/timeshare exchange services. As a
   franchiser of guest lodging facilities and car rental agency locations, the
   Company licenses the independent owners and operators of hotels and car
   rental agencies to use its brand names. Operation and administrative
   services are provided to franchisees, which include access to a national
   reservation system, national advertising and promotional campaigns,
   co-marketing programs and volume purchasing discounts. As a provider of
   vacation and timeshare exchange services, the Company enters into
   affiliation agreements with resort property owners/developers (the
   developers) to allow owners of weekly timeshare intervals (the subscribers)
   to trade their owned weeks with other subscribers. In addition, the Company
   provides publications and other travel-related services to both developers
   and subscribers.

   INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP
   Individual membership provides customers with access to a variety of
   services and discounted products in such areas as retail shopping, travel,
   auto, dining, home improvement, credit information and special interest
   outdoor and gaming clubs. The Company affiliates with business partners
   such as leading financial institutions and retailers to offer membership as
   an enhancement to their credit card customers. Individual memberships are
   marketed primarily using direct marketing techniques. Through the Company's
   membership based online consumer sites, similar products and services are
   offered over the internet. 

   INSURANCE/WHOLESALE
   Insurance/Wholesale membership markets and administers competitively priced
   insurance products, primarily accidental death and dismemberment insurance
   and term life insurance. The Company also provides services such as
   checking account enhancement packages, various financial products and
   discount programs to financial institutions, which in turn provide these
   services to their customers. The Company affiliates with financial
   institutions, including credit unions and banks, to offer their respective
   customer bases such products and services. 

   RELOCATION
   Relocation services are provided to client corporations for the transfer of
   their employees. Such services include appraisal, inspection and selling of
   transferees' homes, providing equity advances to transferees (generally
   guaranteed by the corporate customer), purchase of a transferee's home
   which is sold within a specified time period for a price which is at least
   equivalent to the appraised value, certain home management services,
   assistance in locating a new home at the transferee's destination,
   consulting services and other related services.

   REAL ESTATE FRANCHISE
   The Company licenses the owners and operators of independent real estate
   brokerage businesses to use its brand names. Operational and administrative
   services are provided to franchisees, which are designed to increase
   franchisee revenue and profitability. Such services include advertising and
   promotions, referrals, training and volume purchasing discounts.

   FLEET
   Fleet services primarily consist of the management, purchasing, leasing,
   and resale of vehicles for corporate clients and government agencies. These
   services also include fuel, maintenance, safety and accident management
   programs and other fee-based services for clients' vehicle fleets. The
   Company leases vehicles primarily to corporate fleet users under operating
   and direct financing lease arrangements.

   MORTGAGE
   Mortgage services primarily include the origination, sale and servicing of
   residential mortgage loans. Revenues are earned from the sale of mortgage
   loans to investors as well as from fees earned on the


                                      F-44
<PAGE>

   servicing of loans for investors. The Company markets a variety of mortgage
   products to consumers through relationships with corporations, affinity
   groups, financial institutions, real estate brokerage firms and other
   mortgage banks.

   The Company customarily sells all mortgages it originates to investors
   (which include a variety of institutional investors) either as individual
   loans, as mortgage-backed securities or as participation certificates
   issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
   Corporation or the Government National Mortgage Association while generally
   retaining mortgage servicing rights. Mortgage servicing consists of
   collecting loan payments, remitting principal and interest payments to
   investors, holding escrow funds for payment of mortgage-related expenses
   such as taxes and insurance, and otherwise administering the Company's
   mortgage loan servicing portfolio.

   ENTERTAINMENT PUBLICATIONS
   Entertainment Publications ("EPub") offers discount programs in specific
   markets throughout North America and certain international markets and
   enhances other products of the Company's Individual and Insurance/Wholesale
   membership segment products. The Company solicits restaurants, hotels,
   theaters, sporting events, retailers and other businesses which agree to
   offer books and/or merchandise at discount prices. The Company sells to
   schools, community groups and other organizations discount programs, which
   typically provide discount offers to individuals in the form of local
   discount coupon books, gift wrap and other seasonal products.

   OTHER SERVICES
   In addition to the previously described business segments, the Company also
   derives revenues from providing a variety of other consumer and business
   products and services which include the Company's tax preparation services
   franchise, information technology services, car park facility services,
   vehicle emergency support and rescue services, credit information services,
   financial products, published products, welcoming packages to new
   homeowners, value added-tax refund services to travelers and other
   consumer-related services.


   SEGMENT INFORMATION (1)
   (In millions)


   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               INDIVIDUAL    INSURANCE/
                                       TOTAL      TRAVEL (2)   MEMBERSHIP    WHOLESALE    RELOCATION
                                   ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
   Net revenues                     $  5,283.8    $  1,063.3   $    929.1   $    544.0    $  444.0
   Adjusted EBITDA                     1,589.9         542.5        (57.8)       137.8       124.5
   Depreciation and amortization         322.7          88.3         23.7         14.0        16.7
   Segment assets                     19,842.9       2,761.6        839.0        371.5     1,130.3
   Capital expenditures                  355.2          79.0         28.4         16.6        69.6
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      REAL ESTATE
                                       FRANCHISE       FLEET       MORTGAGE        EPUB         OTHER
                                     ------------   -----------   ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
   Net revenues                        $  455.8      $  387.4      $  353.4     $  197.2      $  909.6
   Adjusted EBITDA                        348.6         173.8         187.6         32.1         100.8
   Depreciation and amortization           53.2          22.2           8.8          8.7          87.1
   Segment assets                       2,014.3       4,697.2       3,504.0         97.3       4,427.7
   Capital expenditures                     5.8          57.7          36.4          3.9          57.8
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      F-45
<PAGE>

   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               INDIVIDUAL    INSURANCE/
                                       TOTAL      TRAVEL (2)   MEMBERSHIP    WHOLESALE    RELOCATION
                                   ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
   Net revenues                     $  4,240.0     $  971.6    $    778.7   $    482.7    $  401.6
   Adjusted EBITDA                     1,249.7        467.3           5.3        111.0        92.6
   Depreciation and amortization         237.7         81.9          17.8         11.0         8.1
   Segment assets                     13,800.1      2,601.5         840.6        357.0     1,008.7
   Capital expenditures                  154.5         36.5          12.1          5.6        23.0
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      REAL ESTATE
                                       FRANCHISE       FLEET       MORTGAGE         EPUB           OTHER
                                     ------------   -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
   Net revenues                        $  334.6      $  324.1      $  179.2     $    188.1      $    579.4
   Adjusted EBITDA                        226.9         120.5          74.8           36.8           114.5
   Depreciation and amortization           43.6          16.3           5.1            8.7            45.2
   Segment assets                       1,827.1       4,125.8       2,233.3          114.4           691.7
   Capital expenditures                    12.6          24.3          16.2            2.8            21.4
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               INDIVIDUAL    INSURANCE/
                                       TOTAL      TRAVEL (2)   MEMBERSHIP    WHOLESALE    RELOCATION
                                   ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
   Net revenues                     $  3,237.7     $  429.2    $    745.9   $    448.0    $  344.9
   Adjusted EBITDA                       802.7        189.5          43.2         99.0        65.5
   Depreciation and amortization         145.5         36.9          12.8         12.8        11.2
   Segment assets                     12,642.4      2,686.2         882.7        297.1     1,086.4
   Capital expenditures                  101.2         20.8           8.9          5.2         9.1
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      REAL ESTATE
                                       FRANCHISE       FLEET       MORTGAGE         EPUB           OTHER
                                     ------------   -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
   Net revenues                        $  236.3      $  293.5     $  127.7      $    174.6      $    437.6
   Adjusted EBITDA                        137.8          99.0        45.7             22.0           101.0
   Depreciation and amortization           27.3          17.6         4.4              7.0            15.5
   Segment assets                       1,295.5       3,991.1     1,742.4             80.9           580.1
   Capital expenditures                     9.9          15.3         9.9              3.6            18.5
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (1) Segment data includes the financial results associated with acquisitions
      accounted for under the purchase method of accounting since the
      respective dates of acquisition as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ACQUISITION
            SEGMENT                 ACQUISITION           DATE
- ------------------------------   -----------------   --------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>
  Travel                         Avis                October 1996
                                 RCI                 November 1996
  Real Estate franchise          Coldwell Banker     May 1996
  Other                          NPC                 April 1998
                                 Jackson Hewitt      January 1998
</TABLE>

  (2)  Net revenues and Adjusted EBITDA include the equity in earnings from the
       Company's investment in ARAC of $13.5 million, $51.3 million and $1.2
       million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 1998 net revenues and
       Adjusted EBITDA include a pre-tax gain of $17.7 million as a result of a
       1998 sale of a portion of the Company's equity interest. Total assets
       include such equity method investment in the amount of $139.1 million,
       $123.8 million and $76.5 million at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
       respectively.


                                      F-46
<PAGE>

   Provided below is a reconciliation of total Adjusted EBITDA and total assets
    for reportable segments to the consolidated amounts.


  ADJUSTED EBITDA
     (In millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------------------
                                                                        1998            1997           1996
                                                                   -------------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
   Adjusted EBITDA for reportable segments                          $  1,589.9      $  1,249.7      $  802.7
   Other charges
    Litigation settlement                                                351.0              --            --
    Termination of proposed acquisitions                                 433.5              --            --
    Executive terminations                                                52.5              --            --
    Merger-related costs and other unusual charges (credits)             (67.2)          704.1         109.4
    Investigation-related costs                                           33.4              --            --
    Financing costs                                                       35.1              --            --
   Depreciation and amortization                                         322.7           237.7         145.5
   Interest, net                                                         113.9            50.6          14.3
                                                                    ----------      ----------      --------
   Consolidated income from continuing operations before income
    taxes, minority interest, extraordinary gain and cumulative
    effect of accounting change                                     $    315.0      $    257.3      $  533.5
                                                                    ==========      ==========      ========
</TABLE>

  TOTAL ASSETS
     (in millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                           --------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                   1998           1997           1996
                                                   ----           ----           ----
   Total assets for reportable segments     $  19,842.9    $  13,800.1    $  12,642.4
   Net assets of discontinued operations          373.6          273.3          120.1
                                            -----------    -----------    -----------
   Consolidated total assets                $  20,216.5    $  14,073.4    $  12,762.5
                                            ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

   GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         UNITED         UNITED       ALL OTHER
                           TOTAL         STATES         KINGDOM      COUNTRIES
(In millions)          ------------- ------------- ---------------- -----------
<S>                    <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
   1998
   Net revenues         $  5,283.8    $  4,277.5     $    695.5      $  310.8
   Assets                 20,216.5      16,251.0        3,706.5         259.0
   Long-lived assets       1,432.8         645.9          767.8 (1)      19.1
   1997
   Net revenues         $  4,240.0    $  3,669.1      $   231.8      $  339.1
   Assets                 14,073.4      12,749.2        1,014.7         309.5
   Long-lived assets         544.7         477.6           49.1          18.0
   1996
   Net revenues         $  3,237.7    $  2,947.3      $   133.7      $  156.7
   Assets                 12,762.5      11,566.6          830.7         365.2
   Long-lived assets         523.9         444.4           65.9          13.6
</TABLE>

     ------------
   (1)   Includes $691.0 million of property and equipment acquired in
         connection with the NPC acquisition.


   Geographic segment information is classified based on the geographic
   location of the subsidiary. Long-lived assets are comprised of property
   and equipment.


27. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

   On February 4, 1999, the Company announced its intention to not proceed with
   the acquisition of RAC Motoring Services ("RACMS") due to certain
   conditions imposed by the UK Secretary of State of Trade and Industry that
   the Company determined to be not commercially feasible and therefore
   unacceptable. The Company originally announced on May 21, 1998 its
   definitive agreement with the Board of Directors of Royal Automobile Club
   Limited to acquire RACMS for approximately


                                      F-47
<PAGE>

   $735.0 million in cash. The Company wrote-off $7.0 million of deferred
   acquisition costs in the first quarter of 1999 in connection with the
   termination of the proposed acquisition of RACMS.


28.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA -- (UNAUDITED)


   Provided below is the selected unaudited quarterly financial data for 1998
   and 1997. The underlying per share information is calculated from the
   weighted average shares outstanding during each quarter, which may
   fluctuate based on quarterly income levels. Therefore, the sum of the
   quarters may not equal the total year amounts.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1998
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  FIRST       SECOND (1)    THIRD (2)        FOURTH(3)       TOTAL YEAR
(In millions, except per share data)          ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------------ -------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>                <C>
   Net revenues                                $ 1,129.4     $ 1,277.9     $ 1,457.8       $ 1,418.7        $ 5,283.8
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------       ---------        ---------
   Income (loss) from continuing operations        183.9         154.9         123.1          (302.0)           159.9
   Loss from discontinued operations,
    net of tax                                     (11.0)         (1.9)        (12.1)             --            (25.0)
   Gain on sale of discontinued operations,
    net of tax                                        --            --            --           404.7  (4)       404.7
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------       ---------        ---------
   Net income                                  $   172.9     $   153.0     $   111.0       $   102.7        $   539.6
                                               =========     =========     =========       =========        =========
   Per share information:
    Basic
      Income (loss) from continuing
       operations                              $    0.22     $    0.18     $    0.14       $   (0.36)       $    0.19
      Net income                               $    0.21     $    0.18     $    0.13       $    0.12        $    0.64
      Weighted average shares                      838.7         850.8         850.8           850.0            848.4
   Diluted
      Income (loss) from continuing
       operations                              $    0.21     $    0.18     $    0.14       $   (0.36)       $    0.18
      Net income                               $    0.20     $    0.18     $    0.13       $    0.12        $    0.61
      Weighted average shares                      908.5         900.9         877.4           850.0            880.4
   Common Stock Market Prices:
      High                                            41        41 3/8       22 7/16          20 5/8
      Low                                        32 7/16       18 9/16       10 7/16           7 1/2
 
</TABLE>

                                      F-48
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1997
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   FIRST        SECOND (5)    THIRD (6)          FOURTH         TOTAL YEAR
                                             ----------------- ------------ ------------- ------------------- -------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>          <C>           <C>                 <C>
   Net revenues                                 $   953.7        $  999.6     $ 1,186.5       $  1,100.2        $ 4,240.0
                                                ---------        --------     ---------       ----------        ---------
   Income (loss) from continuing operations
    before extraordinary gain and
    cumulative effect of accounting change          113.8           (69.4)        203.0           (181.1)            66.3
   Income (loss) from discontinued
    operations, net of tax                            2.8           (14.6)         (0.4)           (14.6)           (26.8)
   Extraordinary gain, net of tax                      --              --            --             26.4 (8)         26.4
   Cumulative effect of accounting change,
    net of tax                                     (283.1)(7)          --            --               --           (283.1)
                                                ---------        --------     ---------       ----------        ---------
   Net income (loss)                            $  (166.5)       $  (84.0)    $   202.6       $   (169.3)       $  (217.2)
                                                =========        ========     =========       ==========        =========
   Per share information:
    Basic
      Income (loss) from continuing
       operations before extraordinary
       gain and cumulative effect of
       accounting change                        $    0.14        $  (0.09)    $    0.25      $     (0.22)       $    0.08
      Net income (loss)                         $   (0.21)       $  (0.11)    $    0.25      $     (0.20)       $   (0.27)
      Weighted average shares                       799.4           804.2         805.9            828.4            811.2
    Diluted
      Income (loss) from continuing
       operations before extraordinary
       gain and cumulative effect of
       accounting change                        $    0.13        $  (0.09)    $    0.23      $     (0.22)       $    0.08
      Net income (loss)                         $   (0.19)       $  (0.11)    $    0.23      $     (0.20)       $   (0.27)
      Weighted average shares                       877.1           804.2         889.0            828.4            851.7
   Common Stock Market Prices:
      High                                         26 7/8          26 3/4        31 3/4           31 3/8
      Low                                          22 1/2              20      23 11/16         26 15/16
</TABLE>

- ----------
  (1) Includes charges of $32.2 million ($20.4 million, after tax or $0.02 per
      diluted share) comprised of the costs of the investigations into
      previously discovered accounting irregularities at the former CUC
      business units, including incremental financing costs. Such charges were
      partially offset by a credit of $27.5 million ($18.6 million, after tax
      of $0.02 per diluted share) associated with changes to the original
      estimate of costs to be incurred in connection with the 1997 Unusual
      Charges.

  (2) Includes charges of: (i) $76.4 million ($49.2 million, after tax or $0.06
      per share) comprised of costs associated with the investigations into
      previously discovered accounting irregularities at the former CUC
      business units, including incremental financing costs and separation
      payments, principally to the Company's former chairman; and (ii) a $50.0
      million ($32.2 million, after-tax or $0.04 per diluted share) non-cash
      write off of certain equity investments in interactive membership
      businesses and impaired goodwill associated with the National Library of
      Poetry, a Company subsidiary.

  (3) Includes charges of: (i) $433.5 million ($281.7 million, after tax or
      $0.33 per diluted share) for the costs of terminating the proposed
      acquisitions of American Bankers and Providian; (ii) $351.0 million
      ($228.2 million, after tax or $0.27 per diluted share) associated with an
      agreement to settle the PRIDES securities class action suit, and (iii)
      $12.4 million (9.9 million, after tax or $0.01 per diluted share)
      comprised of the costs of the investigations into previously discovered
      accounting irregularities at the former CUC business units, including
      incremental financing costs and separation payments. Such charges were
      partially offset by a credit of $42.8 million ($27.5 million, after tax
      or $0.03 per diluted share) associated with changes to the original
      estimate of costs to be incurred in connection with the 1997 Unusual
      Charges.

  (4) Represents gains associated with the sales of Hebdo Mag and CDS (see Note
      5 -- Discontinued Operations).

  (5) Includes Unusual Charges of $295.4 million primarily associated with the
      PHH Merger. Unusual Charges of $278.9 million ($208.4 million, after-tax
      or $.24 per diluted share) pertained to continuing operations and $16.5
      million were associated with discontinued operations.

  (6) Includes Unusual Charges in the net amount of $442.6 million
      substantially associated with the Cendant Merger and Hebdo Mag merger.
      Net Unusual Charges of $425.2 million ($296.3 million, after-tax or $.34
      per diluted share) pertained to continuing operations and $17.4 million
      were associated with discontinued operations.

  (7) Represents a non-cash after-tax charge of $0.35 per diluted share to
      account for the cumulative effect of a change in accounting, effective
      January 1, 1997, related to revenue and expense recognition for
      memberships.

<PAGE>
  (8) Represents the gain on the sale of Interval, which was sold coincident to
      the Cendant Merger in consideration of Federal Trade Commission
      anti-trust concerns within the timeshare industry.


                                      F-49

<PAGE>


                                                     December 31, 1998

Mr. Henry R. Silverman
Cendant Corporation
712 Fifth Avenue, 41st Floor
New York, New York   10019

Dear Henry:

         Reference is hereby made to the agreement by and between Cendant
Corporation (the "Company") (as successor by merger to HFS Incorporated) and
you, as amended and restated as of June 30, 1996 and as further amended as of
January 27, 1997 and December 17, 1997 (the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used
in this letter shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement unless
otherwise defined herein. In order to reflect the change in your duties as a
result of your assumption of the position of Chairman of the Board in addition
to President and Chief Executive Officer, and to accommodate certain other
changes to the terms of the Agreement, pursuant to and in accordance with the
amendment provisions set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement, the Company and
you hereby agree that the Agreement shall be amended by entering into this Third
Amendment to Employment Agreement (the "Third Amendment"), effective January 1,
1999 (the "Third Amendment Effective Date"), as follows:

         1. Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read
as follows:

         "The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to this
         Agreement will commence on the Closing Date (as defined in that
         certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), dated
         as of May 27, 1997, by and between HFS Incorporated and CUC
         International Inc. ("CUC") and end on December 31, 2005, unless
         extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided."

         2. The first sentence of Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended
in its entirety to read as follows:

         "For the period commencing on the Closing Date through and including
         July 27, 1998, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief
         Executive Officer of the Company. For the period commencing on July
         28, 1998, the Executive




<PAGE>

Mr. Henry R. Silverman
December 31, 1998
Page 2




         shall, in addition to his other offices, serve as Chairman of the
         Board and Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of the
         Company."

         3. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Salary. During the period of the Executive's employment, the Company
         shall pay the Executive an annual base salary at a rate of $1,500,000
         per year for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on
         December 31, 1998 and $2,900,000 per year thereafter, such salary to
         be paid in substantially equal semi-monthly or bi-weekly
         installments."

         4. The first sentence of Section 7(b) of the Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "The Executive acknowledges that, through his status as Chairman of
         the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, he
         has and will have possession of important, confidential information
         and knowledge as to the Company's business, including but not limited
         to knowledge of marketing and operating strategies, franchise
         agreements, financial results and projections, future plans, the
         provisions of important contracts entered into by the Company and
         possible acquisitions and divestitures."



                                       2
<PAGE>

Mr. Henry R. Silverman
December 31, 1998
Page 3


         This letter is intended to constitute an amendment to the Agreement,
and, as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In
order to evidence your agreement with the provisions of this letter, please sign
the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to the undersigned whereupon it
will be the binding agreement between the Company and you.



                                               Very truly yours,



                                               CENDANT CORPORATION



                                               By: /s/ James E. Buckman
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   Title: Vice Chairman

AGREED TO:

Henry R. Silverman

/s/ Henry R. Silverman
- ------------------------







                                       3








<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of January 11, 1999, by and
between Cendant Corporation (the "Company") and Stephen P. Holmes (the
"Executive").

         WHEREAS, the Company (formerly known as CUC International, Inc. and
the successor in interest to HFS Incorporated) and the Executive are parties to
that certain agreement, dated as of September 12, 1997, governing the terms of
the Executive's employment with the Company (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire that the Executive
perform a substantial portion of his duties in the Company's business office
located in Manhattan, New York City.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   The last clause of the first sentence of Section VIII.E.ii of the
     Employment Agreement, which clause currently reads, in its entirety, as
     "or any relocation of the Executive's employment to a location more than
     15 miles from the city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey," is hereby
     amended and restated to read, in its entirety as follows:

                  "or any relocation of the Executive's employment to a
                  location which is each of (i) more than 15 miles from the
                  city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey and (ii) outside of the
                  borough of Manhattan, New York City."

2.   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement
     shall remain in full force and effect.

3.   This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the State of New Jersey
     and its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be
     governed by the laws of such state.

4.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, of each which will be
     deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the
     same instrument.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                              CENDANT CORPORATION

                              By:      /s/ Thomas D. Christopoul
                                       -----------------------------
                                       Thomas D. Christopoul
                                       Executive Vice President
                                       Human Resources
/s/ Stephen P. Holmes
- ------------------------
Stephen P. Holmes




<PAGE>


                                   AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of December 23, 1998, by and
between Cendant Corporation (the "Company") and Michael P. Monaco (the
"Executive").

         WHEREAS, the Company (formerly known as CUC International, Inc. and
the successor in interest to HFS Incorporated) and the Executive are parties to
that certain agreement, dated as of September 12, 1997, governing the terms of
the Executive's employment with the Company (the "Employment Agreement");

         WHEREAS, the Company has promoted the Executive to Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company's Alliance Marketing Division and the
Executive has accepted such promotion (the "New Position"); and

         WHEREAS, the Executive acknowledges that the New Position involves
material changes to his duties and responsibilities, including without
limitation a change to his primary business office to Stamford, Connecticut.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   Any and all changes in the Executive's duties, responsibilities and
     obligations in connection with his promotion to the New Position shall not
     constitute a Constructive Discharge within the meaning of the Employment
     Agreement, and the Executive hereby waives any right to claim Constructive
     Discharge under the Agreement in connection with such changes.

2.   The last clause of the first sentence of Section VIII.E.ii of the
     Employment Agreement, which clause currently reads, in its entirety, as
     "or any relocation of the Executive's employment to a location more than
     15 miles from the city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey," is hereby
     amended and restated to read, in its entirety as follows:

                  "or any relocation of the Executive's employment to a
                  location which is each of (i) more than 15 miles from the
                  city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey, (ii) more than 15
                  miles from the city limits of Stamford, Connecticut and (iii)
                  outside of the borough of Manhattan, New York City."

3.   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement
     shall remain in full force and effect.


<PAGE>


4.   This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the State of New Jersey
     and its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be
     governed by the laws of such state.

5.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, of each which will be
     deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the
     same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                              CENDANT CORPORATION

                              By:      /s/ Thomas D. Christopoul
                                       ------------------------------
                                       Thomas D. Christopoul
                                       Executive Vice President
                                       Human Resources

/s/ Michael P. Monaco
- ------------------------
Michael P. Monaco


<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of January 11, 1999, by and
between Cendant Corporation (the "Company") and James E. Buckman (the
"Executive").

         WHEREAS, the Company (formerly known as CUC International, Inc. and
the successor in interest to HFS Incorporated) and the Executive are parties to
that certain agreement, dated as of September 12, 1997, governing the terms of
the Executive's employment with the Company (the "Employment Agreement");

         WHEREAS, the Company has promoted the Executive to the position of
Vice Chairman of Cendant Corporation and the Executive has accepted such
promotion (the "New Position"); and

         WHEREAS, the Executive acknowledges that the New Position will require
the Executive to perform a substantial portion of his duties at the Company's
business office located in Manhattan, New York City.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   Any and all changes in the Executive's duties, responsibilities and
     obligations in connection with his promotion to the New Position shall not
     constitute a Constructive Discharge within the meaning of the Employment
     Agreement, and the Executive hereby waives any right to claim Constructive
     Discharge under the Employment Agreement in connection with such changes.

2.   The last clause of the first sentence of Section VIII.E.ii of the
     Employment Agreement, which clause currently reads, in its entirety, as
     "or any relocation of the Executive's employment to a location more than
     15 miles from the city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey," is hereby
     amended and restated to read, in its entirety as follows:

                  "or any relocation of the Executive's employment to a
                  location which is each of (i) more than 15 miles from the
                  city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey and (ii) outside of the
                  borough of Manhattan, New York City."

3.   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement
     shall remain in full force and effect.






<PAGE>

4.   This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the State of New Jersey
     and its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be
     governed by the laws of such state.

5.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, of each which will be
     deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the
     same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                              CENDANT CORPORATION

                              By:      /s/ Thomas D. Christopoul
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Thomas D. Christopoul
                                       Executive Vice President
                                       Human Resources
/s/ James E. Buckman
- ------------------------
James E. Buckman



<PAGE>

                              CENDANT CORPORATION
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN



ARTICLE 1-INTRODUCTION


         1.1 PURPOSE OF PLAN

The Employer has adopted the Plan set forth herein to provide a means by which
certain employees may elect to defer receipt of designated percentages or
amounts of their Compensation and to provide a means for certain other
deferrals of Compensation.

         1.2 STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to be "a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an
employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a
select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the meaning
of Sections 201(2) and 301(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 ("ERISA"), and shall be interpreted and administered to the extent
possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

ARTICLE 2-DEFINITIONS

Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below,
unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

2.1 ACCOUNT means, for each Participant, the account established for his or her
benefit under Section 5.1.

2.2 ADOPTION AGREEMENT means the Merrill Lynch Special Non-Qualified Deferred
Compensation Plan for Select Employees Adoption Agreement signed by the
Employer to establish the Plan and containing all the options selected by the
Employer, as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.3 CHANGE OF CONTROL means (a) the purchase or other acquisition in one or
more transactions other than from the Employer, by an individual, entity or
group of persons, within the meaning of section 13(d)(3) of 14 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any comparable successor provisions, of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of Securities Exchange
Act of 1934) of 30 percent or more of either the outstanding shares of common
stock or the combined voting power of the Employer's then outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally, or (b) the approval by the stockholders
of the Employer of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in each case,
with respect to which persons who were stockholders of the Employer immediately
prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not immediately
thereafter own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the
reorganized, merged or consolidated Employer's then outstanding securities that
are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or (c) the sale of
substantially all of the Employer's assets.

2.4 CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any
comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends,
supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

2.5 COMPENSATION has the meaning elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement.

2.6 EFFECTIVE DATE means the date chosen in the Adoption Agreement as of which
the Plan first becomes effective.

2.7 ELECTION FORM means the participation election form as approved and
prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

<PAGE>

2.8 ELECTIVE DEFERRAL means the portion of Compensation which is deferred by a
Participant under Section 4.1.

2.9 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE means, on the Effective Date or on any Entry Date
thereafter, each employee of the Employer who satisfies the criteria
established in the Adoption Agreement.

2.10 EMPLOYER means the corporation referred to in the Adoption Agreement, any
successor to all or a major portion of the Employer's assets or business which
assumes the obligations of the Employer, and each other entity that is
affiliated with the Employer which adopts the Plan with the consent of the
Employer, provided that the Employer that signs the Adoption Agreement shall
have the sole power to amend this Plan and shall be the Plan Administrator if
no other person or entity is so serving at any time.

2.11 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time. Reference to any section or subsection of ERISA
includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any
legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

2.12 INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTION means a discretionary additional contribution made
by the Employer as described in Section 4.3.

2.13 INSOLVENT means either (i) the Employer is unable to pay its debts as they
become due, or (ii) the Employer is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor
under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

2.14 MATCHING DEFERRAL means a deferral for the benefit of a Participant as
described in Section 4.2.

2.15 PARTICIPANT means any individual who participates in the Plan in
accordance with Article 3.

2.16 PLAN means the Employer's plan in the form of the Merrill Lynch Special
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Select Employees and the Adoption
Agreement and all amendments thereto.

2.17 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR means the person, persons or entity designated by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan and to serve as the
agent for "Company" with respect to the Trust as contemplated by the agreement
establishing the Trust. If no such person or entity is so serving at any time,
the Employer shall be the Plan Administrator.

2.18 PLAN YEAR means the 12-month period chosen in the Adoption Agreement.

2.19 TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY means the inability of a Participant to
engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in
death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of
not less than 12 months, and the permanence and degree of which shall be
supported by medical evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator.

2.20 TRUST means the trust established by the Employer that identifies the Plan
as a plan with respect to which assets are to be held by the Trustee.

2.21 TRUSTEE means the trustee or trustees under the Trust.

2.22 YEAR OF SERVICE means the computation period and service requirement
elected in the Adoption Agreement.



<PAGE>





ARTICLE 3-PARTICIPATION

3.1 COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION

Any individual who elects to defer part of his or her Compensation in
accordance with Section 4.1 shall become a Participant in the Plan as of the
date such deferrals commence in accordance with Section 4.1. Any individual who
is not already a Participant and whose Account is credited with an Incentive
Contribution shall become a Participant as of the date such amount is credited.

3.2 CONTINUED PARTICIPATION

A Participant in the Plan shall continue to be a Participant so long as any
amount remains credited to his or her Account.

ARTICLE 4-ELECTIVE AND MATCHING DEFERRALS

4.1 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

An individual who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date may, by
completing an Elections Form and filing it with the Plan Administrator within
30 days following the Effective Date, elect to defer a percentage or dollar
amount of one or more payments of Compensation, on such terms as the Plan
Administrator may permit, which are payable to the Participant after the date
on which the individual files the Election Form. Any individual who becomes an
Eligible Employee after the Effective Date may, by completing an Election Form
and filing it with the Plan Administrator within 30 days following the date on
which the Plan Administrator gives such individual written notice that the
individual is an Eligible Employee, elect to defer a percentage or dollar
amount of one or more payments of Compensation, on such terms as the Plan
Administrator may permit, which are payable to the Participant after the date
on which the individual files the Election Form. Any Eligible Employee who has
not otherwise initially elected to defer Compensation in accordance with this
paragraph 4.1 may elect to defer a percentage or dollar amount of one or more
payments of Compensation, on such terms as the Plan Administrator may permit,
commencing with Compensation paid in the next succeeding Plan Year, by
completing an Election Form prior to the first day of such succeeding Plan
Year. In addition, a Participant may defer all or part of the amount of any
elective deferral or matching contribution made on his or her behalf to the
Employer's 401(k) plan for the prior Plan Year but treated as an excess
deferral, an excess contribution or otherwise limited by the application of the
limitations of sections 401(k), 401(m), 415 or 402(q) of the Code, so long as
the Participant so indicates on an Election Form. A Participant's Compensation
shall be reduced in accordance with the Participant's election hereunder and
amounts deferred hereunder shall be paid by the Employer to the Trust as soon
as administratively feasible and credited to the Participant's Account as of
the date the amounts are received by the Trustee.

An election to defer a percentage or dollar amount of Compensation for any Plan
Year shall apply for subsequent Plan Years unless changed or revoked. A
Participant may change or revoke his or her deferral election as of the first
day of any Plan Year by giving written notice to the Plan Administrator before
such first day (or any such earlier date as the Plan Administrator may
prescribe).

4.2 MATCHING DEFERRALS

After each payroll period, monthly, quarterly, or annually, at the Employer's
discretion, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust Matching Deferrals equal
to the rate of Matching Contribution selected by the Employer and multiplied by
the amount of the Elective Deferrals credited to the Participants' Accounts for
such period under Section 4.1. Each Matching Deferral will be credited, as of
the later of the date it is received by the Trustee or the date the Trustee
receives from the Plan Administrator such instructions as the Trustee may
reasonably require to allocate the amount received among the asset accounts
maintained by the Trustee, to the Participants' Accounts pro rata in accordance
with the amount of Elective Deferrals of each Participant which are taken into
account in calculating the Matching Deferral.



<PAGE>





4.3 INCENTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

In addition to other contributions provided for under the Plan, the Employer
may, in its sole discretion, select one or more Eligible Employees to receive
an Incentive Contribution to his or her Account on such terms as the Employer
shall specify at the time it makes the contribution. For example, the Employer
may contribute an amount to a Participant's Account and condition the payment
of that amount and accrued earnings thereon upon the Participant remaining
employed by the Employer for an additional specified period of time. The terms
specified by the Employer shall supersede any other provision of this Plan as
regards Incentive Contributions and earnings with respect thereto, provided
that if the Employer does not specify a method of distribution, the Incentive
Contribution shall be distributed in a manner consistent with the election last
made by the particular Participant prior to the year in which the Incentive
Contribution is made. The Employer, in its discretion, may permit the
Participant to designate a distribution schedule for a particular Incentive
Contribution provided that such designation is made prior to the time that the
Employer finally determines that the Participant will receive the Incentive
Contribution.

ARTICLE 5-ACCOUNTS

5.1 ACCOUNTS

The Plan Administrator shall establish an Account for each Participant
reflecting Elective Deferrals, Matching Deferrals and Incentive Contributions
made for the Participant's benefit together with any adjustments for income,
gain or loss and any payments from the Account. The Plan Administrator may
cause the Trustee to maintain and invest separate asset accounts corresponding
to each Participant's Account. The Plan Administrator shall establish
sub-accounts for each Participant that has more than one election in effect
under Section 7.1 and such other sub-accounts as are necessary for the proper
administration of the Plan. As of the last business day of each calendar
quarter, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Participant with a statement
of his or her Account reflecting the income, gains and losses (realized and
unrealized), amounts of deferrals, and distributions of such Account since the
prior statement.

5.2 INVESTMENTS

The assets of the Trust shall be invested in such investments as the Trustee
shall determine. The Trustee may (but is not required to) consider the
Employer's or a Participant's investment preferences when investing the assets
attributable to a Participant's Account.

ARTICLE 6-VESTING

6.1 GENERAL

A Participant shall be immediately vested in, i.e., shall have a nonforfeitable
right to, all Elective Deferrals, and all income and gain attributable thereto,
credited to his or her Account. A Participant shall become vested in the
portion of his or her Account attributable to Matching Deferrals and income and
gain attributable thereto in accordance with the schedule selected by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement, subject to earlier vesting in accordance
with Sections 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5.

6.2 VESTING SERVICE

For purposes of applying the vesting schedule in the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant shall be considered to have completed a Year of Service for each
complete year of full-time service with the Employer or an Affiliate, measured
from the Participant's first date of such employment, unless the Employer also
maintains a 401(k) plan that is qualified under section 401(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code in which the Participant participates, in which case the rules
governing vesting service under that plan shall also be controlling under this
Plan.



<PAGE>





6.3 CHANGE OF CONTROL

A Participant shall become fully vested in his or her Account immediately prior
to a Change of Control of the Employer.

6.4 DEATH OR DISABILITY

A Participant shall become fully vested in his or her Account immediately prior
to termination of the Participant's employment by reason of the Participant's
death or Total and Permanent Disability. Whether a Participant's termination of
employment is by reason of the Participant's Total and Permanent Disability
shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.5 INSOLVENCY

A Participant shall become fully vested in his or her Account immediately prior
to the Employer becoming Insolvent, in which case the Participant will have the
same rights as a general creditor of the Employer with respect to his or her
Account Balance.

ARTICLE 7 - PAYMENTS

7.1 ELECTION AS TO TIME AND FORM OF PAYMENT

A Participant shall elect (on the Election Form used to elect to defer
Compensation under Section 4.1) the date at which the Elective Deferrals and
vested Matching Deferrals (including any earnings attributable thereto) will
commence to be paid to the Participant.
The Participant shall also elect thereon for payments to be paid in either:

                    A.   a single lump-sum payment; or

                    B.   annual installments over a period elected by the
                         Participant up to 10 years, the amount of each
                         installment to equal the balance of his or her Account
                         immediately prior to the installment divided by the
                         number of installments remaining to be paid.

Each such election will be effective for the Plan Year for which it is made and
succeeding Plan Years, unless changed by the Participant. Any change will be
effective only for Elective Deferrals and Matching Deferrals made for the first
Plan Year beginning after the date on which the Election Form containing the
change is filed with the Plan Administrator. Except as provided in Sections
7.2, 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5, payment of a Participant's Account shall be made in
accordance with the Participant's elections under this Section 7.1.

7.2 CHANGE OF CONTROL

As soon as possible following a Change of Control of the Employer, each
Participant shall be paid his or her entire Account balance (including any
amount vested pursuant to Section 6.3) in a single lump sum.

7.3 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Upon termination of a Participant's employment for any reason other than death
and prior to the attainment of the Retirement Age specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the vested portion of the Participant's Account (including any
portion vested pursuant to Section 6.4 as a consequence of the Participant's
Total and Permanent Disability) shall be paid to the Participant in a single
lump sum as soon as practicable following the date of such termination;
provided, however, that the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay
out a Participant's Account balance in annual installments if the Participant's
employment terminates by reason of the Participant's Total and Permanent
Disability.
<PAGE>

7.4 DEATH

If a Participant dies prior to the complete distribution of his or her Account,
the balance of the Account shall be paid as soon as practicable to the
Participant's designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, in the form elected by
the Participant under either of the following options:

                    A.   a single lump-sum payment; or

                    B.   annual installments over a period elected by the
                         Participant up to 10 years, the amount of each
                         installment to equal the balance of the Account
                         immediately prior to the installment divided by the
                         number of installments remaining to be paid.

Any designation of beneficiary and form of payment to such beneficiary shall be
made by the Participant on an Election Form filed with the Plan Administrator
and may be changed by the Participant at any time by filing another Election
Form containing the revised instructions. If no beneficiary is designated or no
designated beneficiary survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the
Participant's surviving spouse, or, if none, to his or her issue per stirpes,
in a single payment. If no spouse or issue survives the Participant, payment
shall be made in a single lump sum to the Participant's estate.

7.5 UNFORESEEN EMERGENCY

If a Participant suffers an unforeseen emergency, as defined herein, the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay to the Participant only that
portion, if any, of the vested portion of his or her Account which the Plan
Administrator determines is necessary to satisfy the emergency need, including
any amount necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes reasonably
anticipated to result from the distribution. A Participant requesting an
emergency payment shall apply for the payment in writing in a form approved by
the Plan Administrator and shall provide such additional information as the
Plan Administrator may require. For purposes of this paragraph, "unforeseen
emergency" means an immediate and heavy financial need resulting from any of
the following:

                    A.   expenses which are not covered by insurance and which
                         the Participant or his or her spouse or dependent has
                         incurred as a result of, or is required to incur in
                         order to receive, medical care;

                    B.   the need to prevent eviction of a Participant from his
                         or her principal residence or foreclosure on the
                         mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; or

                    C.   any other circumstance that is determined by the Plan
                         Administrator in its sole discretion to constitute an
                         unforeseen emergency which is not covered by insurance
                         and which cannot reasonable be relieved by the
                         liquidation of the Participant's assets.

7.6 FORFEITURE OF NON-VESTED AMOUNTS

To the extent that any amounts credited to a Participant's Account are not
vested at the time such amounts are otherwise payable under Sections 7.1 or
7.3, such amounts shall be forfeited and shall be used to satisfy the
Employer's obligation to make contributions to the Trust under the Plan.

7.7 TAXES

All federal, state or local taxes that the Plan Administrator determines are
required to be withheld from any payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall
be withheld.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 8 - PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

8.1 PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION

The Plan Administrator shall oversee the administration of the Plan. The Plan
Administrator shall have complete control and authority to determine the rights
and benefits and all claims, demands and actions arising out of the provisions
of the Plan of any Participant, beneficiary, deceased Participant, or other
person having or claiming to have any interest under the Plan. The Plan
Administrator shall have complete discretion to interpret the Plan and to
decide all matters under the Plan. Such interpretation and decision shall be
final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under
or through any Participant, in the absence of clear and convincing evidence
that the Plan Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously. Any
individual(s) serving as Plan Administrator who is a Participant will not vote
or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a
determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely
on information furnished by a Participant, a beneficiary, the Employer or the
Trustee. The Plan Administrator shall have the responsibility for complying
with any reporting and disclosure requirements or ERISA.

8.2 POWERS, DUTIES, PROCEDURES, ETC.

The Plan Administrator shall have such powers and duties, may adopt such rules
and tables, may act in accordance with such procedures, may appoint such
officers or agents, may delegate such powers and duties, may receive such
reimbursements and compensation, and shall follow such claims and appeal
procedures with respect to the Plan as it may establish.

8.3 INFORMATION

To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall
supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters
relating to the compensation of Participants, their employment, retirement,
death, termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan
Administrator may require.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

The Employer agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted
by law any officer(s) or employee(s) who serve as Plan Administrator (including
any such individual who formerly served as Plan Administrator) against all
liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees and amounts
paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Employer) occasioned by any
act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission is
in good faith.

ARTICLE 9 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.1 AMENDMENTS

The employer shall have the right to amend the Plan from time to time, subject
to Section 9.3, by an instrument in writing which has been executed on the
Employer's behalf by its duly authorized officer.

9.2 TERMINATION OF PLAN

This Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Employer and
shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any
Eligible Employee (or any other employee) or a consideration for, or an
inducement or condition of employment for, the performance of the services by
any Eligible Employee (or other employee). The Employer reserves the right to
terminate the Plan at any time, subject to Section 9.3, by an instrument in
writing which has been executed on the Employer's behalf by its duly authorized
officer. Upon termination, the Employer may (a) elect to continue to maintain
the Trust to pay benefits hereunder as they become due as if the Plan had not
terminated or (b) direct the Trustee to pay promptly to Participants (or their
beneficiaries) the vested balance of their Accounts. For purposes of the
<PAGE>

preceding sentence, in the event the Employer chooses to implement clause (b),
the Account balances of all Participants who are in the employ of the Employer
at the time the Trustee is directed to pay such balances shall become fully
vested and nonforfeitable. After Participants and their beneficiaries are paid
all Plan benefits to which they are entitled, all remaining assets of the Trust
attributable to Participants who terminated employment with the Employer prior
to termination of the Plan and who were not fully vested in their Accounts
under Article 6 at that time shall be returned to the Employer.

9.3 EXISTING RIGHTS

No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights of
any Participant with respect to amounts that have been credited to his or her
Account prior to the date of such amendment or termination.

ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 NO FUNDING

The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Employer to make payments in
accordance with the terms of the Plan and Participants and beneficiaries shall
have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Employer. Nothing in the
Plan will be construed to give any employee or any other person rights to any
specific assets of the Employer or of any other person. In all events, it is
the intent of the Employer that the Plan be treated as unfunded for tax
purposed and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

10.2 NON-ASSIGNABILITY

None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims of any Participant or
beneficiary shall be subject to any claim of any creditor of any Participant or
beneficiary and, in particular, the same shall not be subject to attachment or
garnishment or other legal process by any creditor of such Participant or
beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or beneficiary have any right to
alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits
or payments or proceeds which he or she may expect to receive, contingently or
otherwise, under the Plan.

10.3 LIMITATION OF PARTICIPANTS' RIGHTS

Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any person a right to be
employed or to continue in the employ of the Employer, or interfere in any way
with the right of the Employer to terminate the employment of a Participant in
the Plan at any time, with or without cause.

10.4 PARTICIPANTS BOUND

Any action with respect to the Plan taken by the Plan Administrator or the
Employer or the Trustee or any action authorized by or taken at the direction
of the Plan Administrator, the Employer or the Trustee shall be conclusive upon
all Participants and beneficiaries entitled to benefits under the Plan.

10.5 RECEIPT AND RELEASE

Any payment to any Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the provisions
of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims
against the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee under the Plan,
and the Plan Administrator may require such Participant or beneficiary, as a
condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such
effect. If any Participant or beneficiary is determined by the Plan
Administrator to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability
(including minority) to give a valid receipt and release, the Plan
Administrator may cause the payment or payments becoming due to such person to
be made to another person for his or her benefit without responsibility on the
part of the Plan Administrator, the Employer or the Trustee to follow the
application of such funds.



<PAGE>





10.6 GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects under
and by the laws of the state in which the Employer maintains its primary place
of business. If any provision shall be held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof
shall continue to be fully effective.

10.7 HEADINGS AND SUBHEADINGS

Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience only and are
not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.






<PAGE>
================================================================================


                                 $1,250,000,000


                        364-DAY COMPETITIVE ADVANCE AND
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


                     Dated as of March 4, 1997, as amended
                       and restated through March 5, 1999

                                     among


                                PHH CORPORATION
                                      and
                      PHH VEHICLE MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

                                  as Borrowers

                                      and

                         THE LENDERS REFERRED TO HEREIN

                                      and

               THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Administrative Agent

                                      and

             THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK OF CANADA, as Canadian Agent



================================================================================

                        CHASE SECURITIES INC., Arranger


<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                            <C>
1.  DEFINITIONS                                                                                  1

2.  THE LOANS                                                                                   21
         SECTION 2.1.  Commitments                                                              21
         SECTION 2.2.  Loans                                                                    23
         SECTION 2.3.  Use of Proceeds                                                          24
         SECTION 2.4.  Competitive Bid Procedure                                                25
         SECTION 2.5.  Revolving Credit Borrowing Procedure                                     27
         SECTION 2.6.  Refinancings                                                             28
         SECTION 2.7.  Fees                                                                     29
         SECTION 2.8.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt                                     29
         SECTION 2.9.  Interest on Loans                                                        31
         SECTION 2.10.  Interest on Overdue Amounts                                             33
         SECTION 2.11.  Alternate Rate of Interest                                              33
         SECTION 2.12.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments                                33
         SECTION 2.13.  Prepayment of Loans                                                     34
         SECTION 2.14.  Eurocurrency Reserve Costs                                              35
         SECTION 2.15.  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances                           36
         SECTION 2.16.  Change in Legality                                                      38
         SECTION 2.17.  Reimbursement of Lenders                                                39
         SECTION 2.18.  Pro Rata Treatment                                                      40
         SECTION 2.19.  Right of Setoff                                                         41
         SECTION 2.20.  Manner of Payments                                                      41
         SECTION 2.21.  Withholding Taxes                                                       42
         SECTION 2.22.  Certain Pricing Adjustments                                             43
         SECTION 2.23.  [Intentionally Deleted.]                                                45
         SECTION 2.24.  Extension of Maturity Date                                              45
         SECTION 2.25.  Bankers' Acceptances                                                    46
         SECTION 2.26.  Guarantee                                                               48

3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER
         SECTION 3.1.  Corporate Existence and Power                                            51
         SECTION 3.2.  Corporate Authority and No Violation                                     51
         SECTION 3.3.  Governmental and Other Approval and Consents                             51
         SECTION 3.4.  Financial Statements of Borrower                                         52
         SECTION 3.5.  No Material Adverse Change                                               52
         SECTION 3.7.  Copyrights, Patents and Other Rights                                     52
         SECTION 3.8.  Title to Properties                                                      52
         SECTION 3.9.  Litigation                                                               52

                                      -i-

<PAGE>
         SECTION 3.10.  Federal Reserve Regulations                                             53
         SECTION 3.11.  Investment Company Act                                                  53
         SECTION 3.12.  Enforceability                                                          53
         SECTION 3.13.  Taxes                                                                   53
         SECTION 3.14.  Compliance with ERISA                                                   53
         SECTION 3.15.  Disclosure                                                              54
         SECTION 3.16.  Environmental Liabilities                                               54

4.  CONDITIONS OF LENDING                                                                       54
         SECTION 4.1.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness                                    54
                 (a)  Loan Documents                                                            54
                 (b)  Corporate Documents for the Borrower                                      54
                 (c)  Financial Statements                                                      55
                 (d)  Opinions of Counsel                                                       55
                 (e)  No Material Adverse Change                                                55
                 (f)  Payment of Fees                                                           55
                 (g)  Closing Date Payments                                                     55
                 (h)  Litigation                                                                55
                 (i)  Officer's Certificate                                                     56
         SECTION 4.2.  Conditions Precedent to Each Loan                                        56
                 (a)  Notice                                                                    56
                 (b)  Representations and Warranties                                            56
                 (c)  No Event of Default                                                       56

5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                                                                       56
         SECTION 5.1.  Financial Statements, Reports, etc.                                      57
         SECTION 5.2.  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Statutes                            58
         SECTION 5.3.  Insurance                                                                58
         SECTION 5.4.  Taxes and Charges                                                        58
         SECTION 5.5.  ERISA Compliance and Reports                                             59
         SECTION 5.6.  Maintenance of and Access to Books and Records; Examinations             59
         SECTION 5.7.  Maintenance of Properties                                                60

6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS                                                                          60
         SECTION 6.1.  Limitation on Material Subsidiary Indebtedness                           60
         SECTION 6.2.  [Intentionally deleted]                                                  61
         SECTION 6.3.  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates                               61
         SECTION 6.4.  Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets                                    62
         SECTION 6.5.  Limitations on Liens                                                     62
         SECTION 6.6.  Sale and Leaseback                                                       64
         SECTION 6.7.  Consolidated Net Worth                                                   64
         SECTION 6.8.  Ratio of Indebtedness To Consolidated Net Worth                          64
         SECTION 6.9.  Accounting Practices64
         SECTION 6.10.  Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries                                     64

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>

         Section 6.11.  Restrictions Regarding Coldwell Banker Securitization Facility          65
         SECTION 6.12.  Limitation on Mortgage Repurchase Indebtedness                          65

7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                                                           65

8.  THE AGENTS                                                                                  68
         SECTION 8.1.  Administration by Agents                                                 68
         SECTION 8.2.  Advances and Payments                                                    68
         SECTION 8.3.  Sharing of Setoffs and Cash Collateral                                   69
         SECTION 8.4.  Notice to the Lenders                                                    69
         SECTION 8.5.  Liability of Each Agent                                                  70
         SECTION 8.6.  Reimbursement and Indemnification                                        70
         SECTION 8.7.  Rights of Each Agent                                                     71
         SECTION 8.8.  Independent Investigation by Lenders                                     71
         SECTION 8.9.  Notice of Transfer                                                       71
         SECTION 8.10.  Successor Agents                                                        71

9.  MISCELLANEOUS72
         SECTION 9.1.  Notices                                                                  72
         SECTION 9.2.  Survival of Agreement, Representations and Warranties, etc.              72
         SECTION 9.3.  Successors and Assigns; Syndications; Loan Sales; Participations         73
         SECTION 9.4.  Expenses; Documentary Taxes                                              76
         SECTION 9.5.  Indemnity                                                                77
         SECTION 9.6.  CHOICE OF LAW                                                            77
         SECTION 9.7.  No Waiver                                                                77
         SECTION 9.8.  Extension of Maturity                                                    78
         SECTION 9.9.  Amendments, etc.                                                         78
         SECTION 9.10.  Severability                                                            78
         SECTION 9.11.  SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL                                79
         SECTION 9.12.  Headings                                                                80
         SECTION 9.13.  Execution in Counterparts                                               80
         SECTION 9.14.  Entire Agreement                                                        80
         SECTION 9.15.  Foreign Currency Judgments                                              80
         SECTION 9.16.  Risks of Superior Force                                                 81
         SECTION 9.17.  Language                                                                81
         SECTION 9.18.  Acknowledgment and Agreement                                            81
         SECTION 9.19.  European Economic And Monetary Union                                    81

</TABLE>
                                     -iii-
<PAGE>


SCHEDULES

         1.1A        Lenders, Addresses and Commitments
         1.1B        Available Foreign Currencies
         2.14        Eurocurrency Reserve Costs For Pounds Sterling Loans
         3.6         Material Subsidiaries
         3.9         Litigation
         6.1         Existing Material Subsidiary Indebtedness
         6.5         Existing Liens


EXHIBITS

         A-1         Form of Revolving Credit Note
         A-2         Form of Competitive Note
         A-3         Form of Canadian Revolving Credit Note
         A-4         Form of Pounds Sterling Note
         B-1         Opinion of In-house Counsel
         B-2         Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
         B-3         Opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon
         C           Form of Assignment and Acceptance
         D           Form of Compliance Certificate
         E-1         Form of Competitive Bid Request
         E-2         Form of Competitive Bid Invitation
         E-3         Form of Competitive Bid
         E-4         Form of Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter
         F           Form of Revolving Credit Borrowing Request
         G           Form of Extension Request
         H           Form of Replacement Bank Agreement
         I           Form of Bankers' Acceptance
         J           Form of Notice of Rollover
         K           Creditor Acknowledgment and Agreement


<PAGE>






                  364-DAY COMPETITIVE ADVANCE AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
(the "Agreement"), dated as of March 4, 1997, as amended and restated through
March 5, 1999, among PHH CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (the "Borrower"),
PHH VEHICLE MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC., a corporation incorporated under the
Canada Business Corporations Act (the "Canadian Borrower"), the Lenders
referred to herein, CHASE SECURITIES INC., as arranger (the "Arranger") for the
Lenders, THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, a New York banking corporation, as agent
(the "Administrative Agent") for the US Lenders, and The Chase Manhattan Bank
of Canada, a Canadian chartered bank, as administrative agent for the Canadian
Lenders (in such capacity, the "Canadian Agent").


                             INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT


                  The Borrower, certain of the Lenders, the Administrative
Agent and the Canadian Agent are parties to the 364-Day Competitive Advance and
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 4, 1997, as amended through the
Closing Date referred to below (the "Existing Credit Agreement"), pursuant to
which the Lenders established a $1,250,000,000 committed revolving credit
facility under which Revolving Credit Loans may be made to the Borrowers (as
defined below). In addition, pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement, the
Lenders provided to the Borrowers (i) a procedure pursuant to which Lenders may
bid on an uncommitted basis on short-term borrowings by the Borrower and (ii) a
multi-currency credit facility in an amount equal to $500,000,000, of which up
to the equivalent of $200,000,000 will be made available by the Canadian
Lenders (as defined below) to the Canadian Borrower as a separate Canadian
Dollar tranche guaranteed by the Borrower.

                  The Borrower has requested that the Maturity Date (as defined
below) be extended to March 3, 2000 and has requested certain other amendments
to the Existing Credit Agreement.

                  The Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the
Canadian Agent desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement
pursuant to this Agreement and to continue the Borrower's payment and
performance obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                  Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.  DEFINITIONS

                  For the purposes hereof unless the context otherwise
requires, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, all accounting
terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings accorded
to them under GAAP and all terms defined in the New York Uniform Commercial
Code and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings
accorded to them therein:

<PAGE>
                                       2

                  "ABR Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

                  "ABR Loan" shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan bearing
         interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate
         in accordance with the provisions of Article 2.

                  "Acceptance Fee" shall mean a fee payable in C$ by the
         Canadian Borrower to a Canadian Lender with respect to the acceptance
         of a B/A, calculated on the face amount of the B/A at the rate per
         annum equal to the B/A Spread on the basis of the number of days in
         the applicable Contract Period and a year of 365 days.

                  "Affiliate" shall mean any Person which, directly or
         indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
         control with, the Borrower. For purposes of this definition, a Person
         shall be deemed to be "controlled by" another if such latter Person
         possesses, directly or indirectly, power either to (i) vote 10% or
         more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election
         of directors of such controlled Person or (ii) direct or cause the
         direction of the management and policies of such controlled Person
         whether by contract or otherwise.

                  "Agents" shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent
         and the Canadian Agent.

                  "Alternate Base Rate" shall mean for any day, a rate per
         annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/16 of 1% if not already an
         integral multiple of 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime
         Rate in effect for such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate
         in effect for such day plus 1/2 of 1%. "Prime Rate" shall mean the
         rate per annum publicly announced by the entity which is the
         Administrative Agent from time to time as its prime rate in effect at
         its principal office in New York City. For purposes of this Agreement,
         any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime
         Rate shall be effective on the date such change in the Prime Rate is
         announced as effective. "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for
         any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day
         during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight
         Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
         arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding
         Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate
         is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average
         of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the
         Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized
         standing selected by it. If for any reason the Administrative Agent
         shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent
         manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds
         Effective Rate, for any reason, including, without limitation, the
         inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient
         bids or publications in accordance with the terms hereof, the
         Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b)
         until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist.
         Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the 

<PAGE>

                                       3
         Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date
         of such change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

                  "Applicable Agent" shall mean, (i) with respect to US Loans
         or the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and (ii) with respect to
         Canadian Loans or the Canadian Borrower, the Canadian Agent.

                  "Applicable Borrower" shall mean (i) with respect to US
         Loans, the Borrower, and (ii) with respect to Canadian Loans, the
         Canadian Borrower.

                  "Applicable Law" shall mean all provisions of statutes,
         rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies or regulatory
         agencies applicable to a Person, and all orders and decrees of all
         courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions in which the Person
         in question is a party.

                  "Assessment Rate" shall mean, for any day, the net annual
         assessment rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher
         Basis Point) as most recently reasonably estimated by the
         Administrative Agent for determining the then current annual
         assessment payable by the entity which is the Administrative Agent to
         the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor) for
         insurance by such Corporation (or such successor) of time deposits
         made in Dollars at such entity's domestic offices.

                  "Asset Securitization Subsidiary" shall mean (i) any
         Subsidiary engaged solely in the business of effecting asset
         securitization transactions permitted by this Agreement and activities
         incidental thereto or (ii) any Subsidiary whose primary purpose is to
         hold title or ownership interests in vehicles, mortgages, relocation
         assets and related assets under management.

                  "Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an agreement in the
         form of Exhibit C hereto, executed by the assignor, assignee and the
         other parties as contemplated thereby.

                  "Available Foreign Currencies" shall mean the currencies set
         forth on Schedule 1.1B, and any other available and freely-convertible
         non-Dollar currency selected by the Borrower and approved (which
         approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) in writing by the
         Administrative Agent.

                  "Bankers' Acceptance" and "B/A" shall mean a bill of exchange
         denominated in C$, drawn by the Canadian Borrower and accepted by a
         Canadian Lender or a Participant in accordance with this Agreement.

                  "B/A Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Bankers'
         Acceptances.

                  "B/A Spread" shall mean, at any date or for any period of
         determination, the B/A Spread that would be in effect on such date or
         during such period pursuant to the table set

<PAGE>
                                       4

         forth in Section 2.22 based on the rating of the Borrower's senior
         unsecured long-term debt.

                  "Basis Point" shall mean 1/100th of 1%.

                  "Board" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal
         Reserve System.

                  "Borrowers" shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and the
         Canadian Borrower.

                  "Borrowing" shall mean a group of Loans of a single Interest
         Rate Type made by certain Lenders (or in the case of a Competitive
         Borrowing, by the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive Bids have been
         accepted pursuant to Section 2.4) on a single date and as to which a
         single Interest Period is in effect.

                  "Borrowing Date" shall mean any Business Day specified in a
         notice pursuant to Section 2.5(b) as a date on which the Canadian
         Borrower requests the Canadian Lenders to make Canadian Revolving
         Credit Loans hereunder.

                  "Branch of Account" shall mean, for each Canadian Lender, the
         branch or office of such Canadian Lender at the address set out
         opposite that Canadian Lender's name or such other branch or office as
         such Canadian Lender may advise the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian
         Agent in writing.

                  "Business Day" shall mean, (i) with respect to any Loan other
         than a Canadian Loan, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
         day on which banks in the State of New York are permitted or required
         by law to close; provided that when used in connection with a LIBOR
         Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which
         banks are not open for dealings in deposits in Dollars or the
         applicable Available Foreign Currency on the London Interbank Market
         (or such other interbank eurocurrency market where the foreign
         currency and exchange operations in respect of Dollars or the
         applicable Available Foreign Currency, as the case may be, are then
         being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period)
         and (ii) with respect to any Canadian Loan, any day other than a
         Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in Toronto, Ontario or
         New York City are permitted or required by law to close.

                  "C$ Prime Rate" shall mean, on any day, the annual rate of
         interest (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal
         to the greater of:

                  (a)      the annual rate of interest determined by The Bank
                           of Nova Scotia as the annual rates of interest
                           announced from time to time by The Bank of Nova
                           Scotia as its prime rate in effect at its principal
                           office in Toronto on such day for determining
                           interest rates on C$ denominated commercial loans in
                           Canada; and
<PAGE>
                                       5

                  (b)      the annual rate of interest equal to the sum of (A)
                           the CDOR Rate in effect on such day and (B) 1%.

                  "C$ Prime Rate Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
C$ Prime Rate Loans.

                  "C$ Prime Rate Loan" shall mean a Canadian Revolving Credit
         Loan denominated in C$ which bears interest at a rate based upon the
         C$ Prime Rate.

                  "Canadian Agent" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in the preamble hereto.

                  "Canadian Borrower" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in the preamble hereto.

                  "Canadian Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing consisting of
         simultaneous Canadian Revolving Credit Loans from the Canadian
         Lenders.

                  "Canadian Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each
         Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Canadian Revolving
         Credit Loans to the Canadian Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b), in
         an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the amount set forth
         opposite such Lender's name under the heading "Canadian Commitment" on
         or in (i) Schedule 1.1A hereto, (ii) any applicable Assignment and
         Acceptance to which it may be a party, and/or (iii) any agreement
         delivered pursuant to Section 2.24(d), as the case may be, as such
         Lender's Canadian Commitment may be permanently terminated or reduced
         from time to time pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.24 or Article 7 or
         changed pursuant to Section 9.3. The Canadian Commitments shall
         automatically and permanently terminate on the earlier of (a) the
         Maturity Date or (b) the date of termination in whole pursuant to
         Section 2.12 or Article 7.

                  "Canadian Dollars" and "C$" shall mean the lawful currency of
         Canada.

                  "Canadian Lender" shall mean each Lender which has a Canadian
         Commitment or which has extended a Canadian Loan.

                  "Canadian Loan" shall mean any loan made by any Canadian
         Lender pursuant to this Agreement to the Canadian Borrower.

                  "Canadian Obligations" shall mean the obligation of the
         Canadian Borrower to make due and punctual payment of principal of,
         and interest on (including post-petition interest, whether or not
         allowed), the Canadian Loans and all other monetary obligations of the
         Canadian Borrower to the Canadian Agent or any Canadian Lender under
         this Agreement, the Canadian Revolving Credit Notes or with respect to
         any Interest Rate Protection Agreement entered into between the
         Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Canadian Lender.

<PAGE>
                                       6

                  "Canadian Revolving Credit Loan" shall have the meaning
         assigned to such term in Section 2.1(b).

                  "Canadian Revolving Credit Note" shall have the meaning
         assigned to such term in Section 2.8.

                  "Capital Lease" shall mean as applied to any Person, any
         lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person
         as lessee which, in accordance with GAAP, is or should be accounted
         for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

                  "Cash Equivalents" shall mean (i) investments in commercial
         paper maturing in not more than 270 days from the date of issuance
         which at the time of acquisition is rated at least A-1 or the
         equivalent thereof by S&P, or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by
         Moody's, (ii) investments in direct obligations or obligations which
         are guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or
         instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of
         the United States is pledged in support thereof) having a maturity of
         not more than three years from the date of acquisition, (iii)
         investments in certificates of deposit maturing not more than one year
         from the date of origin issued by a bank or trust company organized or
         licensed under the laws of the United States or any state or territory
         thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at
         least $500,000,000 and A rated or better by S&P or Moody's, (iv) money
         market mutual funds having assets in excess of $2,000,000,000, (v)
         investments in asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities, including
         investments in collateralized, adjustable rate mortgage securities and
         those mortgage-backed securities which are rated at least AA by S&P or
         Aa by Moody's or are of comparable quality at the time of investment,
         and (vi) banker's acceptances maturing not more than one year from the
         date of origin issued by a bank or trust company organized or licensed
         under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof
         and having a capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at
         least $500,000,000, and rated A or better by S&P or Moody's.

                  "CDOR Rate" shall mean, on any date, the annual rate of
         interest which is the rate based on an average rate applicable to C$
         bankers' acceptances for a term of 30 days (in the case of the
         definition of "C$ Prime Rate") appearing on the "Reuters Screen CDOR
         Page" (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives
         Association, Inc. definitions, as modified and amended from time to
         time) at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time), on such date, or if
         such date is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding
         Business Day; provided, that if such rate does not appear on the
         Reuters Screen CDOR Page as contemplated, then the CDOR Rate on any
         date shall be calculated as the arithmetic mean of the rates for the
         term referred to above applicable to C$ bankers' acceptances quoted by
         The Bank of Nova Scotia as of 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time), on such date,
         or if such date is not a Business Day, then on the immediately
         preceding Business Day.


<PAGE>
                                       7

                  "Change in Control" shall mean, (i) the acquisition by any
         Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended, and the rules of the Securities and Exchange
         Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), directly or
         indirectly, beneficially or of record, of ownership or control of in
         excess of 50% of the voting common stock of Cendant Corporation on a
         fully diluted basis at any time or (ii) at any time, individuals who
         constituted the Board of Directors of Cendant Corporation on the
         Closing Date (together with any new directors whose election by such
         Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
         shareholders of Cendant Corporation, as the case may be, was approved
         by a vote of the majority of the directors then still in office who
         were either directors at the date hereof or whose election or
         nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any
         reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Cendant
         Corporation or (iii) Cendant Corporation shall cease to own, directly
         or through wholly-owned Subsidiaries, all of the capital stock of the
         Borrower, free and clear of any direct or indirect Liens.

                  "Chase" shall mean The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York
         banking corporation.

                  "Chase Canada" shall mean The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada,
         a Canadian chartered bank.

                  "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the conditions
         precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement as set forth in
         Section 4.1 have been satisfied or waived, which shall in no event be
         later than March 8, 1999.

                  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the
         rules and regulations issued thereunder, as now and hereafter in
         effect, or any successor provision thereto.

                  "commencement of the third stage of EMU" shall mean the date
         of commencement of the third stage of EMU or the date on which
         circumstances arise which (in the opinion of the Administrative Agent)
         have substantially the same effect and result in substantially the
         same consequences as commencement of the third stage of EMU as
         contemplated by the Treaty on European Union.

                  "Commitment" shall mean, (i) with respect to each Primary
         Lender, its Primary Commitment, (ii) with respect to each Pounds
         Sterling Lender, its Pounds Sterling Commitment and (iii) with respect
         to each Canadian Lender, its Canadian Commitment.

                  "Commitment Expiration Date" shall have the meaning assigned
         to such term in Section 2.24(a).

                  "Commitment Period" shall mean the period from and including
         the Closing Date to but not including the Maturity Date or such
         earlier date on which the Commitments shall have been terminated in
         accordance with the terms hereof.
<PAGE>
                                       8

                  "Competitive Bid" shall mean an offer by a Lender to make a
         Competitive Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 in the form of Exhibit E-3.

                  "Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter" shall mean a
         notification made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4(d) in the
         form of Exhibit E-4.

                  "Competitive Bid Rate" shall mean, as to any Competitive Bid
         made by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.4(b), (a) in the case of a
         LIBOR Loan, the Margin and (b) in the case of a Fixed Rate Loan, the
         fixed rate of interest offered by the Lender making such Competitive
         Bid.

                  "Competitive Bid Request" shall mean a request made pursuant
         to Section 2.4 in the form of Exhibit E-1.

                  "Competitive Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing consisting of
         a Competitive Loan or concurrent Competitive Loans from the Lender or
         Lenders whose Competitive Bids for such Borrowing have been accepted
         by the Borrower under the bidding procedure described in Section 2.4.

                  "Competitive Loan" shall mean a Loan from a Lender to the
         Borrower pursuant to the bidding procedure described in Section 2.4.
         Each Competitive Loan shall be a LIBOR Competitive Loan or a Fixed
         Rate Loan.

                  "Competitive Note" shall have the meaning assigned to such
         term in Section 2.8.

                  "Consolidated Assets" shall mean, at any date of
         determination, the total assets of the Borrower and its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period for
         which such amount is being determined, the net income (loss) of the
         Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period
         determined on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single
         accounting period in accordance with GAAP, provided that there shall
         be excluded (i) income (or loss) of any Person (other than a
         Consolidated Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any of its
         Consolidated Subsidiaries has an equity investment or comparable
         interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
         distributions actually paid to the Borrower or its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (ii) the income (or
         loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a
         Consolidated Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the
         Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries or the Person's
         assets are acquired by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries, (iii) the income of any Consolidated Subsidiary to the
         extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
         distributions by that Consolidated Subsidiary of the income is not at
         the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any
         agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
         governmental regulation applicable to that Consolidated Subsidiary,
         (iv) any extraordinary after-tax gains and (v) any extraordinary
         pretax losses but only to the extent 

<PAGE>
                                       9

         attributable to a write-down of financing costs relating to any
         existing and future indebtedness.

                  "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean, at any date of
         determination, all amounts which would be included on a balance sheet
         of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries under stockholders'
         equity as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Consolidated Subsidiaries" shall mean all Subsidiaries of
         the Borrower that are required to be consolidated with the Borrower
         for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Contract Period" shall mean the term of a B/A selected by
         the Canadian Borrower in accordance with Section 2.25 commencing on
         the Borrowing Date, Rollover Date or date of refinancing pursuant to
         Section 2.6, as applicable, of such B/A and expiring on a Business Day
         which shall be either 30 days, 60 days, 90 days, 120 days or 180 days
         thereafter, provided that no Contract Period shall extend beyond the
         Maturity Date.

                  "Contractual Obligation" shall mean, as to any Person, any
         provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement,
         instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by
         which it or any of its property is bound.

                  "Creditor Acknowledgment and Agreement" shall have the
         meaning specified in Section 9.18.

                  "Currency" or "Currencies" shall mean the collective
         reference to Dollars and Available Foreign Currencies.

                  "Default" shall mean any event, act or condition which with
         notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of
         Default.

                  "Discount Proceeds" shall mean, for any B/A, an amount
         (rounded to the nearest whole cent, and with one-half of one cent
         being rounded up) calculated on the applicable Borrowing Date or
         Rollover Date by multiplying:

                           (i)      the face amount of the B/A; by

                           (ii)     the quotient of one divided by the sum of
                                    one plus the product of:

                  1.       the Discount Rate (expressed as a decimal)
                           applicable to such B/A, and

                  2.       a fraction, the numerator of which is the Contract
                           Period of the B/A and the denominator of which is
                           365, being the number of days in the applicable
                           year,
<PAGE>

                                       10

         with such quotient being rounded up or down to the fifth decimal place
         and .000005 being rounded up.

                  "Discount Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Canadian
         Lender, as applicable to a B/A being purchased by such Canadian Lender
         on any day, the average (as determined by the Canadian Agent) of the
         respective percentage discount rates (expressed to two decimal places
         and rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.01%) quoted to The
         Bank of Nova Scotia as the percentage discount rate at which The Bank
         of Nova Scotia would, in accordance with its normal practices, at or
         about 10:00 a.m., Toronto time, on such day, be prepared to purchase
         Bankers' Acceptances accepted by The Bank of Nova Scotia having a face
         amount and term comparable to the face amount and term of such B/A.

                  "Dollar Equivalent Amount" shall mean with respect to (i) any
         amount of any Available Foreign Currency on any date, the equivalent
         amount in Dollars of such amount of Available Foreign Currency, as
         determined by the Administrative Agent using the applicable Exchange
         Rate and (ii) any amount in Dollars, such amount.

                  "Dollars" and "$" and "US$" shall mean lawful currency of the
         United States.

                  "Domestic Obligations" shall mean the obligation of the
         Borrower to make due and punctual payment of principal of, and
         interest on (including post-petition interest, whether or not
         allowed), the Loans, the Facility Fee, guarantee obligations in
         respect of the Canadian Obligations and all other monetary obligations
         of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this
         Agreement, the Notes or the Fundamental Documents or with respect to
         any Interest Rate Protection Agreements entered into between the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Lender.

                  "EMU" shall mean economic and monetary union as contemplated
in the Treaty on European Union.

                  "EMU legislation" shall mean legislative measures of the
         European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation
         of a single or unified European currency (whether known as the euro or
         otherwise), being in part the implementation of the third stage of
         EMU.

                  "Environmental Laws" shall mean any and all federal,
         provincial, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders,
         regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees or requirements of
         any Governmental Authority regulating, relating to or imposing
         liability or standards of conduct concerning, any Hazardous Material
         or environmental protection or health and safety, as now or at any
         time hereafter in effect, including without limitation, the Clean
         Water Act also known as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33
         U.S.C. ss.ss. 1251 et seq., the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 7401
         et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7
         U.S.C. ss.ss. 136 et seq., the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation
         Act, 30 U.S.C. ss.ss. 1201 et seq., the Comprehensive 

<PAGE>
                                      11


         Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.
         ss.ss. 9601 et seq., the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act
         of 1986, Public Law 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613, the Emergency Planning and
         Community Right to Know Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 11001 et seq., the
         Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 6901 et seq.,
         the Occupational Safety and Health Act as amended, 29 U.S.C. ss. 655
         and ss. 657, together, in each case, with any amendment thereto, and
         the regulations adopted and publications promulgated thereunder and
         all substitutions thereof.

                  "Environmental Liabilities" shall mean any liability,
         contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of
         environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the
         Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or
         based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation,
         use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any
         Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the
         release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the
         environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual
         arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with
         respect to any of the foregoing.

                  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security
         Act of 1974, as such Act may be amended, and the regulations
         promulgated thereunder.

                  "euro" shall mean the single currency of participating member
         states of the European Union.

                  "euro unit" shall mean the currency unit of the euro.

                  "Event of Default" shall have the meaning given such term in
         Article 7.

                  "Exchange Rate" shall mean, (i) with respect to any Available
         Foreign Currency other than Canadian Dollars on any date, the rate at
         which such Available Foreign Currency may be exchanged into Dollars,
         as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters currency page at or
         about 11:00 A.M. New York City time on such date and (ii) with respect
         to Canadian Dollars, the spot rate at which Canadian Dollars may be
         exchanged into U.S. Dollars, as quoted by The Bank of Canada at
         approximately 12:00 noon, Toronto time, as set forth on the Reuters
         "BOFC" page. In the event that such rate does not appear on any such
         Reuters page, the "Exchange Rate" with respect to such Available
         Foreign Currency shall be determined by reference to such other
         publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be
         agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower or, in the
         absence of such agreement, such "Exchange Rate" shall instead be the
         Administrative Agent's spot rate of exchange in the interbank market
         where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such
         Available Foreign Currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00
         A.M., local time, at such date for the purchase of Dollars with such
         Available Foreign Currency, for delivery two Business Days later;
         provided that if at the time of any such determination, no such spot
         rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any
         reasonable method (including obtaining quotes from three or more
         market makers for such Available Foreign Currency) as it 

<PAGE>
                                      12


         deems applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall
         be conclusive absent manifest error (without prejudice to the
         determination of the reasonableness of such method).

                  "Extension Request" means each request by the Borrower made
         pursuant to Section 2.24 for the Lenders to extend the Maturity Date,
         which shall contain the information in respect of such extension
         specified in Exhibit G and shall be delivered to the Administrative
         Agent in writing.

                  "Facility Fee" shall have the meaning given such term in
         Section 2.7.

                  "Five Year Credit Agreement" shall mean the Five Year
         Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March
         4, 1997, as amended or waived from time to time, among the Borrower,
         the lenders referred to therein, and Chase, as Administrative Agent.

                  "Fixed Rate Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
         Fixed Rate Loans.

                  "Fixed Rate Loan" shall mean any Competitive Loan bearing
         interest at a fixed percentage rate per annum (expressed in the form
         of a decimal to no more than four decimal places) specified by the
         Lender making such Loan in its Competitive Bid.

                  "Fundamental Documents" shall mean this Agreement, any
         Revolving Credit Notes, any Competitive Notes, any Canadian Revolving
         Credit Notes, any Pounds Sterling Notes and any other ancillary
         documentation which is required to be, or is otherwise, executed by
         the Borrowers and delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection
         with this Agreement.

                  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles
         consistently applied (except for accounting changes in response to
         FASB releases or other authoritative pronouncements) provided,
         however, that all calculations made pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.8
         and the related definitions shall have been computed based on such
         generally accepted accounting principles as are in effect on the date
         hereof.

                  "Governmental Authority" shall mean any federal, provincial,
         state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board,
         bureau, agency or instrumentality, or any court, in each case, whether
         of the United States or Canada or foreign.

                  "Guaranty" shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or
         indirect obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to
         guarantee any Indebtedness, Capital Lease, dividend or other monetary
         obligation ("primary obligation") of any other Person (the "primary
         obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including,
         without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
         contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any
         property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to
         advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such
         primary obligation or (ii) to 

<PAGE>
                                      13


         maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
         otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
         obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services, in each
         case, primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
         primary obligation of the repayment of such primary obligation or (d)
         as a general partner of a partnership or a joint venturer of a joint
         venture in respect of indebtedness of such partnership or such joint
         venture which is treated as a general partnership for purposes of
         Applicable Law. The amount of any Guaranty shall be deemed to be an
         amount equal to the stated or determinable amount (or portion thereof)
         of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranty is made
         or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated
         liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to
         perform thereunder); provided that the amount of any Guaranty shall be
         limited to the extent necessary so that such amount does not exceed
         the value of the assets of such Person (as reflected on a consolidated
         balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP) to
         which any creditor or beneficiary of such Guaranty would have
         recourse. Notwithstanding the foregoing definition, the term
         "Guaranty" shall not include any direct or indirect obligation of a
         Person as a general partner of a general partnership or a joint
         venturer of a joint venture in respect of Indebtedness of such general
         partnership or joint venture, to the extent such Indebtedness is
         contractually non-recourse to the assets of such Person as a general
         partner or joint venturer (other than assets comprising the capital of
         such general partnership or joint venture).

                  "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any flammable materials,
         explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous materials, hazardous
         wastes, hazardous or toxic substances, or similar materials defined as
         such in any Environmental Law.

                  "Indebtedness" shall mean (i) all indebtedness, obligations
         and other liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are,
         at the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined, includable
         as liabilities in a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries, other than (x) accounts payable and accrued expenses,
         (y) advances from clients obtained in the ordinary course of the
         relocation management services business of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries and (z) current and deferred income taxes and other
         similar liabilities, plus (ii) without duplicating any items included
         in Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), the maximum
         aggregate amount of all liabilities of the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries under any Guaranty, indemnity or similar undertaking
         given or assumed of, or in respect of, the indebtedness, obligations
         or other liabilities, assets, revenues, income or dividends of any
         Person other than the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and (iii)
         all other obligations or liabilities of the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries in relation to the discharge of the obligations of any
         Person other than the Borrower or one of it Subsidiaries.

                  "Interest Payment Date" shall mean, with respect to any
         Borrowing, the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and,
         in the case of a LIBOR Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than
         three months' duration or a Fixed Rate Borrowing with an Interest
         Period of more than 90 days' duration, each day that would have been
         an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three
         months' duration or 90 days' 

<PAGE>
                                      14


         duration, as the case may be, been applicable to such Borrowing, and,
         in addition, the date of any refinancing or conversion of a Borrowing
         with, or to, a Borrowing of a different Interest Rate Type.

                  "Interest Period" shall mean (a) as to any LIBOR Borrowing,
         the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing, and ending on the
         numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically
         corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1,
         2, 3, 6 or, subject to each Lender's approval, 12 months thereafter,
         as the Borrower may elect, (b) as to any ABR Borrowing, the period
         commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the earliest of
         (i) the next succeeding March 31, June 30, September 30 or December
         31, (ii) the Maturity Date and (iii) the date such Borrowing is
         refinanced with a Borrowing of a different Interest Rate Type in
         accordance with Section 2.6 or is prepaid in accordance with Section
         2.13, (c) as to any C$ Prime Rate Loan, the period commencing on the
         date of such Borrowing and ending on the earliest of (i) the last
         Business Day of the calendar month, (ii) the Maturity Date and (iii)
         the date such Borrowing is refinanced with a Borrowing of a different
         Interest Rate Type in accordance with Section 2.6 or is prepaid in
         accordance with Section 2.13, and (d) as to any Fixed Rate Borrowing,
         the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the
         date specified in the Competitive Bids in which the offer to make the
         Fixed Rate Loans comprising such Borrowing were extended, which shall
         not be earlier than seven days after the date of such Borrowing or
         later than 360 days after the date of such Borrowing; provided that
         with respect to Loans made by an Objecting Lender, no Interest Period
         with respect to such Objecting Lender's Loans shall end after such
         Objecting Lender's Commitment Expiration Date; and provided, further,
         that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a
         Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
         succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of LIBOR Loans only, such
         next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in
         which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding
         Business Day and (ii) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR
         Borrowing or Fixed Rate Borrowing may be selected which would result
         in the aggregate amount of LIBOR Loans and Fixed Rate Loans having
         Interest Periods ending after any day on which a Commitment reduction
         is scheduled to occur being in excess of the Total Commitment
         scheduled to be in effect after such date. Interest shall accrue from,
         and including, the first day of an Interest Period to, but excluding,
         the last day of such Interest Period.

                  "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any interest
         rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other similar
         financial agreement or arrangement.

                  "Interest Rate Type" when used in respect of any Loan or
         Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on
         such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For
         purposes of US Loans, "Rate" shall include LIBOR, the Alternate Base
         Rate and the Fixed Rate, and for purposes of Canadian Revolving Credit
         Loans, shall include the C$ Prime Rate and the rate implicit in the
         Discount Rate.
<PAGE>
                                      15


                  "Lender and "Lenders" shall mean the financial institutions
         whose names appear at the foot hereof and any assignee of a Lender
         pursuant to Section 9.3(b).

                  "Lending Office" shall mean, with respect to any of the
         Lenders, the branch or branches (or affiliate or affiliates) from
         which any such Lender's LIBOR Loans, Fixed Rate Loans or ABR Loans or
         C$ Prime Rate Loans or Bankers' Acceptances, as the case may be, are
         made or maintained and for the account of which all payments of
         principal of, and interest on, such Lender's LIBOR Loans, Fixed Rate
         Loans or ABR Loans or C$ Prime Rate Loans or Bankers' Acceptances are
         made, as notified to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent
         from time to time.

                  "LIBOR" shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Borrowing for
         any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
         necessary, to the next Basis Point) equal to the rate at which
         deposits in Dollars or the applicable Available Foreign Currency, as
         the case may be, approximately equal in principal amount to (a) in the
         case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing, Chase's portion of such LIBOR
         Borrowing and (b) in the case of a Competitive Borrowing, a principal
         amount that would have been Chase's portion of such Competitive
         Borrowing had such Competitive Borrowing been a Revolving Credit
         Borrowing, and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period, are
         offered to the principal London office of Chase in immediately
         available funds in the London Interbank Market (or such other
         interbank eurocurrency market where the foreign currency and exchange
         operations in respect of Dollars or such applicable Available Foreign
         Currency, as the case may be, are then being conducted for delivery on
         the first day of such Interest Period) at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
         London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
         Interest Period (or, in the case of U.K. Pounds Sterling, on the first
         day of such Interest Period).

                  "LIBOR Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of LIBOR
         Loans.

                  "LIBOR Competitive Loan" shall mean any Competitive Loan
         bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to LIBOR in
         accordance with the provisions of Article 2.

                  "LIBOR Loan" shall mean any LIBOR Competitive Loan or LIBOR
         Revolving Credit Loan.

                  "LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan" shall mean any Loan (other than
         a Competitive Loan) bearing interest at a rate determined by reference
         to LIBOR in accordance with the provisions of Article 2.

                  "LIBOR Spread" shall mean, at any date or any period of
         determination, the LIBOR Spread that would be in effect on such date
         or during such period pursuant to the chart set forth in Section 2.22
         based on the rating of the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt.
<PAGE>
                                      16


                  "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
         encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind whatsoever (including any
         conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
         nature thereof or agreement to give any financing statement under the
         Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction).

                  "Loan" shall mean a Competitive Loan or a Revolving Credit
         Loan, whether made as a LIBOR Loan, an ABR Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan,
         as permitted hereby, or a Canadian Revolving Credit Loan, whether made
         as a C$ Prime Rate Loan or a B/A, as permitted hereby.

                  "Margin" shall mean, as to any LIBOR Competitive Loan, the
         margin (expressed as a percentage rate per annum in the form of a
         decimal to four decimal places) to be added to, or subtracted from,
         LIBOR in order to determine the interest rate applicable to such Loan,
         as specified in the Competitive Bid relating to such Loan.

                  "Margin Stock" shall be as defined in Regulation U of the
         Board.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse
         effect on the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or
         otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  "Material Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary of the
         Borrower which together with its Subsidiaries at the time of
         determination had assets constituting 10% or more of Consolidated
         Assets, accounts for 10% or more of Consolidated Net Worth, or
         accounts for 10% or more of the revenues of the Borrower and its
         Consolidated Subsidiaries for the Rolling Period immediately preceding
         the date of determination.

                  "Maturity Date" shall mean March __, 2000 or such later date
         as shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.24 with
         respect to non-Objecting Lenders.

                  "Merger" shall mean the merger of HFS Incorporated into CUC
         International Inc. with CUC International Inc. as the surviving entity
         and changing its name to Cendant Corporation.

                  "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service Inc.

                  "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a plan described in Section
         3(37) of ERISA.

                  "national currency unit " shall mean the unit of currency
         (other than a euro unit) of a participating member state.

                  "non-Objecting Lender" shall mean any Lender that is not an
         Objecting Lender.
<PAGE>
                                      17


                  "Notes" shall mean the Competitive Notes and the Revolving
         Credit Notes and the Canadian Revolving Credit Notes and the Pounds
         Sterling Notes.

                  "Notice of Canadian Borrowing" shall have the meaning
         assigned to such term in Section 2.5(b).

                  "Notice of Rollover" shall mean a written notice to the
         Canadian Agent substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J.

                  "Objecting Lender" shall mean any Lender that does not
         consent to the extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section
         2.24.

                  "Obligations" shall mean the collective reference to the
         Domestic Obligations and the Canadian Obligations.

                  "Original Closing Date" shall mean March 4, 1997.

                  "Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
         Section 9.3(g).

                  "participating member state " shall mean each state so
         described in any EMU legislation.

                  "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or
         any successor thereto.

                  "Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean Liens permitted under
         Section 6.5.

                  "Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, division
         of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint
         venture, association, company, estate, unincorporated organization or
         government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "Plan" shall mean an employee pension benefit plan described
         in Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

                  "Pounds Sterling Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing consisting
         of simultaneous Pounds Sterling Loans from each of the Pounds Sterling
         Lenders.

                  "Pounds Sterling Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each
         Lender, its commitment to make Pounds Sterling Loans to the Borrower
         pursuant to Section 2.1(c), in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount
         not to exceed at any time the amount set forth opposite such Lender's
         name under the heading "Pounds Sterling Commitment" on or in (i)
         Schedule 1.1A hereto, (ii) any applicable Assignment and Acceptance to
         which it may be a party, and/or (iii) any agreement delivered pursuant
         to Section 2.24(d), as the case may be, as such Lender's Pounds
         Sterling Commitment may be permanently terminated or reduced from time
         to time pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.24 or Article 7 or changed

<PAGE>
                                      18


         pursuant to Section 9.3. The Pounds Sterling Commitments shall
         automatically and permanently terminate on the earlier of (a) the
         Maturity Date or (b) the date of termination in whole pursuant to
         Section 2.12 or Article 7.

                  "Pounds Sterling Lender" shall mean each Lender which has a
         Pounds Sterling Commitment or which has extended a Pounds Sterling
         Loan.

                  "Pounds Sterling Loan" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Section 2.1(c).

                  "Pounds Sterling Note" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Section 2.8.

                  "Primary Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing consisting of
         simultaneous Primary Loans from each of the Primary Lenders.

                  "Primary Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender,
         its commitment to make Primary Loans to the Borrower pursuant to
         Section 2.1(a), in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the
         amount set forth opposite such Lender's name under the heading
         "Primary Commitment" on or in (i) Schedule 1.1A hereto, (ii) any
         applicable Assignment and Acceptance to which it may be a party,
         and/or (iii) any agreement delivered pursuant to Section 2.24(d), as
         the case may be, as such Lender's Primary Commitment may be
         permanently terminated or reduced from time to time pursuant to
         Section 2.12 or 2.24 or Article 7 or changed pursuant to Section 9.3.
         The Primary Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate
         on the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date or (b) the date of termination
         in whole pursuant to Section 2.12 or Article 7.

                  "Primary Lender" shall mean each Lender which has a Primary
         Commitment or which has extended a Primary Loan.

                  "Primary Loan" shall mean any Loan made by any Primary Lender
         pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

                  "Pro Forma Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Section 3.4.

                  "Pro Forma Basis" shall mean, in connection with any
         transaction for which a determination on a Pro Forma Basis is required
         to be made hereunder, that such determination shall be made (i) after
         giving effect to any issuance of Indebtedness, any acquisition, any
         disposition or any other transaction (as applicable) and (ii) assuming
         that the issuance of Indebtedness, acquisition, disposition or other
         transaction and, if applicable, the application of any proceeds
         therefrom, occurred at the beginning of the most recent Rolling Period
         ending at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such
         issuance of Indebtedness, acquisition, disposition or other
         transaction occurred.

<PAGE>
                                      19


                  "Reportable Event" shall mean any reportable event as defined
         in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than a reportable event as to which
         provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC would be waived under
         applicable regulations had the regulations in effect on the Closing
         Date been in effect on the date of occurrence of such reportable
         event.

                  "Required Lenders" shall mean at any time, Lenders holding
         Commitments representing (in Dollar amounts) 51% or more of the
         Primary Commitment, except that (i) for purposes of determining the
         Lenders entitled to declare the principal of and the interest on the
         Loans and the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder or
         thereunder to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to Article 7 and
         (ii) at all times after the termination of the Total Commitment in its
         entirety, "Required Lenders" shall mean Lenders holding 51% or more of
         the aggregate principal amount of the Loans at the time outstanding.

                  "Revolving Credit Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing
         consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans from each of the
         Primary Lenders or Pounds Sterling Lenders, as the case may be.

                  "Revolving Credit Borrowing Request" shall mean a request
         made pursuant to Section 2.5 in the form of Exhibit F.

                  "Revolving Credit Loans" shall mean the Loans made by the
         Primary or Pounds Sterling Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to a
         notice given by the Borrower under Section 2.5(a). Each Revolving
         Credit Loan shall be a LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan or an ABR Loan.

                  "Revolving Credit Note" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Section 2.8.

                  "Rolling Period" shall mean with respect to any fiscal
         quarter, such fiscal quarter and the three immediately preceding
         fiscal quarters considered as a single accounting period.

                  "Rollover Date" shall mean any Business Day specified in a
         Notice of Rollover pursuant to Section 2.25 as the date of issue of a
         B/A in respect of any maturing B/As.

                  "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
         division of The McGraw-Hill Companies.

                  "Special Purpose Vehicle Subsidiary" shall mean PHH Caribbean
         Leasing, Inc. and any Subsidiary engaged in the fleet-leasing
         management business which (i) is, at any one time, a party to one or
         more lease agreements with only one lessee and (ii) finances, at any
         one time, its investment in lease agreements or vehicles with only one
         lender, which lender may be the Borrower if and to the extent that
         such loans and/or advances by the Borrower are not prohibited hereby.

<PAGE>
                                      20

                  "Statutory Reserves" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a
         decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator
         of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve
         percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or
         supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board
         and any other banking authority to which the Administrative Agent or
         any Lender is subject, for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in
         Regulation D of the Board) (or, at any time when such Lender may be
         required by the Board or by any other Governmental Authority, whether
         within the United States or in another relevant jurisdiction, to
         maintain reserves against any other category of liabilities which
         includes deposits by reference to which LIBOR is determined as
         provided in this Agreement or against any category of extensions of
         credit or other assets of such Lender which includes any such LIBOR
         Loans). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed under
         Regulation D of the Board. LIBOR Loans shall be deemed to constitute
         Eurocurrency Liabilities and as such shall be deemed to be subject to
         such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration,
         exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any
         Lender under Regulation D of the Board. Statutory Reserves shall be
         adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change
         in any reserve percentage.

                  "Subsidiary" shall mean with respect to any Person, any
         corporation, association, joint venture, partnership or other business
         entity (whether now existing or hereafter organized) of which at least
         a majority of the voting stock or other ownership interests having
         ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the
         equivalent) is, at the time as of which any determination is being
         made, owned or controlled by such Person or one or more subsidiaries
         of such Person or by such Person and one or more subsidiaries of such
         Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a "Subsidiary"
         or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or
         Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

                  "Supermajority Lenders" shall mean Lenders which have
         Commitments representing at least 75% of the aggregate Dollar amount
         of the Primary Commitments.

                  "Target Operating Day" shall mean any day that is not (a) a
         Saturday or Sunday, (b) Christmas Day or New Year's Day or (c) any
         other day on which the Trans-European Real-time Gross Settlement
         Operating System (or any successor settlement system) is not operating
         (as determined by the Administrative Agent).

                  "Total Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the aggregate
         amount of the Lenders' Commitments as in effect at such time.

                  "Treaty on European Union" shall mean the Treaty of Rome of
         March 25, 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986 and the
         Maastricht Treaty (which was signed at Maastricht on February 7, 1992,
         and came into force on November 1, 1993), as amended from time to
         time.

                  "United States" shall mean the United States of America.
<PAGE>
                                      21

                  "US Lenders" shall mean the Lenders other than the Canadian
         Lenders.

                  "US Loans" shall mean Loans other than Canadian Loans.

                  "Working Day" shall mean any Business Day on which dealings
         in foreign currencies and exchange between banks may be carried on in
         London, England and in New York, New York.

2.  THE LOANS

                  SECTION 2.1. Commitments.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying
upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Primary Lender
agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Revolving Credit Loans to the
Borrower in Dollars, at any time and from time to time on and after the
Original Closing Date and until the earlier of the Maturity Date and the
termination of the Primary Commitment of such Lender, in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not to exceed such Primary Lender's Primary
Commitment minus the sum of such Primary Lender's pro rata share of the
aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Pounds Sterling Loans and
Canadian Loans made by such Lender plus the outstanding Dollar Equivalent
Amount by which the Competitive Loans outstanding at such time shall be deemed
to have used such Lender's Commitment pursuant to Section 2.18, subject,
however, to the condition that at no time shall (i) the sum of (A) the
outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by
all Primary Lenders plus the outstanding aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent
Amount of all Competitive Loans, Pounds Sterling Loans and Canadian Revolving
Credit Loans made by the Lenders exceed (ii) the Total Commitment. During the
Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Primary Commitments of the Primary
Lenders by borrowing, prepaying the Primary Loans in whole or in part, and
reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

                  (b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying
upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Canadian Lender
agrees, severally and not jointly, to make revolving credit loans (each, a
"Canadian Revolving Credit Loan") to the Canadian Borrower in Canadian Dollars,
at any time and from time to time on and after the Original Closing Date and
until the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) such date on which the
Borrower shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record,
all of the capital stock of the Canadian Borrower and (iii) the termination of
the Canadian Commitment of such Canadian Lender, in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not to exceed such Canadian Lender's Canadian
Commitment minus the sum of such Canadian Lender's pro rata share of the
outstanding Dollar Equivalent Amount by which the Competitive Loans outstanding
at such time shall be deemed to have used such Canadian Lender's Commitment
pursuant to Section 2.18, subject, however, to the conditions that (a) at no
time shall (i) the sum of (A) the outstanding aggregate principal Dollar
Equivalent Amount of all Canadian Revolving Credit Loans made by all Canadian
Lenders plus the outstanding aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of
all Primary Loans, Pounds Sterling Loans and Competitive Loans made by the

<PAGE>
                                      22


Lenders exceed (ii) the Total Commitment and (b) at all times the outstanding
aggregate principal amount of all Canadian Revolving Credit Loans made by each
Canadian Lender shall equal the product of (i) the percentage that its Canadian
Commitment represents of the aggregate Canadian Commitment times (ii) the
outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Canadian Revolving Credit Loans.
During the Commitment Period, the Canadian Borrower may use the Canadian
Commitments of the Canadian Lenders by borrowing, prepaying the Canadian
Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part and reborrowing, all in accordance
with the terms and conditions hereof.

                  (c) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying
upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Pounds Sterling
Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make revolving credit loans (each,
a "Pounds Sterling Loan") to the Borrower in U.K. Pounds Sterling, at any time
and from time to time on and after the Original Closing Date and until the
earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Pounds Sterling
Commitment of such Pounds Sterling Lender, in an aggregate principal amount at
any time outstanding not to exceed such Pounds Sterling Lender's Pounds
Sterling Commitment minus the sum of such Pounds Sterling Lender's pro rata
share of the outstanding Dollar Equivalent Amount by which the Competitive
Loans outstanding at such time shall be deemed to have used such Pounds
Sterling Lender's Commitment pursuant to Section 2.18, subject, however, to the
conditions that (a) at no time shall (i) the sum of (A) the outstanding
aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of all Pounds Sterling Loans made
by all Pounds Sterling Lenders plus the outstanding aggregate principal Dollar
Equivalent Amount of all Primary Loans, Canadian Revolving Credit Loans and
Competitive Loans made by the Lenders exceed (ii) the Total Commitment and (b)
at all times the outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Pounds Sterling
Loans made by each Pounds Sterling Lender shall equal the product of (i) the
percentage that its Pounds Sterling Commitment represents of the aggregate
Pounds Sterling Commitment times (ii) the outstanding aggregate principal
amount of all Pounds Sterling Loans. During the Commitment Period, the Pounds
Sterling Borrower may use the Pounds Sterling Commitments of the Pounds
Sterling Lenders by borrowing, prepaying the Pounds Sterling Loans in whole or
in part and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions
hereof.

                  (d) The Commitments of the Lenders may be terminated or
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.12 or Article 7.

                  SECTION 2.2. Loans.

                  (a) Each Primary Loan, Pounds Sterling Loan or Canadian
Revolving Credit Loan, as the case may be, shall be made as part of a Borrowing
from the Primary Lenders, Pounds Sterling Lenders or the Canadian Lenders, as
the case may be, ratably in accordance with their respective applicable
Commitments; provided that the failure of any Primary Lender, Pounds Sterling
Lender or Canadian Lender, as the case may be, to make any Primary Loan, Pounds
Sterling Loan or Canadian Revolving Credit Loan, as the case may be, shall not
in itself relieve any other Primary Lender, Pounds Sterling Loan or Canadian
Lender, as the case may be, of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being
understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such 

<PAGE>
                                      23


other Lender); and provided, further, that (I) each Pounds Sterling Loan made
by a Pounds Sterling Lender shall reduce the Primary Commitment and Canadian
Commitment of such Lender by the principal amount of such Pounds Sterling Loan
and (II) each Canadian Loan shall reduce the Primary Commitment and Pounds
Sterling Commitment of such Lender by the principal amount of such Canadian
Loan. Each Competitive Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set
forth in Section 2.4. The Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be (i) in the
case of Competitive Loans and LIBOR Loans, in an aggregate principal Dollar
Equivalent Amount that is an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than
$10,000,000 and (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, in an aggregate principal amount
that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $5,000,000 (or if
less, an aggregate principal amount equal to the remaining balance of the
available Total Commitment). Each Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans
shall be in an amount equal to (A) in the case of C$ Prime Rate Loans,
C$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of C$500,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then
available Total Commitments or Canadian Commitments are less than C$500,000,
such lesser amount) and (B) in the case of B/As, C$2,500,000 or a whole
multiple of C$100,000 in excess thereof.

                  (b) Each Competitive Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of
LIBOR Competitive Loans or Fixed Rate Loans, each Primary Borrowing shall be
comprised entirely of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans or ABR Loans, as the
Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.5, as applicable, each
Canadian Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of C$ Prime Rate Loans or B/As,
as the Canadian Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.5 and each Pounds
Sterling Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans.
Each US Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or
foreign branch or Affiliate of such US Lender to make such Loan, provided that
any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to
repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the
applicable Note. Borrowings of more than one Interest Rate Type may be
outstanding at the same time; provided that the Borrowers shall not be entitled
to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in an aggregate of more
than twenty (20) separate Loans (other than Competitive Loans) of any Lender
being outstanding hereunder at any one time. For purposes of the calculation
required by the immediately preceding sentence, LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans
having different Interest Periods or having been made in different Currencies,
regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered
separate Loans and all Loans of a single Interest Rate Type made on a single
date shall be considered a single Loan if such Loans have a common Interest
Period.

                  (c) (i) Subject to Section 2.6, each US Lender shall make each
Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by making funds
available at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.1
for credit to PHH Corporation Clearing Account, Account No. 323-5-11260
(Reference: PHH Corporation Credit Agreement dated as of March 4, 1997) or as
otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 P.M. New York
City time in the case of Loans other than ABR Loans, and 4:00 P.M. New York
City time in the case of ABR Loans, in each case, in immediately available
funds. Upon receipt of the funds to be made available by the US Lenders to fund
any Borrowing hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall disburse such funds by
depositing them into an account of the Borrower maintained with the
Administrative Agent. Competitive Loans shall be made by the Lender or Lenders
<PAGE>
                                      24


whose Competitive Bids therefor are accepted pursuant to Section 2.4 in the
amounts so accepted and Primary Loans and Pounds Sterling Loans shall be made
by all the Primary Lenders or Pounds Sterling Lenders, as the case may be, pro
rata in accordance with Section 2.1 and this Section 2.2.

                  (ii) Subject to Section 2.6, each Canadian Lender shall make
each Canadian Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by
making funds available to the Canadian Agent at Royal Bank of Canada Swift Code
ROYCCAT2, for credit to PHH Vehicle Management Services Inc. Clearing Account,
Account No. 219-247-4 (Reference: PHH Vehicle Management Services Inc. Credit
Agreement dated as of March 4, 1997) no later than 4:00 P.M. Toronto time in
the case of Canadian Loans (other than C$ Prime Rate Loans) and 1:00 P.M.
Toronto time in the case of C$ Prime Rate Loans, in each case, in immediately
available funds. Upon receipt of the funds to be made available by the Canadian
Lenders to fund any Canadian Borrowing hereunder, the Canadian Agent shall
disburse such funds by depositing them into an account of the Canadian Borrower
maintained with the Canadian Agent. Canadian Revolving Credit Loans shall be
made by all the Canadian Lenders pro rata in accordance with Section 2.1 and
this Section 2.2.

                  (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing if the Interest Period
requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

                  SECTION 2.3.  Use of Proceeds.

                    The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for working capital
and general corporate purposes.

                  SECTION 2.4.  Competitive Bid Procedure.

                  (a) In order to request Competitive Bids, the Borrower shall
hand deliver or telecopy to the Administrative Agent a duly completed
Competitive Bid Request in the form of Exhibit E-1, to be received by the
Administrative Agent (i) in the case of a LIBOR Competitive Borrowing, not
later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, four Working Days before a proposed
Competitive Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later
than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed
Competitive Borrowing. Each Competitive Bid Request shall specify the requested
Currency. No ABR Loan, C$ Prime Rate Loan or Bankers' Acceptance shall be
requested in, or made pursuant to, a Competitive Bid Request. A Competitive Bid
Request that does not conform substantially to the format of Exhibit E-1 may be
rejected in the Administrative Agent's sole discretion, and the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of such rejection by telecopier. Such
request for Competitive Bids shall in each case refer to this Agreement and
specify (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a LIBOR
Borrowing or a Fixed Rate Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which
shall be a Business Day in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing and a Working Day
in the case of a LIBOR Competitive Borrowing) and the aggregate principal
Dollar Equivalent Amount thereof, which shall be in a minimum principal Dollar
Equivalent 

<PAGE>
                                      25


Amount of $10,000,000 and in an integral multiple of $5,000,000, and (iii) the
Interest Period with respect thereto (which may not end after the Maturity
Date). Promptly after its receipt of a Competitive Bid Request that is not
rejected as aforesaid, the Administrative Agent shall invite by telecopier (in
the form set forth in Exhibit E-2) the Lenders to bid, on the terms and subject
to the conditions of this Agreement, to make Competitive Loans pursuant to such
Competitive Bid Request.

                  (b) Each Lender may, in its sole discretion, make one or more
Competitive Bids to the Borrower responsive to a Competitive Bid Request. Each
Competitive Bid by a Lender must be received by the Administrative Agent via
telecopier, in the form of Exhibit E-3, (i) in the case of a LIBOR Competitive
Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, three Working Days
before a proposed Competitive Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Fixed Rate
Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a
proposed Competitive Borrowing. Multiple Competitive Bids will be accepted by
the Administrative Agent. Competitive Bids that do not conform substantially to
the format of Exhibit E-3 may be rejected by the Administrative Agent after
conferring with, and upon the instruction of, the Borrower, and the
Administrative Agent shall notify the Lender making such nonconforming
Competitive Bid of such rejection as soon as practicable. Each Competitive Bid
shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the principal Dollar Equivalent
Amount (which shall be in a minimum principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of
$10,000,000 and in an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and which may equal the
entire principal amount of the Competitive Borrowing requested by the Borrower)
of the Competitive Loan or Loans that the applicable Lender is willing to make
to the Borrower, (ii) the Competitive Bid Rate or Rates at which such Lender is
prepared to make such Competitive Loan or Loans and (iii) the Interest Period
or Interest Periods with respect thereto. If any Lender shall elect not to make
a Competitive Bid, such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent via
telecopier (i) in the case of LIBOR Competitive Loans, not later than 9:30
a.m., New York City time, three Working Days before a proposed Competitive
Borrowing and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, not later than 9:30 a.m.,
New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive Borrowing; provided
that failure by any Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender to
be obligated to make any Competitive Loan as part of such proposed Competitive
Borrowing. A Competitive Bid submitted by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph
(b) shall be irrevocable.

                  (c) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the
Borrower by telecopier of all the Competitive Bids made, the Competitive Bid
Rate or Rates and the principal amount of each Competitive Loan in respect of
which a Competitive Bid was made and the identity of the Lender that made each
Competitive Bid. The Administrative Agent shall send a copy of all Competitive
Bids to the Borrower for its records as soon as practicable after completion of
the bidding process set forth in this Section 2.4.

                  (d) The Borrower may in its sole and absolute discretion,
subject only to the provisions of this paragraph (d), accept or reject any
Competitive Bid referred to in paragraph (c) above. The Borrower shall notify
the Administrative Agent by telephone, promptly confirmed by telecopier in the
form of a Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter whether and to what extent it
has decided to accept or reject any or all of the Competitive Bids referred to
in paragraph (c) 

<PAGE>
                                      26


above, (i) in the case of a LIBOR Competitive Borrowing, not later than 10:30
a.m., New York City time, three Working Days before a proposed Competitive
Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than 10:30
a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive Borrowing;
provided that (A) the failure by the Borrower to give such notice shall be
deemed to be a rejection of all the Competitive Bids referred to in paragraph
(c) above, (B) the Borrower shall not accept a Competitive Bid made at a
particular Competitive Bid Rate if the Borrower has decided to reject a
Competitive Bid made at a lower Competitive Bid Rate, (C) the aggregate amount
of the Competitive Bids accepted by the Borrower shall not exceed the principal
amount specified in the Competitive Bid Request, (D) if the Borrower shall
accept a Competitive Bid or Competitive Bids made at a particular Competitive
Bid Rate but the amount of such Competitive Bid or Competitive Bids shall cause
the total amount of Competitive Bids to be accepted by the Borrower to exceed
the amount specified in the Competitive Bid Request, then the Borrower shall
accept a portion of such Competitive Bid or Competitive Bids in an amount equal
to the amount specified in the Competitive Bid Request less the amount of all
other Competitive Bids accepted at lower Competitive Bid Rates with respect to
such Competitive Bid Request (it being understood that acceptance in the case
of multiple Competitive Bids at such Competitive Bid Rate, shall be made pro
rata in accordance with the amount of each such Competitive Bid at such
Competitive Bid Rate), (E) except pursuant to clause (D) above, no Competitive
Bid shall be accepted for a Competitive Loan unless such Competitive Loan is in
a minimum principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of $10,000,000 and an integral
multiple of $5,000,000 and (F) the Borrower may not accept Competitive Bids for
Competitive Loans in any Currency other than the Currency specified in the
related Competitive Bid Request; and provided, further, that if a Competitive
Loan must be in an amount less than the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $10,000,000
because of the provisions of clause (D) above, such Competitive Loan shall be
in a minimum principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of $1,000,000 or any integral
multiple thereof, and in calculating the pro rata allocation of acceptances of
portions of multiple Competitive Bids at a particular Competitive Bid Rate
pursuant to clause (D), the amounts shall be rounded to integral multiples of
$1,000,000 in a manner that shall be in the discretion of the Borrower. A
notice given by the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (d) shall be
irrevocable.

                  (e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each
bidding Lender whether its Competitive Bid has been accepted (and if so, in
what amount and at what Competitive Bid Rate) by telecopy sent by the
Administrative Agent, and each successful bidder will thereupon become bound,
subject to the other applicable conditions hereof, to make the Competitive Loan
in respect of which its Competitive Bid has been accepted in the applicable
Currency.

                  (f) If the Administrative Agent shall elect to submit a
Competitive Bid in its capacity as a Lender, it shall submit such Competitive
Bid directly to the Borrower one quarter of an hour earlier than the latest
time at which the other Lenders are required to submit their Competitive Bids
to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above. Canadian Lenders
shall not be permitted to extend Competitive Loans.

                  (g) All notices required by this Section 2.4 shall be given
in accordance with Section 9.1.
<PAGE>
                                      27


                  SECTION 2.5.  Revolving Credit Borrowing Procedure.

                  (a) In order to effect a Revolving Credit Borrowing, the
Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing
notice in the form of Exhibit F (a) in the case of a Borrowing of a LIBOR
Revolving Credit Loan, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three
Working Days before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of an ABR
Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a
proposed Borrowing. No Fixed Rate Loan or LIBOR Competitive Loan shall be
requested or made pursuant to a Revolving Credit Borrowing Request. Such notice
shall be irrevocable and shall in each case specify (a) whether the Borrowing
then being requested is to be a Borrowing of a LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan or
an ABR Borrowing, (b) the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing (which shall
be a Working Day) and the amount thereof, (c) if such Borrowing is to be a
Borrowing of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, the Interest Period with respect
thereto and (d) whether such Borrowing is to be made in Dollars or U.K. Pounds
Sterling. If no election as to the Interest Rate Type of a Revolving Credit
Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Revolving Credit
Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. Pounds Sterling Loans shall be a Borrowing
of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans. If no Interest Period with respect to any
Borrowing of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans is specified in any such notice, then
the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's
duration. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this
Section 2.5 of its election to refinance a Revolving Credit Borrowing prior to
the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing, then the Borrower
shall (unless such Borrowing is repaid at the end of such Interest Period) be
deemed to have given notice of an election to refinance such Borrowing with an
ABR Borrowing in the case of Primary Loans and a LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan
with an Interest Period of one month's duration in the case of a Pounds
Sterling Loan. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Primary or
Pounds Sterling Lenders, as the case may be, of any notice given pursuant to
this Section 2.5 and of each such Lender's portion of the requested Borrowing.

                  (b) The Canadian Borrower may borrow under the Canadian
Commitments of the Canadian Lenders during the Commitment Period on any
Business Day, provided that the Canadian Borrower shall give the Canadian Agent
(and the Administrative Agent) irrevocable notice (a "Notice of Canadian
Borrowing") (which notice must be received by the Canadian Agent prior to (a)
2:00 p.m., Toronto time, three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing
Date, if all or any part of the requested Canadian Revolving Credit Loans are
to be initially B/As or (b) 2:00 p.m., Toronto time, on the requested Borrowing
Date, otherwise), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the requested
Borrowing Date, (iii) whether the borrowing is to be of C$ Prime Rate Loans or
B/As or a combination thereof and (iv) if the borrowing is to be entirely or
partially of B/As, the respective amounts and lengths of the initial Contract
Period thereof. Upon receipt of any such notice from the Canadian Borrower, the
Canadian Agent shall promptly notify each Canadian Lender thereof.

                  SECTION 2.6.  Refinancings.

                  Each of the Borrowers may refinance all or any part of any
Borrowing made by it with a Borrowing of the same or a different Interest Rate
Type made pursuant to Section 2.4 (in 

<PAGE>
                                      28


the case of the Borrower) or pursuant to a notice under Section 2.5, subject to
the conditions and limitations set forth herein and elsewhere in this
Agreement, including, in the case of the Borrower, refinancings of Competitive
Borrowings with Revolving Credit Borrowings in Dollars and Revolving Credit
Borrowings in Dollars with Competitive Borrowings; provided that (i) a
Borrowing by way of B/As may be refinanced only on the last day of the relevant
Contract Period and (ii) on any partial refinancing from a C$ Prime Rate Loan,
or B/A, not less than C$500,000 shall remain as Borrowings by way of C$ Prime
Rate Loan or B/A, as applicable and; provided, further, that at any time after
the occurrence, and during the continuation, of a Default or an Event of
Default, (i) a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Dollars or portion thereof may
only be refinanced with an ABR Borrowing and (ii) C$ Revolving Credit Loans may
not be refinanced with a B/A. Any Borrowing or part thereof so refinanced shall
be deemed to be repaid in accordance with Section 2.8 with the proceeds of a
new Borrowing hereunder and the proceeds of the new Borrowing, to the extent
they do not exceed the principal amount of the Borrowing being refinanced,
shall not be paid by the applicable Lenders to the Applicable Agent or by the
Applicable Agent to the Applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2(c);
provided that (a) if the principal amount extended by a Lender in a refinancing
is greater than the principal amount extended by such Lender in the Borrowing
being refinanced, then such Lender shall pay such difference to the Applicable
Agent for distribution to the Lenders described in clause (b) below, (b) if the
principal amount extended by a Lender in the Borrowing being refinanced is
greater than the principal amount being extended by such Lender in the
refinancing, the Applicable Agent shall return the difference to such Lender
out of amounts received pursuant to clause (a) above, and (c) to the extent any
Lender fails to pay the Applicable Agent amounts due from it pursuant to clause
(a) above, any Loan or portion thereof being refinanced with such amounts shall
not be deemed repaid in accordance with Section 2.8 and, to the extent of such
failure, the Applicable Borrower shall pay such amount to the Applicable Agent
as required by Section 2.10; and (d) to the extent the Applicable Borrower
fails to pay to the Applicable Agent any amounts due in accordance with Section
2.8 as a result of the failure of a Lender to pay the Applicable Agent any
amounts due as described in clause (c) above, the portion of any refinanced
Loan deemed not repaid shall be deemed to be outstanding solely to the Lender
which has failed to pay the Applicable Agent amounts due from it pursuant to
clause (a) above to the full extent of such Lender's portion of such Loan.

                  SECTION 2.7.  Fees.

                  a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Primary Lender, through
the Administrative Agent, on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
31, and on the date on which the Primary Commitment of such Lender shall be
terminated as provided herein, a facility fee (a "Facility Fee",) at the rate
per annum from time to time in effect in accordance with Section 2.22, on the
amount of the Primary Commitment of such Lender, whether used or unused, during
the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the Original Closing
Date, or ending with the Maturity Date or any date on which the Primary
Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated). All Facility Fees shall be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360
days. The Facility Fee due to each Primary Lender shall commence to accrue on
the Original Closing Date, shall be payable in arrears and shall cease to

<PAGE>
                                      29


accrue on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Primary
Commitment of such Lender as provided herein.

                  (b) The Borrower agrees to pay the Administrative Agent, for
its own account, the fees at the times and in the amounts provided for in the
letter agreement dated February __, 1999 among the Borrower, Chase and Chase
Securities Inc.

                  (c) All fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately
available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as
appropriate, among the Lenders. Once paid, none of the fees shall be refundable
under any circumstances.

                  SECTION 2.8.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

                  (a) (i) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to
the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid
principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan of such Lender on the Maturity
Date (or such earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Loans become due and
payable pursuant to Article 7); provided that the Revolving Credit Loans made
by Objecting Lenders shall be repaid as provided in Section 2.24. The Borrower
hereby further agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent interest on the unpaid
principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans from time to time outstanding
from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and
on the dates, set forth in Section 2.9.

                  (ii) The Canadian Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to
pay to the Canadian Agent (with notice to the Administrative Agent) for the
account of each Canadian Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each
Canadian Revolving Credit Loan of such Canadian Lender on the Maturity Date (or
such earlier date on which the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans become due and
payable pursuant to Article 7 or such earlier date on which the Borrower shall
fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, all of the
capital stock of the Canadian Borrower); provided that the Canadian Revolving
Credit Loans made by Objecting Lenders shall be repaid as provided in Section
2.25. The Canadian Borrower hereby further agrees to pay to the Canadian Agent
(with notice to the Administrative Agent) interest on the unpaid principal
amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans from time to time outstanding
from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and
on the dates, set forth in Section 2.9.

                  (b) The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender that makes a Competitive
Loan, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Competitive
Loan, the principal amount of such Competitive Loan. The Borrower further
unconditionally promises to pay interest on each such Competitive Loan for the
period from and including the date of Borrowing of such Competitive Loan on the
unpaid principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding at the applicable
rate per annum determined as provided in, and payable as specified in, Section
2.9.
<PAGE>
                                      30


                  (c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual
practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower and the
Canadian Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from
time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid
to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

                  (d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register
pursuant to Section 9.3(e), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which
shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Interest Rate
Type thereof and each Interest Period or Contract Period, if any, applicable
thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to
become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender or the Canadian Agent
hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative
Agent hereunder from the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be,
and each Lender's share thereof.

                  (e) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each
Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.8(c) shall, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the
obligations of the Borrowers therein recorded; provided that the failure of any
Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such
account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of
the Borrowers to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to such
Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

                  (f) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the
Administrative Agent by any Primary Lender, the Borrower will execute and
deliver to such Primary Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing the
Primary Loans of such Primary Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1
with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount (a "Revolving
Credit Note").

                  (g) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the
Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to
such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing the Competitive Loans
of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 with appropriate
insertions as to date, principal amount and Currency (a "Competitive Note").

                  (h) The Canadian Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the
Canadian Agent by any Canadian Lender, the Canadian Borrower will execute and
deliver to such Canadian Lender a promissory note of the Canadian Borrower
evidencing the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of such Canadian Lender,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 with appropriate insertions as to date
and principal amount (a "Canadian Revolving Credit Note").

                  (i) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request of the
Administrative Agent by any Pounds Sterling Lender, the Borrower will execute
and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing the
Pounds Sterling Loans of such Pounds Sterling Lender, substantially in the form
of Exhibit A-4 with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount
("Pounds Sterling Note").
<PAGE>
                                      31


                  SECTION 2.9.  Interest on Loans.

                  (a) (i) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans
comprising each LIBOR Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of
the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days or 365 days in the
case of a Pounds Sterling Loan) at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of
each LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan, LIBOR for the Interest Period in effect for
such Borrowing plus the applicable LIBOR Spread from time to time in effect and
(ii) in the case of each LIBOR Competitive Loan, LIBOR for the Interest Period
in effect for such Borrowing plus or minus the Margin offered by the Lender
making such Loan and accepted by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4. Interest
on each LIBOR Borrowing shall be payable on each applicable Interest Payment
Date.

                  (ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans
comprising each B/A Borrowing shall be subject to an Acceptance Fee (computed
on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days)
calculated and payable at a rate per annum equal to the applicable B/A Spread
from time to time in effect payable as set forth in Section 2.25(f).

                  (b) (i) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans
comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may
be when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days
at all other times) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus
the applicable margin therefor from time to time in effect in accordance with
Section 2.22.

                  (ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans
comprising each C$ Prime Rate Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as
the case may be) at a rate per annum equal to the C$ Prime Rate plus the
applicable margin therefor from time to time in effect in accordance with
Section 2.22.

                  (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, each Fixed Rate
Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the fixed rate
of interest offered by the Lender making such Loan and accepted by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.4.

                  (d) Interest on each Loan (other than in the case of a B/A,
which shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.25) shall be payable in
arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable to such Loan. The LIBOR or the
Alternate Base Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period
shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, the C$ Prime Rate for each
Interest Period or day within an Interest Period shall be determined by the
Canadian Agent, and, in each case, such determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.

                  (e) For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and
disclosure thereunder, whenever interest to be paid hereunder or in connection
herewith is to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days or any other
period of time that is less than a calendar year, the yearly rate of interest
to which the rate determined pursuant to such calculation is equivalent is the
rate so 

<PAGE>
                                      32


determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in
which the same is to be ascertained and divided by either 360 or such other
period of time, as the case may be.

                  (f) If any provision of any Fundamental Document would oblige
the Canadian Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable
to any Canadian Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be
prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Canadian Lender of
interest at a criminal rate (as such terms are construed under the Criminal
Code (Canada)), then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall
be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount
or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law
or so result in a receipt by that Canadian Lender of interest at a criminal
rate, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows:

                  (i) first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest
         required to be paid to the affected Canadian Lender under Section 2.9
         or 2.10; and

                  (ii) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums
         and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Canadian Lender
         which would constitute interest for purposes of Section 347 of the
         Criminal Code (Canada).

                  SECTION 2.10. Interest on Overdue Amounts.

                  If either Borrower shall default in the payment of the
principal of, or interest on, any Loan or any other amount becoming due
hereunder, the Applicable Borrower shall on demand from time to time pay
interest, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, on such defaulted amount
up to (but not including) the date of actual payment (after as well as before
judgment) at a rate per annum computed on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed over a year of 365 days in the case of B/As and 365 or 366 days,
as applicable, in the case of amounts bearing interest determined by reference
to the Prime Rate or the C$ Prime Rate and a year of 360 days in all other
cases, equal to (a) in the case of the remainder of the then current Interest
Period or Contract Period, as the case may be, for any LIBOR Loan or Fixed Rate
Loan or B/A, the rate applicable to such Loan under Section 2.9 plus 2% per
annum and (b) in the case of any other amount, the rate that would at the time
be applicable to an ABR Loan if such other amount is payable in US$ or to a C$
Prime Rate Loan if such other amount is payable in C$, in each case, under
Section 2.9 plus 2% per annum.

                  SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate of Interest.

                  In the event the Administrative Agent shall have determined
that deposits in Dollars or the applicable Available Foreign Currency in the
amount of the requested principal amount of any LIBOR Loan are not generally
available in the London Interbank Market (or such other interbank eurocurrency
market where the foreign currency and exchange operations in respect of Dollars
or such applicable Available Foreign Currency, as the case may be, are then
being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period), or that
the rate at which such deposits are being offered will not adequately and
fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of 

<PAGE>
                                      33


making or maintaining its portion of such LIBOR Loans during such Interest
Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR, the
Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or
telecopier notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the
event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have
determined that circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (a)
any request by the Borrower for a LIBOR Competitive Borrowing pursuant to
Section 2.4 shall be of no force and effect and shall be denied by the
Administrative Agent and (b) any request by the Borrower for a LIBOR Borrowing
pursuant to Section 2.5 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Loan. Each
determination by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.

                  SECTION 2.12. Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

                  (a) (i) The Commitments of all of the Lenders shall be
automatically terminated on the Maturity Date.

                  (ii) The Canadian Commitments of all of the Canadian Lenders
shall be automatically terminated on such date on which the Borrower shall fail
to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, all of the capital
stock of the Canadian Borrower.

                  (b) Subject to Section 2.13(b), upon at least three Business
Days' prior irrevocable written or telecopy notice to the Administrative Agent
(which shall promptly notify each Lender), the Borrower may at any time in
whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce,
the Commitments; provided that (i) each partial reduction shall be in an
integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum principal amount of
$10,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not be entitled to make any such
termination or reduction that would reduce a type of Commitment to an amount
less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal Dollar Equivalent
Amount of the related Loans.

                           (c) Each reduction in a type of Commitment hereunder
         shall be made ratably among the applicable Lenders in accordance with
         their respective Commitments. The Borrower shall pay to the
         Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders on the
         date of each termination or reduction in a type of Commitment, the
         Facility Fees on the amount of the Commitments so terminated or
         reduced accrued to the date of such termination or reduction.

                  SECTION 2.13. Prepayment of Loans.

                  (a) (i) Prior to the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall have
the right at any time to prepay any Revolving Credit Borrowing, in whole or in
part, subject to the requirements of Section 2.17 but otherwise without premium
or penalty, upon prior written or telecopy notice to the Administrative Agent
(which shall promptly notify each Lender) before 2:00 p.m. New York City time
of at least one Business Day in the case of an ABR Loan and of at least three
Working Days in the case of a LIBOR Loan; provided that each such partial
prepayment shall be in a minimum aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent Amount
of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple in 

<PAGE>
                                      34


excess thereof. The Borrower shall not have the right to prepay any Competitive
Borrowing without the consent of the relevant Lender.

                  (ii) Prior to the Maturity Date, the Canadian Borrower shall
have the right at any time to prepay any C$ Prime Rate Loan, in whole or in
part, without premium or penalty, upon prior written or telecopy notice to the
Canadian Agent before 2:00 p.m. Toronto time of at least three Business Days;
provided that each such partial prepayment shall be in a minimum aggregate
principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple in excess thereof. The
Borrower shall not have the right to optionally prepay any B/As.

                  (b) (i) On any date when the sum of the Dollar Equivalent
Amount of the aggregate outstanding Loans (after giving effect to any
Borrowings effected on such date) exceeds the Total Commitment, the Borrower
shall make a mandatory prepayment of the Loans in such amount as may be
necessary so that the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the aggregate amount of
outstanding Loans after giving effect to such prepayment does not exceed the
Total Commitment then in effect. Any prepayments required by this paragraph
shall be applied to outstanding ABR Loans and C$ Prime Rate Loans up to the
full amount thereof before they are applied to outstanding LIBOR Loans or
B/A's.

                  (ii) If at any date the sum of the Dollar Equivalent Amount
of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans exceeds 105% (or 110% to the extent such
Canadian Loans consist of B/As' for which the remaining Contract Period as of
such date is less than 60 days), of the Canadian Commitments (including at any
time after any reduction of the Canadian Commitments pursuant to Section 2.12),
the Canadian Agent may promptly notify the Canadian Borrower, and the next
Business Day after such notification, the Canadian Borrower shall make a
payment in the amount of such excess. Any such payment shall be applied first,
to payment of the C$ Prime Rate Loans and second, to cash collateralize any
outstanding B/As on terms satisfactory to the Canadian Agent acting reasonably.

                  (iii) If at any date the sum of the Dollar Equivalent Amount
of the Pounds Sterling Loans exceeds 105% (or 110% to the extent such Pounds
Sterling Loans consist of LIBOR Loans for which the remaining Interest Period
as of such date is less than 2 calendar months) of the Pounds Sterling
Commitments (including at any time after any reduction of the Pounds Sterling
Commitments pursuant to Section 2.12), the Administrative Agent may promptly
notify the Borrower, and the next Business Day after such notification, the
Borrower shall make a payment in the amount of such excess, which payment shall
be applied to reduce the outstanding Pounds Sterling Loans.

                  (c) Each notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13
shall specify the specific Borrowing(s), the prepayment date and the aggregate
principal amount of each Borrowing to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and
shall commit the Applicable Borrower to prepay such Borrowing(s) by the amount
stated therein. All prepayments under this Section 2.13 shall be accompanied by
accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of
prepayment and any amounts due pursuant to Section 2.17.
<PAGE>
                                      35


                  SECTION 2.14. Eurocurrency Reserve Costs.

                  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Lender, so long as such Lender shall be required under
regulations of the Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or
assets consisting of, or including, Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in
Regulation D of the Board) (or, at any time when such Lender may be required by
the Board or by any other Governmental Authority, whether within the United
States or in another relevant jurisdiction, to maintain reserves against any
other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which
LIBOR is determined as provided in this Agreement or against any category of
extensions of credit or other assets of such Lender which includes any such
LIBOR Loans), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR
Loan made to the Borrower by such Lender, from the date of such Loan until such
Loan is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times during
the Interest Period for such Loan to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i)
LIBOR for such Interest Period from (ii) the rate obtained by multiplying LIBOR
as referred to in clause (i) above by the Statutory Reserves of such Lender for
such Interest Period, provided that with respect to Pounds Sterling Loans such
additional interest shall be calculated as specified on Schedule 2.14. Such
additional interest shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the
Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) not later than five Business
Days before the next Interest Payment Date for such Loan, and such additional
interest so notified to the Borrower by any Lender shall be payable to the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender on each Interest Payment
Date for such Loan.

                  SECTION 2.15. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the
date of this Agreement any change in Applicable Law or regulation or in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the
force of law) (i) shall subject any Lender to, or increase the net amount of,
any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding with respect
to any Loan, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender of
the principal of or interest on any Loan made by such Lender or any other fees
or amounts payable hereunder (other than (x) taxes imposed on the overall net
income of such Lender by the jurisdiction in which such Lender has its
principal office or its applicable Lending Office or by any political
subdivision or taxing authority therein (or any tax which is enacted or adopted
by such jurisdiction, political subdivision or taxing authority as a direct
substitute for any such taxes) or (y) any tax, assessment, or other
governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for the failure of any
Lender to comply with any certification, information, documentation or other
reporting requirement), (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits
with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender, or (iii) shall
impose on any Lender or eurocurrency market any other condition affecting this
Agreement or any Loan made by such Lender, and the result of any of the
foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining
any Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such
Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect
thereof by an amount deemed in good faith by such Lender to be material, 

<PAGE>
                                      36


then the Borrowers shall pay such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender for such increase or reduction to such Lender upon
demand by such Lender.

                  (b) If, after the date of this Agreement, any Lender shall
have determined in good faith that the adoption after the date hereof of or any
change after the date hereof in any applicable law, rule, regulation or
guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or
comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or
compliance by any Lender (or any Lending Office of such Lender) with any
request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the
force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable
agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
Lender's capital or on the capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as
a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such
Lender (or its holding company) could have achieved but for such applicability,
adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's
policies or the policies of its holding company, as the case may be, with
respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material,
then, from time to time, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for
the account of such Lender (or its holding company) such additional amount or
amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction upon demand by such
Lender.

                  (c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth in reasonable
detail (i) such amount or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such
Lender as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, and (ii)
the calculation of such amount or amounts referred to in the preceding clause
(i), shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent for the account of such
Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days
after its receipt of the same.

                  (d) Failure on the part of any Lender to demand compensation
for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or
reduction in return on capital with respect to any Interest Period or Contract
Period shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's rights to demand
compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital with respect to such Interest
Period or any other Interest Period or Contract Period. The protection of this
Section 2.15 shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible
contention of invalidity or inapplicability of the law, regulation or condition
which shall have been imposed.

                  (e) Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after
it becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition
that (i) would cause it to incur any increased cost under this Section 2.15,
Section 2.16 or Section 2.21 or (ii) would require the Borrower to pay an
increased amount under this Section 2.15, Section 2.16 or Section 2.21, it will
use reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower of such event or condition and,
to the extent not inconsistent with such Lender's internal policies, will use
its reasonable efforts to make, fund or maintain the affected Loans of such
Lender through another Lending Office of such Lender if as a result thereof the
additional monies which would otherwise be required to be paid or the 

<PAGE>
                                      37


reduction of amounts receivable by such Lender thereunder in respect of such
Loans would be materially reduced, or any inability to perform would cease to
exist, or the increased costs which would otherwise be required to be paid in
respect of such Loans pursuant to this Section 2.15, Section 2.16 or Section
2.21 would be materially reduced or the taxes or other amounts otherwise
payable under this Section 2.15, Section 2.16 or Section 2.21 would be
materially reduced, and if, as determined by such Lender, in its sole
reasonable discretion, the making, funding or maintaining of such Loans through
such other Lending Office would not otherwise materially adversely affect such
Loans.

                  (f) In the event any Lender shall have delivered to the
Borrower a notice that LIBOR Loans or B/As are no longer available from such
Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, that amounts are due to such Lender pursuant
to paragraph (c) above, that any of the events designated in paragraph (e)
above have occurred or that a Lender shall not be rated at least BBB by S&P and
Baa2 by Moody's, the Borrower may (but subject in any such case to the payments
required by Section 2.17), provided that there shall exist no Default or Event
of Default, upon at least five Business Days' prior written or telecopier
notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, but not more than 30 days
after receipt of notice from such Lender, identify to the Administrative Agent
a lending institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent which
will purchase the Commitment, the amount of outstanding Loans from the Lender
providing such notice and such Lender shall thereupon assign its Commitment,
any Loans owing to such Lender and the Notes held by such Lender to such
replacement lending institution pursuant to Section 9.3. Such notice shall
specify an effective date for such assignment and at the time thereof, the
Borrower shall pay all accrued interest, Facility Fees and all other amounts
(including without limitation all amounts payable under this Section and
Sections 2.21, 9.4 and 9.5) owing hereunder to such Lender as at such effective
date for such assignment.

                  SECTION 2.16. Change in Legality.

                  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
contained, if any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation
thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration or
interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or
maintain any LIBOR Loan or B/A or to give effect to its obligations as
contemplated hereby, then, by written notice to the Borrower or the Canadian
Borrower, as applicable and to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent,
as applicable, such Lender may:

                  (i) declare that LIBOR Loans or B/As will not thereafter be
         made by such Lender hereunder, whereupon such Lender shall not submit
         a Competitive Bid in response to a request for LIBOR Competitive Loans
         and the Borrower and the Canadian Borrower shall be prohibited from
         requesting LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans or B/As from such Lender
         hereunder unless such declaration is subsequently withdrawn; and

                  (ii) require that all outstanding LIBOR Loans (in Dollars) or
         B/As made by it be converted to ABR Loans or C$ Prime Rate Loans,
         respectively, in which event (A) all such LIBOR Loans or B/As shall be
         automatically converted to ABR Loans or C$ Prime Rate Loans,
         respectively, as of the effective date of such notice as provided in
         Section 
<PAGE>
                                      38


         2.16(b) and (B) all payments and prepayments of principal which would
         otherwise have been applied to repay the converted LIBOR Loans or B/As
         shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans or C$ Prime Rate
         Loans, as the case may be resulting from the conversion of such LIBOR
         Loans or B/As.

                  (b) For purposes of this Section 2.16, a notice to the
Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, by any Lender pursuant
to Section 2.16(a) shall be effective on the date of receipt thereof by the
Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 2.17. Reimbursement of Lenders.

                  (a) The Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may
be, shall reimburse each Lender on demand for any loss incurred or to be
incurred by it in the reemployment of the funds released (i) by any prepayment
(for any reason, including any refinancing) of any LIBOR or Fixed Rate Loan or
B/A if such Loan is repaid other than on the last day of the applicable
Interest Period or Contract Period, as the case may be, for such Loan or (ii)
in the event that after the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may
be delivers a notice of borrowing under Section 2.5 in respect of LIBOR
Revolving Credit Loans or a Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter under Section
2.4(d) or B/A, pursuant to which it has accepted Competitive Bids of one or
more of the Lenders, the applicable Loan is not made on the first day of the
Interest Period specified by the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case
may be for any reason other than (I) a suspension or limitation under Section
2.16 of the right of the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be,
to select a LIBOR Loan or B/A or (II) a breach by a Lender of its obligations
hereunder. In the case of such failure to borrow, such loss shall be the amount
as reasonably determined by such Lender as the excess, if any, of (A) the
amount of interest which would have accrued to such Lender on the amount not
borrowed, at a rate of interest equal to the interest rate applicable to such
Loan pursuant to Section 2.9, for the period from the date of such failure to
borrow to the last day of the Interest Period or Contract Period, as the case
may be for such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure to
borrow, over (B) the amount realized by such Lender in reemploying the funds
not advanced during the period referred to above. In the case of a payment
other than on the last day of the Interest Period or Contract Period, as the
case may be for a Loan, such loss shall be the amount as the excess, if any, of
(A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so paid at a
rate of interest equal to the interest rate applicable to such Loan pursuant to
Section 2.9, for the period from the date of such payment to the last day of
the then current Interest Period or Contract Period, as the case may be for
such Loan, over (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of the
Loan so paid times (y) the current daily yield on U.S. Treasury Securities or
Canadian Treasury Securities, as the case may be (at such date of
determination) with maturities approximately equal to the remaining Interest
Period or Contract Period, as the case may be for such Loan times (z) the
number of days remaining in the Interest Period or Contract Period, as the case
may be for such Loan. Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower or the Canadian
Borrower, as the case may be from time to time one or more certificates setting
forth the amount of such loss (and in reasonable detail the manner of
computation thereof) as determined by such Lender, which certificates shall be
conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the
case may be, shall pay to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian 

<PAGE>
                                      39


Agent, as the case may be for the account of each Lender the amount shown as
due on any certificate within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the same.

                  (b) In the event the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as
the case may be, fails to prepay any Loan on the date specified in any
prepayment notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.13(a), the Borrower or the
Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, on demand by any Lender shall pay to the
Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be for the account
of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any loss
incurred by such Lender as a result of such failure to prepay, including,
without limitation, any loss, cost or expenses incurred by reason of the
acquisition of deposits or other funds by such Lender to fulfill deposit
obligations incurred in anticipation of such prepayment. Each Lender shall
deliver to the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, and the
Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, from time to
time one or more certificates setting forth the amount of such loss (and in
reasonable detail the manner of computation thereof) as determined by such
Lender, which certificates shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

                  SECTION 2.18. Pro Rata Treatment.

                  Except as permitted under Sections 2.14, 2.15(c), 2.15(f),
2.16, 2.17 and 2.24, (i) each Primary Borrowing, each reduction of the
aggregate Primary Commitments and each refinancing of any Borrowing with, or
conversion of any Borrowing to, a Primary Borrowing, or continuation of any
Borrowing as a Primary Borrowing, shall be allocated pro rata among the Primary
Lenders in accordance with their respective Primary Commitments (or, if such
Primary Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with
the respective principal amount of their Primary Loans) and each payment or
prepayment of principal of any Primary Borrowing and each payment of interest
on the Primary Loans shall be allocated pro rata in accordance with the
respective principal amount of the Primary Loans then held by the Primary
Lenders, (ii) each Pounds Sterling Borrowing, each reduction of the aggregate
Pounds Sterling Commitments and each refinancing of any Borrowing with, or
conversion of any Borrowing to, a Pounds Sterling Borrowing, or continuation of
any Borrowing as a Pounds Sterling Borrowing, shall be allocated pro rata among
the Pounds Sterling Lenders in accordance with their respective Pounds Sterling
Commitments (or, if such Pounds Sterling Commitments shall have expired or been
terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amount of their
outstanding Pounds Sterling Loans) and each payment or prepayment of principal
of any Pounds Sterling Borrowing and each payment of interest on the Pounds
Sterling Loans shall be allocated pro rata in accordance with the respective
principal amount of the Pounds Sterling Loans then held by the Pounds Sterling
Lenders and (iii) each Canadian Borrowing, each reduction of the aggregate
Canadian Commitments and each refinancing of any Canadian Borrowing, or
continuation of any Borrowing as a Canadian Borrowing, shall be allocated pro
rata among the Canadian Lenders in accordance with their respective Canadian
Commitments (or, if such Canadian Commitments shall have expired or been
terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amount of their
outstanding Canadian Revolving Credit Loans) and each payment or prepayment of
principal of any Canadian Borrowing and each payment of interest on the
Canadian Loans shall be allocated pro rata in accordance with the respective
principal amount of the Canadian Loans then held by the Canadian Lenders. Each
payment of principal of any Competitive Borrowing shall be 

<PAGE>
                                      40


allocated pro rata among the Lenders participating in such Borrowing in
accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding
Competitive Loans comprising such Borrowing. Each payment of interest on any
Competitive Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders
participating in such Borrowing in accordance with the respective amounts of
accrued and unpaid interest on their outstanding Competitive Loans comprising
such Borrowing. For purposes of determining the available Commitments of the
Lenders at any time, each outstanding Competitive Borrowing shall be deemed to
have utilized the Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders that
shall not have made Loans as part of such Competitive Borrowing) pro rata in
accordance with such respective Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in
computing such Lender's portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the
Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender's percentage of
such Borrowing computed in accordance with Section 2.1, to the next higher or
lower whole Dollar amount.

                  SECTION 2.19. Right of Setoff.

                  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
and any Lender shall have requested the Administrative Agent to declare the
Loans immediately due and payable pursuant to Article 7, each Lender is hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted
by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or
special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by such Lender
and any other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to, or for the
credit or the account of, each Borrower, against any of and all the obligations
now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Loans held by such
Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand
under this Agreement or such Loans and although such Obligations may be
unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Applicable Borrower after
any such setoff and application made by such Lender, but the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The
rights of each Lender under this Section 2.19 are in addition to other rights
and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have and
are subject to the provisions of Section 8.2.

                  SECTION 2.20. Manner of Payments.

                  (a) All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under the
Notes shall be made in Dollars or other applicable Currency in immediately
available funds at the office of the Administrative Agent's Agent Bank Services
Department, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, New York 10081, Attention:
Maggie Swales, for credit to PHH Corporation Clearing Account, Account No.
323-5-11260 (Reference: PHH Corporation Credit Agreement dated March 4, 1997)
or as otherwise directed by the Borrower (with the consent of the
Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) no
later than 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date on which such payment
shall be due. Interest in respect of any Loan hereunder shall accrue from and
including the date of such Loan to, but excluding, the date on which such Loan
is paid or refinanced with a Loan of a different Interest Rate Type.

                  (b) All payments by the Canadian Borrower hereunder and under
the Canadian Revolving Credit Notes shall be made in Canadian Dollars in
immediately available funds at 

<PAGE>
                                      41


Royal Bank of Canada Swift Code ROYCCAT2 for credit to PHH Vehicle Management
Services Inc. Clearing Account, Account No. 219-247-4 Reference: PHH Vehicle
Management Services Inc. Credit Agreement dated March 4, 1997) no later than
4:30 p.m., Toronto time, on the date on which such payment shall be due.
Interest in respect of any Canadian Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall
accrue from and including the date of such Canadian Revolving Credit Loan to,
but excluding, the date on which such Canadian Revolving Credit Loan is paid or
refinanced with a Canadian Revolving Credit Loan of a different Interest Rate
Type.

                  SECTION 2.21. Withholding Taxes.

                  (a) Prior to the date of the initial Loans hereunder, and
from time to time thereafter if requested by either of the Borrowers or the
Applicable Agent or required because, as a result of a change in Applicable Law
or a change in circumstances or otherwise, a previously delivered form or
statement becomes incomplete or incorrect in any material respect, each Lender
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or Canada,
in the case of a Canadian Lender, shall provide, if applicable, the Applicable
Agents and the Borrowers with complete, accurate and duly executed forms or
other statements prescribed by a Governmental Authority certifying such
Lender's exemption, if any, from, or entitlement to a reduced rate, if any, of,
withholding taxes (including backup withholding taxes) with respect to all
payments to be made to such Lender hereunder and under the Notes.

                  (b) The Borrowers and the Applicable Agents shall be entitled
to deduct and withhold any and all present or future taxes or withholdings, and
all liabilities with respect thereto, from payments hereunder or under the
Notes, if and to the extent that the Borrowers or the Applicable Agents in good
faith determine that such deduction or withholding is required by Applicable
Law, including, without limitation, any applicable treaty. In the event either
of the Borrowers or the Applicable Agents shall so determine that deduction or
withholding of taxes is required, it shall advise the affected Lender as to the
basis of such determination prior to actually deducting and withholding such
taxes. In the event either of the Borrowers or the Applicable Agents shall so
deduct or withhold taxes from amounts payable hereunder, it (i) shall pay to or
deposit with the appropriate taxing authority in a timely manner the full
amount of taxes it has deducted or withheld; (ii) shall provide evidence of
payment of such taxes to, or the deposit thereof with, the appropriate taxing
authority and a statement setting forth the amount of taxes deducted or
withheld, the applicable rate, and any other information or documentation
reasonably requested by the Lenders from whom the taxes were deducted or
withheld; and (iii) shall forward to such Lenders any receipt for such payment
or deposit of the deducted or withheld taxes as may be issued from time to time
by the appropriate taxing authority. Unless either of the Borrowers and the
Applicable Agents have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them
indicating that payments hereunder or under the Notes are not subject to
withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable
tax treaty, the Borrowers or the Applicable Agents may withhold taxes from such
payments at the applicable statutory rate in the case of payments to or for any
Lender.

                  (c) Each Lender agrees (i) that as between it and either of
the Borrowers or the Applicable Agents, it shall be the Person to deduct and
withhold taxes, and to the extent required 

<PAGE>
                                      42


by law it shall deduct and withhold taxes, on amounts that such Lender may
remit to any other Person(s) by reason of any undisclosed transfer or
assignment of an interest in this Agreement to such other Person(s) pursuant to
paragraph (g) of Section 9.3 and (ii) to indemnify the Borrowers and the
Applicable Agents and any of their officers, directors, agents, or employees
against, and to hold them harmless from, any tax, interest, additions to tax,
penalties, reasonable counsel and accountants' fees, disbursements or payments
arising from the assertion by any appropriate taxing authority of any claim
against them relating to a failure to withhold taxes as required by Applicable
Law with respect to amounts described in clause (i) of this paragraph (c).

                  (d) Each assignee of a Lender's interest in this Agreement in
conformity with Section 9.3 shall be bound by this Section 2.21, so that such
assignee will have all of the obligations and provide all of the forms and
statements and all indemnities, representations and warranties required to be
given under this Section 2.21.

                  (e) In the event that any withholding taxes shall become
payable as a result of any change in any statute, treaty, ruling, determination
or regulation occurring after the Initial Date (as defined below) in respect of
any sum payable hereunder or under any other Fundamental Document to any Lender
or either of the Applicable Agents (i) the sum payable by either of the
Borrowers shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all
required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable
under this Section 2.21) such Lender or the Applicable Agents (as the case may
be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such
deductions been made, (ii) the Applicable Borrower shall make such deductions
and (iii) the Applicable Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the
relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with Applicable
Law. For purposes of this Section 2.21, the term "Initial Date" shall mean (i)
in the case of the Applicable Agents, the date hereof, (ii) in the case of each
Lender as of the date hereof, the date hereof and (iii) in the case of any
other Lender, the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
which it became a Lender.

                  SECTION 2.22. Certain Pricing Adjustments.

                           The Facility Fee and the applicable LIBOR Spread and
         B/A Spread in effect from time to time shall be determined in
         accordance with the following table:
<PAGE>
                                      43

                                                              Applicable   
 S&P/Moody's Rating Equivalent                               LIBOR Spread  
    of the Borrower's senior       Facility Fee             And B/A Spread 
    unsecured long-term debt     (in Basis Points)        (in Basis Points)
    ------------------------     -----------------        -----------------
A/A2 or better                          8.0                      29.5
A-/A3                                  10.0                      40.0
BBB+/Baa1                              12.5                      50.0
BBB/Baa2                               15.0                      60.0
BBB-/Baa3                              17.5                      70.0
BB+/Ba1 or worse                       32.5                     117.5

                  In the event the S&P rating on the Borrower's senior
unsecured long-term debt is not equivalent to the Moody's rating on such debt,
the lower rating will determine the Facility Fee and applicable LIBOR Spread
and B/A Spread. In the event that the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term
debt is rated by only one of S&P and Moody's (for any reason, including if S&P
or Moody's shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt
obligations) or if the rating system of either S&P or Moody's shall change,
then an amendment shall be negotiated in good faith (and shall be effective
only upon approval by the Borrower and the Supermajority Lenders) to the
references to specific ratings in the table above to reflect such changed
rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency
(including an amendment to provide for the substitution of an equivalent or
successor ratings agency). In the event that the Borrower's senior unsecured
long-term debt is not rated by either S&P or Moody's, then the Facility Fee and
the applicable LIBOR Spread and B/A Spread shall be deemed to be calculated as
if the lowest rating category set forth above applied. Any increase in the
Facility Fee or the applicable LIBOR Spread and B/A Spread determined in
accordance with the foregoing table shall become effective on the date of
announcement or publication by the Borrower or either such rating agency of a
reduction in such rating or, in the absence of such announcement or
publication, on the effective date of such decreased rating, or on the date of
any request by the Borrower to either of such rating agencies not to rate its
senior unsecured long-term debt or on the date either of such rating agencies
announces it shall no longer rate the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term
debt. Any decrease in the Facility Fee or applicable LIBOR Spread and B/A
Spread shall be effective on the date of announcement or publication by either
of such rating agencies of an increase in rating or in the absence of
announcement or publication on the effective date of such increase in rating.
The applicable margin for ABR Loans and C$ Prime Rate Loans shall be 1% less
than the applicable LIBOR Spread (but not less than 0%), including as the LIBOR
Spread may be increased pursuant to the next paragraph.

                  In addition, on each day on which the Borrower's commercial
paper is rated A2 or lower by S&P or P2 or lower by Moody's or is not rated by
each of S&P and Moody's, the applicable LIBOR Spread and B/A Spread shall be
increased by .25% per annum. If the rating system with respect to commercial
paper of either S&P or Moody's shall change, then an 

<PAGE>
                                      44


amendment shall be negotiated in good faith (and shall be effective only upon
approval by the Borrower and the Supermajority Lenders) to reflect such changed
rating system. Any decrease in the Borrower's commercial paper rating shall be
deemed to become effective for purposes of this Section 2.22 on the date of
announcement or publication by the Borrower or either such rating agency of a
reduction in such rating or, in the absence of such announcement or
publication, on the effective date of such decreased rating, or on the date of
any request by the Borrower to either of such rating agencies not to rate its
commercial paper or on the date either of such rating agencies announces it
shall no longer rate the Borrower's commercial paper. Any increase in the
Borrower's commercial paper rating shall be deemed to be effective for purposes
of this Section 2.22 on the date of announcement or publication by either of
such rating agencies of an increase in rating or in the absence of announcement
or publication on the effective date of such increase in rating.

                  SECTION 2.23. [Intentionally Deleted.]

                  SECTION 2.24. Extension of Maturity Date. (a) Not less than
60 days and not more than 90 days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect,
provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Borrower may request an extension of the Maturity Date then in effect by
submitting to the Administrative Agent an Extension Request containing the
information in respect of such extension specified in Exhibit H, which the
Administrative Agent shall promptly furnish to each Lender. Each Lender shall,
not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to such Maturity Date
then in effect, notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its
election to grant or not to grant the extension as requested in such Extension
Request. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any
notice by any Lender of its willingness to extend the Maturity Date shall be
revocable by such Lender in its sole and absolute discretion at any time prior
to the date which is 30 days prior to such Maturity Date then in effect. If the
Supermajority Lenders shall approve in writing the extension of the Maturity
Date requested in such Extension Request, the Maturity Date shall automatically
and without any further action by any Person be extended for the period
specified in such Extension Request; provided that (i) each extension pursuant
to this Section 2.24 shall be for a maximum of 364 days and (ii) the Commitment
of any Lender which does not consent in writing to such extension not less than
30 days and not more than 60 days prior to such Maturity Date then in effect
(an "Objecting Lender") shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with
this Agreement, expire on the Maturity Date in effect on the date of such
Extension Request (such Maturity Date, if any, referred to as the "Commitment
Expiration Date" with respect to such Objecting Lender). If not less than 30
days and not more than 60 days prior to such Maturity Date then in effect, the
Supermajority Lenders shall not approve in writing the extension of the
Maturity Date requested in an Extension Request, the Maturity Date shall not be
extended pursuant to such Extension Request. The Administrative Agent shall
promptly notify (y) the Lenders and the Borrower of any extension of the
Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.24 and (z) the Borrower and any other
Lender of any Lender which becomes an Objecting Lender.

                  (b) Loans (including any principal, interest, fees and other
amounts due hereunder) owing to any Objecting Lender on the Commitment
Expiration Date with respect to such Lender shall be repaid in full on or
before such Commitment Expiration Date.


<PAGE>
                                      45


                  (c) The Borrower shall have the right, so long as no Event of
Default has occurred and is then continuing, upon giving notice to the
Administrative Agent and the Objecting Lender in accordance with Section 2.13,
to prepay in full the Loans of the Objecting Lenders, together with accrued
interest thereon, any amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.9, 2.10, 2.14,
2.15, 2.17, 2.21, 9.4 and 9.5 and any accrued and unpaid Facility Fee or other
amounts payable to it hereunder and/or, upon giving not less than three
Business Days' notice to the Objecting Lenders and the Administrative Agent, to
cancel in whole or in part the Commitments of the Objecting Lenders.

                  (d) The Borrower may, with the consent of the Administrative
Agent, designate one or more financial institutions to act as a Lender
hereunder in place of any Objecting Lender, and upon the execution of an
agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H by each such Objecting Lender
(who hereby agrees to execute such agreement), such replacement financial
institution and the Administrative Agent, such replacement financial
institution shall become and be a Lender hereunder with all the rights and
obligations it would have had if it had been named on the signature pages
hereof, and having for all such financial institutions aggregate Commitments of
no greater than the whole of the Commitment of the Objecting Lender in place of
which such financial institutions were designated; provided that the Facility
Fees, interest and other payments to the Lenders due hereunder shall accrue for
the account of each such financial institution from the date of replacement
pursuant to such agreement. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders
of the execution of any such agreement, the name of the financial institution
executing such agreement and the amount of such financial institution's
Commitment.

                  SECTION 2.25. Bankers' Acceptances. () Subject to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, the Canadian Borrower may request a Borrowing
by presenting drafts for acceptance and purchase as B/As by the Canadian
Lenders.

                  (b) No Contract Period with respect to a B/A shall extend
beyond the Maturity Date.

                  (c) To facilitate availment of the Borrowings by way of B/As,
the Canadian Borrower hereby appoints each Canadian Lender as its attorney to
sign and endorse on its behalf, in handwriting or by facsimile or mechanical
signature as and when deemed necessary by such Canadian Lender, blank forms of
B/As substantially in the form of Exhibit I. In this respect, it is each
Canadian Lender's responsibility to maintain an adequate supply of blank forms
of B/As for acceptance under this Agreement. The Canadian Borrower recognizes
and agrees that all B/As signed and/or endorsed on its behalf by a Canadian
Lender shall bind the Canadian Borrower as fully and effectually as if signed
in the handwriting of and duly issued by the proper signing officers of the
Canadian Borrower. Each Canadian Lender is hereby authorized to issue such B/As
endorsed in blank in such face amounts as may be determined by such Canadian
Lender; provided that the aggregate amount thereof is equal to the aggregate
amount of B/As required to be accepted and purchased by such Canadian Lender.
No Canadian Lender shall be liable for any damage, loss or other claim arising
by reason of any loss or improper use of any such instrument except the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of the Canadian Lender or its officers,
employees, agents or representatives. Each Canadian Lender shall maintain a
record with respect 

<PAGE>
                                      46


to B/As (a) received by it from the Canadian Agent in blank hereunder, (b)
voided by it for any reason, (c) accepted and purchased by it hereunder, and
(d) cancelled at their respective maturities. Each Canadian Lender further
agrees to retain such records in the manner and for the statutory periods
provided in the various provincial or federal statutes and regulations which
apply to such Canadian Lender. Each Canadian Lender agrees to provide a copy of
such records to the Canadian Borrower at the Canadian Borrower's expense upon
request. On request by or on behalf of the Canadian Borrower, a Canadian Lender
shall cancel all forms of B/A which have been pre-signed or pre-endorsed on
behalf of the Canadian Borrower and which are held by the said Canadian Lender
and are not required to be issued in accordance with the Canadian Borrower's
irrevocable notice.

                  (d) Drafts of the Canadian Borrower to be accepted as B/As
hereunder shall be signed as set forth in this Section 2.25. Notwithstanding
that any Person whose signature appears on any B/A may no longer be an
authorized signatory for any of the Canadian Lenders or the Canadian Borrower
at the date of issuance of a B/A, such signature shall nevertheless be valid
and sufficient for all purposes as if such authority had remained in force at
the time of such issuance and any such B/A so signed shall be binding on the
Canadian Borrower.

                  (e) Promptly following receipt of a Notice of Canadian
Borrowing or Notice of Rollover or notice of refinancing pursuant to Section
2.6 by way of B/As, the Canadian Agent shall so advise the Canadian Lenders and
shall advise each Canadian Lender of the aggregate face amount of the B/As to
be accepted by it and the applicable Contract Period (which shall be identical
for all Lenders). The aggregate face amount of the B/As to be accepted by a
Canadian Lender shall be a whole multiple of C$100,000, and such face amount
shall be in the Canadian Lenders pro rata portion of such Borrowing, provided
that the Canadian Agent may in its sole discretion increase or reduce each
Canadian Lender's portion of such Borrowing to the nearest C$100,000.

                  (f) Upon acceptance of a B/A by a Canadian Lender, such
Canadian Lender shall purchase, or arrange the purchase of, each B/A from the
Canadian Borrower at the Discount Rate for such Canadian Lender applicable to
such B/A accepted by it and provide to the Canadian Agent the Discount Proceeds
for the account of the Canadian Borrower. The Acceptance Fee payable by the
Canadian Borrower to a Canadian Lender under Section 2.9 in respect of each B/A
accepted by such Canadian Lender shall be set off against the Discount Proceeds
payable by such Canadian Lender under this Section 2.25.

                  (g) Each Canadian Lender may at any time and from time to
time hold, sell, rediscount or otherwise dispose of any or all B/As accepted
and purchased by it.

                  (h) With respect to each Borrowing which is outstanding
hereunder by way of B/As, at or before 11:00 a.m. two Business Days before the
maturity date of such B/As, the Canadian Borrower shall notify the Canadian
Agent at the Canadian Agent's address set forth in Section 9.1 by irrevocable
telephone notice, followed by a Notice of Rollover on the same day, if the
Canadian Borrower intends to issue B/As on such maturity date to provide for
the payment of such maturing B/As. If the Canadian Borrower fails to notify the
Canadian Agent of its intention 

<PAGE>
                                      47


to issue B/As on such maturity date, the Canadian Borrower shall provide
payment to the Canadian Agent on behalf of the Canadian Lenders of an amount
equal to the aggregate face amount of such B/As on the maturity date of such
B/As. If the Canadian Borrower fails to make such payment, such maturing B/As
shall be deemed to have been converted on their maturity date into a C$ Prime
Rate Loan in an amount equal to the face amount of such B/As and the Canadian
Borrower shall on demand pay any penalties that may have been incurred by the
Canadian Agent and any Canadian Lender due to the failure of the Canadian
Borrower to make such payment.

                  (i) The Canadian Borrower waives presentment for payment and
any other defense to payment of any amounts due to a Canadian Lender in respect
of a B/A accepted and purchased by it pursuant to this Agreement which might
exist solely by reason of such B/A being held, at the maturity thereof, by such
Canadian Lender in its own right and the Canadian Borrower agrees not to claim
any days of grace if such Canadian Lender as holder sues the Canadian Borrower
on the B/A for payment of the amount payable by the Canadian Borrower
thereunder. On the specified maturity date of a B/A, or such earlier date as
may be required or permitted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the
Canadian Borrower shall pay the Canadian Lender that has accepted and purchased
such B/A the full face amount of such B/A and after such payment, the Canadian
Borrower shall have no further liability in respect of such B/A and such
Canadian Lender shall be entitled to all benefits of, and be responsible for
all payments due to third parties under, such B/A.

                  (j) If a Canadian Lender grants a participation in a portion
of its rights under this Agreement to a Participant, then in respect of any
Borrowing by way of Bankers' Acceptances, a portion thereof may, at the option
of such Canadian Lender, be by way of Bankers' Acceptance accepted by such
Participant. In such event, the Canadian Borrower shall upon request of the
Canadian Agent or the Canadian Lender granting the participation execute and
deliver a form of Bankers' Acceptance undertaking in favor of such Participant
for delivery to such Participant.

                  SECTION 2.26. Guarantee. (a) To induce the Agents and the
Lenders to execute and deliver this Agreement and to make or maintain the
Canadian Loans hereunder, and in consideration thereof, the Borrower hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Agents, for the ratable
benefit of the Lenders, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the
Canadian Borrower when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise) of the Canadian Obligations, and the Borrower further agrees to pay
any and all expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable fees,
charges and disbursements of counsel) which may be paid or incurred by the
Agents or by the Lenders in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in
respect of, any of their rights under the guarantee contained in this Section
2.26. The guarantee contained in this Section 2.26, subject to Section 2.26(e),
shall remain in full force and effect until the Canadian Obligations are paid
in full and the Canadian Commitments are terminated, notwithstanding that from
time to time prior thereto the Canadian Borrower may be free from any Canadian
Obligations.

                  (b) Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the
Borrower hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of the Borrower by
any Lender, the Borrower shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the
rights of the Agents or any Lender against the Canadian 

<PAGE>
                                      48


Borrower or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by any
Lender for the payment of the Canadian Obligations, nor shall the Borrower seek
or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Canadian
Borrower in respect of payments made by the Borrower hereunder, until all
amounts owing to the Agents and the Lenders by the Canadian Borrower on account
of the Canadian Obligations are paid in full and the Canadian Commitments are
terminated. If any amount shall be paid to the Borrower on account of such
subrogation rights at any time when all of the Canadian Obligations shall not
have been paid in full or the Canadian Commitments shall not have been
terminated, such amount shall be held by the Borrower in trust for the Agents
and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of the Borrower, and shall,
forthwith upon receipt by the Borrower, be turned over to the Agents in the
exact form received by the Borrower (duly endorsed by the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Canadian
Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Administrative
Agent may determine. The Borrower hereby further irrevocably waives all
contractual, common law, statutory and other rights of reimbursement,
contribution, exoneration or indemnity (or any similar right) from or against
the Canadian Borrower or any other Person which may have arisen in connection
with the guarantee contained in this Section 2.26.

                  (c) The Borrower shall remain obligated under this Section
2.26 notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against the
Borrower, and without notice to or further assent by the Borrower, any demand
for payment of or reduction in the principal amount of any of the Canadian
Obligations made by either of the Agents or any Lender may be rescinded by
either of the Agents or such Lender, and any of the Canadian Obligations
continued, and the Canadian Obligations, or the liability of any other party
upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor
or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in
part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised,
waived, surrendered or released by either of the Agents or any Lender, and this
Agreement, any other Fundamental Document, and any other documents executed and
delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or
terminated, in whole or in part, as the Lenders (or the Required Lenders, as
the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral
security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by either of the Agents
or any Lender for the payment of the Canadian Obligations may be sold,
exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither of the Agents nor any
Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien
at any time held by it as security for the Canadian Obligations or for the
guarantee contained in this Section 2.26 or any property subject thereto.

                  (d) The Borrower waives any and all notice of the creation,
renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Canadian Obligations and notice of
or proof of reliance by either of the Agents or any Lender upon the guarantee
contained in this Section 2.26 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this
Section 2.26; the Canadian Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be
deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended,
amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section
2.26; and all dealings between the Canadian Borrower or the Borrower, on the
one hand, and the Agents and the Lenders, on the other, shall likewise be
conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the
guarantee contained in this Section 2.26. The Borrower 

<PAGE>
                                      49


waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of
default or nonpayment to or upon the Canadian Borrower or the Borrower with
respect to the Canadian Obligations. The guarantee contained in this Section
2.26 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee
of payment without regard to (i) the validity or enforceability of this
Agreement, any other Fundamental Document, any of the Canadian Obligations or
any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect
thereto at any time or from time to time held by either of the Agents or any
Lender, (ii) any defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than a defense of
payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by
any Borrower against either of the Agents or any Lender, or (iii) any other
circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Canadian
Borrower or the Borrower) which constitutes, or might be construed to
constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Canadian Borrower for the
Canadian Obligations, or of the Borrower under the guarantee contained in this
Section 2.26, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When either of the Agents
or any Lender is pursuing its rights and remedies under this Section 2.26
against the Borrower, either of the Agents or any Lender may, but shall be
under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against
the Canadian Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or
guarantee for the Canadian Obligations or any right of offset with respect
thereto, and any failure by either of the Agents or any Lender to pursue such
other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Canadian Borrower
or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or
guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the
Canadian Borrower or any such other Person or of any such collateral security,
guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Borrower of any liability
under this Section 2.26, and shall not impair or affect the rights and
remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the
Agents and the Lenders against the Borrower.

                  (e) The guarantee contained in this Section 2.26 shall
continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time
payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Canadian Obligations is rescinded
or must otherwise be restored or returned by either of the Agents or any Lender
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of
the Canadian Borrower or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver,
intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Canadian
Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though
such payments had not been made.

                  (f) The Borrower hereby agrees that any payments in respect
of the Canadian Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.26 will be paid to the
Canadian Agent without setoff or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment
or performance) in Dollars at the office of the Canadian Agent specified in
Section 9.1.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

                  In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement
and to make the Loans, each of the Borrowers makes the following
representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent
and the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and the making of the Loans:
<PAGE>
                                      50


                  SECTION 3.1.  Corporate Existence and Power.

                  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been duly organized
and are validly existing in good standing under the laws of their respective
jurisdictions of incorporation and are in good standing or have applied for
authority to operate as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where the
nature of their properties or business so requires it and where a failure to be
in good standing as a foreign corporation would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each of the Borrowers has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform
its obligations under this Agreement and the other Fundamental Documents and
other documents contemplated hereby and to borrow hereunder.

                  SECTION 3.2. Corporate Authority and No Violation.

                  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the other Fundamental Documents and the borrowings hereunder (a) have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrowers, (b)
will not violate any provision of any Applicable Law applicable to the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, (c)
will not violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Contractual Obligation of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) will not be in conflict with,
result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both)
a default under, any material indenture, agreement, bond, note or instrument
and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any
property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than
pursuant to this Agreement or any other Fundamental Document.

                  SECTION 3.3. Governmental and Other Approval and Consents.

                  No action, consent or approval of, or registration or filing
with, or any other action by, any governmental agency, bureau, commission or
court is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance
(including the making of borrowings) by the Borrowers of this Agreement or the
other Fundamental Documents.

                  SECTION 3.4. Financial Statements of Borrower.

                  The (a) audited consolidated financial statements of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and December
31, 1998, and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998, in each case, together with
the related unaudited statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows
for the periods then ended fairly present the financial position of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the
results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity
with GAAP subject to normal year-end adjustments in the case of such quarterly
financial statements.
<PAGE>
                                      51


                  SECTION 3.5. No Material Adverse Change.

                  Since December 31, 1997 there has been no material adverse
change in the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided that
the foregoing representation is made solely as of the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 3.6. [Intentionally Deleted].

                  SECTION 3.7. Copyrights, Patents and Other Rights.

                  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is
licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, service marks, copyrights, patents
and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof
by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any
other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

                  SECTION 3.8. Title to Properties.

                  Each of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries will have
at the Closing Date good title or valid leasehold interests to each of the
properties and assets reflected on the balance sheets referred to in Section
3.4, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability
to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties
for their intended purposes, and all such properties and assets will be free
and clear of Liens, except Permitted Encumbrances.

                  SECTION 3.9. Litigation.

                  There are no lawsuits or other proceedings pending
(including, but not limited to, matters relating to environmental liability),
or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, against or affecting the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, by
or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction, decree,
rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, which default would have a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations.

                  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No
part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether immediately,
incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose violative of or inconsistent with
any of the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.
<PAGE>
                                      52


                  SECTION 3.11. Investment Company Act.

                  Neither of the Borrowers is, nor will during the term of this
Agreement be, (x) an "investment company", within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended or (y) subject to regulation under the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 or the Federal Power Act.

                  SECTION 3.12. Enforceability.

                  This Agreement and the other Fundamental Documents when
executed will constitute legal, valid and enforceable obligations (as
applicable) of the Borrowers (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and to general
principles of equity).

                  SECTION 3.13. Taxes.

                  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have filed or
caused to be filed all federal, provincial, state and local tax returns which
are required to be filed, and have paid or have caused to be paid all taxes as
shown on said returns or on any assessment received by them in writing, to the
extent that such taxes have become due, except (a) as permitted by Section 5.4
or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected
to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.14. Compliance with ERISA.

                  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in
all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and the Code applicable to
Plans, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, if any,
which are applicable to it and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of
any jurisdiction applicable to Plans. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has, with respect to any Plan established or maintained by it,
engaged in a prohibited transaction which would subject it to a material tax or
penalty on prohibited transactions imposed by ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Code. No liability to the PBGC that is material to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole has been, or to the Borrower's best knowledge is
reasonably expected to be, incurred with respect to the Plans and there has
been no Reportable Event and no other event or condition that presents a
material risk of termination of a Plan by the PBGC. Neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in a transaction which would result in the
incurrence of a material liability under Section 4069 of ERISA. As of the
Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries contributes to a
Multiemployer Plan, and has not incurred any liability that would be material
to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole on account of a partial
or complete withdrawal (as defined in Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA,
respectively) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan.
<PAGE>
                                      53


                  SECTION 3.15. Disclosure.

                  As of the Closing Date, neither this Agreement nor the
Confidential Information Memorandum dated February 1999, at the time it was
furnished, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material fact, under the circumstances under which it was made,
necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not
misleading. At the Closing Date, there is no fact known to the Borrowers which,
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.16. Environmental Liabilities.

                  Except with respect to any matters, that, individually or in
the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to
comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any
permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii)
has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of
any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any
basis for any Environmental Liability.

4. CONDITIONS OF LENDING

                  SECTION 4.1. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness.

                           The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to
the following conditions precedent:

                  (a) Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have
         received this Agreement and each of the other Fundamental Documents,
         each executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each of
         the Borrowers party thereto.

                  (b) Corporate Documents for the Borrowers. The Administrative
         Agent shall have received, with copies for each of the Lenders, a
         certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each of the
         Borrowers dated the date hereof and certifying (A) that attached
         thereto is a true and complete copy of the certificate of
         incorporation and by-laws of such Borrower as in effect on the date of
         such certification; (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete
         copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of such Borrower
         authorizing the borrowings hereunder and the execution, delivery and
         performance in accordance with their respective terms of this
         Agreement and any other documents required or contemplated hereunder;
         and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer of
         such Borrower executing this Agreement or any other document delivered
         by it in connection herewith (such certificate to contain a
         certification by another officer of such Borrower as to the incumbency
         and signature of the officer signing the certificate referred to in
         this paragraph (b)).
<PAGE>
                                      54


                  (c) Financial Statements. The Lenders shall have received the
         (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its
         Consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the fiscal years ended
         December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 and (ii) unaudited
         consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries as of and for the nine-month period ended September 30,
         1998.

                  (d) Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have
         received the favorable written opinions, dated the date hereof and
         addressed to the Agents and the Lenders, of in-house counsel of PHH
         Corporation, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and of Blake,
         Cassels & Graydon, substantially in the form of Exhibits B-1, B-2 and
         B-3 hereto respectively.

                  (e) No Material Adverse Change. The Administrative Agent shall
         be satisfied that no material adverse change shall have occurred with
         respect to the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or
         otherwise, of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as
         a whole, since December 31, 1997.

                  (f) Payment of Fees. The Administrative Agent shall be
         satisfied that all amounts payable to the Arranger, the Agents and the
         other Lenders pursuant hereto or with regard to the transactions
         contemplated hereby have been or are simultaneously being paid.

                  (g) Closing Date Payments. The Borrower and the Lenders shall
         have made such payments among themselves on the Closing Date as
         directed by the Administrative Agent with the result that, after
         giving effect thereto, the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans,
         Canadian Revolving Credit Loans and Pounds Sterling Loans, if any,
         shall be held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their
         respective Primary Commitments, Canadian Commitments and Pounds
         Sterling Commitments. The Borrowers shall have paid to the
         Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective lenders under
         the Existing Credit Agreement, all unpaid fees and other amounts
         accrued under the Existing Credit Agreement to the Closing Date.

                  (h) Litigation. No litigation shall be pending or, to the
         Borrower's knowledge, threatened which would be likely to have a
         Material Adverse Effect, or which could reasonably be expected to
         materially adversely affect the ability of the Borrowers to fulfill
         their obligations hereunder or to otherwise materially impair the
         interests of the Lenders.

                  (i) Officer's Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have
         received a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief
         financial officer or chief accounting officer of each of the Borrowers
         certifying, as of the Closing Date, compliance with the conditions set
         forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.2.

                  SECTION 4.2. Conditions Precedent to Each Loan.

                  The obligation of the Lenders to make each Loan, including
the initial Loan hereunder, is subject to the following conditions precedent:
<PAGE>
                                      55


                  (a) Notice. The Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent
         shall have received a notice with respect to such Borrowing as
         required by Article 2 hereof.

                  (b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and
         warranties set forth in Article 3 (other than those set forth in
         Section 3.5, which shall be deemed made only on the Closing Date) and
         in the other Fundamental Documents shall be true and correct in all
         material respects on and as of the date of each Borrowing hereunder
         (except to the extent that such representations and warranties
         expressly relate to an earlier date) with the same effect as if made
         on and as of such date; provided that this condition shall not apply
         to a Revolving Credit Borrowing which is solely refinancing
         outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and which, after giving effect
         thereto, has not increased the aggregate amount of outstanding
         Revolving Credit Loans.

                  (c) No Event of Default. On the date of each Borrowing
         hereunder, the Borrowers shall be in material compliance with all of
         the terms and provisions set forth herein to be observed or performed
         and no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing; provided that this condition shall not apply to a
         Revolving Credit Borrowing which is solely refinancing outstanding
         Revolving Credit Loans and which, after giving effect thereto, has not
         increased the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans.

Each Borrowing shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the
Borrowers on the date of such Borrowing as to the matters specified in
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section.

5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  For so long as the Commitments shall be in effect or any
amount shall remain outstanding under any Note or unpaid under this Agreement,
the Borrower agrees that, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent
in writing, it will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

                  SECTION 5.1. Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

                  Deliver to each Lender:

                  (a) As soon as is practicable, but in any event within 90
         days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) either (A)
         consolidated statements of income (or operations) and consolidated
         statements of cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of the
         Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such year and the
         related consolidated balance sheets as at the end of such year, or (B)
         the Form 10K filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission and (ii) if not included in such Form 10K, an opinion of
         independent certified public accountants of recognized national
         standing, which opinion shall state that said consolidated financial
         statements fairly present the consolidated financial position and
         results of operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year and that such
<PAGE>
                                      56


         financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
         consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior
         periods;

                  (b) As soon as is practicable, but in any event within 60 days
         after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
         fiscal year, either (i) the Form 10-Q filed by the Borrower with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission or (ii) the unaudited consolidated
         balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as at
         the end of, and the related unaudited statements of income and cash
         flows for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the
         then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter and the
         corresponding figures as of the end of the preceding fiscal year, and
         for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, in each
         case, together with a certificate (substantially in the form of
         Exhibit D) signed by the chief financial officer, the chief accounting
         officer or a vice president responsible for financial administration
         of the Borrower to the effect that such financial statements, while
         not examined by independent public accountants, reflect, in his
         opinion and in the opinion of the Borrower, all adjustments necessary
         to present fairly the financial position of the Borrower and its
         Consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as at the end of the
         fiscal quarter and the results of their operations for the quarter
         then ended in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject only
         to year-end and audit adjustments and to the absence of footnote
         disclosure;

                  (c) Together with the delivery of the statements referred to
         in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.1, a certificate of the
         chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or a vice president
         responsible for financial administration of the Borrower,
         substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (i) stating whether or
         not the signer has knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and,
         if so, specifying each such Default or Event of Default of which the
         signer has knowledge and the nature thereof and (ii) demonstrating in
         reasonable detail compliance with the provisions of Sections 6.7 and
         6.8;

                  (d) Promptly upon any executive officer of the Borrower or
         any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any
         Default or Event of Default, a certificate of the president, chief
         financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower
         specifying the nature and period of existence of such Default or Event
         of Default and what action the Borrower has taken, is taking and
         proposes to take with respect thereto; and

                  (e) Promptly upon any executive officer of the Borrower or
         any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of
         any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or arbitration by any
         Governmental Authority or other Person against or affecting the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their assets, or (ii)
         any material development in any such action, suit, proceeding,
         investigation or arbitration (whether or not previously disclosed to
         the Lenders), which, in each case might reasonably be expected to have
         a Material Adverse Effect, prompt notice thereof and such other
         information as may be reasonably available to it (without waiver of
         any applicable evidentiary privilege) to enable the Lenders to
         evaluate such matters. 
<PAGE>
                                      57


                  SECTION 5.2. Corporate Existence; Compliance with Statutes.

                  Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve,
renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights,
licenses, permits and franchises and comply, except where failure to comply,
either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, with all provisions of Applicable Law, and
all applicable restrictions imposed by any Governmental Authority, and all
state and provincial laws and regulations of similar import; provided that
mergers, dissolutions and liquidations permitted under Section 6.4 shall be
permitted.

                  SECTION 5.3. Insurance.

                  Maintain with good and reputable insurers insurance in such
amounts and against such risks as are customarily insured against by companies
in similar businesses; provided however, that (a) workmen's compensation
insurance or similar coverage may be effected with respect to its operations in
any particular state or other jurisdiction through an insurance fund operated
by such state or jurisdiction and (b) such insurance may contain self-insurance
retention and deductible levels consistent as such insurance is usually carried
by companies of established reputation and comparable size.

                           SECTION 5.4.  Taxes and Charges.

                  Duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent, all federal, state or local taxes,
assessments, levies and other governmental charges, imposed upon the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective properties, sales and
activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as
well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies which if unpaid could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that
any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid if the
validity or amount thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and if the Borrower shall have set aside on its books
reserves (the presentation of which is segregated to the extent required by
GAAP) adequate with respect thereto if reserves shall be deemed necessary by
the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; and provided, further, that the Borrower
will pay all such taxes, assessments, levies or other governmental charges
forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any Lien which may
have attached as security therefor (unless the same is fully bonded or
otherwise effectively stayed).

                  SECTION 5.5. ERISA Compliance and Reports.

                  Furnish to the Administrative Agent (a) as soon as possible,
and in any event within 30 days after any executive officer (as defined in
Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the Borrower
knows that (i) any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, a
statement of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, setting forth details
as to such Reportable Event and the action which it proposes to take with
respect thereto, together with a copy of the notice, if any, required to be
filed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of such Reportable Event with
the PBGC or (ii) an accumulated funding deficiency has been 

<PAGE>
                                      58


incurred or an application has been made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a
waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard or an extension of any
amortization period under Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan, a
Plan has been or is proposed to be terminated in a "distress termination" (as
defined in Section 4041(c) of ERISA), proceedings have been instituted to
terminate a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, a proceeding has been instituted to
collect a delinquent contribution to a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, or either
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries will incur any liability (including any
contingent or secondary liability) to or on account of the termination of or
withdrawal from a Plan under Section 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA or the
withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201
or 4204 of ERISA, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Borrower,
setting forth details as to such event and the action it proposes to take with
respect thereto, (b) promptly upon the reasonable request of the Administrative
Agent, copies of each annual and other report with respect to each Plan and (c)
promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any notice the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries may receive from the PBGC relating to the PBGC's intention to
terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; provided
that the Borrower shall not be required to notify the Administrative Agent of
the occurrence of any of the events set forth in the preceding clauses (a) and
(c) unless such event, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to result in a material liability to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole.

                  SECTION 5.6. Maintenance of and Access to Books and Records;
Examinations.

                  Maintain or cause to be maintained at all times true and
complete books and records of its financial operations (in accordance with
GAAP) and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default (at a time during which Loans are outstanding), provide the
Administrative Agent and its representatives access to all such books and
records and to any of their properties or assets during regular business hours,
in order that the Administrative Agent may make such audits and examinations
and make abstracts from such books, accounts and records and may discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts with, and be advised as to the same by, officers
and independent accountants, all as the Administrative Agent may deem
appropriate for the purpose of verifying the various reports delivered pursuant
to this Agreement or for otherwise ascertaining compliance with this Agreement.

                  SECTION 5.7. Maintenance of Properties.

                  Keep its properties which are material to its business in
good repair, working order and condition consistent with companies of
established reputation and comparable size.

6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                  For so long as the Commitments shall be in effect or any
amount shall remain outstanding under any Note or unpaid under this Agreement,
unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower
agrees that it will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly:
<PAGE>
                                      59


                  SECTION 6.1. Limitation on Material Subsidiary Indebtedness.

                  Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness of any
Material Subsidiary which principally transacts business in the United States,
except:

                  (a) Indebtedness in existence on the date hereof, or required
         to be incurred pursuant to a contractual obligation in existence on
         the date hereof, which in either case (to the extent not otherwise
         permitted by paragraphs (b)-(h) of this Section 6.1), is listed on
         Schedule 6.1 hereto, but not any extensions or renewals thereof,
         unless effected on substantially the same terms or on terms not more
         adverse to the Lenders;

                  (b) purchase money Indebtedness (including Capital Leases) to
         the extent permitted under Section 6.5(b);

                  (c) Indebtedness owing by any Material Subsidiary to the
         Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

                  (d) Indebtedness of any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower
         issued and outstanding prior to the date on which such Subsidiary
         became a Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than Indebtedness issued in
         connection with, or in anticipation of, such Subsidiary becoming a
         Subsidiary of the Borrower); provided that immediately prior and on a
         Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to, such Person becoming a
         Subsidiary of the Borrower, no Default or Event of Default shall occur
         or then be continuing and the aggregate principal amount of such
         Indebtedness, when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount
         of Indebtedness permitted by paragraphs (e) and (f) below, shall not
         exceed $125,000,000;

                  (e) any renewal, extension or modification of Indebtedness
         under paragraph (d) above so long (i) as such renewal, extension or
         modification is effected on substantially the same terms or on terms
         which, in the aggregate, are not more adverse to the Lenders and (ii)
         the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased;

                  (f) other Indebtedness of any Material Subsidiary in an
         aggregate principal amount which, when added to the aggregate
         outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by paragraphs
         (d) and (e) above, does not exceed $125,000,000;

                  (g) Indebtedness of Special Purpose Vehicle Subsidiaries
         incurred to finance investment in lease agreements and vehicles by
         such Subsidiaries, so long as the lender (and any other party) in
         respect of such Indebtedness has recourse, if any, solely to the
         assets of such Special Purpose Vehicle Subsidiary;

                  (h) Indebtedness of any Asset Securitization Subsidiary
         incurred solely to finance asset securitization transactions as long
         as (i) such Indebtedness is unsecured or is secured solely as
         permitted by Section 6.5(n), and (ii) the lender (and any other party)
         in respect of such Indebtedness has recourse (other than 


<PAGE>
                                      60


         customary limited recourse based on misrepresentations or failure of
         such assets to meet customary eligibility criteria), if any, solely to
         the assets securitized in the applicable asset securitization
         transaction and, if such Asset Securitization Subsidiary is of the
         type described in clause (i) of the definition of "Asset
         Securitization Subsidiary", the capital stock of such Asset
         Securitization Subsidiary; and

                  (i) Indebtedness consisting of the obligation to repurchase
         mortgages and related assets to the extent permitted by Section 6.12.

                  SECTION 6.2. [Intentionally deleted].

                  SECTION 6.3. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
Enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale,
lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any
Affiliate (other than the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
Borrower) unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this
Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
business and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a
comparable arm's length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.

                  SECTION 6.4. Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets.

                           (a) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Material
         Subsidiaries (in one transaction or series of transactions) will wind
         up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs, or enter into any transaction
         of merger or consolidation, except any merger, consolidation,
         dissolution or liquidation (i) in which the Borrower is the surviving
         entity or if the Borrower is not a party to such transaction then a
         Subsidiary is the surviving entity, (ii) in which the surviving entity
         becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower immediately upon the
         effectiveness of such merger, consolidation, dissolution or
         liquidation or (iii) in connection with a transaction permitted by
         Section 6.4(b); provided that immediately prior to and on a Pro Forma
         Basis after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of
         Default has occurred or is continuing.

                           (b) Sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
         all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
         whole; provided that it is understood for purposes of clarity that
         this Section 6.4(b) shall not prohibit or limit in any respect
         transactions in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any
         of its Subsidiaries (including but not limited to asset securitization
         transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business).

                  SECTION 6.5. Limitations on Liens.

                  Suffer any Lien on the property of the Borrower or any of the
Material Subsidiaries which principally transact business in the United States,
except:
<PAGE>
                                      61


                  (a) deposits under worker's compensation, unemployment
         insurance and social security laws or to secure statutory obligations
         or surety or appeal bonds or performance or other similar bonds in the
         ordinary course of business, or statutory Liens of landlords,
         carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen and other similar
         Liens, in respect of liabilities which are not yet due or which are
         being contested in good faith, Liens for taxes not yet due and
         payable, and Liens for taxes due and payable, the validity or amount
         of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
         proceedings and as to which foreclosure and other enforcement
         proceedings shall not have been commenced (unless fully bonded or
         otherwise effectively stayed);

                  (b) purchase money Liens granted to the vendor or Person
         financing the acquisition of property, plant or equipment if (i)
         limited to the specific assets acquired and, in the case of tangible
         assets, other property which is an improvement to or is acquired for
         specific use in connection with such acquired property or which is
         real property being improved by such acquired property; (ii) the debt
         secured by such Lien is the unpaid balance of the acquisition cost of
         the specific assets on which the Lien is granted; and (iii) such
         transaction does not otherwise violate this Agreement;

                  (c) Liens upon real and/or personal property, which property
         was acquired after the date of this Agreement (by purchase,
         construction or otherwise) by the Borrower or any of its Material
         Subsidiaries, each of which Liens existed on such property before the
         time of its acquisition and was not created in anticipation thereof;
         provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any property of
         the Borrower or such Material Subsidiary other than the respective
         property so acquired and improvements thereon;

                  (d) Liens arising out of attachments, judgments or awards as
         to which an appeal or other appropriate proceedings for contest or
         review are promptly commenced (and as to which foreclosure and other
         enforcement proceedings (i) shall not have been commenced (unless
         fully bonded or otherwise effectively stayed) or (ii) in any event
         shall be promptly fully bonded or otherwise effectively stayed);

                  (e) Liens created under any Fundamental Document as
         contemplated by this Agreement;

                  (f) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Material Subsidiary to
         the Borrower;

                  (g) Liens covering only the property or other assets of any
         Special Purpose Vehicle Subsidiary and securing only such Indebtedness
         of such Special Purpose Vehicle Subsidiary as is permitted by
         paragraph (g) of Section 6.1;

                  (h) mortgage liens existing on homes acquired by the Borrower
         or any of its Material Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their
         relocation management business;

                  (i) other Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or
         the ownership of its property and other assets, which do not secure
         any Indebtedness and did not otherwise 

<PAGE>
                                      62


         arise in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of
         advances or credit and which do not, in the aggregate, materially
         detract from the value of its property or other assets or materially
         impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

                  (j) Liens covering only the property or other assets of any
         Subsidiary which principally transacts business outside of the United
         States;

                  (k) to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section
         6.5, Liens existing on the date hereof listed on Schedule 6.5 hereto
         and any extensions or renewals thereof;

                  (l) Liens securing indebtedness in respect of one or more
         asset securitization transactions, which indebtedness is not reported
         on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
         covering only the assets securitized in the asset securitization
         transaction financed by such indebtedness and the capital stock of any
         special purpose vehicle the sole purpose of which is to effectuate
         such asset securitization transaction;

                  (m) other Liens securing obligations having an aggregate
         principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000;

                  (n) Liens securing Indebtedness and related obligations of an
         Asset Securitization Subsidiary in respect of one or more asset
         securitization transactions, which Indebtedness is reported on a
         consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
         covering only the assets securitized in the asset securitization
         transaction financed by such Indebtedness and, if such Asset
         Securitization Subsidiary is of the type described in clause (i) of
         the definition of "Asset Securitization Subsidiary", the capital stock
         of such Asset Securitization Subsidiary; and

                  (o) Liens on mortgages and related assets securing obligations
         to repurchase such mortgages and related assets to the extent such
         obligations are permitted by Section 6.12.

                  SECTION 6.6. Sale and Leaseback.

                  Enter into any arrangement with any Person or Persons,
whereby in contemporaneous transactions the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
sells essentially all of its right, title and interest in a material asset and
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acquires or leases back the right to
use such property except that the Borrower may enter into sale-leaseback
transactions relating to assets not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate
on a cumulative basis.

                  SECTION 6.7. Consolidated Net Worth.

                  Permit Consolidated Net Worth on the last day of any fiscal
quarter to be less than the sum of (i) $601,400,000 plus (ii) 25% of
Consolidated Net Income, if positive, for each fiscal quarter after September
30, 1998. 


<PAGE>
                                      63


                  SECTION 6.8. Ratio of Indebtedness To Consolidated Net Worth.

                  Permit, at any time, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries less Cash Equivalents (owned by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries and free of Liens (other than Liens securing Indebtedness)) to
exceed ten (10) times Consolidated Net Worth.

                  SECTION 6.9. Accounting Practices.

                  Establish a fiscal year ending on other than December 31, or
modify or change accounting treatments or reporting practices except as
otherwise required or permitted by GAAP.

                  SECTION 6.10. Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

                  Enter into, or suffer to exist, any Contractual Obligation
with any Person, which prohibits or limits the ability of any Material
Subsidiary (other than Special Purpose Vehicle Subsidiaries and Asset
Securitization Subsidiaries) to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions
or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (b) make
loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or (c) transfer any
of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary.

                  Section 6.11. Restrictions Regarding Coldwell Banker
Securitization Facility. () Sell, convey, lease, assign or otherwise transfer
any of its property, business or assets, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, to Funding (as defined in the Creditor Acknowledgment and Agreement)
or Services (as defined in the Creditor Acknowledgment and Agreement) except to
the extent required by the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Creditor
Acknowledgment and Agreement); or

                  (b) Amend, supplement or otherwise modify the Transaction
Documents (as defined in the Creditor Acknowledgment and Agreement) as in
effect on the Closing Date in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders.


                  SECTION 6.12. Limitation on Mortgage Repurchase Indebtedness.

                  Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (other than
Indebtedness of Asset Securitization Subsidiaries incurred to finance asset
securitization transactions permitted by this Agreement) in respect of the
repurchase of mortgages and related assets if the aggregate principal amount of
all such Indebtedness would exceed $900,000,000 at any time.

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                  In the case of the happening and during the continuance of
any of the following events (herein called "Events of Default"):
<PAGE>
                                      64


                  (a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by
         either of the Borrowers in this Agreement or any other Fundamental
         Document or in connection with this Agreement or with the execution
         and delivery of the Notes or the Borrowings hereunder, or any
         statement or representation made in any report, financial statement,
         certificate or other document furnished by or on behalf of either of
         the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent
         or the Canadian Agent or any Lender under or in connection with this
         Agreement, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any
         material respect when made or delivered;

                  (b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of
         or interest on the Notes or of any fees or other amounts payable by
         either of the Borrowers hereunder, when and as the same shall become
         due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed
         for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise, and in
         the case of payments of interest, such default shall continue
         unremedied for five Business Days, and in the case of payments other
         than of any principal amount of or interest on the Notes, such default
         shall continue unremedied for five Business Days after receipt by the
         Borrower of an invoice therefor;

                  (c) default shall be made in the due observance or
         performance of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in
         Section 5.1(e) (with respect to notice of Default or Events of
         Default) or Article 6;

                  (d) default shall be made by either of the Borrowers in the
         due observance or performance of any other covenant, condition or
         agreement to be observed or performed pursuant to the terms of this
         Agreement or any other Fundamental Document and such default shall
         continue unremedied for thirty (30) days after such Borrower obtains
         knowledge of such occurrence;

                  (e) (i) default in payment shall be made with respect to any
         Indebtedness of its Protection Agreements of the Borrower or
         any of its Subsidiaries where the amount or amounts of such
         Indebtedness exceeds $25,000,000 (or its equivalent thereof in any
         other currency) in the aggregate; or (ii) default in payment or
         performance shall be made with respect to any Indebtedness or Interest
         Rate Protection Agreements of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
         where the amount or amounts of such Indebtedness or Interest Rate
         Protection Agreements exceeds $25,000,000 (or its equivalent thereof
         in any other currency) in the aggregate, if the effect of such default
         is to result in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness
         or Interest Rate Protection Agreement; or (iii) any other circumstance
         shall arise (other than the mere passage of time) by reason of which
         the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is required to redeem
         or repurchase, or offer to holders the opportunity to have redeemed or
         repurchased, any such Indebtedness or Interest Rate Protection
         Agreement where the amount or amounts of such Indebtedness or Interest
         Rate Protection Agreement exceeds $25,000,000 (or its equivalent
         thereof in any other currency) in the aggregate; provided that clause
         (iii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness or Interest Rate
         Protection Agreement that becomes due as a result of a voluntary sale
         of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or Interest Rate

<PAGE>
                                      65


         Protection Agreement and provided, further, that clauses (ii) and
         (iii) shall not apply to any Indebtedness or Interest Rate Protection
         Agreement of any Subsidiary issued and outstanding prior to the date
         such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than
         Indebtedness or Interest Rate Protection Agreement issued in
         connection with, or in anticipation of, such Subsidiary becoming a
         Subsidiary of the Borrower) if such default or circumstance arises
         solely as a result of a "change of control" provision applicable to
         such Indebtedness or Interest Rate Protection Agreement which becomes
         operative as a result of the acquisition of such Subsidiary by the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

                  (f) the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall
         generally not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in
         writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall make a general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the Borrower or any of its
         Material Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other
         action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as
         debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or
         composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking appointment
         of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or
         for all or any substantial part of its property or shall file an
         answer or other pleading in any such case, proceeding or other action
         admitting the material allegations of any petition, complaint or
         similar pleading filed against it or consenting to the relief sought
         therein; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary thereof shall take
         any action to authorize any of the foregoing;

                  (g) any involuntary case, proceeding or other action against
         the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall be commenced
         seeking to have an order for relief entered against it as debtor or to
         adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization,
         arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it
         or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a
         receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for
         all or any substantial part of its property, and such case, proceeding
         or other action (i) results in the entry of any order for relief
         against it or (ii) shall remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60)
         days;

                  (h)  the occurrence of a Change in Control;

                  (i) final judgment(s) for the payment of money in excess of
         $25,000,000 (or its equivalent thereof in any other currency) shall be
         rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which within
         thirty (30) days from the entry of such judgment shall not have been
         discharged or stayed pending appeal or which shall not have been
         discharged within thirty (30) days from the entry of a final order of
         affirmance on appeal;

                  (j) a Reportable Event relating to a failure to meet minimum
         funding standards or an inability to pay benefits when due shall have
         occurred with respect to any Plan under the control of the Borrower or
         any of its Subsidiaries and shall not have been remedied

<PAGE>
                                      66


         within 45 days after the occurrence of such Reportable Event, if the
         occurrence thereof could reasonably be expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect; or

                  (k) any provision of Section 2.26 shall cease, for any
         reason, to be in full force and effect, or either of the Borrowers or
         any Affiliate of either of the Borrowers shall so assert;

then, in every such event and at any time thereafter during the continuance of
such event, the Administrative Agent may or, if directed by the Required
Lenders, shall take either or both of the following actions, at the same or
different times: terminate forthwith the Commitments and/or declare the
principal of and the interest on the Loans and the Notes and all other amounts
payable hereunder or thereunder to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the
same shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment,
demand, protest, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate or
other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in
this Agreement or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding; provided that,
in the case of a payment of principal default pursuant to paragraph (b), the
Administrative Agent, unless it is directed to do so by the Required Lenders,
will not take either or both of such actions for three Business Days. If an
Event of Default specified in paragraph (f) or (g) above shall have occurred,
the principal of and interest on the Loans and the Notes and all other amounts
payable hereunder or thereunder shall thereupon and concurrently become due and
payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice of acceleration, notice of
intent to accelerate or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary
notwithstanding and the Commitments of the Lenders shall thereupon forthwith
terminate.

8. THE AGENTS

                  SECTION 8.1. Administration by Agents.

                  The general administration of the Fundamental Documents and
any other documents contemplated by this Agreement shall be by the Agents or
their designees as provided for herein. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably
authorizes the Administrative Agent, at its discretion, to take or refrain from
taking such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from
exercising such powers under the Fundamental Documents, the Notes and any other
documents contemplated by this Agreement as are delegated by the terms hereof
or thereof, as appropriate, together with all powers reasonably incidental
thereto. Each of the Canadian Lenders hereby irrevocably authorizes the
Canadian Agent, at its discretion, to take or refrain from taking such actions
as agent on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from exercising such powers
under the Fundamental Documents, the Canadian Revolving Credit Notes and any
other documents contemplated by this Agreement as are delegated by the terms
hereof or thereof, as appropriates together with all powers reasonably
incidental thereto. The Agents shall have no duties or responsibilities except
as set forth in the Fundamental Documents. Any Lender which is a co-agent or
lead manager (as indicated on Schedule 1.1A hereto) for the credit facility
hereunder shall not have any duties or responsibilities except as a Lender
hereunder.
<PAGE>
                                      67


                  SECTION 8.2. Advances and Payments.

                  (a) On the date of each Loan, the Administrative Agent or the
Canadian Agent, as provided for herein, shall be authorized (but not obligated)
to advance, for the account of each of the applicable Lenders, the amount of
the Loan to be made by it in accordance with this Agreement. Each of the
Lenders (other than the Canadian Lenders) hereby authorizes and requests the
Administrative Agent and the Canadian Lenders hereby authorize and request the
Canadian Agent to advance for its account, pursuant to the terms hereof, the
amount of the Loan to be made by it, unless with respect to any Lender, such
Lender has theretofore specifically notified the Administrative Agent or the
Canadian Agent, as the case may be, that such Lender does not intend to fund
that particular Loan. Each of the Lenders agrees forthwith to reimburse the
Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, in immediately
available funds for the amount so advanced on its behalf by such Agent pursuant
to the immediately preceding sentence. If any such reimbursement is not made in
immediately available funds on the same day on which such Agent shall have made
any such amount available on behalf of any Lender in accordance with this
Section 8.2, such Lender shall pay interest to such Agent at a rate per annum
equal to such Agent's cost of obtaining overnight funds in the New York Federal
Funds Market in the case of US Loans, and the C$ Prime Rate in the case of
Canadian Loans. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such reimbursement
is not made by the second Business Day following the day on which such Agent
shall have made any such amount available on behalf of any Lender or such
Lender has indicated that it does not intend to reimburse such Agent, the
Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, shall immediately pay
such unreimbursed advance amount (plus any accrued, but unpaid interest at the
rate per annum equal to such Agent's cost of obtaining overnight funds in the
New York Federal Funds Market in the case of US Loans and the C$ Prime Rate in
the case of Canadian Loans) to such Agent.

                  (b) Any amounts received by either of the Agents in
connection with this Agreement or the Notes the application of which is not
otherwise provided for shall be applied, in accordance with each of the
Lenders' pro rata interest therein, first, to pay accrued but unpaid Facility
Fees, second, to pay accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes, third, to pay
the principal balance outstanding on the Notes and fourth, to pay other amounts
payable to the Agents and/or the Lenders. All amounts to be paid to any of the
Lenders by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be,
shall be credited to the applicable Lenders, after collection by such Agent, in
immediately available funds either by wire transfer or deposit in such Lender's
correspondent account with such Agent, or as such Lender and such Agent shall
from time to time agree.

                  SECTION 8.3. Sharing of Setoffs and Cash Collateral.

                  Each of the Lenders agrees that if it shall, through the
operation of Section 2.19 or the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff
or counterclaim against the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, including, but
not limited to, a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United
States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such
secured claim and received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law, or otherwise (other than pursuant to Section
2.15(f) or 2.24), obtain payment in respect of its 

<PAGE>
                                      68


Loans as a result of which the unpaid portion of its Loans is proportionately
less than the unpaid portion of any of the other Lenders (a) it shall promptly
purchase at par (and shall be deemed to have thereupon purchased) from such
other Lenders a participation in the Loans of such other Lenders, so that the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of each of the Lenders' Loans and its
participation in Loans of the other Lenders shall be in the same proportion to
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans then outstanding as the
principal amount of its Loans prior to the obtaining of such payment was to the
principal amount of all Loans outstanding prior to the obtaining of such
payment and (b) such other adjustments shall be made from time to time as shall
be equitable to ensure that the Lenders share such payment pro rata.

                  SECTION 8.4. Notice to the Lenders.

                  Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian
Agent from the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower of any communication calling
for an action on the part of the Lenders, or upon notice to the Administrative
Agent or the Canadian Agent of any Event of Default, such Agent will in turn
immediately inform the other Lenders in writing (which shall include
telegraphic communications) of the nature of such communication or of the Event
of Default, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 8.5. Liability of Each Agent.

                  (a) Each of the Agents, when acting on behalf of the Lenders
may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through its officers,
agents, or employees and neither the Agents nor their respective directors,
officers, agents, or employees shall be liable to the Lenders or any of them
for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith, or be responsible to
the Lenders or to any of them for the consequences of any oversight or error of
judgment, or for any loss, unless the same shall happen through its gross
negligence or willful misconduct. Neither the Agents nor their respective
directors, officers, agents, and employees shall in any event be liable to the
Lenders or to any of them for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it
pursuant to instructions received by it from the Required Lenders or in
reliance upon the advice of counsel selected by it. Without limiting the
foregoing, neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers,
employees, or agents shall be responsible to any of the Lenders for the due
execution (other than its own), validity, genuineness, effectiveness,
sufficiency, or enforceability of, or for any statement, warranty, or
representation made by any other Person in, or for the perfection of any
security interest contemplated by, this Agreement or any related agreement,
document or order, or for the designation or failure to designate this
transaction as a "Highly Leveraged Transaction" for regulatory purposes, or
shall be required to ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the
performance or observance by the Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, as the case
may be, of any of the terms, conditions, covenants, or agreements of this
Agreement or any related agreement or document.

                  (b) Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors,
officers, employees, or agents shall have any responsibility to the Borrowers
on account of the failure or delay in performance or breach by any of the
Lenders or the Borrowers of any of their respective 

<PAGE>
                                      69


obligations under this Agreement or the Notes or any related agreement or
document or in connection herewith or therewith.

                  (c) Each of the Agents in such capacities hereunder, shall be
entitled to rely on any communication, instrument, or document reasonably
believed by it to be genuine or correct and to have been signed or sent by a
Person or Persons believed by it to be the proper Person or Persons, and it
shall be entitled to rely on advice of legal counsel, independent public
accountants, and other professional advisers and experts selected by it.

                  SECTION 8.6. Reimbursement and Indemnification.

                  Each of the Lenders severally and not jointly agrees (i) to
reimburse the Agents and the Arranger, in the amount of its proportionate
share, for any reasonable expenses and fees incurred for the benefit of the
Lenders under the Fundamental Documents, including, without limitation,
reasonable counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for
services rendered on behalf of the Lenders, and any other reasonable expense
incurred in connection with the administration or enforcement thereof not
reimbursed by the Borrowers or one of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) to indemnify
and hold harmless the Agents and the Arranger and any of their directors,
officers, employees, or agents, on demand, in the amount of its proportionate
share, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements of any
kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted
against it or any of them in any way relating to or arising out of the
Fundamental Documents or any action taken or omitted by it or any of them under
the Fundamental Documents to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers or one
of its Subsidiaries (except such as shall result from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the Person seeking indemnification).

                  SECTION 8.7. Rights of Each Agent.

                           It is understood and agreed that Chase and Chase
         Canada shall have the same rights and powers hereunder (including the
         right to give such instructions) as the other Lenders and may exercise
         such rights and powers, as well as its rights and powers under other
         agreements and instruments to which it is or may be party, and engage
         in other transactions with the Borrowers as though it were not an
         Agent on behalf of the Lenders under this Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.8. Independent Investigation by Lenders.

                  Each of the Lenders acknowledges that it has decided to enter
into this Agreement and to make the Loans hereunder based on its own analysis
of the transactions contemplated hereby and of the creditworthiness of the
Borrowers and agrees that neither of the Agents shall bear responsibility
therefor.

                  SECTION 8.9. Notice of Transfer.
<PAGE>
                                      70


                  Each of the Agents may deem and treat any Lender which is a
party to this Agreement as the owners of such Lender's respective portions of
the Loans for all purposes, unless and until a written notice of the assignment
or transfer thereof executed by any such Lender shall have been received by the
Administrative Agent and become effective pursuant to Section 9.3.

                  SECTION 8.10. Successor Agents.

                  Each of the Agents may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the
Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent from among
the Lenders, with the consent of the Borrower, which will not be unreasonably
withheld. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required
Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the
retiring Agent's giving of notice of resignation, the retiring Agent may, on
behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which with the consent of the
Borrower, which will not be unreasonably withheld, shall be a commercial bank
organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or of any State
thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000 in
the case of the Administrative Agent and a commercial bank organized or
licensed under the laws of the Province of Ontario and having a combined
capital and surplus of at least C$100,000,000 in the case of the Canadian
Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor
Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with
all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the
retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this
Agreement. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the
provisions of this Article 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

9. MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 9.1. Notices.

                  Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be
in writing and shall be delivered or mailed (or in the case of telegraphic
communication, if by telegram, delivered to the telegraph company and, if by
telex, telecopy, graphic scanning or other telegraphic communications equipment
of the sending party hereto, delivered by such equipment) addressed, if to the
Administrative Agent or Chase, to it at One Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York,
New York 10081, Attn: Maggie Swales, with a copy to Sandra Miklave, and with a
copy (in the case of all notices relating to Pounds Sterling Loans) to Chase
Manhattan Investment Bank Ltd., Trinity Tower, 9 Thomas Moore Street, London,
England EY91T, Attn: Stephen Clarke, if to the Canadian Agent or Chase Canada,
to it at One First Canadian Place, 100 King Street West, Suite 6900, P.O. Box
106, Toronto, Ontario, Canada MSX 1A4, Attn: Amanda Staff, if to the Borrower
or the Canadian Borrower, to it at 11333 McCormick Road, Hunt Valley, Maryland
21031-1000, Attention: Assistant Treasurer, with a copy to the General Counsel,
or if to a Lender, to it at its address set forth on Schedule 1.1A (or in its
Assignment and Acceptance or other agreement pursuant to which it became a
Lender hereunder), or such other address as such party may from time to time
designate by giving written notice to the other 

<PAGE>
                                      71


parties hereunder. All notices and other communications given to any party
hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to
have been given on the fifth Business Day after the date when sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, if by
mail, or when delivered to the telegraph company, charges prepaid, if by
telegram, or when receipt is acknowledged, if by any telecopier or telegraphic
communications equipment of the sender, in each case addressed to such party as
provided in this Section 9.1 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked written
direction from such party.

                  SECTION 9.2. Survival of Agreement, Representations and
Warranties, etc.

                  All warranties, representations and covenants made by each of
the Borrowers herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by it
or on its behalf in connection with this Agreement shall be considered to have
been relied upon by the Agents and the Lenders and shall survive the making of
the Loans herein contemplated and the issuance and delivery to the Agents of
the Notes regardless of any investigation made by the Agents or the Lenders or
on their behalf and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any
amount due or to become due hereunder is outstanding and unpaid and so long as
the Commitments have not been terminated. All statements in any such
certificate or other instrument shall constitute representations and warranties
by the Borrowers hereunder.

                  SECTION 9.3. Successors and Assigns; Syndications; Loan
Sales; Participations.

                  (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is
referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and
assigns of such party (provided that the Borrowers may not assign their
respective rights hereunder without the prior written consent of all the
Lenders), and all covenants, promises and agreements by, or on behalf of, the
Borrowers which are contained in this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
the successors and assigns of the Lenders.

                  (b) Each of the Lenders may (but only with the prior written
consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, which consents shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed) assign to one or more banks or other
financial institutions either (i) all or a portion of its interests, rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a
portion of its Commitment and the same portion of the Loans at the time owing
to it and the Notes held by it) (a "Ratable Assignment") or (ii) all or a
portion of its rights and obligations under and in respect of (A) its
Commitment under this Agreement and the same portion of the Loans (other than
Competitive Loans) at the time owing to it or (B) the Competitive Loans at the
time owing to it (including, without limitation, in the case of any such type
of Loan, the same portion of the associated Note) (a "Non-Ratable Assignment");
provided that (1) each Non-Ratable Assignment shall be of a constant, and not a
varying, percentage of all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations in
respect of the Loans and the Commitment (if applicable) which are the subject
of such assignment, (2) each Ratable Assignment shall be of a constant, and not
a varying, percentage of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under
this Agreement, (3) the amount of the Commitment or Competitive Loans, as the
case may be, of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment
(determined as of the date the Assignment and


<PAGE>
                                      72


Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Lender) shall be
in a minimum Dollar Equivalent Amount of $10,000,000 unless otherwise agreed by
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (4) the parties to each such
assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its
acceptance and recording in the Register (as defined below), an Assignment and
Acceptance, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment (if
required hereunder) and a processing and recordation fee of $3,500. Upon such
execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, and from and after the effective
date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be
not earlier than five Business Days after the date of acceptance and recording
by the Administrative Agent, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party
hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the
rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the assigning Lender
thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of the
assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such assigning
Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

                  (3) [Intentionally Deleted].

                  (d) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance,
the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and
agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than
the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of
the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the
assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made in, or in connection with, this Agreement and any other Fundamental
Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of the Fundamental Documents or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (ii) such Lender assignor makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition of the Borrowers or the performance or observance by the
Borrowers of any of their obligations under the Fundamental Documents; (iii)
such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together
with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) (or if none of such financial statements shall have
then been delivered, then copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section 3.4) and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without
reliance upon the assigning Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian
Agent, if the assignor is a Canadian Lender, or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative
Agent and the Canadian Agent, if the assignor is a Canadian Lender, to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the
Fundamental Documents as are delegated to such Agent by the terms thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vi) such
assignee agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and
will perform in accordance with its terms all of the obligations which by the
terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 
<PAGE>
                                      73


                  (e) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrowers,
shall maintain at its address at which notices are to be given to it pursuant
to Section 9.1, a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a
register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the
Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from
time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive,
in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders may (and, in the case of any Loan or other obligation hereunder
not evidenced by a Note, shall) treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
Register as the owner of a Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner
thereof for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Fundamental Documents,
notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any assignment of any Loan or other
obligation hereunder not evidenced by a Note shall be effective only upon
appropriate entries with respect thereto being made in the Register. The
Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                  (f) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed
by an assigning Lender and an assignee, any Notes subject to such assignment
(if required hereunder) and the processing and recordation fee, the
Administrative Agent (subject to the right, if any, of the Borrower to require
its consent thereto) shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been
completed and is in the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment
and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register
and (iii) give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower. If a portion of
its Commitment has been assigned by an assigning Lender, then such Lender shall
deliver its Note in respect of such Commitment, if any, at the same time it
delivers the applicable Assignment and Acceptance to the Administrative Agent.
If only Competitive Loans have been assigned by the assigning Lender, such
Lender shall not be required to deliver its Competitive Note to the
Administrative Agent, unless such Lender no longer holds a Commitment under
this Agreement, in which event such assigning Lender shall deliver its
Competitive Note, if any, at the same time it delivers the applicable
Assignment and Acceptance to the Administrative Agent. Within five Business
Days after receipt of the notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall
execute and deliver to the applicable Lenders at their request, either (A) a
new Note in respect of the assigned Commitment to the order of such assignee in
an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance and a Competitive Note to the order of such assignee in an amount
equal to the Total Commitment hereunder, and a new Note in respect of the
assigned Commitment to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to
the Commitment retained by it hereunder, or (B) if Competitive Loans only have
been assigned and the assigning Lender holds a Commitment under this Agreement,
then a new Competitive Note to the order of the assignee Lender in an amount
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Competitive Loan(s) purchased
by it pursuant to the Assignment and Acceptance, or (C) if Competitive Loans
only have been assigned and the assigning Lender does not hold a Commitment
under this Agreement, a new Competitive Note to the order of such assignee in
an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Competitive Loans(s)
purchased by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, a new
Competitive Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Competitive Loans retained by it hereunder.
Any new Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of the Commitments of 

<PAGE>
                                      74


the respective Lenders. All new Notes shall be dated the date hereof and shall
otherwise be in substantially the forms of Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4
hereto, as the case may be.

                  (g) Each of the Lenders may without the consent of the
Borrowers or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks
or other financial institutions (a "Participant") in all or a portion of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all
or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes
held by it); provided that (i) any such Lender's obligations under this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such participant shall not be granted
any voting rights under this Agreement, except with respect to matters
requiring the consent of each of the Lenders hereunder, (iii) any such Lender
shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance
of such obligations, (iv) the participating banks or other entities shall be
entitled to the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.15 and
2.17 hereof but a participant shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to such
provisions an amount larger than its share of the amount to which the Lender
granting such participation would have been entitled to receive, and (v) the
Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to
deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement.

                  (h) The Lenders may, in connection with any assignment or
participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section
9.3, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or
participant, any information relating to the Borrowers furnished to the
Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrowers.

                  (i) Each Lender hereby represents that it is a commercial
lender or financial institution which makes loans in the ordinary course of its
business and that it will make the Loans hereunder for its own account in the
ordinary course of such business; provided that, subject to preceding clauses
(a) through (h), the disposition of the Notes or other evidence of Indebtedness
held by that Lender shall at all times be within its exclusive control.

                  (j) Each of the Borrowers consents that any Lender may at any
time and from time to time pledge, or otherwise grant a security interest in,
any Loan or any Note evidencing such Loan (or any part thereof), including any
such pledge or grant to any Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not
apply to any such pledge or grant; provided that no such pledge or grant shall
release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such
assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

                  SECTION 9.4. Expenses; Documentary Taxes.

                  Whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall be
consummated, each of the Borrowers agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent and the
Arranger in connection with the syndication, preparation, execution, delivery
and administration of this Agreement, the Notes, and the making of the Loans
including but not limited to the reasonable fees and disbursements of Simpson
Thacher & Bartlett, counsel to the Administrative Agent, and Blake, Cassels &
Graydon, counsel 

<PAGE>
                                      75


to the Canadian Agent, as well as all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by the Lenders in connection with any restructuring or workout of this
Agreement, or the Notes or in connection with the enforcement or protection of
the rights of the Lenders in connection with this Agreement or the Notes or any
other Fundamental Document, and with respect to any action which may be
instituted by any Person against any Lender in respect of the foregoing, or as
a result of any transaction, action or nonaction arising from the foregoing,
including but not limited to the fees and disbursements of any counsel for the
Lenders. Such payments shall be made on the date of execution of this Agreement
and thereafter promptly on demand. Each of the Borrowers agrees that it shall
indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent and the Lenders from,
and hold them harmless against, any documentary taxes, assessments or charges
made by any Governmental Authority by reason of the execution and delivery of
this Agreement or the Notes or any other Fundamental Document. The obligations
of the Borrowers under this Section shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and/or the payment of the Loans for two years.

                  SECTION 9.5. Indemnity.

                  Further, by the execution hereof, each of the Borrowers
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Canadian
Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers,
employees and agents (each, an "Indemnified Party") from and against any and
all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), losses,
claims, damages and liabilities arising out of any claim, litigation,
investigation or proceeding (regardless of whether any such Indemnified Party
is a party thereto) in any way relating to the transactions contemplated
hereby, but excluding therefrom all expenses, losses, claims, damages, and
liabilities arising out of or resulting from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification, provided that the
Borrowers shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one
separate firm for all such Indemnified Parties in connection with any one such
action or any separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction, nor shall the Borrowers be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding effected without each of the Borrowers' written consent, and
provided, further, that this Section 9.5 shall not be construed to expand the
scope of the reimbursement obligations specified in Section 9.4. The
obligations of each of the Borrowers under this Section 9.5 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and/or payment of the Loans.

                  SECTION 9.6. CHOICE OF LAW.

                  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES HAVE BEEN EXECUTED AND DELIVERED
IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND
TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN SUCH STATE AND, IN THE CASE OF PROVISIONS
RELATING TO INTEREST RATES, ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
<PAGE>
                                      76


                  SECTION 9.7. No Waiver.

                  No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent, the
Canadian Agent or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any
right, power or remedy hereunder or under the Notes shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are cumulative and are not
exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

                  SECTION 9.8. Extension of Maturity.

                  Except as otherwise specifically provided in Article 7,
should any payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount
due hereunder become due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the
maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in
the case of principal, interest shall be payable thereon at the rate herein
specified during such extension.

                  SECTION 9.9. Amendments, etc.

                  No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or any other Fundamental Document, and no consent to any departure by
either of the Borrowers herefrom or therefrom, shall in any event be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed or consented to in writing by
the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given; provided that no
such modification or amendment shall without the written consent of each Lender
affected thereby (x) increase the Commitment of a Lender or postpone or waive
any scheduled reduction in the Commitments, (y) alter the stated maturity or
principal amount of any installment of any Loan, or decrease the rate of
interest payable thereon, or the rate at which the Facility Fees are paid or
(z) waive a default under Section 7(b) with respect to a scheduled principal
installment of any Loan or scheduled payment of interest or fees; provided,
further, that no such modification or amendment shall without the written
consent of all of the Lenders (i) amend or modify any provision of this
Agreement which provides for the unanimous consent or approval of the Lenders
or (ii) amend this Section 9.9 or the definition of Required Lenders or
Supermajority Lenders or (iii) amend Section 2.26; and provided, further,
however, that no such modification or amendment shall decrease the Commitment
of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender. No such amendment or
modification may adversely affect the rights and obligations of either of the
Agents hereunder without its prior written consent. No notice to or demand on
the Borrowers shall entitle either Borrower to any other or further notice or
demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. Each holder of a Note shall
be bound by any amendment, modification, waiver or consent authorized as
provided herein, whether or not a Note shall have been marked to indicate such
amendment, modification, waiver or consent and any consent by any holder of a
Note shall bind any Person subsequently acquiring a Note, whether or not a Note
is so marked.
<PAGE>
                                      77


                  SECTION 9.10. Severability.

                  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 9.11. SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

                  (a) EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE
JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN NEW YORK
COUNTY AND TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND THE COURTS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO FOR
THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED
UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF BROUGHT BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT, THE CANADIAN AGENT OR A LENDER. EACH OF THE BORROWERS TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW (A) HEREBY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY
OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE, OR OTHERWISE, IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING
BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT PERSONALLY TO THE
JURISDICTION OF THE ABOVE-NAMED COURTS, THAT ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR IMMUNE
FROM ATTACHMENT OR EXECUTION, THAT THE SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN
AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, THAT THE VENUE OF THE SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS
IMPROPER OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF MAY NOT BE
ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURT, AND (B) HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO ASSERT IN ANY
SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ANY OFFSETS OR COUNTERCLAIMS EXCEPT
COUNTERCLAIMS THAT ARE COMPULSORY OR OTHERWISE ARISE FROM THE SAME SUBJECT
MATTER. EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS BY MAIL AT
ITS ADDRESS TO WHICH NOTICES ARE TO BE GIVEN PURSUANT TO SECTION 9.1. EACH OF
THE BORROWERS AGREES THAT ITS SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION AND CONSENT TO SERVICE
OF PROCESS BY MAIL IS MADE FOR THE EXPRESS BENEFIT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
THE CANADIAN AGENT AND THE LENDERS. THE CANADIAN BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
APPOINTS THE BORROWER AS ITS AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY PROCEEDING
REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION 9.11 AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH
PROCEEDING MAY BE MADE BY MAILING OR DELIVERING A COPY THEREOF TO IT CARE OF
THE BORROWER AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICES SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.1. FINAL
JUDGMENT AGAINST EITHER OF THE BORROWERS IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING
SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION (A) BY SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING ON THE JUDGMENT, A CERTIFIED OR TRUE COPY OF WHICH SHALL
BE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE 

<PAGE>
                                      78


FACT AND THE AMOUNT OF INDEBTEDNESS OR LIABILITY OF THE SUBMITTING PARTY
THEREIN DESCRIBED OR (B) IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY, OR PURSUANT TO, THE
LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTION, PROVIDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE
CANADIAN AGENT OR A LENDER MAY AT ITS OPTION BRING SUIT, OR INSTITUTE OTHER
JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS AGAINST EITHER OF THE BORROWERS OR ANY OF ITS ASSETS IN
ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OR OF ANY COUNTRY OR PLACE
WHERE EITHER OF THE BORROWERS OR SUCH ASSETS MAY BE FOUND.

                  (b) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH
CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL
NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE
OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER
HEREOF, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING OR WHETHER IN
CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN
INFORMED THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.11(b) CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL
INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE RELIED, ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY
IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL
COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 9.11(b) WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN
EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF SUCH OTHER PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHTS TO
TRIAL BY JURY.

                  SECTION 9.12. Headings.

                  Section headings used herein are for convenience only and are
not to affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in
interpreting this Agreement.

                  SECTION 9.13. Execution in Counterparts.

                  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 9.14. Entire Agreement.

                  This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties
with regard to the subject matter hereof and the terms of any letters and other
documentation entered into among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any
Lender (other than the provisions of the letter agreement dated February 4,
1997, among the Borrower, Chase and Chase Securities Inc., relating to fees and
expenses and syndication issues) prior to the execution of this Agreement which
relate to Loans to be made shall be replaced by the terms of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                                      79


                  SECTION 9.15. Foreign Currency Judgments. () If, for the
purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum
due hereunder in one currency into another currency, each of the Borrowers
agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of
exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking
procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the relevant Lender (or agent acting on
its behalf) or the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with
such other currency for the first currency on the Business Day immediately
preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

                  (b) The obligations of either of the Borrowers in respect of
any sum due hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the
"Judgment Currency") other than that in which such sum is denominated in
accordance with this Agreement (the "Agreement Currency"), be discharged only
to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by any Lender (or
agent acting on its behalf) (the "Applicable Creditor") of any sum adjudged to
be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance
with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase the
Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement
Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable
Creditor in the Agreement Currency, each of the Borrowers agrees, as a separate
obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable
Creditor against such loss, provided, that if the amount of the Agreement
Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Applicable
Creditor, the Applicable Creditor agrees to remit such excess to the Applicable
Borrower. The obligations of the Borrowers contained in this Section 9.15 shall
survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all amounts owing
hereunder. Each Borrower shall repay each Loan made to it, and interest
thereon, in the Currency in which such Loan is denominated.

                  SECTION 9.16. Risks of Superior Force. Each of the Borrowers
expressly assumes all risks of superior force, such that it shall be bound to
timely execute each and every of its obligations under this Agreement
notwithstanding the existence or occurrence of any event or circumstance
constituting a superior force within the meaning of Article 1693 of the Civil
Code of Quebec.

                  SECTION 9.17. Language. The parties hereto have agreed that
this Agreement as well as any document or instrument relating thereto be drawn
up in English only. Les parties aux presentes ont convenu que la presente
Convention ainsi que tous autres actes ou documents s'y rattachant soient
rediges en anglais seulement.

                  SECTION 9.18. Acknowledgment and Agreement. The Borrower, the
Canadian Borrower, and the Lenders hereby agree to the terms and provisions of
the Creditor Acknowledgment and Agreement (the "Creditor Acknowledgment and
Agreement") attached hereto as Exhibit K (which for purposes of this Agreement
is hereby incorporated herein).


                  SECTION 9.19. European Economic And Monetary Union. ()
Effectiveness of Provisions. The provisions of paragraphs (b) to (i) below
(inclusive) shall be effective at and from the commencement of the third stage
of EMU, provided 

<PAGE>
                                      80


that if and to the extent that any such provision relates to any state (or the
currency of such state) that is not a participating member state on the
commencement of the third stage of EMU, such provision shall become effective
in relation to such state (and the currency of such state) at and from the date
on which such state becomes a participating member state.

                  (b) Redenomination and Alternative Currencies. Each
obligation under this Agreement of a party to this Agreement which has been
denominated in the national currency unit of a participating member state shall
be redenominated into the euro unit in accordance with EMU legislation,
provided that if and to the extent that any EMU legislation provides that
following the commencement of the third stage of EMU an amount denominated
either in the euro or in the national currency unit of a participating member
state and payable within that participating member state by crediting an
account of the creditor can be paid by the debtor either in the euro unit or in
that national currency unit, each party to this Agreement shall be entitled to
pay or repay any such amount either in the euro unit or in such national
currency unit.

                  (c) Determination of LIBOR. For the purposes of determining
the date on which LIBOR is determined under this Agreement for any Loan
denominated in the euro (or any national currency unit) for any Interest Period
therefor, references in this Agreement to Business Days shall be deemed to be
references to Target Operating Days. In addition, if the Administrative Agent
determines that LIBOR is not displayed on the screen for deposits denominated
in the national currency unit in which any Loans are denominated, LIBOR for
such Loans shall be based upon the rate displayed on the screen for the
offering of deposits denominated in euro units.

                  (d) Payments to the Administrative Agent. This Agreement
shall be construed so that, in relation to the payment of any amount of euro
units or national currency units, such amount shall be made available to the
Administrative Agent in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared
funds to such account with such bank in Frankfurt am Main, Germany (or such
other principal financial center in such participating member state as the
Administrative Agent may from time to time nominate for this purpose) as the
Administrative Agent shall from time to time nominate for this purpose. This
Agreement shall be construed so that, in relation to the payment of any euro
units or national currency units to be made, the references to "Business Day"
therein shall instead refer to "Target Operating Day."

                  (e) Payments by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders. Any
amount payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders under this Agreement
in the currency of a participating member state shall be paid in the euro unit.

                  (f) Payments by the Administrative Agent Generally. With
respect to the payment of any amount denominated in the euro or in a national
currency unit, the Administrative Agent shall not be liable to any Borrower or
any of the Lenders in any way whatsoever for any delay, or the consequences of
any delay, in the crediting to any account of any amount required by this
Agreement to be paid by the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent
shall have taken all relevant steps to achieve, on the date required by this
Agreement, the payment of such amount in immediately available, freely
transferable, cleared funds (in the euro

<PAGE>
                                      81


unit or, as the case may be, in a national currency unit) to the account of any
Lender in the principal financial center in the participating member state
which such Borrower or, as the case may be, such Lender shall have specified
for such purpose. In this paragraph (f), `all relevant steps' means all such
steps as may be prescribed from time to time by the regulations or operating
procedures of such clearing or settlement system as the Administrative Agent
may from time to time determine for the purpose of clearing or settling
payments of the euro.

                  (g) Basis of Accrual. If the basis of accrual of interest or
fees expressed in this Agreement with respect to the currency of any state that
becomes a participating member state shall be inconsistent with any convention
or practice in the LIBOR market for the basis of accrual of interest or fees in
respect of the euro, such convention or practice shall replace such expressed
basis effective as of and from the date on which such state becomes a
participating member state; provided that if any Loan in the currency of such
state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall
take effect, with respect to such Loan, at the end of the then current Interest
Period.

                  (h) Rounding. Without prejudice and in addition to any method
of conversion or rounding prescribed by the EMU legislation, each reference in
this Agreement to a minimum amount (or an integral multiple thereof) in a
national currency unit to be paid to or by the Administrative Agent shall be
replaced by a reference to such reasonably comparable and convenient amount (or
an integral multiple thereof) in the euro unit as the Administrative Agent may
from time to time specify.

                  (i) Other Consequential Changes. Without prejudice to the
respective liabilities of the Borrowers to the Lenders and the Lenders to the
Borrowers under or pursuant to this Agreement, except as expressly provided in
this Section 9.19, each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such
reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to
time specify to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the introduction of or
changeover to the euro in participating member states. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, for each Available Foreign Currency that is a
national currency unit, the relevant display page on the Telerate or Reuter
screen used to determine the LIBOR Rate for applicable Loans in such Available
Foreign Currency shall be determined by the Administrative Agent.


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and the year first above written.


                                PHH CORPORATION


                                By:/s/ David M. Johnson
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Executive Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer


                                PHH VEHICLE MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.


                                By:/s/ Terry E. Kridler
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer




<PAGE>


                                THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, individually and as
                                Administrative Agent


                                By: /s/ Randolph E. Cates
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Randolph E. Cates


                                THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK OF CANADA, 
                                as Canadian Agent


                                By: /s/ Christine Chan
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Christine Chan

                                By: /s/ Charles D. Ritchie
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Charles D. Ritchie


                                BANK OF AMERICA NT & SA


                                By: /s/ Steve A. Aronowitz
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Managing Director
                                   Name: Steve A. Aronowitz


                                BANK OF MONTREAL


                                By: /s/ Brian L. Banke
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Director
                                   Name: Brian L. Banke


                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                                By: /s/ Ronald R. Reedy
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Ronald R. Reedy


                                THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA


                                By: /s/ J. Alan Edwards
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Authorized Signatory
                                   Name: J. Alan Edwards


                                THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LIMITED,
                                   NEW YORK BRANCH


                                By: /s/ W. DiNicola
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Attorney-in-Fact
                                   Name: W. DiNicola


                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                                By: /s/ Anthony LoGrippo
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Principal
                                   Name: Anthony LoGrippo

<PAGE>


                                CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                By: /s/ Gerald Girardi
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Executive Director
                                   Name: Gerald Girardi

                                COMERICA BANK


                                By: /s/ Kimberly S. Kersten
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Kimberly S.Kersten


                                 COMMERZBANK AG (NEW YORK BRANCH)


                                 By: /s/ David T. Whitworth
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Vice President
                                   Name: David T. Whitworth


                                By: /s/ A. Oliver Welsch-Lehman
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Assistant Vice President
                                   Name: A. Oliver Welsch-Lehman

                                CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH

                                By: /s/ Vladimir Labun
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: First Vice President-Manager
                                   Name: Vladimir Labun


                                CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

                                By: /s/ Bill O'Daly
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Bill O'Daly

                                By: /s/ Glodviska
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Managing Director
                                   Name: Glodviska


                                DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL
                                   NEW YORK BRANCH


                                By: /s/ Gayman Z. Shivnarain
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Gayma Z. Shivnarain

                                By: /s/ Alan Krouk
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Associate
                                   Name: Alan Krouk


                                THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                                By: /s/ Todd E. Ritz
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Todd E. Ritz

                                THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND


                                By: /s/ Susan Elliott Benninghoff
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Susan Elliott Benninghoff

<PAGE>


                                FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND


                                By: /s/ Ronald J. Bucci
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Ronald J. Bucci


                                FLEET BANK


                                By: /s/ Ken Ahrens
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Authorized Signatory
                                   Name: Ken Ahrens


                                THE FUJI BANK, LTD. NEW YORK BRANCH


                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title:


                                HYPO VEREINSBANK


                                By: /s/ Marianne Weinzinger
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Director
                                   Name: Marianne Weinzinger

                                By: /s/ Pamela J. Gillons
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Associate Director
                                   Name: Pamela J. Gillons


                                THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED
                                NEW YORK BRANCH


                                By: /s/ William Kennedy
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: President
                                   Name: William Kennedy


                                MELLON BANK, N.A.


                                By: /s/ Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: First Vice President
                                   Name: Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.


                                 MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
                                 NEW YORK


                                 By:
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title:


                                 NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC


                                By: /s/ C.C. Stone
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Corporate Manager
                                   Name: C.C. Stone


<PAGE>


                                NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY


                                By: /s/ James F.T. Monhart
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Vice President
                                   Name: James F.T. Monhart


                                ROYAL BANK OF CANADA


                                By: /s/ David A. Barsalou
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Manager
                                   Name: David A. Barsalou


                                SAHWA BANK LTD.


                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title:


                                THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED



                                By: /s/ Michael Garrido
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Vice President
                                   Name: C. Michael Garrido


                                WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.


                                By: /s/ Donald A. Hartmann
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Senior Vice President
                                   Name: Donald A. Hartmann

                                By: /s/ David B. Hollingsworth
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: David B. Hollingsworth

                                WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK


                                By: /s/ Felicia La Forgia
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                   Name: Felicia La Forgia

                                By: /s/ Walter T. Duffy III
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Title: Associate
                                   Name: Walter T. Duffy III

<PAGE>

                                                                  Schedule 1.1A


                                  Commitments
                                  -----------

 

 
         Lender                                           Commitment
         ------                                           ----------
 

 

 

 

 
 

 
         TOTAL                                         $1,250,000,000.00
 


<PAGE>


                                                                  Schedule 1.1B




                          Available Foreign Currencies


         For purposes of Competitive Loans, Available Foreign Currencies are
the following:

               Canadian Dollars
               the lawful currency of France
               the lawful currency of Germany
               Japanese Yen 
               the lawful currency of England 
               Swiss Francs 
               the lawful currency of Italy 
               euro


<PAGE>



                                                                  Schedule 2.14



          Calculation of Additional Interest for Pounds Sterling Loans


1.       The additional interest for any period shall (subject to paragraph 5
         below) be calculated in accordance with the following formula:

                           BY + L(Y-X) + S(Y-Z) per cent, per annum
                           --------------------
                                100 - (B+S)

         where on the day of application of the formula:

         B        is the percentage of the Administrative Agent's eligible
                  liabilities which the Bank of England then requires the
                  Administrative Agent to hold on a non-interest-bearing
                  deposit account in accordance with its cash ratio
                  requirements;

         Y        is the rate at which Pounds Sterling deposits are offered by
                  the Administrative Agent to leading banks in the London
                  Interbank Market at or about 11 a.m. on that day for the
                  relevant period;

         L        is the percentage of eligible liabilities which (as a result
                  of the requirements of the Bank of England) the
                  Administrative Agent maintains as secured money with members
                  of the London Discount Market Association or in certain
                  marketable or callable securities approved by the Bank of
                  England, which percentage shall (in the absence of evidence
                  that any other figure is appropriate) be conclusively
                  presumed to be 5%;

         X        is the rate at which secured Pounds Sterling investments may
                  be placed by the Administrative Agent with members of the
                  London Discount Market Association at or about 11 a.m. on
                  that day for the relevant period or, if greater, the rate at
                  which Pounds Sterling bills of exchange (of a tenor equal to
                  the duration of the relevant period) eligible for
                  rediscounting at the Bank of England can be discounted in the
                  London Discount Market at or about 11 a.m. on that day;

         S        is the percentage of the Administrative Agent's eligible
                  liabilities which the Bank of England requires the
                  Administrative Agent to place as a special deposit; and

         Z        is the interest rate per annum allowed by the Bank of England
                  on special deposits.

2.   For the purposes of this schedule 2.14:

         (a)      "eligible liabilities" and "special deposits" have the
                  meanings given to them at the time of application of the
                  formula by the Bank of England; and
<PAGE>

         (b)      "relevant period" in relation to each period for which
                  additional interest is to be calculated means:

                  (i)      if it is 3 months or less, that period; or

                  (ii)     if it more than 3 months, 3 months.

3.       In the application of the formula, B, Y, L, X, S and Z are included in
         the formula as figures and not as percentages, e.g. if B 0.5% and Y
         15% BY is calculated as 0.5 X 15.

4.       The formula shall be applied on the first day of each relevant period.
         Each amount shall be rounded up to the nearest four decimal places.

5.       If the Administrative Agent determines that a change in circumstances
         has rendered, or will render, the formula inappropriate, the
         Administrative Agent (after consultation with the Lenders) shall
         notify the Borrower of the manner in which the additional interest
         will subsequently be calculated provided that no amendment to the
         manner of such calculation may be made other than to restore the
         position in terms of overall return to that which prevailed before
         such change occurred. The manner of calculation so notified by the
         Administrative Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error be
         binding on all the parties.


<PAGE>



                                                                   Schedule 3.6


                             Material Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------ -------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------- ----------------------
    Subsidiary                Jurisdiction of                Authorized              Shares Issued       Ownership of 
        Name                   Incorporation               Capitalization                                Capital Stock*
- ------------------------ -------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------- ----------------------
<S>                      <C>                                        <C>                      <C>     <C>            
PHH Vehicle Management   Maryland                                   100,000(C)               404(C)  PHH Holdings
Services Corporation                                                                                 Corporation

PHH Real Estate          Delaware                                     1,000(C)               860(C)  PHH Holdings
Services Corporation                                                                                 Corporation

PHH Mortgage Services    New Jersey                                   5,000(C)             1,000(C)  PHH Holdings
Corporation                                                          20,000(P)                 0(P)  Corporation

PHH Holdings             Maryland                                        5,000                  100  PHH Corporation
Corporation

PHH Investments I        Delaware                                        5,000                1,000  PHH Corporation
Corporation

PHH Europe PLC**         United Kingdom                             25,000,000           18,251,110  PHH Holdings
                                                                                                     Corporation

PHH Vehicle Management   United Kingdom                              2,000,000            1,147,500  PHH Europe PLC
Services PLC**
    
PHH Financial Services   United Kingdom                             10,000,000           10,000,000  PHH Investment
Ltd.**                                                                                               Services Ltd.***
- ------------------------ -------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------- ----------------------
    
</TABLE>


*        Ownership is 100% unless otherwise indicated.

**       These Material Subsidiaries Do Not principally transact business in
         the United States.

***      Does not meet the Material Subsidiary test.

(C)=Common stock
(P)=Preferred stock


<PAGE>


                                                                   Schedule 3.9



                                   Litigation


                                     None.


<PAGE>


                                                                   Schedule 6.1



                      Existing Indebtedness and Guaranties


                                     None.


<PAGE>



                                                                   Schedule 6.5



                                 Existing Liens


                                     None.


<PAGE>

                  FOURTH AMENDMENT dated as of November 2, 1998 (this "Fourth
Amendment"), to the Five Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 4, 1997 (as heretofore and hereafter amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Five Year Credit
Agreement"), among PHH Corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders referred to
therein and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the "Administrative Agent").

                               W I T N E S S E T H


                  WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend
certain provisions of the Five Year Credit Agreement;

                  WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to such amendments only upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein,
capitalized terms which are defined in the Five Year Credit Agreement are used
herein as therein defined.

                  SECTION 2. Amendments to Section 1. Section 1 of the Five Year
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition in proper
alphabetical order:

                  "Asset Securitization Subsidiary" shall mean (i) any
         Subsidiary engaged solely in the business of effecting asset
         securitization transactions permitted by this Agreement and activities
         incidental thereto or (ii) any Subsidiary whose primary purpose is to
         hold title or ownership interests in vehicles, mortgages, relocation
         assets and related assets under management.

                  SECTION 3. Amendments to Section 2. (a) Section 2.9 of the
Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding at the end of paragraph
(b) the phrase "plus the applicable margin therefor from time to time in effect
in accordance with Section 2.22".

                  (b) Section 2.22 of the Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting such Section and substituting therefor the following:

SECTION 2.22.  Certain Pricing Adjustments.


<PAGE>

                  The Facility Fee and the applicable LIBOR Spread in effect
         from time to time shall be determined in accordance with the following
         table:

S&P/Moody's Rating                                    Applicable LIBOR 
Equivalent of the Borrower's       Facility Fee       Spread Spread (in Basis
senior unsecured long-term debt    (in Basis Points)  Points)
- -------------------------------    -----------------  -----------------------
A/A2 or better                           10.0                 27.5
A-/A3                                    12.5                 37.5
BBB+/Baa1                                15.0                 47.5
BBB/Baa2                                 17.5                 57.5
BBB-/Baa3                                22.5                 65.0
BB+/Ba1 or lower                         37.5                112.5

                  In the event the S&P rating on the Borrower's senior unsecured
         long-term debt is not equivalent to the Moody's rating on such debt,
         the lower rating will determine the Facility Fee and applicable LIBOR
         Spread. In the event that the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term
         debt is rated by only one of S&P and Moody's (for any reason, including
         if S&P or Moody's shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate
         debt obligations) or if the rating system of either S&P or Moody's
         shall change, then an amendment shall be negotiated in good faith (and
         shall be effective only upon approval by the Borrower and the
         Supermajority Lenders) to the references to specific ratings in the
         table above to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability
         of ratings from such rating agency (including an amendment to provide
         for the substitution of an equivalent or successor ratings agency). In
         the event that the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt is not
         rated by either S&P or Moody's, then the Facility Fee and the
         applicable LIBOR Spread shall be deemed to be calculated as if the
         lowest rating category set forth above applied. Any increase in the
         Facility Fee or the applicable LIBOR Spread determined in accordance
         with the foregoing table shall become effective on the date of
         announcement or publication by the Borrower or either such rating
         agency of a reduction in such rating or, in the absence of such
         announcement or publication, on the effective date of such decreased
         rating, or on the date of any request by the Borrower to either of such
         rating agencies not to rate its senior unsecured long-term debt or on
         the date either of such rating agencies announces it shall no longer
         rate the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt. Any decrease in
         the Facility Fee or applicable LIBOR Spread shall be effective on the
         date of announcement or publication by either of such rating agencies
         of an increase in rating or in the absence of announcement or
         publication on the effective date of such increase in rating. The
         applicable margin for ABR Loans shall be 1% less than the applicable
         LIBOR Spread (but not less than 0%), including as the LIBOR Spread may
         be increased pursuant to the next paragraph.


<PAGE>

                  In addition, on each day on which the Borrower's commercial
         paper is rated A2 or lower by S&P or P2 or lower by Moody's or is not
         rated by each of S&P and Moody's, the applicable LIBOR Spread shall be
         increased by .25% per annum. If the rating system with respect to
         commercial paper of either S&P or Moody's shall change, then an
         amendment shall be negotiated in good faith (and shall be effective
         only upon approval by the Borrower and the Supermajority Lenders) to
         reflect such changed rating system. Any decrease in the Borrower's
         commercial paper rating shall be deemed to become effective for
         purposes of this Section 2.22 on the date of announcement or
         publication by the Borrower or either such rating agency of a reduction
         in such rating or, in the absence of such announcement or publication,
         on the effective date of such decreased rating, or on the date of any
         request by the Borrower to either of such rating agencies not to rate
         its commercial paper or on the date either of such rating agencies
         announces it shall no longer rate the Borrower's commercial paper. Any
         increase in the Borrower's commercial paper rating shall be deemed to
         be effective for purposes of this Section 2.22 on the date of
         announcement or publication by either of such rating agencies of an
         increase in rating or in the absence of announcement or publication on
         the effective date of such increase in rating.

                  (c) Section 2.24 of the Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding to paragraph (f)(i)(A) thereof the phrase "plus any applicable
margin therefor from time to time in effect in accordance with Section 2.22"
immediately after the phrase "Alternate Base Rate".

                  SECTION 4. Amendments to Section 6. (a) Section 6.1 of the
Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word "and" from
the end of paragraph (f), (ii) deleting the period at the end of paragraph (g)
and substituting therefor a semicolon and (iii) adding the following new
paragraphs at the end thereof:

                  (h) Indebtedness of any Asset Securitization Subsidiary
         incurred solely to finance asset securitization transactions as long as
         (i) such Indebtedness is unsecured or is secured solely as permitted by
         Section 6.5(n), and (ii) the lender (and any other party) in respect of
         such Indebtedness has recourse (other than customary limited recourse
         based on misrepresentations or failure of such assets to meet customary
         eligibility criteria), if any, solely to the assets securitized in the
         applicable asset securitization transaction and, if such Asset
         Securitization Subsidiary is of the type described in clause (i) of the
         definition of "Asset Securitization Subsidiary", the capital stock of
         such Asset Securitization Subsidiary; and

                  (i) Indebtedness consisting of the obligation to repurchase
         mortgages and related assets to the extent permitted by Section 6.12.

                  (b) Section 6.5 of the Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by (i) deleting the word "and" from the end of paragraph (l), (ii)
deleting the period at the 

<PAGE>

end of paragraph (m) and substituting therefor a semi-colon and (iii) adding the
following new paragraphs at the end thereof:

                           (n) Liens securing Indebtedness and related
                  obligations of an Asset Securitization Subsidiary in respect
                  of one or more asset securitization transactions, which
                  Indebtedness is reported on a consolidated balance sheet of
                  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, covering only the assets
                  securitized in the asset securitization transaction financed
                  by such Indebtedness and, if such Asset Securitization
                  Subsidiary is of the type described in clause (i) of the
                  definition of "Asset Securitization Subsidiary", the capital
                  stock of such Asset Securitization Subsidiary; and

                           (o) Liens on mortgages and related assets securing
                  obligations to repurchase such mortgages and related assets to
                  the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 6.12.

                  (c) Section 6.10 of the Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding immediately after the phrase "Special Purpose Vehicle
Subsidiaries" the phrase "and Asset Securitization Subsidiaries".

                  (d)  Section 6 of the Five Year Credit Agreement is hereby 
amended by adding the following new Section 6.12.

                  SECTION 6.12.  Limitation on Mortgage Repurchase Indebtedness.

                  Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (other than
         Indebtedness of Asset Securitization Subsidiaries incurred to finance
         asset securitization transactions permitted by this Agreement) in
         respect of the repurchase of mortgages and related assets if the
         aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness would exceed
         $900,000,000 at any time.

                  SECTION 5. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Fourth Amendment
shall become effective as of the date hereof (the "Effective Date") upon
execution and delivery by a duly authorized officer of each of the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

                  SECTION 6. Representation and Warranties. The Borrower
represents and warrants to each Lender that as of the Effective Date, before and
after giving effect to this Fourth Amendment: (I) no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing; (ii) the representations and warranties made by
the Borrower in or pursuant to the Five Year Credit Agreement or any Fundamental
Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
Effective Date as if made on such date (except to the extent that any such
representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date) and (iii) this
Fourth Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization, 

<PAGE>

moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, by general 
equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or
at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

                  SECTION 7. Continuing Effect of the Five Year Credit
Agreement. This Fourth Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of
or consent to any provision of the Five Year Credit Agreement not expressly
referred to herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent
to any action on the part of the Borrower that would require an amendment,
waiver or consent of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders except as expressly
stated herein. Except as expressly consented to hereby, the provisions of the
Five Year Credit Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect.

                  SECTION 8. Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay and reimburse
the Administrative Agent for all of its reasonable costs and out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of
this Fourth Amendment and ancillary documents, including, without limitation,
the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent.

                  SECTION 9. Counterparts. This Fourth Amendment may be executed
in any number of counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which counterparts
when so executed shall be an original, but all counterparts taken together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 10.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT SHALL BE 
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE 
STATE OF NEW YORK.


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth
Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized
officers as of the date first above written.


                                    PHH CORPORATION

                      By: /s/ David M. Johnson
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Senior Executive Vice President and CFO


                                    THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, individually
                                    and as Administrative Agent


                      By: /s/ Randolph Cates
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK OF CANADA, as 
                                    Canadian Agent


                      By: /s/ Christine Chan            
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President    


                      By: /s/ Arun K. Bery
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA


                      By: /s/ John Poralyko
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Managing Director


                                    BANK OF MONTREAL


                      By: /s/ Brian L. Banke
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Director

                                    THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                      By: /s/ Ronald R. Reedy
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA


                      By: /s/ J. Alan Edwards
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Authorized Signatory 


                                    THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LIMITED, 
                                    NEW YORK BRANCH


                      By: /s/ Michael C. Irwin
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Attorney-in-fact


                                    BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                      By: /s/ Anthony LoGrippo
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President



                                    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                      By: /s/ Katherine Bass
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Authorized Signatory


                                    COMERICA BANK


                      By: /s/ Kimberly S. Kersten
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President

                                    COMMERZBANK AG (NEW YORK BRANCH)


                      By: /s/ David J. Whitworth
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Senior Vice President


                      By: /s/ Oliver Welsch-Lehman
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Assistant Vice President


                                    CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH


                      By: /s/ Vladimir Labun
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: First Vice President-Manager


                                    DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK AND/OR CAYMAN 
                                    ISLANDS BRANCHES


                      By: /s/ Suzanne R. Kissling
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Managing Director


                      By: /s/ Peter J. Bassier
                          -------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                      By: /s/ Cory Helfand
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND


                      By: /s/ Susan Elliot Benninghoff
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President

                                    FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK


                      By: /s/ Ronald J. Bucci
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    THE FUJI BANK, LTD. NEW YORK BRANCH


                      By: /s/ Raymond Ventura
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President and Manager


                                    MELLON BANK, N.A.


                      By: /s/ Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: First VP


                                    MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK


                      By: /s/ Robert Bottamidi
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Vice President


                                    NATIONSBANK, N.A.


                      By: /s/ John W.
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Managing Director



                                    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA


                      By: /s/ Sheryl L. Greenberg
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Senior Manager


                                    THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED
                                    NEW YORK BRANCH


                      By: /s/ J. Bruce Meredith
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title: Senior Vice President


                                    WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.


                      By:
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title:


                      By:
                         --------------------------------------------------
                       Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT 12


                      CENDANT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)


     In connection with the Company's discovery and announcement of accounting
irregularities, previously reported information for periods prior to December
31, 1994 should not be relied upon (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial
statements). Accordingly, the computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
is presented for years subsequent to and including December 31, 1995.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1998          1997          1996          1995
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Income from continuing operations before income
 taxes, minority interest, extraordinary gain and
 cumulative effect of accounting change ...................    $  315.0      $  257.3      $  533.5      $  350.3
Plus: Fixed charges .......................................       676.6         409.4         325.6         291.2
Less: Equity income in unconsolidated affiliates ..........        13.5          51.3            --            --
 Capitalized interest .....................................          --            --           0.6            --
 Minority interest in mandatorily preferred
   securities .............................................        80.4            --            --            --
                                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Earnings available to cover fixed charges .................    $  897.7      $  615.4      $  858.5      $  641.5
                                                               =========     =========     =========     =========
Fixed charges (1):
Interest, including amortization of deferred financing
 costs ....................................................    $  509.0      $  379.0      $  299.9      $  270.4
Capitalized interest ......................................          --            --           0.6            --
Other charges, financing costs ............................        27.9            --            --            --
Minority interest in mandatorily preferred securities .....        80.4            --            --            --
Interest portion of rental payment ........................        59.3          30.4          25.1          20.8
                                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Total fixed charges .......................................    $  676.6      $  409.4      $  325.6      $  291.2
                                                               =========     =========     =========     =========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2) ....................        1.33x         1.50x         2.64x         2.20x
                                                               =========     =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness (including
      amortization of deferred financing costs) and the portion of operating
      lease rental expense that is representative of the interest factor
      (deemed to be one-third of operating lease rentals).

(2)   For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, income from
      continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest,
      extraordinary gain and cumulative effect of accounting change includes
      non-recurring other charges of $810.4 million (exclusive of financing
      costs of $27.9 million), $704.1 million and $109.4 million, respectively.
      Excluding such charges, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the
      years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 is 2.52x, 3.22x and 2.97x,
      respectively.



<PAGE>

                              CENDANT CORPORATION
                           SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES


             SUBSIDIARY                         STATE OF INCORPORATION

Benefit Consultants, Inc.                                 DE
Cendant Business Answers (Europe) PLC               United Kingdom
Cendant Finance Holding Corporation                       DE
Cendant Membership Services, Inc.                         DE
Cendant Mobility Services Corp.                           DE
Cendant Mortgage Corporation                              NJ
Cendant Operations, Inc.                                  DE
Century 21 Real Estate Corporation                        DE
Coldwell Banker Corporation                               DE
FISI* Madison Financial Corporation                       TN
HFS Dublin Unlimited                                United Kingdom
National Parking Corporation Limited                United Kingdom
PHH Corporation                                           MD
PHH Holdings Corporation                                  MD
PHH Vehicle Management Services Corporation               MD
RCI General Holdco 1, Inc.                                DE
RCI General Holdco 2, Inc.                                DE
RCI Holdings One, Inc.                                    DE
Resort Condominiums International, LLC                    DE
TM Acquisition Group                                      DE
Wizard Co. Inc.                                           DE



<PAGE>


                    INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Cendant Corporation's
Registration Statement Nos. 333-11035, 333-17323, 333-17411, 333-20391,
333-23063, 333-26927, 333-35707, 333-35709, 333-45155, 333-45277, and 333-49405
on Form S-3, and Registration Statement Nos. 33-74066, 33-91658, 333-00475,
333-03237, 33-58896, 33-91656, 333-03241, 33-26875, 33-75682, 33-93322,
33-93372, 33-75684, 33-80834, 33-74068, 33-41823, 33-48175, 333-09633,
333-09655, 333-09637, 333-22003, 333-30649, 333-42503, 333-34517-2, 333-42549,
333-45183, 333-47537 and 333-69505 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 17,
1999, (which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory
paragraphs relating to certain litigation as described in Note 18, and the
change in the method of recognizing revenue and membership solicitation costs
as described in Note 2) appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of
Cendant Corporation for the year ended December 31, 1998.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey
March 25, 1999

                                   

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                    INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
PHH Corporation

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No.
333-11035, 333-17323, 333-17411, 333-20391, 333-26927, 333-35709, 333-35707,
333-23063, 333-45155, 333-45227 and 333-49405 on Forms S-3 and in Registration
Statement Nos. 33-26875, 33-75682, 33-93322, 33-41823, 33-48175, 33-58896,
33-91656, 333-03241, 33-74068, 33-74066, 33-91658, 333-00475, 333-03237,
33-75684, 33-80834, 33-93372, 333-09633, 333-09637, 333-09655, 333-22003,
333-34517-2, 333-42503, 333-30649, 333-42549, 333-45183, 33-47537 and 333-69505
on Forms S-8 for Cendant Corporation of our report dated April 30, 1997, with
respect to the consolidated statements of income, shareholder's equity and cash
flows of PHH Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") for the year ended
December 31, 1996, before the restatement related to the merger of Cendant
Corporation's relocation businss with the Company and reclassifications to
conform to the presentation used by Cendant Corporation which report is included
in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cendant Corporation for the year ended
December 31, 1998.

                                            KPMG LLP

Baltimore, Maryland
March 25, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY AS OF AND
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECMEMBER 31, 1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY TO BE
REFERENCED TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. AMOUNTS ARE IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER
SHARE DATA.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           1,009
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    1,660
<ALLOWANCES>                                       124
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 4,547
<PP&E>                                           1,924
<DEPRECIATION>                                     491
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  20,217
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            2,872
<BONDS>                                          3,363
                            1,472
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             9
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,827
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    20,217
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 5,284
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    4,017
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                   838
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 114
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    315
<INCOME-TAX>                                       104
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                160
<DISCONTINUED>                                     380
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       540
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.64
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.61
        




</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission